ie
i
fe
: ea?
> i ae ; a ae . = on
7 i LU eae = a a) a hy a
_— = ee i ; —? ‘ = i it pi '.. - ° » .
‘ Es |
Vol. VII. No. 1
SATURDAY, JUNE 25, 1932
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
THE SIXTH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS VOYAGES OF THE “ATLANTIS” AND ITS
OF GENETICS AT ITHACA
Drees Germ
Chairman of Executive Council and Secretary-
General of the Congres
had an interesting and unique
S The Sixth International Congress of Genetics, occurring at Ithaca from August 24 to 31, has
OCEANOGRAPHIC WORK
CoLumeBus Q, ISELIN, 2ND,
in Copenhagen.
history of development. As in the case of almost all inter- national bodies, the organiza- tion which continues between one meeting and the next is, in the case of genetics, some- what attenuated and scattered. This cannot be avoided if many countries are to be represent- ed. The adinterim committee, which was charged with es- tablishing an Executive Coun- cil to organize and administer ~ the Congress, met and ap- pointed a Council consisting of eight members. These rep- resented the chairmen of com- mittees of finance, transporta-
tion, program, exhibits, publications, and local ar- rangements, the Treasurer of the Congress, and the Secretary-General as Chairman.
ings of the Council began on Decen
Since that time the Council has met frequently ( Continued on Page 5 )
and has devoted a
Sixth International Congress of Genetics,
Dr. C. C. Little Voyages of the “Atlantis”, Captain Columbus O. Iselin, 2nd
The Course Work at the Marine Laboratory
Chemical Room, Oscar W. Richards
|
KA. B. L. Calendar
FRIDAY, JULY 1, 8:00 P. M.
Lecture: Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, Biol-
ogist United States Bureau of Fisheries, Washington, D. C.
“The Coral Reefs of the Hawai- ian Islands.”
(Illustrated with lantern slides and underwater motion pictures. )
SATURDAY, JULY 2, 8:00 P. M.
M. B. L. Mixer: at the M. B. L. Club
House. Scientific workers, their families and guests are cordially urged to attend.
The meet- aber 28, 1929.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Captain of the Atlantis A year ago the officers and scientists of the crew of the 4élantis were just beginning to gather
We employed our time during May and June in supervising the completion of the vessel and in getting together our scientific apparatus. On July 7th we set sail for Plymouth,
England. Since then the boat has been at sea almost con-
tinuously except during the months of September, January and May. Therefore, I can report the result of about 7 months’ work at sea and through a review of this be- ginning you can form a good estimate of what can be ex- pected in the future from the
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. Since I have been aboard
the Atlantis a good part of the time during the past year, | can discuss this phase of the Institu- tion’s work with more authority than | can the work in the laboratory at Woods Hole. suitable to stress our experiences at sea with the Atlantis because it is a new and exciting event to
It seems
Mechanical Department of the Marine Bio-
ie ee ee A 1 logical Laboratory, T. E. Larkin...........12 Preliminary Directory for 1932)... 0.060.556 13
1 Herbert A. Hilton, Dr. Caswell Grave........ 15
ie ae a Jafethrerotll TERS BAS ECMO DEE C One meted oe ol) Biological @unrentshingthesHoles ere Leeneeeer neers 16 © Gloret oyy neg a.or0 8 Mem Shot INtEKESt satan -ayet- ci eis oy vrsucdeieieielsaevete rarer arena me Mol De ekere 11 The: Wooads#Hole Asap ojo cis ate aver eutcireere ot etaee
se)
THE COLLECTING NET
{ Vou. VII. No. 51
THE “ATLANTIS”
he able to report that at last an American scien- tific ship has been commissioned for continuous oceanographic investigations.
In THe CotLectinG Net last summer I gave you a general description of the Atlantis, but a few more words of explanation may be of inter- est. She is a diesel auxiliary ketch of about 420 tons displacement and 142 feet in extreme length. Her sail area consists of about 7200 square feet of canvas and her main engine, developing some 280 horse power, can easily maintain a cruising speed of 8 knots. Below decks her accommo- dations include cabins aft for a scientific staff of five and amidships a large laboratory which is at present mainly used for chemical work. On deck and also amidships is another laboratory where the biologists can examine and preserve the tow- net catches and where the samples are collected from the water bottles and the thermometers read.
The main trawl winch, carrying 10,000 metres of %” diameter cable, is located in the lower hold but can be controlled from the deck. The hydro- graphic winch stands on deck just aft of the lab- oratory. 30th winches are electrical and _ fitted with automatic devices for guiding the wire on
the drums. Our cruises to date have proved that in every way the gear is well designed and entirely suitable for the work. We have not regretted the fact that the Atlantis is a sailing vessel and not a full power type. The sails have proved their worth under stormy conditions, for weather has yet to be experienced so severe that a station could not be made. Under moderate conditions, especially in the tropics, the absence of engine room heat and lack of noise and vibration are more obvious recommendations for this type of vessel. The fuel and water supply is ample for cruises up to two months in length, but by be- ing careful with the water, we could remain out much longer if necessary.
The first cruise, which was also the trial trip, began oa July 16th at Plymouth. The initial ob- jective was a line of stations following longitude 30° W and extending far enough north and “south to cross the major branches of the easterly movy- ing currents in the north Atlantic. The ac- companying diagram shows the approximate loca- tion of this section, as well as the other sections we have run to date. These sections consist of about 250 stations. In the deep water, the ma- jority of them extend down to 3000 metres, but at ahout every fifth station, observations have been secured to the bottom. Since the stations have seldom been more than 100 miles apart, and us- ually much closer, they give a very complete pic- ture and should go far to help in the understand- ing of the circulation of the North Atlantic. Al- though temperature and salinity observations have been a routine part of all our cruises to date, they by no means represent all that has been ac- complished. Therefore, keeping this in mind, we will describe our cruises from the point of view of the special investigations undertaken along with the hydrographic work.
On the first cruise, Dr. Franz Zorell of the Deutsche Seewarte, carried out oxygen determina- tions of all the water samples collected. — Dr. George Clarke was in charge of a special investi- gation of the penetration of light below the sea surface. The Institution had secured a photo- electric apparatus, built under the direction of Dr. Atkins at the Plymouth Laboratory, who has, of course, carried out extensive investigations of the influence of sunlight on the diurnal migration of the plankton in the English Channel. The Atlantis, therefore, was merely continuing this work out into deeper water, but since the light there penetrates so much deeper, the work was considerably complicated. Of special interest, are the plankton tows made in connection with the photometric observations. Five simultaneous tows were made with closing nets in such a way that
June 25, 1932 }
the exact depth of each net was known, and these tows could be repeated at suitable intervals throughout the day so that an accurate picture was secured of the influence of light on the move- ments of the plankton.
On this cruise also the Atlantis made a number of eel tows for Prof. Johannes Schmidt. Using the same technique as has been developed on board the Dana, catches were made each evening mainly in regions where Prof. Schmidt had too few ob- servations. These eel nets are two metres in di- ameter at the mouth and were sent down four at a time fastened at intervals to our heavy trawl wire. In order to test out the main winch for deeper tows, a number of hauls were also made for deep sea fish with good result.
After the dtlantis had reached Woods Hole, it was found necessary to make a few minor changes in the balasting and rigging, so it was not until early in October that she was ready for sea again. Her next cruise was southward along the conti- nental shelf to Cape Hatteras. This series of sec- tions was planned to supplement the report on the coastal waters from Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras which Dr. Bigelow is now at work on, and which will be similar to his investigation of the Gulf of Maine. The greater part of his observations have been made by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries steainer Albatross, ut he had no survey after October. The Atlantis completed 43 hydrographic stations in about 8 days, as well as a general plankton survey of the region. Mr. H. R. Seiwell carried out pH and phosphate determinations of all the water samples collected.
In November the first of the quarterly Bermuda cruises took place. The route chosen gave two sections, one from Nova Scotia to Bermuda and the other from Bermuda to the mouth of Chesa- peake Bay. Mr. Seiwell again made pH and phos- phate determinations at all the stations. In this cruise the first heavy weather was experienced, and the vessel behaved satisfactorily in spite of the fact that every effort was made to run the sections at full speed in order to get as near a simultaneous picture as possible. It is planned to repeat these sections four times a year until a satisfactory picture of the annual changes in the ocean has heen obtained.
These three preliminary cruises having proved that the Atlantis could accomplish what she was sent out for, preparation was made for a more ambitious expedition, which started early in Feb- ruary. Here the main objective was a section ex- tending from about 35° N to the equator and therefore crossing the northeast trade wind belt and the northern Equatorial Current. At the same time it was possible to secure two good sec- tions between Bermuda and Chesapeake Bay and
RH COLEECIING NEG 3
a third crossing the Antilles Current.
Again Mr. Seiwell was in charge of the chemi- cal program, and this time all water samples were analized for oxygen as well as pH and phosphate. A special feature of his work was a chemical section along the equator giving the changes ex- perienced as we saidel from oceanic water into the influence of the Amazon River. Throughout the cruise he also made accurate vertical plankton hauls with a special net of fine monel metal screening, in order to correlate the distribution of plankton with the observed distribution of phosphates.
On this cruise also we began collecting plankton for Dr. Wheeler, Director of the Biological Sta- tion at Bermuda, by means of oblique hauls with a two metre net from 250 metres to the surface. The Atlantis catches should supplement the plank- ton work at the Bermuda laboratory and it is hoped that gradually a general study of the dis- tribution of zoo-plankton in the northwestern At- lantic will result.
I have so far failed to make any mention of meteorology. Professor Rossby of the Mass- achusetts Institute of Technology is in charge of our meteorological investigations. On this last cruise he sent with the /tlantis one of his students, who has secured good statistical data of the wind directions in the lower layer of the atmosphere. Ahout 200 balloon ascents have been observed with a special theodolite. It is Prof. Rossby’s idea
ATLANTIS SECTIONS —
July 193) — Prey 1932
THE ROUTE OF THE “ATLANTIS”
4 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 51
that by means of this study a value of the friction- al force between the wind and the sea surface can be obtained, and thus a better understanding of oceanic wind currents. At the same time a great many evaporation measurements have been ob- tained besides other more general meteorological observations. I might mention that we have had some trouble aboard the Atlantis carrying out the meteorological program. The instruments have not stood up well against the dampness at sea and we have had to go ahead slowly until we were sure just how much effect the sails and deck openings had on the readings obtained in the meteorological shelter.
Finally on her way back up the coast from Ches- apeake Bay, the Aflantis repeated her surv ey of last October and at the same time ran two sections from the beach to the 1000 fathom curve, taking bottom samples every two miles. This is in con- nection with a study of the formation of the con- tinental shelf begun last summer by Mr. H. Stetson in the neighborhood of Cape Cod. A new type of bottom sampler i is being used which brings up each time a given quantity of the bottom, either sand or mud, in a watertight condition so that none of the fine washings are lost.
Such is the general nature of the work carried out with the Atlantis during the last ten months. Of course, it will be some time before the observa- tions can be published, but we can now draw some general conclusions based on our experience at sea. As mentioned before, we are well satis- fied with the boat. She will do anything that a vessel of her size can be expected to do. Even in winter we can carry on after a fashion. Es- pecially in the case of hydrographic and chemical work almost nothing can prevent the stations be- ing made provided the route chosen does not in- volve too much head wind. For biological work heavy weather will always be a great hinderance, Only the strongest nets can stand hard usage. In the same way, meteorological observations are of little value when the spray is flying. There is, moreover, a human problem that will always be hard to solve. It will probably be impossible to find a crew or even scientists who will stand life for even six or eight weeks at a time on a small ship unless they are allowed good rests ashore. In other words, within certain limitations, we can confidently expect the tlantis steadily to progress in the exploration of the sea. Finally, it now seems fairly certain that she can be operated throughout the year and still keep within the $35,000 limit that the budget of the Institution
allows. Although the tlantis is not yet equipped with sonic depth finding apparatus, we have been re-
minded only too forcibly that oceanographers can-
not yet take the depth of the water for granted. We now have a very good wire sounding machine, but with a strong wind or a swift current this method is so uncertain that we have not made sounding a routine part of our work. On several occasions in making a deep station where the chart appeared to show a level bottom, we have brought up the lowest water bottle filled with mud, and twice it has been smashed beyond repair by hard bottom. On the last cruise, while work- ing in a region about 600 miles east of Bermuda where the chart indicated about 2850 fathoms of water, we struck hard bottom when the lowest water bottle could not have been more than 1800 fathoms below the surface. In other words, we struck what must have been a volcanic submarine mountain of fairly recent origin, since it was not covered with mud, and rising more than a mile above the general level of the ocean floor.
The only other results of our last cruise which I can describe at this time, as the records are still incomplete, is part of the north and south tem- perature section. As shown here the section starts in about 28° N and extends nearly to the equator. Only the observations from the upper 1400 metres have been plotted here, but the tem- peratures have been corrected for depths so the section is accurate as far as it goes. The northern 300 miles of the section lie in the horse latitudes and although we should expect horizontal iso- therms they are here seen slanted so as to indicate a westerly current which checks up with out navi- gational record for that part of the trip. The central 900 miles of this section lie across the belt of the north-east trades. As we sailed southward, the various isotherms continued to approach the surface, but their slope is by no means constant.
From our navigational record, it is evident that the current was running in streaks. Some days we would experience 15 to 20 miles of westerly current and other days none at all. Apparently the strength and location of these bands of cur- rent bore no relation to the strength of the wind along our route. Some indication of the streaky nature of the current can be found in this section, although of course, we will have to wait for the corresponding density profile to be sure. At about latitude 8° N we struck a strong counter current running directly to windward with such strength as to cause tide-rips on the surface. At the time the Atlantis was approaching the equator no dol- drum belt existed. We ran directly into the south-east trades where we experienced a very strong flow of westerly current. Since this is so near the equator, the strength of the rotational effect of the earth is very weak, therefore we should expect little distortion of the water-lavers on the southern end of this section, as is indeed
June 25, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
G2 os 63 wo 64 oz 65 0 66 90 67 gs 68 os 69 os 70 91 7! 97 72 uo 73 105 Tee S00 76 120 17
CHART SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF TEMPERATURE
in the surface layers along ‘Atlantis’? route from 28° N latitude to a point near the equator. The depths are shown in metres and the distance between stations in miles.
the case. Apparently there is an immense vol- ume of water flowing in a westerly direction across the belt of the trades, but just how im- portant a part the wind plays in its propulsion is going to take considerable study to find out. Moreover, it is not easy to reconcile this section with Ekman’s theory of wind currents.
The researches so far carried out by the Atlantis
may thus be grouped under the following head- ings: Dynamic studies of ocean circulation by Franz Zorell and C. O. Iselin; Distribution of oxygen in the water and of phosphorus com- pounds by Franz Zorell and H. R. Seiwell: Pene- tration of light and vertical distribution of plank- ton by Geoerge L. Clarke: Geographic distribution of various planktonic groups.
THE SIXTH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF GENETICS AT ITHACA
(Continued from Page 1 )
great deal of time and thought to the various dif- ficult problems which have arisen.
The difficulties under which the Congress has been organized can scarcely be overstated. They are a part of its history which should be carefully considered and completely understood by all inter- ested in genetics or by those who are planning to participate in the organization of any internation- al congress of a somewhat similar nature.
During 1929 and 1930, the Council, like most Americans, did not believe that the economic crisis could last. A budget had been fixed on for the Congress and with only one or two ex- ceptions indications were that it could be raised. Many Europeans were expected, the Council voted that the Secretary General should contact a number of the more prominent European gen- eticists by a European trip in 1930. This trip was taken as planned.
Early in 1931, with economic conditions steadi- ly reaching lower levels and with no possible way of estimating the final outcome, the Council had to make an all-important decision. Those who felt that the present situation was merely tempor- ary urged a postponement of the Congress. The
Council, however, after a careful study saw no particular prospect of economic improvement in a one, two, or three year period and, believing that nothing short of war should cause a break in the succession of established meetings, voted to hold the Congress as planned. Its judgment has been justified by the subsequent events. The Con- gress will be a creditable and representative inter- national meeting. It is to be hoped that before the end of another five-year period the world as a whole will be more normal. Tn the meantime, realizing that in all probability the United States will not again be host to the Genetics Congress until 1952, it is to be hoped that all American biologists will attend and show their interest in its success.
The Congress is, in point of fact, being splen- didly supported by American geneticists in spite of the fact that these are hard times for everyone. There are, on June first, approximately 600 mem- bers enrolled. Recently the number of Europeans who expect to attend has been increasingly more encouraging. Many of them are remaining in this country long enough after the Congress to visit and lecture under the auspices of a number
6 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 51
of our universities and oolleges. The Carnegie Foundation for International Peace is entertain- ing the foreign members in New York for the period between their arrival and the opening of the Congress. Columbia University has also been most generous in providing space in the dormitories for the few days immediately pre- ceding the Congress.
Because of uncertainty of plans on the part of foreigners, the preparation of the morning pro- grams has been carried on under great difficulties. At the present time, however, the work of pre- paring the program has progressed until it is pos- sible to announce four specialized morning ses- sions under the following general titles:
Contributions of Genetics to the Theory of
Organic Evolution.
Interrelations of Cytology and Genetics.
Mutations.
Genetics of Species Hybrids.
American participation in the program will be general and gratifying. Dr. T. H. Morgan, President of the Congress, will give his address on “The Rise of Genetics” on Thursday evening, August 25. Some two hundred papers have also been submitted. These will be given during the afternoons in a large number of sub-sections. The latter will be, in so far as possible, based on various special topics. There will be a chair- man and a vice chairman for each sub-section. These will act as presiding officers during its meetings. The material covered by the papers to be offered insures a competent and complete treatment of the field as a whole. It also shows the way in which, by a steady process of broaden- ing, the problems of genetics have come to touch the special interests of all the other branches of biological sciences. All zoologists and botanists will find much of interest and importance in the papers listed.
As in the most recent scientific congresses, the exhibits will form a most important feature. The group in charge of the various topics is given be- low.
ANIMALS
Mammals: Livestock; Department of Animal Husbandry, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Sheep; E. G. Ritzman, University of New Hamp- shire, Durham, N. H. Guinea pigs; Sewall Wright, University of Chicago, Chicago, Il. Mice and Rats; L. C. Dunn, Columbia University, New York, N. Y. Dogs; C. R. Stockard, Cor- nell University Medical College, New York, N. Y. Leon F. Whitney, 185 Church Street, New Haven, Conn. Cats; P. W. Whiting, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. Birds: Poultry; W. Landauer, Storrs, Conn. Pigeons; La: Cole, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wiscon-
sin. O. Riddle, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Fishes: M. Gordon, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Diptera: Drosophila; M. Demerec, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Sciara; C. W. Metz, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. Lepidoptera: a. General; John H. Gerould, Dart- mouth College, Hanover, N. H. b. Own work; R. Goldschmidt, Kaiser Wilhelm Institut, Berlin- Dahlem, c. Own work; H. Federley, Uni- versitat Helsingfors, Helsinki, Finland. Hymen- optera: General; P. W. Whiting, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. Habrobracon; P. W. Whiting. Orthoptera: R. K. Nabours, Agricul- tural College, Manhattan, Kansas. Coleoptera: Coccinellidae ; N. W. Timofeev-Ressovsky, Kaiser Wilhelm Institut fiir Hirnforschung, Berlin- Buch, Germany. Aphids: A. F. Shull, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Daphnia: A. M. Banta, Brown University, Providence, R. I. Mollusca: a. General; Capt. C. Diver, 40 Pem- broke Square, London. b. Own work; P. Bartsch, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. c. Own work; H. E. Crampton, Columbia Uni- versity, New York, Gammarus: J. S. Huxley and E. B. Ford, King’s College, London, England. Tunicata: H. H. Plough, Amherst College, Am- herst, Mass. PLANTS
Fungi; S. Satina, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Sphaerocarpos: C. E. Allen, University of Wis- consin, Madison, Wis. Mosses: F. v. Wettstein. 3otanisches Institut, Mtinchen, Germany. Ferns: a. (Nephrolepis) ; R. C. Benedict, Botanic Gar- dens, Brooklyn, N. Y. b. Own work; Irma Ander- son-Kotto, John Innes Horticultural Inst., Mer- ton Park, London, England. Phleum (Timothy) ; Department of Plant Breeding, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y. Triticum (Wheat); A. C. Fraser and J. H. Parker, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.—W. J. Sando, Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Washington, D. C. Avena (Oats); W. T. Craig and A. C. Fraser, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Hordeum (Barley) ; F. P. Bussell, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Leroy Powers, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn. Cy- tology of Cereals; (individual in charge not se- lected at time of writing). Solanum Tuberosum (Potato) ; F. J. Stevenson, Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Washington, D. C. Solanum Lycopersicum (Tomato); E. W. Lindstrom, State College, Ames, Iowa. Gossypium (Cotton); O. F. Cook, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Maize; F. D. Richey, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Maize Cytology; L. F. Ran- dolph, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Fruit Genetics and Breeding; R. Wellington, Agri. Exp. Station, Geneva, N. Y. Banana Breeding; H. Rowe, United Fruit Company, Boston, Mass. Pineapple Breeding; J. L. Collins, University of
June 25, 1932 } Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii. Breeding and Gen- etics of Garden Vegetables; H. A. Jones, Uni- versity of California, Davis, Calif. Antirrhinum ; E. Bauer, Muncheberg, Mark, Germany. Bras- sica; G. D. Karpetchenko, Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Detskoe Selo, U. S. S. R. C. H. Myers, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Capsella; G. H. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, N. J. Crepis; E. B. Babcock, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. Cucurbitae; E. W. Sinnott, Col- lumbia University, New York. Datura; A. F. Blakeslee, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Delphin- ium; M. Demerec, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Pharbitis; Y. Imai, Imperial University, Tokyo, Japan. Linum; Tine Tammes, Genetisch Institut, Universiteit, Groningen, Holland. A/elandrium,; O. Winge, Rolighedsvej 23, Copenhagen, Den- mark. Mentha; M. L. Ruttle-Nebel, Agri. Exp. Station, Geneva, N. Y. Nicotiana; R E. Clausen, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. Oeno- thera; R. E. Cleland, Goucher College, Baltimore, Md. Oriza; J. W. Jones, Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Washington, D. C. Papaver Rhoeas ; John Innes Hort. Inst., Merton Park, Londun, England. Pine and Walnut Breeding for Timber Produc- tion; Lloyd Austin, Eddy Tree Breeding Station, Placerville, Calif. Petunia; Margaret C. Fergu- son, Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass. Pisum; O. White, University of Virginia, Charlottes- ville, Va. John Innes Hort. Inst., Merton Park, London. Primula; John Innes Hort. Inst. Mer- ton Park, London. Sorghum; John H. Martin, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Viola; J. Clausen, Carnegie Institute, Palo Alto, Calif. General Cytology; R. E. Cleland, Goucher College, Baltimore, Md. Disease Resistance; W. H. Burkholder, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Genetic Work with Wild Species; Edgar Ander- son, Bussey Institution, Jamaica Plain, Mass. Radiation and Genetics; C. P. Oliver, Washing- ton University, St. Louis, Mo. Varieties Recom- mended by State Crop Improvement Associations ; H. K. Hayes, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn. F. D. Richey, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Improvement in Cultivated Varieties of Plants; (Individual in charge not se- lected at time of writing). Amount of Genetic Work Done with Several Groups of Animals and Plants; C. H. Danforth, Leland Stanford Uni- versity, Palo Alto, Calif. Materials for Ele- mentary Courses in Genetics; E. Dorsey, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Biological Books and Publications ; Various Publishers.
Ithaca—now well used to international scien- tific meetings—provides an ideal setting for the Congress. Headquarters will be at Willard Straight Hall. The Administration of Cornell University has quoted rates in residential halls for a period of four to seven days, of $1.75 per day. Private rooming houses, adjoining the
THE COLLECTING NET
7
campus quote rates of from $1.00 to $1.50 per day, depending on the facilities offered and length of occupancy. It is planned to publish, during the early summer, a more detailed survey of facilities and rates for the information of members. The replies to this will serve as a guide in making final arrangements.
It is hoped that as many American members as possible may come by motor. In this way they can do much to facilitate, without extra expense to themselves, the entertainment and local trans- portation of foreign members.
It is planned to avoid, in so far as possible, formal social functions. These will be replaced by such group picnics or informal smokers or meetings as may be desired by members with special interests. The Council has felt that much of the benefit of international meetings of this sort is to be derived from personal contacts. Con- ference rooms for small meetings and discus- sions will be available to members.
The Proceedings of the Congress will be pub- lished as a supplement to Genetics. By the in- terest and cooperation of those in charge of that publication, an excellent arrangement has been possible. Active members will receive complete Proceedings. Institutional members receive two copies. The Institutional members at present are as follows: American Fruit Growers, American Guernsey Cattle Club, Armour and Company, As- sociation of Hawaiian Pineapple Growers, Brown University, Bucknell University, California Insti- tute of Technology, Carleton College, Columbia University, Cornell University, Dartmouth Col- lege, Eddy Tree Breeding Station, Gallatin Valley Seed Company, General Electric Company, Gen- eral Mills, Inc., Goucher College, Harvard Uni- versity, Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association, Johns Hopkins University, Minnesota Crop Im- provement Association, New York College of Ag- riculture of Cornell University, Pillsbury Flour Mills Company, Russell-Miller Milling Company, Smithsonian Institution--U. S. National Museum, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, Tri-State Soft Wheat Improvement Association, University of Chicago, University of Missouri,
In addition to the support of the Congress by these institutions, the Carnegie Corporation of New York, and the Carnegie Institute of Wash- ington have contributed generously to its budget.
The Congress has, since June 1930, published a quarterly folder to keep those interested in- formed of its plans and progress. | Copies of most of the back numbers of this can be obtained by writing to R. C. Cook, the Treasurer of the Congress, at 306 Victor Building, Washington, D. C. Particulars regarding membership can be obtained from the Secretary General, Pox 558, Bar Harbor, Maine. There are special reduced rates for graduate students and assistants.
8 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vot. VII. No. 51
THE COURSE WORK AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
Dr. Gary N. CALKINS PROTOZOOLOGY COURSE
Professor of Protogoology, Columbia
Like other courses given at the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory the course in Protozoology is planned to give serious students an introductory course in biological research. The class is limited to sixteen who are chosen on the basis of their preliminary training, maturity, and promise of future usefulness in the field of Zoology. Under- graduates are rarely selected; this is not because of inability to do the actual routine work involved, indeed they are very apt to do better laboratory work than older students, but because of their immaturity and inexperience they are unlikely to see the broad biological bearing of the things they study and the zoological import of the things they hear in the six weeks of concentrated work during which there is little time for reflection.
In some quarters Protozoology appears to mean little more than knowledge of the minute animal parasites of man and other animals. This, indeed, is a big field in Protozoology involving the rela- tively few forms which have become adapted to a parasitic mode of life from the vast aggregate of Protozoa. These parasitic forms demand little knowledge of the group as a whole but essen- tial phases of their study are the pathological ef- fects produced on their hosts, the serological as- pects in the host-parasite relationship, and the economic and hygienic aspects involved in the con- trol and prevention of disease.
In much the same way that pathology, bacteri- ology and epidemiology have been forced to take cognizance of the parasitic Protozoa, so are the great problems, principles and generalizations of biology applicable to that enormous world of free- living, minute animals which we call the Proto- zoa. Problems of development and differentia- tion; cytological problems concerning chromo- somes, centrioles and the mitotic figure, or make- up of the cytoplasmic body in mitochondria, Golgi apparatus and other constituents of the cell; problems dealing with the functions of these various cellular parts and the physiology of the organism as a whole, or the special physiology and biophysics of protoplasm; problems of gen- etics, opening up an entirely new field for experi- mental work; problems of ecology, distribution and adaptation and problems in comparative mor- phology and taxonomy ; all of these problems and many more connected with experimental zoology, animal behaviour and others, are as applicable to free-living Protozoa as to any other group of ani- mal forms. For training the power of observa-
University. Director of the Course
tion finally, there is no better practice than to make out the minute differences in structure which characterize different genera and species. All of these matters and many of more special nature dealing with life histories, phenomena of fertilization and preparation for it through ma- turation processes, protoplasmic age and its sig- nificance, etc. are extensively treated in the didactic work of the course.
The laboratory work under the direction of Dr. Bowling has been adapted to satisfy the prelimin- ary requirements of students who may wish to do research in any of the fields of activity mentioned above. Some idea of the nature of this practical training may be obtained by the following outline of the laboratory schedule which has been adopted for this year’s work.
LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS IN ProtTozooLocy—1932
June 22. Make arrangements for microscopes in Main Office. Procure necessary supplies: slides, cover-slips (No. 1 for permanent prepara- tions, No. 2 for the study of fresh material ), slide labels, slide boxes, index cards (4” x 6”) for drawings.
Calibrate objectives. See Laboratory Outline for directions. Slide micrometers will be found on the laboratory table. Read pages 144-153 in the “Biology of the Protozoa’’ (Calkins).
June 23. Make detailed drawing of Hypotrich (Euplotes). See sample drawing in outline. Study all structures and determine the diagnostic characters of the Class, Order, Genus, et cetera. List these on the back of the card. (It will not be necessary to do this in other drawings.) Im- portant structures should be drawn and labelled. Hand in Friday morning, June 24th.
A Collecting Trip will be taken to various fresh and brackish ponds.
June 24. Jsolation Cultures: (15 consecutive days) See Laboratory Outline for directions. Make up media and put aside for use on June 25. Make pipettes and see that isolation dishes and moist chambers are in readiness. Keep a com- plete record of daily divisions, media, temperature, et cetera. Start cultures on the 25th and hand in records on Saturday, July 16th.
pH Records: Determine the pH of Bear Mt. Spring water, media used for isolation cultures, and water from Cedar Swamp and Mill Pond. Hand in records before July 20th.
June 26. Mass Cultures: Start mass cultures
June 25, 1932 ]
Ass, COLLECTING NET
of at least four organisms. ‘Try various types of media (different dilutions) until successful re- sults are obtained. ‘These cultures will serve as material for fixed preparations later in the course. Hand in record of the forms cultivated, the length of time, and media used.
June 24 to July 29. Drawings: 75 drawings of living organisms are required. (If the student has difficulty in determining particular structures, it is permissable to use stains or reagents (acid fuchsin, magenta, methyl green, acetic carmine, iodine, etc.) to bring out these details more clearly. Protozoa treated in this way are frequently dis- torted, hence this method should be used only to supplement the study of the living material. As far as possible these drawings should represent the main groups and orders. All organisms thus drawn should be classified as to genera and of these, ten should be classified through species. They should show clearly the characters by which the genus (or species) is determined.
June 30. Five drawings are due at noon.
July 12. Twenty-five drawings are due at noon. July 29. Forty-five drawings are due at noon. Vital Dyes: Five of the above drawings should be made from living organisms stained with dilute dyes. The stained elements of the cell should be indicated on the drawing. The dyes used should include Neutral red, Janus green B, and Nile blue sulphate. Other vital dyes will be found on the
laboratory table.
July 12 to July 29. Permanent Preparations: Ten acceptable preparations are required. These should include a and b; (c, d, e and f are option- al)
a. Iron hematoxylin after Schaudinn’s fixative
b. Feulgen nucleal reaction
c. Chondriosome methods — (Champy-Kull or
Champy-hematoxylin )
d. Osmic methods (Kolatcheyv, Weigl, et cetera )
e. Borrel stain after Bouin
f. Klein’s silver impregnation methods.
The protozoan fauna at Woods Hole is am- azingly rich; brackish waters abound with them while marine forms are plentiful, and fresh water ponds, equally rich in forms are easily reached, hence dearth of material is unknown. In ad- dition to the free-living forms there is a harvest of parasitic types waiting to be found and studied; indeed it would be a great achievement to find even one species of invertebrate animal in and around Woods Hole that does not play the part of host to one or more types of parasitic Protozoa.
The course counts as a summer séSsion course for credit towards the higher degrees at Columbia University. We are glad to welcome Dr. Robert M. Stabler from the University of Pennsylvania, and a former student in the course at Woods Hole, to the staff.
EMBRYOLOGY COURSE Dr. H. B. Goopricu Professor Biology at Wesleyan University, Director of the Course.
The Embryology course opened on Wednes- day, June 22. The schedule will be similar to that of last year as it is necessarily adjusted to the breeding season of the various forms available at Woods Hole. Our schedule, though at present only a tentative one, will be found at the end of this account.
Because their spawning season will soon close, the work begins with the embryology of fish. Fundulus, the cunner and mackeral are the types usually studied. This is followed by work on such coelenterates as are obtained early in the season, but gonionemus and other types will be used toward the end of the course.
Another condition which affects the plan of the laboratory work is the breeding period of nereis which runs from full moon to new moon. Other forms studied are examples of the annelids, mol- lusca, echinoderms, crustacea and tunicates. Liy- ing material is used almost exclusively and this fact alone makes the course quite different from courses that are given during the winter in in-
land institutions. It is hoped that various in- vestigators will, from time to time, present re- sults of their work to the class. This has always been one of the most stimulating features of the course.
Following the practice of the last few years, the laboratory will reserve a few research tables for students who, during the course, show evidence of special ability and who may desire to remain and work on some approved problem.
There has been one change in the staff due to the resignation of Dr. Harold Plough of Am- herst College, who has been an instructor for nine summers. His place is taken by Dr. L. G. Barth of Columbia University.
The tentative schedule is given below:
LECTURES
June 22, Wed. Introductory instructions, Gen- eral embryological problems,
Dr. Goodrich
10 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 51
23, Thu. Comparative fish embryology, 4, Mon, —————
Dr. Goodrich 5, Tue. Annelids and Mollusca Grave
24, Fri. Comparative fish embryology, Gr Wied se
Dr. Goodrich He, Motel, :
25, Sat Structure and function in the Shine S45 = developing pro-nephros in tele- OSA ae " osts, Dr. Armstrong lO. Si, ————
26, Mon. Interrelations of genetics and 11, Mon. Squid 4 embryology with special refer- 2, Abe, Us ence to investigations on fish, 13, Wed. Excursion
Dr. Goodrich 14, Thu. Echinoderms Hoadley Sy Mis a ” LABORATORY WORK 16, Sat = § June 22, Wed. Fish Goodrich 17, Sun.
2B Mente t 18, Mon. “ 4
Ake Aghciky a = LOM ARIE ey _
25) Sat. ig ZOmVWVied aac sf
26, Sun. = ———— 21, Thu. Coelenterata Barth
2 lore a 22) Eris “Dunicates i
28, Tue. Coelenterata Barth je Sie, <
BE INK S 24, Sun. 9 ————
30, Thu. Fertilization and cell lineage 25, Mon. “ us
Packard Ao WOKE, 3
ifrethye "tL dheig | = 7 27, Wed. Crustacea Packard 2eeSaty Oe = AAS ANayh, f
3, Sun, =———— 29, Fri Towing Staff
THE PHYSIOLOGY COURSE Dr. LAURENCE [RVING Associate Professor of Physiology, University of Toronto, Director of the Course
The course in physiology began work on July 16 with eighteen students. The same staff as that of last year continues to direct the course, with the assistance of Dr. C. Ladd Prosser and Mr. A. L. Chute. The formal management of the course for this year has rotated to Dr, Lau- rence Irving of the University of Toronto.
As in previous years each member of the staff presents a choice of several experiments which are designed along the lines of his own research interests. The student selects from these experi- ments and develops a few of them intensively. The time, facilities and direction are in this way adequate to give considerable experience with a few of the methods which are being used in cur- rent research. There is no attempt to spread the instruction over a comprehensive course, but the range of subjects offered is quite broad. The
subjects are: (1) the significance of electrical con- ditions in tissues, Dr. Amberson; (2) the central nervous system and heart, Dr. Bard; (3) the acid base equilibrium in sea water and tissues, Dr. Irving; (4+) cell and tissue respiration processes, Dr. Gerard; (5) potentiometric determination of hydrogen ion concentration and of oxidation-re- duction systems, Dr. Michaelis; and (6) electrical conditions at membranes in relation to permea- bility, Miss Sumwalt.
A lecture is given at nine o’clock*each morning. The first lectures are given by members of the staff for the course and will occupy about three weeks. It is planned to develop a subsequent group of lectures by other investigators on the relation of membrane electrical states to permea- bility. Members of the institution are welcome to attend any of the lectures.
THE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY COURSE Dr. Evpert C. CoLe Associate Professor of Biology, Williams College Director of the Course
The course in Invertebrate Zoology provides opportunity for the study of representative ma- rine invertebrates. Both structural and function- al aspects are kept in mind, and appropriate rec- ords of observations and experiments are made. The work in the field is an integral and important
part of the course, consistent with the concept that the organism cannot be fully comprehended apart from its environment. Field trips are so planned as to give the student an acquaintance with the more common types of marine habitats, as well as some knowledge of the forms character-
June 25, 1932 ]
Lie COLLECTING NET 11
istic of each. The use of a check list of the in- vertebrate animals of the Woods Hole region aids materially in this work. It has been customary to prepare one or more exhibits of living inverte- brates secured by the class during field trips. The labor involved in preparing such demonstrations has been more than offset by the interest shown by members of the laboratory community.
The regular lectures in this course provide the necessary introduction to the laboratory and field
the more significant fields of research among the invertebrates. In addition to the regular lectures, which are necessarily concerned with specific groups of organisms, a number of special lectures having a broader scope are usually given. During this season these will include the lectures: “Ma- rine Zoology” by Dr. A. W. Pollister, ‘The Ecology of Marine Invertebrates”, by Dr. L. P. Sayles, and “Phylogeny of the Invertebrates” by Dr. A. E. Severinghaus.
THE CHEMICAL ROOM
Dr. Oscar W. RICHARDS
work. Furthermore, they aim to outline some of Instructor in Biology, Yale University. Hours: Mon. — Fri. 8:30 A. M. = 12:00 M.;
1:30-4:30 P. M. Sat. 8:30 A. M.-12:00 M.
The Chemical Room supplies chemicals, glass- ware, clamps and support stands for use only at the Marine Biological Laboratory. Special ap- paratus, batteries, gauges and reducing valves for gas cylinders are issued at the Apparatus Room (Brick Bldg. room 216). Supplies that are to be used by investigators elsewhere, such as micro- scope slides, cover glasses, shell vials, etc., may be obtained at the Supply Department (Frame Bldg. back of Brick Bldg.) Catalogs of chemi- cals and apparatus may be borrowed from the Ap- paratus Room.
The following standardized solutions will be furnished in limited quantities during the season of 1932. Special solutions, buffers, glass distilled water, and pH standards should be ordered at least two days before they are needed.
N 1.000 Acetic acid Hydrochloric acid
N 0.100: Hydrochloric acid
Buffer mixtures: Acetate pH 3.6-5.6 Phosphate pH 5.4-8.0 Acetate-citrate pH 2.2-8.0 (Mcllvaine)
Indicators—Clark and Lubs series.
Color tube standards—on special order.
Glass distilled water—on special order.
Compressed gases :
Carbon dioxide, hydrogen, nitrogen and oxygen must be ordered by the investigator from the person in charge at least ten days before they are needed.
For other standards inquire of the person in charge at the Chemical Room. Investigators ex- pecting to use special solutions or standardized reagents after September | are requested to notify the Chemical Room, if possible, before August 15. The standardized reagents are not usually
Sulphuric acid Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium hydroxide
Borate pH 7.6-10.0
In Charge of the Chemical Room.
available before June 20 or after September 15.
Attention is invited to the Formulae and Methods published by the Chemical Room in THE CoLtectinGc Net (1930) for the composition of solutions and stain solubilities. Copies may be ob- tained at THE CoLLectinG NEt office.
Members of classes are not entitled to supplies other than those provided in their regular class work. Beginning investigators will receive sup- plies only on the authorization of the person under whom they are working for the season.
Certain common tools are available at the Chemical Room for temporary loan to investiga- tors. In order that maximum use be made of these, it is necessary that they be returned within 24 hours. When needed by other investigators they are subject to recall and will then be col- lected by the janitors.
Supplies no longer needed will be collected if word is left at the Chemical Room.
Investigators are urged to co-operate with the Chemical Room by cleaning their glass-ware be- fore returning it at the completion of their work. If the investigator will place his name on the 3ulletin Board of the Chemical Room the janitors will return his supplies on the date indicated.
When the investigator is continuing the same work in the same room during the next season his supplies may be retained in the room only if they are listed on a Kept Out card (furnished at the Chemical Room window) and the card left with the supplies. All supplies not so listed will be returned by the janitors. Should the in- vestigator be unable to return the following sum- mer the supplies will be returned to the Chemical Room stocks if they or the room is needed by other investigators.
Small amounts of special solutions will be kept during the winter for investigators in the Chem- ical Room on request. Supplies that may be in- jured by freezing should not be left in the wooden buildings.
12 THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 51
THE MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
Tuomas E. LARKIN
Superintendent of the Mechanical Department
The M. B. L. electrical equipment has had ex- tensive changes and additions during the past spring months, which will no doubt be of great benefit to the many investigators working here, by maintaining a more constant voltage on the direct current circuits, and giving them a much ereater source of alternating current throughout the entire laboratory.
The large storage battery plant has had a com- plete overhauling, with a set of new plates to re- place the older ones, thereby bringing the outfit up to its initial point of efficiency. We also have installed in the main switch board room a new type of equipment, a motor generator set of seven kilowatts, known as a buck and boost set, which will build up or buck the voltage on the main buzzy bars if it is above or below the 115 volts that the device is adjusted for, thereby maintain- ing a constant potential of 115 volts at all times throughout the entire laboratory.
By eliminating 90% of the light load from the battery, it has been possible to cut the capacity of the battery down to 60%, of its original rating, with a working force at present of 800 ampere hours.
Two new cables have been pulled in from the substation to the main switch board room to carry the A. C. current from new transformers and other necessary equipment situated there to supply the demand of the many changes made necessary by switching over much of the D. C. load to A. C.; such as lights, stills, ovens and many other types of laboratory equipment that is possible to use on current rather than from the battery.
The new brick building has had all its lights transferred to town current, with the result that we now have two A. C. circuits available for ex- perimental work, instead of one, as in the past.
The older buildings, such as the Rockfeller and Botany buildings, the Lecture Hall, Kidder House and Homestead have all been transferred to A. C., direct from our own transformers, and this will show quite a saving from our old system, as well as a much more even potential.
We have retained D. C. throughout the Old Main building, Mess and Carpenter Shops, since much of the equipment in these buildings is de- pendent on direct current only.
The Crane building has also changed back to its old A. C. system throughout, with the ex- ception of a few rooms on the third floor. These four are fitted up with one or two D. C. polarity plug outlets. Also one of the 15 H. P. direct current S. W. pump motors has been replaced with a new 20 H. P. 220 Volt A. C. motor that will now be available for pumping throughout the whole 24-hour period. This is a big asset to the laboratory, because the demands for salt water are so many and so very important that a steady flow must be maintained at all times.
During the past years, we could not run these pumps during the peak hours of the Cape and Vineyard Electric Company, which extended over a period of from 8 P. M. to 12 M.—a big handi- cap to everyone working with salt water.
Finally, I believe we will all find that the whole plant in general is in much better shape to carry on the various needs of the institution, than at any time in the past.
THE SCIENCE SCHOOL
This summer the children’s School of Science will again be open to the children of both summer and all-year-round residents of Woods Hole and Falmouth. \At Woods Hole, where there is a large majority of people interested in biology, there is an opportunity to cultivate this interest in their children. There are classes in Nature Study, Biology and Elementary Zoology for all children seven years old and over; and there are advanced classes for those through high school age in Biological Technique and General Science. Under proper supervision, individual problems may be worked upon. The fee for attending the
School is an amount which varies according to the means and interest of the applicants.
Registration for classes is on Friday, June 24, at the School. The classes begin on Monday, June 27, and continue until August 5. Mrs. Clower is President of the Executive Committee and Mrs. Compton is the Chairman of Science.
The staff consists of : Miss Katherine Clark and her sister Mrs. Alice C. Mullen, who have been connected with the School for about 10 years, Miss Elizabeth Kinney and Mrs. Victor Crowell, Jr. It is doubtful whether Mr. George Hutchin- son will return.
June 25, 1932 }
DEE | COLLECLING NET 13
Preliminary
DIRECTORY FOR 1932
The following number of THE COLLECTING NET will contain a directory of the scientific workers associated with the three scientific institutions in Woods Hole during the present summer. In this final directory the new names will be combined with those listed below. No additional names can be accepted after Wednesday, July 2, and it will be of great assistance if the directory cards
can be filled out much sooner.
We shall be under great obligations to all members of the labora-
tories if they will cooperate fully in this manner, so that the directory will be as complete as possible.
KEY Laboratories Residence
Botany Building. ...Bot aren wale eens =
: ara OyaeImOAY os aocgconDe Brick Building....... Br EER IGUSS ee ee Dr Lecture Hall......... L fisheries Residence...F Main Room in Fisheries Homestead ......... Ho
Laboratory ........ M Hubbard <).-.....-... H Old Main Building ..OM nee weet teense A Rockefeller Bldg...Rock Wikia wee Ww
In the case of those individuals not living on laboratory property, the name of the landlord and the street are given. In the case of individuals liv- ing outside of Woods Hole, the place of residence is given in parentheses.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY INVESTIGATORS Amberson, W. R. prof. phys. Tennessee. Br 309. D afta Armstrong, P. B. asst. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. A 106. Baitsell, G. A. prof. biol. Yale. Br 323. Brooks. Bard, P. asst. prof. phys. Harvard Med. Br 109. D
306.
Barth, L. G. instr. expt. emb. Columbia. Br 111. D 206.
Beck, L. V. asst. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 2. McLeish, Milfield.
Boyden, Louise E. edit. asst. “Biol. Bul.” Br 305. Young, West.
Brinley, F. J. asst. prof. zool. North Dakota State. OM 39. D 102.
Brooks, Matilda M. res. assoc. biol. California. Br 233. Gosnold.
Brooks, S. C. prof. physico-chem. biol. California.
Br 306. Gosnold. Butt, C. res. asst. phys. Princeton. Br 116. White,
Milfield.
Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Br 331. Buz- zards Bay.
Castle, W. A. instr. biol. Brown. OM 3. Kittila, Bar Neck.
Cattell, W. assoc. ed. “Scientific Mo.” Br 344. A 102.
Chidester, F. E. prof. zool. West Virginia. Br 344. D 318.
Child, G. P. asst. instr. biol. New York. Br 1. A 108.
Chute, A. L. asst. phys. Toronto. phys. D 107.
Clowes, G. H. A. dir. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328. Shore.
Coe, W. R. prof. biol. Yale. Br 323. A 201.
Cohen, Rose S. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. L 29. H 6.
Cole, K. S. asst. prof. phys. Columbia. Br 343. D 216.
Cowles, R. P. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 340. D 315.
Crampton, Clair B. res. asst. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. K 5.
Croasdale, Hannah T. asst. bot. Pennsylvania. Bot. 23. H 9.
Crummy, P. L. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. McLeish, Milfield.
Dan, K. grad phys. Pennsylvania. Br 110. Eldridge, Main.
Darlington, C. D. cytologist. John Innes Hort. Inst. (London). Br 122 A. McLeish, Milfield.
Doyle, W. L. res. asst. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. Dr 6.
Fish, H. S. grad. biol. Harvard. Br 315. Dr 1.
Fry, H. J. prof. biol. New York. OM Base. Purdum, Falmouth.
Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Br 215. Gardiner.
Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. D 110.
Goodson, Mary L. Barnard. Br 344. A 102.
Grave, B. H. prof. zool. DePauw. Br 234. Grave, High.
Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis). Br 327. High.
Guerlac, H. E. asst. phys. Cornell. OM 5. Cowey, Quisset.
Hahnert, W. F. Nat. Res. fel. biol. Hopkins. Br 111. Ka 21.
Harnly, Marie L. asst. biol. New York. Br 1. D 202.
Harnly, M. H. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 1. D 202.
Harryman, Ilene res. asst. chem. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. D 103.
Harvey, Ethel B. independ. invest. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Gosnold.
Harvey, E. N. prof. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Gosnold.
Heilbrunn, L. V. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Schramm, Gardiner.
Hill, E. S. res. asst. phys. chem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 206. D 316.
Hill, S. E. asst. gen. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. Veeder, West.
Bos, Sabra J. asst. prof. biol. Rochester. Br 217a.
2.
Hoppe, Ella N. res. asst. biol. N. Y. State Dept. Health. Br 122B. A 207.
Huettner, A. F. prof. biol. Gansett.
Irving, L. assoc. prof. phys. Toronto. Br 109. Am- berson. Quisset.
Jackson, J. R. grad. asst. biol. Missouri. Bot 1st Floor. K 10.
Jenkins, G. B. prof. anat. George Washington. Br 33. Cannan, Gardiner.
Johlin, J. M. assoc. prof. biochem. Vanderbilt Med. Br. 336. Park.
Keil, Elsa M. instr. zool. N. J. Col. for Women. Br 8. W d.
Kaliss, N. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. McLiesh, Milfield.
Keltch, Anna K. res. chem. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. Duff, Milfield.
Kinney, Elizabeth T. lect. zool. Barnard. Br 217b. K 3.
New York. Br 228.
[ Vor. VII. No. 51
14 THY COUCECHING Nim
Kirkpatrick, T. B. assoc. prof. physical education. Columbia. L 26. Nickerson, Milfield.
Knower, H. McE. assoc. prof. anat. Albany Med. Br 234. Buzzards Bay.
Knowlton, F. P. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Gardiner.
Krieg, W. J. S. instr. anat. New York. OM 34. El- liot, Center.
Lackey, J. B. prof. biol. Southwestern (Memphis).
Br 8. A 203. Landowne, M. fel. biol. Col. City N. Y. Br 122c. Ka 22.
Laug, E. P. instr. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 8. D 302. Lillie, F. R. prof. zool. Chicago, Br. 101. Gardiner.
Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Br 326. Gardiner.
Lynch, Ruth S. instr. genetics. Hopkins. Br 127. D 201A.
Magruder, S. R. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. L 29. Kittila, Bar Neck.
Marsland, D. A. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br. 339. D 106.
Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 342. Buzzards Bay.
Mazia, D. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Ka 23.
Michaelis, Eva M. res. asst. phys. Columbia. Br, 114. Gansett.
Michaelis. L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. Gansett.
Miller, F. W. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7.
K 15.
Nicoll, P. A. grad. asst. zool. Washington. Br 225. Dr 2.
Nonidez, J. F. asst. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. Whitman.
Pace, D. M. res. asst. phys. Hopkins. Br 329. Russell, (Bourne).
Packard, C, asst. prof. zool. Columbia Inst. Cancer. OM 2. North.
Pomerat, C. M. instr. biol. Clark. Higgins, Depot.
Pond, S. E. prof. phys. Pennsylvania Med. Br 216, Gansett.
Poole, J. P. prof. evolution. Dartmouth. Bot 25. D 305.
Prescott, G. W. asst. prof. bot. Albion. Bot 22. D 107.
Prosser, C. L. fel. zool. Harvard Med. Br 109. Dr 6.
Richards, O. W. instr. biol. Yale. Br 8. A 303.
Robert, Nan L. instr. zool. Hunter. Br 217. A 206.
Root, W. S. assoc. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Erdwurm, High.
Rugh, R. instr. biol Hunter. Br 111. D 308.
Sichel, F. J. M. asst. biol. New York. Br 338. Dr 2.
Smith, E. L. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 34.
Sonneborn, T. M. res. assoc. zool. Hopkins. Br 127. D 201.
Speicher, B. R. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. K 15.
Speidel, C. C. prof. anat. Virginia. Br 106. D 104.
Stabler, R. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 22. Whiting, Minot.
Starkey, W. F. grad. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Dr attic.
Stewart, Dorothy R. asst. prof. biol. Skidmore. Br 232. D 105.
Stockard, C. R. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. Buzzards Bay.
Sumwalt, Margaret asst. instr. phys. Pennsylvania Med. Br 232. D 105.
Tang, P. S. instr. gen. phys. Harvard. Br 309. D 305. Tashiro, S. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Park.
Taylor, J. W. Nat. Res. fel. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Cowey, School.
Taylor, W R. prof. bot. Michigan. Bot 24. Whitman.
Titus, C. P. dir. Sch. Microscopy (N. Y.) OM Base. D 213.
Townsend, Grace fel. zool. Chicago. Br 217i. W b.
Wade, Lucille W. asst. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. Rob- inson, Quissett.
Walker, P. A. grad. asst. phys. Harvard. Br 312. Thompson, Water.
Wilson, E. B. DaCosta prof. emeritus zool. Columbia. Br 322. Buzzards Bay.
Wilson, Hildegard N. fel. biochem. Bellevue Med. Br 310. Buzzards Bay.
Te Winkel, Lois E. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. K 2.
Wolf, E. A. assoc. prof. zool. Pittsburgh. OM 43. Elliot, Center.
Young, S. B. tech. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. Young, Middle.
Zirkle, C. assoc. prof. bot. Pennsylvania. Bot 6. Boss, West.
STUDENTS
Belcher, Jane C. grad. Colby. emb. H 3.
Beltran, E. prof. zool. Mexico. proto. D 203.
Bridges, J. C. instr. biol. Michigan. phys. A 106.
Burrows, R. B., Jr. grad. asst. biol. Yale. emb. Ka 2.
Chao, I. grad. phys. Chicago. phys. D 217.
Coplan, Helen M. asst. biol. Goucher. phys. H 2.
Cowles, Janet M. Hopkins. emb. D 315.
Dieter, C. D. asst. prof. biol. Washington and Jef- ferson. emb. Howes, Water.
Duncan, P. M. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. proto. Dr attic.
Eastlick, H. L. grad. asst. zool. Washington (St. Louis). emb, Dr 2.
Gustafson, A. H. instr. biol. Williams. bot. McInnis, Milfield.
Hess, Margaret grad. res. fel. Virginia. phys. Mc- Leish, Milfield.
Heyl, J. T. Hamilton. phys. Ka 24.
Hoover, Margaret E. Smith. emb. Robinson, Quisset.
King, Florence A. grad. asst. phys. Wellesley. phys. iat 7
Kleinholz, L. H. K. instr. anat. Colby. emb. Ka 22.
Ling, S. grad, zool. Cornell. proto. Dr 9.
Manery, Jeanne F. grad. asst. phys. Toronto. phys. Ho2:
Morris, J. E. grad. asst. biol. Fisk. emb. K 14.
Olsen, M. W. jr. poultry biol. U. S. Dept. Agr. emb. Ka 23.
Pappenheimer, Anne Radcliffe. phys. H 4.
Roeder, K. D. instr. phys. Tufts. phys. Thomas, Buz- zards Bay.
Rowland, C. R. asst. zool. Columbia. proto. Ka 21.
Runelles, R. W. DePauw. emb. Ka 23.
Scartterty, Louise E. instr. biol. Newcomb. emb. H 3.
Schott, Margaret H. asst. phys. Mt. Holyoke. phys. Thomas, Buzzards Bay.
Spangler, Betty A. Wheaton. bot. Young, West.
Specht, H. grad. Hopkins. phys. Dr 5.
Strongman, Louise E. Radcliffe. bot. Gifford, Gov- ernment.
tum Suden, Caroline grad. res. fel. phys. Boston. phys. Grinnell, West.
Toothill, Martha C. instr. gen. biol. Adelphi. phys. We.
Wagoner, K. S. grad. DePauw. emb. K 12.
Warbritton, Virgene res. asst. zool. Missouri. phys. Googins, Quissett.
Watkeys, Jean D. Rochester. Med. emb. H 6. Weintraub, R. L. George Washington. bot. D 312.
Wismer, Virginia asst. bot. Pennsylvania. bot. San- derson. High.
Ass
25, 1932 ]
COLLECTING
NET 1
lon
HERBERT A. HILTON Those who gather this Summer for work at the Marine Biological Laboratory will miss the pleasant countenance and warm greeting with which Mr. Hilton has for many years met his re-
turning friends. Mr. Herbert A. Hilton from his first connection with the Laboratory in 1912 has been more than a mere employee; an interest- ed and loyal member of the staff of helpers, and in recognition of this intelligent interest, wide general knowledge and the will and ability to place it at the disposal of the Institution, he has since 1915 had the title and responsibilities of Superin- tendent of Buildings and Grounds.
What investigator during these years has not had occasion to consult him about ways and means of constructing accessory equipment for use either in the laboratory or in the field and has not come away from the conference with a better conceived plan than the one with which he approached Mr. Hilton ? ~ Unusual native abilities were his by Nature but ‘they were schooled and matured by a wide and varied experience ; born in Lowell, Massachusetts, in 1867; taken in his first year to Alna, Maine ‘where he spent his childhood and youth and at- tended the common school. At the age of 15 the serious business of life began which brought him experience on the farm, on the river and in the deep woods of northern Maine. Quick decisions and good judgments were called for in handling scows in the swift currents of the Maine rivers and still more exacting and maturing were the demands of the lumber camp. Driving horse cars for a time in Boston apparently prepared him for the work of teaming on the J. S. Fay farm and for Mr. Walter O. Luscombe during the first years after coming to Woods Hole in 1890. Later
he entered the carpenters trade and became fore- man for E. E. Swift and Son. Just prior to entering the service of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory he was associated with the carpenter and builder, Mr. Bowles.
Valuable suggestions and aid could always be expected by those who laid their mechanical proh- lems before the understanding mind and skillful hands of the occupant of the shop on the Fel Pond. Mr. Hilton will be missed and held in pleasant memory by all who have been served by him or were privileged to know him.
—Caswell Grave.
THE PENZANCE FORUM
For the past twenty years, weekly informal dis- cussions have been held at the residence of Dr. J. P. \Warbasse on Penzance Point, the subjects of which are usually current problems of general interest. Dr. Warbasse usually leads the dis- cussions, although certain distinguished visitors or workers at the Laboratory have often relieved him in this capacity. Some of the men who officiated last summer were Henry Dana, Fre1 Howe, Roger Baldwin, Everet Dean Martin, and Dr. Stockard and Dr. DuBois from Woods Hole.
This summer it is a question as to whether these forums shall be resumed or not. They have heen customarily held out of doors on Sunday afternoons, where chairs are available for those who come early and blankets for the late arrivals. All those who are rather more seriously inclined, and who do not yield to their more frivolous temptations, usually appear at the Point at 3 o'clock. Dr. Warbasse realizes that Sunday afternoons are often too lovely to devote to “edu- cation” instead of recreation. For this reason it has been thought that the meetings might be dis- continued entirely.
Dr. Warbasse would appreciate very much any suggestions as to subjects for discussion, possible leaders or speakers, and a definite time for these meetings. If the forums were held Sunday even- ings, many people who wanted to take the after- noon boat would be unable to; while, if the meet- ings were to be held on other afternoons, the Laboratory workers ordinarily could not attend. Tuesday and Friday evenings are reserved for the regular evening ‘meetings. The question is, might not much of the charm of outdoor meet- ings be lost if. some evening were appointed for them?
It is hoped that any suggestions that occur to anyone will be communicated to Dr. Warbasse. These will reach him if they are given verbally or in writing to some one in THe CoLLectTInG Net office.
16 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vo. VII. No. 51
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Ware Cattell Editor
Assistant Editors
Florence L. Spooner Annaleida S. Cattell
The Collecting Net in 1932
The purpose of THe CoLLectinG NEr is to assemble material which is of especial interest to the workers in the biological institutions at Woods Hole. We want to record as fully as we can the research work and other activities of the members of the Marine Biological Laboratory, the United States Bureau of Fisheries and the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. But we also want to seek relevant material outside of Woods Hole and to record local events of interest. The pro- jected editorial contents of our magazine can be divided fairly well into the four parts:
(1) Results of the scientific work reported during the summer at Woods Hole.
(2) Items reporting the activities of mem- bers of the scientific institutions in Woods Hole.
(3) World-wide news of the activities of institutions and individuals working in the field of biology.
(4) The more important local news.
Tue CotLectinG NET is an independent publi- cation. Its contents are based primarily on the three scientific institutions in Woods Hole, but it has no official connection with any one of them.
We believe that there is not only a place, but a real need for an informal magazine of biology which is prepared to include constructive dis- cussion on any topic of interest to those persons working in the field of the biological sciences.
SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS Last summer we were successful again in ac- cumulating the sum of $500.00 for THE CoLLEct- NG Nev Scholarship Fund. This money was di- vided into five equal sums and awarded to the following five superior students who took courses at the laboratory during 1931:
Name Course Mr. J. R. Jackson Botany Miss Helen M. Lundstrom.... Physiology Mr. C. M. Pomerat Zoology Mr. Thurlo B. Thomas Zoology Mr. George D. Young............ .. Zoology
The awards were made to assist these individu- als in defraying a part of their expenses in Woods
Hole this summer. In accepting a scholarship a student agrees to spend a minimum of six weeks in full-time research. If a student and his ad- visors believe that he will profit from registering in another course, he may do so providing a period of four weeks is reserved for research work.
The awards listed above were made in Septem- ber by a committee consisting of Professor C. E. McClung, Professor Alfred C. Redfield and Pro- fessor I. F. Lewis.
WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION Investigators
Brown, F. A., Jr. fel. zool. Harvard. 315. Hilton, Milfield.
Hines, J. M. Brown. 211. Stuart, School.
Ingalls, Elizabeth N. tech. Harvard. 103. Young, West.
Lutz, F. B. Brown. 111. Hilton, Water.
Renn, C. E. asst. biol. New York. 201. Young, Middle.
Reuszer, H. W. instr. biol. Rutgers. 201. Young, Middle.
Welsh, J. H. instr. zool. Harvard. 213. McInnis, Mil- field.
U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES
Galtsoff, Eugenia assoc. zool. George Washington. 122. F 26.
Galtsoff, P. S. biol. U. S. B. F. (Washington) 122. F 26. i
Linton, E. fel. parasitology. Pennsylvania. M 5. West. Worley, L. G. asst. zool. Harvard. Hatchery. F 37.
CURRENTS IN THE HOLE
At the following hours (Daylight Saving
Time) the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date A.M. P.M.
June 25 - 10:36 =—-11:06 June 26. 26 June 27. 12:01 12:14 June 28. 12:92 1:02 June 29.. 1:40 1:47 June 30.. 2 :26 Ze Sil i)jtaliyaeelee 3:09 3:13 July 2. 3:52 3557 July 3. 4:34 4:40 July 4. eI 5 :24
In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. It must be remembered that the schedule printed above is dependent upon the wind. Prolonged winds sometimes cause the turning of the current to occur a half an hour earlier or later than the times given above. The average speed of the cur- rent in the hole at maximum is five knots per hour.
June 25, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
17
ITEMS OF INTEREST
The M. B. L. Club
On the evening of Saturday, June 25, the M. B. L. Club will open its doors for the first time this season, with a party known as a “mixer’’—to which everyone, member or not, is invited most cordially. It is hoped that everybody connected with any of the three institutions at Woods Hole will take this opportunity to become acquainted with co-workers and fellow pleasure-seekers. Each Saturday night there-after, the Club will be open for informal dances, in which members and their guests only may participate. Every Wednes- day night there is to be a victrola concert, the pro- grams for which will be under the direction of Mr. Voss Greenough.
It is stressed that the Club is always open to all members throughout the day, and that reading matter of all kinds is available for the members’ convenience.
The membership fee is $1.50, payable to Miss Crowell in the Laboratory Office, and everyone who has not already joined for this season is earnestly urged to do so.
The Club also wishes to announce that the raft which it sponsors is going to be put out in the near future.
The Tennis Club
New visitors and old residents of Woods Hole will be glad to hear that the Tennis Club has started its yearly activities. The courts will all be in good playing order next week, and it is urged that everyone take note of the extensive repairs which have been made on backstops, nets and playing surfaces.
The membership fee for the season is $5.00. If one joins merely for the duration of the courses it is $4.00. Junior membership (for all those under sixteen) is $2.50. All dues are payable to Dr. Arthur Pollister.
In the near future there is going to be held a series of championship tournaments, which will be under the direction of Dr. Pollister, and which will be open to all members. Later it is hoped that the club will be able to include in that tour- nament a separate one for course members only.
While we are on the subject of clubs, perhaps it is not generally known that there does exist a horse-shoe pitching club—of very small member- ship at present—but a club which hopes to enlarge that membership this summer. It is understood that: the court is to be fixed up, and open to mem- bers only. The fee for membership is 25 cents. All who may he interested are invited to join.
Dr. Ross G. Harrison, Professor of Zoology at Yale University, sailed for Europe from Montreal on June 11, Dr. Harrison expects to be gone for the entire summer, but will return in time to take up his teaching duties in the Fall.
The Atlantis under the command of Captain Iselin, left Woods Hole for a brief cruise on Fri- day, June 24 and will return on July 3. This vessel is scheduled to take another cruise on July 6 which will extend over a period of only a few days.
Dr. and Mrs. J. M. Johlin have returned to their home on Gardiner Road. Mrs. Johlin has been visiting in Paris, where her two daughters, Miss Ruth Ann and Sally Johlin are now study- ing. With them is Professor Johlin’s cousin Miss Helen Losering of Berne, Switzerland, who is enjoying a year’s visit to the United States and Canada. Miss Sally Johlin will be assisting in the Chemical room during the summer.
Mr. Goffin of the fisheries bureau wishes to an- nounce that if anyone in the laboratory wants any goose-fish eggs for experimental purposes, he has some now available. He urges all who may want them to get them now, as they were collected on June 11, and will not last long.
It is reported that Captain Jackson’s boat the “Liberty” came in with a haul of about 25 sword- fish last week.
THE LONG ISLAND BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
The course in Field Zoology opened on June 16th, under the leadership of Profs. S. I. Korn- hauser of the University of Louisville, Dr. H. Spieth of the College of the City of New York, and Mr. Howard Curran, of the American Mu- seum of Natural History, assisting. There are twelve students in the course.
The course in General Physiology, with Prof. I. R. Taylor of Brown University in charge and Mr. Crescitelli of the same institution assisting, begins the 21st of this month. Nine students are enrolled.
Students in the class of Surgical Methods in Experimental Biology start work on the 21st. Prof. W. W. Swingle of Princeton University is in charge of the course and will be assisted by Mr. William Parkins of the Biological Labora- tory. Twelve students have been admitted to the course, although the number is usually limited to ten.
18 THE COLE CRING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 51
Preserve an
Authentic Record of Your Work
ars rapid increase in the use of photo- micrography is due to the increasing recognition by scientists of the value of permanent records of both routine and research work.
Bausch & Lomb offers a most complete line of cameras and accessories that meets every need of this essential work.
The K Camera is an effective type of equipment that may be used with any standard microscope and light source.
Its construction gives freedom from vi- bration and insures long life under con. stant usage. The various parts are of metal and in correct relation one to the
—
other, for ease of manipulation. An im- portant feature is the observation eye- piece through which the specimen may be observed while the exposure is being made.
See the K Camera at our exhibit beginning July 10.
Bausch & Lomb Optical Co.
671 St. Paul St. Rochester, N. Y.
KEWAUNEE BIOLOGY FURNITURE is Built Pedagogically Correct
The Kewau- nee line of lab- oratory Fur- niture for use in the study of ‘ biology is very complete. It offers every type of fur- niture required and each§ piece is pedagogically cor- rect in every detail. Ke- waunee, while of the very finest construc- § tion and containing all the accepted new @ improvements, is very reasonably priced. @ Trapezoidal
If you are interested in equipping a lab- Microscope oratory, write for the Kewaunee Catalog. Table It is the: most comprehensive book of the No. C-354 industry. It is sent to buyers, without cost, when request is made on institution's
LABORATORY FURNITURE G f EXPERTS -
C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer.
letterhead
231 LINCOLN ST., KEWAUNEE, WIS.
Chicago Office 14 E. JACKSON BLVD.
New York Office 70 FIFTH AVENUE
Offices in Principal Cities
BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES IN COMPLETE SETS
Volumes and Back Copies For Sale EST. 1887
B. LOGIN & SON, Inc. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK
BOOKS AT DEPRESSED RATES
Books covering a wide variety of subjects are for sale at reduced prices in the office of
THE COLLECTING NET
Best Results Assured witb
Best Results Assured with
Non-Corrosive Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC
SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog
At your dealer—or write (giving dealer’s name) to
Cray-ApAmMs ComMPANY
117-119 East 24th Strcer NEW YORK
June 25, 1932 } Dik COLLECRING NET 19
MASTER MICROSCOPE
with
LOW FINE ADJUSTMENT
The latest development and improvement in Microscope design — a fine adjustment located low enough to be operated with your hand resting on the table — an original, outstanding feature. This new microscope has many other advantageous features.
OUR ANNUAL EXHIBIT OLD LECTURE HALL. JULY 6th to 15th
oo ence AGS Compe
—
ANNOUNCING NEW SPENCER TYPE SEMI-RESEARCH MICROSCOPE NO. 39
20 . THE ‘COLLECTING
NET [ Vou. VII. No. 51
THE WOODS HOLE LOG THE FALMOUTH PUBLIC SCHOOLS
PauL DILLINGHAM Superintendent of Schools
The public schools of Falmouth are organized on the so-called 6-3-3 plan. Four elementary schools located in Woods Hole, Village, Teaticket and East Falmouth, respectively, provide facilities from the sub-primary through the sixth grade. From the elementary schools pupils go to the Junior High School and thence to the high school.
All elementary schools have a sub-primary class. Before these classes were organized the mortality rate in the first grade was high. Now all entering pupils are given an intelligence test and placed where they do the best work, with the result that the mortality in the first grade has been reduced to a minimum. Owing to the number of grades per teacher in the Woods Hole School, the sub-primary class will be discontinued in September.
Three special classes for atypical children have proven their value by removing these pupils from the regular class rooms where they were a handicap and placing them in special classes -where the work is adapted to their abilities.
In the Village School we have experimented with an Opportunity Class for pupils who through illness or other misfortune have dropped behind in their work. Over a period of several years this class has brought up to grade annually on an average of forty pupils who would other- wise have had to repeat the grade. The elimina- tion of non-promotion is a subject to which we have given considerable thought, and which after several years’ endeavor we feel we are on the ‘road to reducing toa minimum. Non-promotion creates in the pupil a sense of failure and dis- couragement, and it is very frequently the result of factors beyond his control. The time is not far off when non-promotion will be considered a failure on the part of the school-system to meet the pupils’ needs. Where non-promotion is prevalent a pupil repeating a grade has his best subjects depressed to the level of his poorest, while in a school system where non-promotion is reduced to a minimum, an attempt is made to bring a pupil's poor subjects up to the level of his best by permitting him to advance with his class and making provision for extra help in his poorer subjects. In the Village School where an opportunity class has been in operation for four years, the per cent. of non-promotion is negli- gible, while in the larger elementary schools where this opportunity is not provided, non- promotion and retardation still persist to the de- triment of both the pupils and the school system. With an opportunity class in each elementary
school, non-promotion in Falmouth could be practically eliminated, the cost of educating a pupil would be materially reduced, and pupils would acquire the habit of success rather than of failure. Unfortunately, owing to a reduced appropriation, our one Opportunity Class will be discontinued in September.
In the Junior High School pupils are offered a course of study which anticipates the high school curriculum, and by exploration discovers the aptitudes of pupils so that they can later follow a course in the high school which is adapted to their needs and abilities. The extra- curricular activities of the Junior High School are an integral part of the school, and upon them are based the pupil participation in school govern- ment. The extra-curricular activities range from home-room organization and traffic squad to clubs, orchestra, and assemblies.
At Lawrence High School courses are offered in Household Arts, Manual Training, Commercial subjects, Agriculture, College Preparatory, and a General Course for those who wish to elect subjects from any of the other courses. Several years ago we tried out the Laboratory Plan of instruction in the history department with such good results that the method is now used with other subjects in both the high schools. The so-called Laboratory Plan is an outgrowth of the Dalton Plan which we have adapted to local needs and conditions. A month’s work is assigned which the pupil can do at his own rate of speed. When the assignment is completed, the pupil is tested and if the work is satisfactory he may go on to the next month’s assignment. The advantages of this system are numerous. The pupil proceeds according to his ability; he knows in advance what he has to do and plans accordingly; his independence is stimulated; and he is trained to proficiency in a type of work which is demanded in college and in later life.
The Falmouth Schools are provided with special supervisors of Music, Art, Physical Training, and Health. In instrumental music our work has been commended not only on the Cape but throughout the Commonwealth ; in art our pupils have won many prizes and the annual exhibit attracts wide attention; in physical train- ing all pupils receive attention and our athletic teams cherish a reputation for sportsmanship and clean playing; and in health we supplement our naturally healthy environment with expert medical advice and care. The Falmouth schools are good schools and the parents will never be satisfied with less.
June 25, 1932 ]
BRAE BUEN FARMS
Superior Gurnsey Milk and Cream Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HATCHVILLE
Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
E. E. C. SWIFT COMPANY MEATS OF QUALITY
FREE DELIVERY TO WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Telephone Falmouth 22-23 421-W
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods
EASTMAN’S HARDWARE 5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
INDIA PRINTS Squares, $.39; Runners, $.59; Bed Spreads, $5.00
MRS. WEEKS SHOPS FALMOUTH
Panels, $.79
The Collecting Net Began Publication in 1926 BACK NUMBERS AND
VOLUMES May be obtained by addressing
The Collecting Net
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
HEADQUARTERS FOR
STEEL FILING CABINETS, SAFES AND OFFICE FURNITURE
LOOSE LEAF BOOKS AND FIGURING BOOKS FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS
Callanan & Archer Co., Inc. WHOLESALE STATIONERS
10-14 So. Second St. New Bedford, Mass.
THE COLLECTING NET 21
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES THE LEATHER SHOP
MAIN ST., FALMOUTH A. C. EASTMAN
Shoe Repairing
Tel. 240
THE THEATRE UNIT
Presents
“MAGNOLIA”
By Booth Tarkington JUNE 27 THROUGH JULY 2 Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth Telephone 1400
For News of the Town SOCIETY SPORTS HAPPENINGS
Read
The Falmouth Enterprise
at News Stands, Thursdays
PRINTING OF ALL KINDS done promptly and capably
Office by Falmouth R. R. Station. Tel. 47
San Juan, Porto Rico
MEGILL PORTO RICO SHOP Gifts, Lamps, Bridge Prizes, Baskets, Jewelry MRS. EMMA LOUISE ROSE Falmouth, Mass.
Hyannis, Mass.
24 Queen’s Buyway
RUTH E. THOMPSON Woods Hole, Mass.
DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY SCHOOL SUPPLIES .
KODAKS and FILMS Printing — Developing — Enlarging
22 THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vou. VII. No. 51
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
GALE BRINGS OUT FIRE ENGINES
After a winter reported to have been unusually free from fires, the fire department at Woods Hole was stirred to unusual activity on Thursday night and Friday morning, when they were called to two fires in the vicinity.
The first one occurred at the height of a sudden storm which swept over Woods Hole about 9:30 Thursday night. This fire was caused by an in- cinerator which started burning on the grounds of Frank J. Mather, Jr. in Quisset. It was not serious, and was soon quenched by the prompt action of the firemen.
The second fire came early on Friday morning at Dr. Cornelia M. Clapp’s cottage on Gardiner Road. This fire was started by papers left burn- ing in the fireplace, and the sparks spread to the roof, where the fire burned a hole three feet square. Engine 2, Hose 5 and Ladder 1 were used, with Captain Ferris in charge. Dr. Clapp is Trustee Emeritus of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory.
According to the fire department the sudden storm on Thursday night did considerable damage ; breaking the high tension wires on the Main Road which had to be repaired, and burning out the transformers opposite Cherry Valley on the Main Road. Good: sized sections of trees were reported to be lying in varied positions on the coast-side road to Falmouth, causing considerable incon- venience to autoists who were trying to flee be- fore the storm.
THE WOODS HOLE YACHT CLUB
The Woods Hole Yacht Club plans to hold yacht races in five classes this summer. On Mon- day afternoons from July Fourth to Labor Day, the sailing dories, Cape Cod knockabouts, and Heweshoff Buzzards Bay knockabouts will sail over courses having their starting and finish lines near the head of Great Harbor. On Wednesday afternoons from July sixth to August thirty-first the “S” class and ‘“‘Wianno Senior” class sloops will race in Vineyard Sound or in Buzzards Bay, depending on the direction of the current in the Hole in the early afternoon. Sound courses will start and end off Nobska Beach, and Bay courses off Penzance Point.
The final schedule and general announcement for the season will be issued shortly. Persons desiring information should consult the Secretary, Mr. Edward A. Norman.
SILVER BEACH
The University Players will start their fifth summer season of plays at Old Silver Beach, under the new name of “The Theatre Unit,” a permanent and unified producing organization. This past winter they very successfully played in 3altimore for eighteen weeks.
The list of Plays for this season contains some very interesting and ambitious productions. The Theatre Unit has received the rights to produce three plays this summer which will appear on 3roadway next year. They will open next Mon- day with “Magnolia” by Booth Tarkington. “Lysistrata” of Aristophanes, the Gilbert Silde’s version as produced in New York and Philadel- phia, and which was the high point of The Thea- tre Unit’s Baltimore season, will be produced this summer also. It will be the largest production ever staged on the Cape, because the cast will in- clude seventy people, exclusive of a ballet staged by Ted. Shawn.
ISLAND AIRWAYS CORPORATION
The red Bellanca seaplane which has been in the harbor so much recently has been much talked about. It has been found that this plane is capable of carrying six passengers from New 3edford to Nantucket, stopping at Woods Hole and Vineyard Haven. The first run was on Tuesday, and the pilot, Henry Olden of Fair- haven, plans to make five trips a day to and from New Bedford throughout the summer. Hand baggage is carried free by the steamship line. There are various advantages in travelling by air rather than by land or sea. The flight from Woods Hole to New Bedford takes only seventeen minutes, but this 1s counter-balanced by the fact that its cost is $1.25 more than the boat trip.
One of the subscribers of THE COLLECTING Net left the following note for publication:
The Island Airways, Incorporated had a mis- hap on Friday but not much is known about it because the Corporation is making every effort to keep the story down. However, a connecting rod broke during the trip from Vineyard Haven to Nantucket. The Bellanca sea plane had to make a forced landing and for two hours the officials did not know where it was. Airplanes were sent to look for it. On Friday evening the airplane had been repaired and was continuing its regular schedule.
June 25, 1932 ]
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD
Souvenirs and Jewelry
DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP
Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
OF
PENZANCE GARAGE
[ LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING — | and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S
Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
= COMPLIMENT
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE Telephone 1243
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANIELS
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
Walter O. Luscombe
REAL ESTATE AND
INSURANCE
Woods Hole Phone 622-4
THE COLLECTING NET 23
Visit
Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth Phone 116
TEXACO PRODUCTS NORGE REFRIGERATORS
WOODS HOLE GARAGE COMPANY
Opposite Station
SAMUEL CAHOON
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL
Dealer in
FISH AND LOBSTERS
Tel. Falmouth 660 and 661
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
THE COLLECTING NET
TEXTBOOK OF GENERAL ZOOLOGY By Winterton C. Curtis and Mary J. Guthrie
Both of the University of Missouri
“|. . delightfully clear and up-to-date, and the first notable example of modern educational de- velopments effectively applied in Biology text- making. It is a valuable contribution to the
pedagogics of Zoology.” 585 pages 6x9
+ LABORATORY DIRECTIONS IN
GENERAL ZOOLOGY
By W. C. Curtis and M. J. Guthrie
These directions are intended to accompany the “Text of General Zoology’. The book presents a “principles” course rather than a phylum course, following the same method used in the General Zoology. 194 Pages
Price, $3.75
6x 9 Paper Cover + HISTOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE By B. F. Kingsbury and O. A. Johannsen
Both of Cornell University
Price, $1.50
- This is a guide for use in a laboratory course in Histology. It presents a refined method of analysis from the chemico-physical as well as the morphological aspect, and the interpretation of morphology in terms of physiology.
142 pages 6x9 Price, $2.25
+
INTRODUCTION TO VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY By Waldo Shumway University of Illinois
SECOND EDITION
The distinctive feature of this text is the use of two methods, of presentation—the comparative method, employed in lectures and reading, and the sequential method utilized in the laboratory work. This combination has produced a text which is both practical and teachable.
311 pages Gixae Price, $3.75
A Strong Group OF
Textbooks in Biology
[ Vor. VII. No. 51
TEXTBOOK OF GENERAL BIOLOGY By Waldo Shumway
ae rs a fresh survey of modern Biology es- pecially designed for those who do not plan to specialize in Botany or Zoology.” The book is designed for a course of one semester or two
terms. 361 pages
6x 9 Price, $3.00
+
ESSENTIALS OF HUMAN EMBRYOLOGY
By Gideon S. Dodds School of Medicine, West Virginia University
This is a complete and scientific textbook spe- cifically adapted to the needs of medical students and premedical students. It is essentially a hu- man rather than a comparative embryology.
316 pages 33,x9 Price, $4.00 + HOMOIOTHERMISM
By A. S. Pearse and F. G. Hall Both of Duke University
This book treats thoroughly and in a most interesting manner that branch of biology which deals with the origin and the evolution of ther- mal adjustment of warm-blooded animals. A valuable bibliography is included at the end of
the book. 119 pages 6x 9 +
OUTLINE OF COMPARATIVE EMBRYOLOGY By Aute Richards University of Oklahoma
Price, $2.00
This is the only book in English to present the principles of early development and the relations of different types to each other for the entire animal kingdom. It will be particularly valu- able for College-of-Arts courses and as a prepara- tion for medical courses.
444 pages
6 by 9 $5.00
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
440 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.
iss) on
June 25, 1932 ] Lik COLLECTING NEW
E. & A. MACHINE SHOP
Makes a great variety of special apparatus, also repairs balances, polariscopes, and other delicate laboratory apparatus.
E. & A. Glass Blowing
Department
Does all kinds of Scientific Glass Blowing according to blue print. Duplicates are al- ways available.
Advise us in detail of your requirements, and we will quote prices or send all available data.
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and
Magnification: 56-900X Fixed Stage, 12cm. square Illuminating Apparatus with Rack and Pinion. Condenser 1.2 with Iris. Triple Revolving Nosepiece. Fine adjustment with graduated drum.
Chemical Reagents i irs erunnanne THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. PHYSICIAN'S AND LABORATORY. SSS] MICROSCOPE The Wistar Institute Slide Tray ESC-106
Achromatic Objectives : 8 n.a. 0.20 40 n.a. 0.65 90 n.a. 1.25 oil im. Huygens Oculars: | 7X and 10X a ne ee ees Price: f.c.b. New York, $128
The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides. A good dark field outfit is obtained by It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two 1%- adding: Cardioid condenser $22, extra for inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every iris for oil im. $4. Compensating ocular slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the 15x: $8.50.
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so A satchel type of carrying case can that each one forms a dust-proof cover for be supplied instead of the standard the one beneath it, while the center ridges as- cabinet at an additional cost of $4.00. sure protection to high mounts. Made en- 2
Grey, ce metal, they are unbreakable and CARL ZEISS, INc. easily kept clean. They form compact stor- 485 Fifth Avenue. New York
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may Pacific Coast Branch:
be filed in a space fourteen inches square by 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACH ae Orders may be sent to EARL ZEISS) THE WISTAR INSTITUTE [| JENA |
Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.
THE COLLECTING NET
Embedding Paraffine
BIOLOID |
BIOLOID* Paraffin has been specially pre- pared for embedding and it will be found far superior to the quality ordinarily offered. It is processed from the best domestic wax ; it is pure white in color, free from excess oil, and practically neutral in reaction, The melting points have been carefully checked in accordance with the methods of the Am- erican Society for Testing Materials, Each cake is individually wrapped in glassine paper and packaged in a substantial carton.
It is available with the following ‘melting points :
47-49°C (118-120° F.)
SOLB2AS (UNAS EIZS > 18 ))
Reo) AG (UAE OS IE)
5)
56-58°C (133-135° F
Price i Mos GH as Soonope soe Chom an canes $ .25 TOS oys CENCE pp clon ston ou sob o.d 2.40 5.50
Pol Nok GCs gocoodaonogned sont
NOMI Woy PAN oogosbecosoootgDacn 20.00 *“BIOLOID"” is the registered trade-name for Will Corporation staining, mounting, embedding, clear- ing, and fixing media.
WILL CORPORATION
LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS
ROCHESTER, N.Y.
[ Vou, VII. No. 51
a Refrigerated Centrifuge ?
Because:
1. Scope of work is increased.
2. Results are more accurate than by chemical methods.
Bacterial contamination is prevented. 4. Greater yield from culture material.
5. Permits use of volatile denaturants.
INTERNATIONAL REFRIGERATED CENTRIFUGES
Built and serviced to meet the most exacting requirements.
Temperature control between 32° and 80° fahrenheit may be held for indefinite periods. The refrigerated centrifuge opens a new field of scientific investigation.
Send for our complete illustrated catalogue
INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass.
Makers of Fine Centrifuges
JUNE 25, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 27
MACMILLAN TEXTBOOKS
Woodruff | ANIMAL BIOLOGY
An adaptation of the author’s highly successful “Foundations of Biology” (Fourth Edition) for use in those courses in animal biology and zoology in which plants are considered only incidentally in their relations with animals. It combines the best of the “topic” and the “type” method by affording a synoptic picture of diverse animal forms as a background and support for the great biological generalizations.
“It is a masterly exposition of complicated subjects. The materials are so skilfully pro- portioned and presented with such clarity that a reader is likely to take the chapters as a matter of course — until he compares them with the work of some lesser craftsman.”
| —HrnsHAw Warp
Fabrikoid, 513 pages $3.50
Baitsell
MANUAL OF
ANIMAL BIOLOGY
Comprising detailed descriptions of! the structure and life pro- cesses of those animal types | which long experience hasshown | “to be best adapted to study in a general course in zoology to- gether with directions for the study of these selected types in the laboratory. Although plan- ned especially for use with “An-
More popular
than ever Hegner
COLLEGE ZOOLOGY
Third Edition
Adopted by
“Complete, up-to-date, very O77, well phrased and illustrated— Colleges
| Lindsey A TEXTBOOK OF GENETICS
| “The Lindsey will serve ad- mirably as a genetics text. It
is comprehensive, lucid, and well applied.”
it is hard to see how any one
would want a better reference
| : 2 and imal Biology” its unit organiza- | book on the subject of gen- ee ee ee Nea Peters | etics : niversitles ences adapt it to a variety of uses.
Fabrikoid, 354 pages : :
| 1 ane &) * tes
| $2.75 this year Fabrikoid, 365 pages
The text, $3.50 $2.60
THE MACMILLAN Laboratory Guide, $1.00
COMPANY
60 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
28 THE COLLECTING NET { Vor. VII. No. 51
| PROME ad DROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS
"It Saved Us the Cost of Five Microscopes'' Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used as a microscope and a micro-photographie ap- paratus
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruc- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, etc.
It has been endorsed by many leading scientists and in- structors.
PRICE: F.O.B. , York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- fecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent
THE PROMAR MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION AND DRAWING APPARATUS A new instrument which has been brought out in response to a demand for a simple apparatus like the Promi for more advanced work which requires more powerful illumination and higher magnifica- tion. Has many additional features as standard equipment. “Demonstrations will gladly be made
Prospectus and prices sent on request. | by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 11, Brick Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.”
117-119 East 24th Street
ie WO a
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology. zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable
Spalteholz us to send the appropriate catalog. Transparent While on. Ta 3 Preparations “Visit our display rooms and i Human museum.” ; ee Ge and : Zoological CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
Model of Human Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
Vol. VII. No. 2
SATURDAY, JULY 2, 1932
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
THE CORAL REEFS OF THE HAWAIIAN
ISLANDS
Dr. PAu S. GALTSOFF Biclogist, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries In 1930 the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, in co- operation with the Navy Department who as- signed the mine sweeper V/ippoorwill to assist in
biological investigation, sent an expedition for the explora- tion of Pearl and Hermes Reef, a small atoll situated near the western end of the Hawaiian Archipelago about 76 miles east from Midway Island and 1100 west of Hon-
olulu. Since the discovery of Pearl and Hermes Reef in 1822 by two British whale-
ships which on the night of April 26 were wrecked within ten miles of each other, but a few persons visited this place. In 1858 Capt. Brooks cruising on the U. S. S. Gambia ex- plored the atoll. In 1867 it was surveyed by U. S. S. Lackawana. Then it was vis- ited in 1912 by a German en- gineer, EIschner, engaged in a
study of phosphate rocks of the Pacific; and in 1923 by Dr. Wetmore of the National Museum in (Continued on Page 34)
charge of the Tanager
1
FISHERY RESEARCH BY THE FEDERAL
GOVERNMENT
Er
Bure
The fishery admi
MW. B. L, Calendar
TUESDAY, JULY 5, 8:00 P. M.
Evening Seminar: Auditorium, Dr. Ethel Browne Harvey: Splitting of the Eggs of Four Neapolitan Sea Urchins by Centrifugal Force and the Development of the Halves and Quarters. |
Dr. Henry J. Fry and Mr. Mark S. Parks: The Relation betwe2n Viscosity Changes and Mitotic Changes in Cleaving Eggs.
Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn: The Action of Ultra Violet Rays on tke Pro- toplasm of Amoeba.
FRIDAY, JULY 8, 8:00 P.M.
Evening Lecture: Dr. R. W. Ger- ard, Associate Professor of Phys- iology, University of Chicago. “The Speed of Life’.
our state commissic ministrative functic
Government is a unique organization.
MER HIGGINS
Chief, Division of Scientific Inquiry, U. S.
pau of Fisheries
nistration of the United States Its chief functions are concerned with the conservation of our aquatic resources, yet its operations
are different from those of other similar governmental units. Virtually all of the state governments maintain
fishery boards, fish and game departments, or conservation commissions, all of which give direct attention to the problems of conservation through regu- lation of the fisheries by rule or by the enforcement of laws enacted by the state legis- latures. Their functions are chiefly administrative, although a few states engage in research as a basis for their regulatory activities. Foreign govern- ments likewise maintain fishery departments that correspond to ns in their regulatory and ad- ms.
Federal activities in fishery conservation in the
eS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Coral Reefs of the Hawaiian Islands, IWSeas}i OF ALND RIE, Ce MAO SOOM MATE OU Coto S 37 2s leEnbU IS. (ECMO tno on HO ee oa rbeo ao am Oo aee 23 DIRASIC AY tie TER Abe tawktontoseasscoaneouce 39 Vishery SS EE Oe by the Federal Government, WapWonevioodswEloleln = 5-fe a aonchas vam n de 43 PBL 11 GED IAS Vonage ger e aycvers ccs sitccaishareyeie ie + scerleier 29 he The Course in Algae, PES COL VV OCS HELOLG 2 aon" vic iatenale aiairacde nies aio eran 4 iD, Widillienra tay Gian an conmeneanneoaneae Gis (Clwbereevalis) Shel (Ho TEMS oa ce bacasgeonsoodecenous 45 PNUUOT LOA Ce oo ake favetayey sus eh suche evel.e“erdbe. eh sere noses 2 BIS WCE) ISVILO Saco ke as enabeosesocennoade 52
30 _THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 52
Lt.ty
Rioters MASh i.e edie)
640 Preah He,
A RAL Maas
AN van SN PA i i MM 1 sty 20ition 2
22. lak 4
if Hone 4, wes staan’?
Mark ait,
Rad. Ab.
THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES STATION AT WOODS HOLE IN 1883
Professor Baird early recognized the advantages of Woods Hole as a location for marine biological research and for many years occupied temporary quarters on Little Harbor each summer until the present Fisheries Biological Laboratory and Hatchery were completed in 1883.
United States, however, are of the positive kind looking toward the development and complete utilization of aquatic resources by means of scientific research and practical fish culture, rather than by negative or restrictive activities such as are involved in the enforcement of regulatory legislation. Except in the territory of Alaska, the United States Bureau of Fisheries is without power to regulate fishing, for under the federal form of government Congress enjoys only such powers as are delegated by the Constitution, and complete jurisdiction of the fisheries has remained in the hands of the individual states. The Bureau of Fisheries is therefore essentially a scientific or- ganization and its findings are presented to the states in the form of technical reports and direct recommendations become effective only by enact- ment of the state legislatures.
The research functions of the Bureau of Fish- eries were defined by the Congressional resolu- tion which established the old U. S. Fish Com- mission in 1871. The duties imposed upon the first Commissioner of Fisheries, Spencer F. Baird, then Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian In-
stitution, required him “to prosecute” the neces- sary inquiries, “with the view of ascertaining whether any and what diminution in the number of food fishes of the coast and lakes of the United States has taken place; and, if so, to what causes the same is due; and also whether any and what protection, prohibitory or precautionary measures should be adopted _..” The principal direction in which the bureau’s functions have been expanded has been in the development of fish cultural opera- tions begun during the second year of the Com- mission’s existance, and in the administration of the fisheries in Alaska, including the fur seal in- dustry, in which broad powers of regulation were conferred upon the bureau as recently as 1924. The early attitude of the commission toward scientific work, which included the systematic in- vestigations of the waters of the United States and the biological and physical problems which they present, was admirably expressed by G. Brown Goode in 1884 as follows: “The scientific studies of the commission are based upon a liberal and philosophical interpretation of the law. In making his original plans, the commissioner in-
JuLy Ze 1932 ]
sisted that to study only the food fishes would be of little importance, and that useful conclusions must needs rest upon a broad foundation of in- vestigations purely scientific in character. The life history of species of economic value should be understood from beginning to end, but no less requisite is it to know the histories of the animals and plants upon which they feed or upon which their food is nourished; the histories of their enemies and friends and the friends and foes of their enemies and friends, as well as the currents, temperatures, and other physical phenomena of the waters in relation to migration, reproductions and growth. A necessary accompaniment to this division is the amassing of material for research to be stored in the National and other museums for future use.”
While the early years of the U. S. Fish Com- mission may be characterized as the era of fish- cultural development, the liberal policy with re- gard to scientific research resulted in the produc- tion of a rich and varied literature dealing with many phases of aquatic biology, in which surveys and explorations, with the cataloging and descrip- tion of animals new to science, were most promi- nent. The type of biology popular during the first three decades of the commission’s work is indicated by the fact that 71 per cent. of papers on the biology of fishes in the document series, were devoted to systematic ichthyology, and papers on other marine animals were almost equally devoted to taxonomy and morphology. While the fish culturists produced relatively few
THE COLLECTING NET 31
publications during this period, their actions spoke louder than words, for the artificial propagation of nearly every animal of economic value, verte- brate and invertebrate, was undertaken; practical inventions of all manner of apparatus, from egg trays to fishways, were perfected; and extensive efforts at transplanting and acclimatization were made, with brilliant results in some cases.
Since 1900 the policy of the bureau has under- gone a gradual change. Partly because of the general trend in research in the universities throughout the country, investigators turned their interest from systematic ichthyology to the ex- perimental branches, and papers on physiology embryology and behavior, habits, or natural his- tory of fishes appeared in increasing numbers. Indeed, papers on the taxonomy of fishes were re- duced in number from 71 per cent. to 28 per cent. of those on biology of fishes. Publications on fish propagation indicate an increasing interest in pond culture ; and in the fisheries, less attention has been given to reconnaissance surveys and more to the economics and technology of the fish- ery industries.
This changing attitude is shown further by the interest displayed in the study of habits and he- havior of fishes, which later has become expanded into studies of life history. As the publications in systematic ichthyology decreased in number, those on natural history of fishes increased, and even those papers dealing with fishery surveys have given more attention to the habits of the fishes considered.
THE U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES STATION AT BEAUFORT
Established by the Federal Government in 1899.
It is located on a small island in Beaufort Harbor
which is separated from the mainland by a channel 150 yards wide.
32 i “THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 52
THE NEW FISHERIES LABORATORY AT SHATTLE
The newest Fisheries Biological Laboratory completed this year at Seattle houses the bureau's staff engaged in Pacific Coast fishery investigations and also the staff of the International Fisheries Com- mission, United States and Canada engaged in halibut studies. é
Research activities in the bvological sciences at the present time are conducted by the technical staff of the Division of Scientific Inquiry, num- bering some fifty permanent research positions with a score of less trained assistants and per- haps another score of temporary specialists, chief- ly from university faculties, who are employed for limited periods of time. These investigators are distributed over the entire country in small groups organized into compact research units, and maintain headquarters either at the bureau’s bio- logical or experimental stations or at universities. Only a small administrative staff in the office of the chief of the division is located iat Washington, D. C. A half-dozen or so investigators whose duties require their location there are accommo- dated in the new laboratories of the Department of Commerce building.
The scientific projects cover three major fields : marine and fresh water commercial fisheries in- vestigations, aquicultural investigations, and shell- fisheries investigations. They are organized under seven distinct sections, each with a responsible technical head. The North Atlantic fishery in- vestigations directed by ©. E. Sette, are con-
ducted from headquarters located at the Harvard 3iological Institute, Cambridge, Mass., the Woods Hole Fisheries Biological Laboratory serving as headquarters during the summer season only. The South Atlantic staff is housed at the Fisheries 3iological Laboratory, Beaufort, N. C., under the direction of Dr. H. F. Prytherch. Investigations in the Gulf, directed by Dr. F. W. Weymouth, chiefly concerned with the great shrimp fishery, are conducted from headquarters provided by the Conservation Department of Louisiana at New Orleans. Fishery investigations in interior waters, under Dr. M. M. Ellis, including studies of pollu- tion of the Mississippi River system, are facilitat- ed by laboratories provided by the University of Missouri at Columbia, Mo., Great Lakes fishery investigations by Dr. John Van Oosten are centered at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. The staff for the Pacific Coast and Alaska fishery investigations, directed by Joseph A. Craig, is housed at the new Fisheries Biologi- cal Laboratory, Seattle, Washington, which was completed during the past year and is adjacent to the campus of the University of Washington.
While the chief investigator in aquiculture, Dr.
pomye2; 1932) ]
_THE COLLECTING NET 33
H. S. Davis, is located in Washington, D. C., studies under his direction in the interest of fish culture, pathology of fishes, fish nutrition and se- lective breeding are conducted at the Fisheries Bi- ological Laboratory, Fairport, Iowa, at the experi- mental trout hatchery, Pittsford, Vermont, at the experimental trout and bass station at Leetown, West Virginia, and at certain cooperation stations where facilities are provided, such as at the Uni- versity of Rochester, Cornell University, the bu- reau’s station at Cortland, New York, and its hatchery at Tishomingo, Oklahoma.
Headquarters for trout cultural investigations and stream surveys conducted by Dr. A. S. Haz- zard in the national parks and forests of the Rocky Mountain region are maintained at the University of Utah, Salt Lake City, while Cali- fornia trout investigations carried on by Dr. Paul R. Needham are centered at Stanford University.
The chief oyster investigator, Dr. Paul S. Galt- soff, is also located in Washington, but field lab- oratories have been established at Yale University and at Milford, Connecticut. A cooperative lab- oratory for oyster research on Puget Sound is furnished by the State of Washington at Olympia.
During the past year the division has operated a number of vessels, launches, and floating labor- atories in the conduct of its scientific investiga- tions. Various phases of the North Atlantic fish- eries investigations have required the full time of the Albatross II., a 150-foot sea-going steam ves- sel equipped for oceanographic work and experi- mental trawling. The Phalarope, a 110-foot steam yacht, and a chartered power boat in New Jersey, have also been employed part time. Fish- ery studies in Lake Michigan have been prosecut- ed from the motor ship, Fulmar, a 102-foot vessel equipped for experimental fishing and limnologi- cal studies. An able 38-foot cabin motor cruiser and various smaller launches are stationed at the Beaufort (N. C.) laboratory and two sea going launches 45 and 65 feet respectively, are used by the shrimp investigators of the Gulf. On the Mississippi River two house boats and various launches provide laboratory and collecting facil- ities, one an 85-foot Quarter Boat on the lower river houses Dr. Ellis’ staff of a dozen co-workers and has a large, well-equipped physiological and chemical laboratory, and another 50 feet long is stationed in the Upper Mississippi Wild Life and Fish Refuge for limnological work. In Alaska a 45-foot launch is used exclusively for herring in- vestigations and various others of the bureau’s large fleet of vessels are employed as circum- stances warrant. The biological stations are all equipped with adequate launches and rowboats. During the last two years the bureau's 85-foot motor ship Pelican has been-used in scientific in-
vestigations by the International Passamaquoddy Fishery Commission.
The marine fishes of the Atlantic and Pacific coasts support a tremendous food industry. No longer are new fishing grounds being discovered as in former years, but the exploitation of the more productive grounds has increased rapidly during the past decade. Hence, the outstanding problem of these fisheries receiving first attention by the division of inquiry is that of proper hus- banding of the supply in order that the resource may be utilized to the fullest extent compatible with its maintenance in a state of maximum pro- ductivity. In the North Atlantic area, the fish- eries are being critically studied to discover at the earliest moment signs of depletion from overfish- ing, and the factors that govern fish reproduc- tion are being examined so that advance informa- tion regarding fluctuations in abundance may be made available to the industry. On the Pacific Coast inquiries of a similar sort are being prose- cuted, and in the Alaska fisheries the results of such investigations find immediate application in the drafting of fishery regulations imposed by the Federal Government. Fisheries in the interior waters, aside from those in the Great Lakes are prosecuted primarily for sport and .recreation The tremendous increase in the army of anglers,
‘coupled with industrialization and resulting stream
pollution in the eastern half of the country have placed an intolerable strain upon the fish supply; and investigations are therefore directed toward the intelligent restocking of depleted waters, to- ward the perfection of fish cultural methods for such purposes, and toward overcoming the pollu- tion menace. The shellfish resources of our coast line have been an important food resource since earliest times, and recent researches as to their dietary values enhance rather than detract from their importance as a healthful food. Unrestrain- ed harvesting of the natural supply has led to marked: depletion in many areas, and the view is rapidly gaining popular acceptance that the adop- tion of modern methods of farming of oysters, clams, and other mollusks, either by private initia- tive or through rigid state regulation, is the only practicable means of restoring the productivity of our shellfish beds. The bureau investigations are, therefore, directed to that end with gratifying re- sults that appear to be fully appreciated by the fishing industry. Minor problems of research con- ducted by the division all tend toward the solution of these practical problems of the fisheries. The period of exploration and description reached its height during the last century and has passed. More modern methods of experimental biological and statistical analysis have taken its place, and fisheries research is rapidly assuming the form and content of an exact science.
34 : THE COLEBCIING NER
[ Vou. VII. No. 52
THE CORAL REEFS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
( Continued from Page 29 )
expedition. In 1927 extensive pearl oyster beds discovered on the reefs of the lagoon, attracted fishermen and pearl oyster divers from Honolulu and Japan. With the exception of one case small fishing boats (sampans) were either lost at sea or having failed to reach their destination were forced to return home. Intensive shelling opera- tions were carried on, however, by one company who dispatched a schooner to Pearl and Hermes and on one of the islands erected several buildings which served as comfortable headquarters for our expedition.
The Pearl and Hermes lagoon is an atoll about eighteen miles long and twelve miles wide. It is partially surrounded by a narrow strip of coral reefs which embrace it on the East, South and Southwest leaving the northern and northwestern sides unprotected.
A series of islands, most of them merely sand bars, extends from the northwestern corner along the eastern and southern sides of the lagoon. The lagoon itself comprises a maze of small reefs and channels, with the depth of water varying from a few inches to 104 feet. The reefs grow- ing inside the lagoon are made up by finger like corals Porites compressa, P. lobata and a number of other species: Pocillopora damicornis, P. lingu- lata; Montopora verrucosa, M. verilii; Pavona varians and P. duerdeni; Cyphastrea ocellina; Dendrophyllia manni; and Fungia scutaria. The predominant forms, primarily responsible for the building up and maintenance of the encircling reef belong to the species of Porites and Pocillo- pora the colonies of which are strongly reinforced by the luxuriant growth of numerous nullipores. The role of these algae in building up reefs is probably equal if not superior to that of the corals.
Between the coral reefs the bottom of the lagoon is covered with shifting sand which at the depth of about fifty feet, and below, is replaced by soft and sticky coral mud. Configuration, depth and distribution of reefs, sand and mud, re- flect the prevailing physical conditions and can be easily understood if one realizes that the present features of Pearl and Hermes, which in many. respects can be regarded as a typical atoll, are determined both by the constructive forces of the reef builders and destructive action of waves, break- ers, wind, rain, and various organisms, contrary to Darwin’s well known conception of atoll forma- tion, which implies a gradual subsidence of the foundation and filling up of the lagoon with sedi-
ments, there are numerous indications that the ma- terial forming the floor of the lagoon is constantly being washed away and deposited at a greater depth outside the encircling reef. A comparison between the charts prepared in 1867 and in 1930 show noticeable increase in the area of the lagoon especially at its southeastern corner. An im- portant role in the destruction of coarse material of the lagoon floor and its reduction into fine mud is attributable to a large black béche-de-mer, Holothuria atra, an organism measuring over a foot in length and weighing several pounds. Millions of these sluggish animals are found everywhere on the bottom, being especially con- spicuous on the white background of the sandy shoals. Experiments with related forms made in the atolls of the Indian Ocean and in Japan show that the intestines of the béche-de-mer of that size may contain as much as 88 grams of sand and that about half of that amount is ingested daily and passed through the intestinal tract. Presum- ably the material is not dissolved, for the contents of the guts are not acidified, but is simply triturat- ed into fine sand, which passes through a 0.5 mm. sieve, and mud. Similar action is exercised by a number of worms and sea urchins.
The echinoderms of Pearl and Hermes are represented by the beautiful red slate-pencil sea urchin, Heterocentrosus mamuillatus, very common in the Hawaiian Islands, and black long-spined Echinotrix calamaris. The latter species is dis- tinctly a nocturnal organism. Incredible numbers of it can be found every night in the shallow water along the beaches where they nearly com- pletely cover the bottom with their spiny bodies. During the day only a few specimens can be found under the rocks.
The starfishes are not abundant. |The most common species is small Lyncia multipora. The soft skinned sunflower starfish, Acanthaster
planci, is quite common while the huge red Luidia magnificia, measuring 33 inches in diameter can be found only at a depth of about twenty to forty feet. Of the large number of molluscs, mention should be made of the cowry shell, Cytherea sul- cidentata, an endemic Hawaiian species; cones, Conus litteratus, with large and heavy shells coy- ered in July and August with leathery egg cap- sules ; Spondylus tenebrosus, Arca ventricosa, and huge conch, Cymation tritonus reaching about 14 inches in length. Long and beautifully shaped Terebra maculata are found exclusively on sandy
ou 2, 1932]
THE COLLECTING
NET 35
bottom in which they make long burrows extend- ing for fifty or sixty feet, indicating the presence of the animal at one of the ends of the long trail.
Among the lamellibranchs the most conspicuous place belongs to the pearl oyster, Pinctada galtsoffi, which slightly differs from the closely related species, P. margaritifera and maxima of the Phillippines and Australia. The shells of the Hawaiian pearl oyster reach a large size and are heavy. Specimens 25 - 30 cms. long and weighing several pounds are common. ‘The largest oyster obtained in 1928 weighed fifteen pounds. Ac- cording to the studies made by the author the weight-length relationship of the shell of this mollusc can be expressed by the equation W=0.042 L#*!, where W is weight in grams and L is length in centimeters.
Of the oysters examined during the expedition, approximately ten per cent. contained pearls of different qualities.
About 300 live pearl oysters were taken on board the Whippoorwill, placed in wooden tanks supplied with running sea water, and were safely transported to Honolulu where they were planted in Kaneohe Bay.
It has been found that the pearl beds in the atoll had suffered considerably from unrestricted fishing during the previous two years. If left unprotected they undoubtedly would be complete- ly wiped out in a short time.
Spawning of the pearl oyster occurs at a tem- perature of about 27°C, similar to the conditions existing in edible oysters, the discharge of the sexual products can be induced by the addition of sperm or eggs. Analysis of a few temperature records available for this unexplored part of the Pacific support the conclusion that spawning oc- curs only once a year,
The crustacean fauna of the lagoon is very rich. Of special interest to the biologist are the large hermit crabs, Dardanus sanguinolatus, D. de- forms, living in the shells of Tonna melanostoma, and the small crab, Haplocarcinus marsupialis, which causes the formation of galls in corals ( Pocillopora ).
The lagoon abounds in fish, sea turtles and seals. Several small and uninhabited islands formed of broken corals and sand are covered with scanty vegetation, the grass Eragrostis varia- bits being the predominant plant. Since there is no fresh water one is entirely dependent on rain or on the supply brought along from the ship.
During the severe storms which occur quite often the islands are swept by huge waves that break over the encircling reefs.
All the islands are inhabited by large and noisy colonies of birds (albatrosses,, boobies, tail- wedged shearwaters, sooty terns, frigates and others) which since 1909 have been placed under the protection of the U. S. government.
THE COURSE IN ALGAE AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
Dr. WiLttAM RANDOLPH TAYLOR
Professor of Botany, University of Michigan Director of the Course.
Three current lines of research activity are kept in mind in organizing the course in study of Algae as conducted at the Marine Biological Lab- oratory. In the first place, the systematics of the major groups have been subjected to a complete rearrangement in recent years as a result of dis- coveries revealing unsuspected phases in the life cycle, or in other cases from fundamental differ- ences in structure and physiology. There are now about twelve major groups of algae recognized instead of four to six at the beginning of the century, and such a changed view of their rela- tions has developed as to give a much more ac- curate, though perhaps more complicated concep- tion of their evolutionary relations. In the second place, active physiological work on algae requires more thorough knowledge of their cell structure and more accurate ideas of their specific limita- tions. Again, interest in fisheries research. and conservation of lakes calls for knowledge of the factors in control of periodic development of floras and of algal distribution.
On a framework of observations upon algal an- atomy and reproduction with the groups treated in approximate systematic sequence, the course attempts to support sufficient excursions into sys- tematic literature to acquaint the student with the necessary approach to an accurate taxonomic al- location of his material, a modern discussion of the cytological basis upon which life-history studies are interpreted, the more striking physio- logical peculiarities of the several great groups, and with the field work an introduction to algal ecology and distribution. Since this course cannot assume any detailed knowledge of algae on the part of the students the treatment of these topics while strictly technical, must be rather elementary. However, in order that algal or other research may be forwarded during the course, time is re- served for conferences each week with those who are continuing or initiating investigations based upon Woods Hole material, and for those whose progress justifies it, arrangements can be made to further the work after the close of the formal part of the course.
36 THE COLLECRING NED
[ Vor. VII. No. 52
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Melee eiaheepaisrtohsve oe rcleiaietetextetenel peter Editor Assistant Editors
Annaleida S. Cattell
Vera Warbasse
Ware Cattell
Florence L. Spooner
Beach Restrictions I
About a year ago a senior investigator—who is a trustee of the Marine Biological Laboratory— wrote the following statement for publication in THe CoLLecTiInG NET:
“Two recent cases of the assertion of property rights, the limitation of the bathing space on the bayside beach and the courteously formulated request of the Trustees of the Forbes estate, call the attention of the scientific institutions in Woods Hole to the need of safeguarding and developing recreational facilities.
“It is natural and desirable that laboratory workers should hope to profit from the physical advantages of their environment. It is certainly true that some investigators, even among those who have acquired property, are beginning to feel that Woods Hole is likely to become less desirable for themselves and their families unless recreational facilities can be retained and ex- panded. Is there, for example, any surety that the bathing beach frontage may not be limited to that of a single lot or even lost entirely if efforts are not made to place the bathing beach under public or institutional control? The Marine Biological Laboratory has shown foresight in providing real estate for the summer homes of investigators and it now seems desirable that at- tention should be paid to these recreational needs before it is too late.”
The lapse of a year’s time has shown no improve- ment in the situation, and his statement is per- haps even more pertinent now than it was in 1931.
A group of interested individuals is forming a committee to study the question of bathing fa- cilities in all of its aspects. Two or three influen- tial investigators have already consented to serve on it. THe CoLiectinGc Net is contributing $50.00 to assist the committee and it is expected that this sum will be promptly doubled by con- tributions from other sources. No specific plans for spending the money have been formulated, but it is realized that a committee with money will be more effective than one without.
The New Seaplane Service
It is supposed to be poor policy to mention names of commercial enterprises in an editorial column, but we make an exception in this note be- cause our relations with the Island Airways, Inc. are going to be of real assistance to THE CoL- LECTING Net. This summer we will be under continuous obligations to them for they have con- sented to convey copy, blocks and proof two or three times a day between Woods Hole and New Bedford. The Darwin Press is only four short blocks from their landing dock at the latter port, and the time taken to transfer material from our office to the Press is only twenty-five minutes.
Yesterday, two members of our staff flew in one of the sea planes to and from New Bedford. The trip was comfortable and quick. It took seventeen minutes, which made the trip an hour shorter than it would have been by land or seea.
VICTROLA CONCERT PROGRAM Wednesday, July 6
(1) Midsummer Night’s Dream Overture Mendellsohn (2) Symphony No. 39 Mozart Intermission (3) Symphony in D Minor Franck
The following evening lectures were scheduled for the last of June and the first of July at the Cold Spring Harbor Biological Laboratory.
June 21 Prof. W. W. Swingle, “Experimental Studies on the Adrenal Cortical Hormone”.
June 28, Prof. Robert W. Chambers, “The Physical Nature of the Cell and Some Phases of its Semipermeability”.
June 30, Dr. Charles B. Davenport, “Our leeta
July 5, Dr. Hugo Fricke, “The Place of Physics in Modern Biological Research”.
Dr. A. A. Schaeffer, who was in residence at the Laboratory during much of the winter, and who is continuing his work here this summer, has been appointed Chairman of the Department of Biology at Temple University.
The freak storm which struck Woods Hole last Thursday night with such surprising force, did many strange things. It is said a Manchester sloop broke loose and headed merrily in its free- dom for Nantucket. Furniture was badly tossed about on peoples’ porches. A white yawl let go of its mooring to plow into the Acushnet to see how much white paint could be taken off. The best story of all, whether true or not, is that a car on the Buzzards Bay bridge was blown quite off. One sedan went through the railing and off, not into the water, fortunately, because the water was not up that far, but onto hard, dry land.
Jury 2, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 37
ITEMS OF INTEREST
Dr. and Mrs. L. T. Woodruff have purchased property in Gansett Woods, where they expect to make a permanent home. They and their family have been coming to Woods Hole for five or six years, but have only rented their houses up to this time. The house will be ready for occupancy some time this month. Their son, Lorry, is now a member of the crew of the schooner “Dis- covery,’ which is taking part in the Bermuda race.
Dr. Robert Chambers has left Woods Hole for a short time for a visit to Cold Spring Harbor, where he will deliver some lectures.
Dr. and Mrs. Potter moved into the Gigger’s cottage last Thursday.
Mr. Nathan Calkins had his first solo flight this week at the Falmouth Airport, and since then he has flown every day.
Mr. Arthur, Meigs has left this week for Europe with a classmate from Princeton. They intend to wander around Germany with no set itinerary, then they are going to Geneva and Lau- sanne, where they will observe the disarmament conferences which are being held at this time.
Miss Margaret Riggs is leaving for Europe this summer, and will return in time to enter Bryn Mawr as a sophomore in the Fall.
THE SCIENCE SCHOOL
At the Annual Meeting of the Association of The Children’s School of Science, which was held on Friday, June 24, the following officers for the ensuing year were elected:
President veesveeee. Mrs. Compton Vice President...................... Mrs. Edwards SEGLE LAI Vae: <.teess Ge hn eras Mrs. Bigelow
INTGSISTEIAO Tce peeereneee cece ne re eee Mrs. Gigler
A VACATION CLUB
Although it may seem that the summer resi- dents are here only for a vacation, a club has been found to have existed for almost twenty years, which is devoted to the discussion of cur- rent problems and the reading of new books. The members are all the original charter members, and have met together every Wednesday after- noon at each other’s homes from year to year.
The members of this club are Mrs. Wilfred Wheeler, Mrs. Frank Lillie, Mrs. Ralph Lillie, Mrs. Gary N. Calkins, Mrs. Laurence Riggs, Mrs. Edward Wilson, Mrs. George Clowes, Mrs. Ed- ward Meigs, Mrs. James P. Warbasse. This Wednesday they will discuss Stuart Chase’s “Mexico”.
The first Sunday Forum will be held at 4:00 P. M. at Penzance Point at “Gladheim’”, the res- idence of Dr. and Mrs. J. P. Warbasse, on Sun- day, July 3. All are invited, and whoever comes night find it the better part of wisdom to bring a blanket to sit on.
BASEBALL AT WOODS HOLE
Filling a long-felt want for several years, some of the more actively baseball-minded in the labora- tories have revived the Great American sport this season. To date, two teams have been organ- ized and four games played. All who are inter- ested are cordially invited to be present at the Town Park evenings after supper or other times, as posted.
So far, the rivalry has been between two teams, one made up of independent investigators and the other drawn from students, waiters and jan- itors. Sunday morning saw the “K. P.s” take the “P.h. (?) Ds” into camp, 8 to 5 behind the pitching of Dan Campbell. Monday evening the two teams split a double-header, the P.h. Ds winning the opener, 12 to 4 and the K. P.s com- ing back in the night-cap (so called on account of darkness after seven innings) to win 7 to 1. On Tuesday evening, the K.Ps took a closely contested game by the score of 8 to 7. The K. P. team comprises the following men: Campbell, Nicoll, Eastlick, Walker, Rundles, Curry, Coombs, Porteous, Morris, Kohn and McManus. Among the Ph.d. (?) players are Heilbrunn, Coonfield, Dee, Stabler, Crampton, Butt, Aiken, Barth, Mazia, Fuchs and others.
With as good a beginning as this, it is felt that much interest has already been aroused. The present aim is to arrange a definite schedule of games, with notices posted a day or so in advance on the bulletin board at the Mess. The more spectators, the better the baseball, and every day is Ladies’ Day at Woods Hole. It has been sug- gested that more teams be organized, perhaps with the formation of two leagues with a “World's Series” at the close of the summer. Also, a need is felt for men who would be willing to umpire the games, and a special plea is made that if any feel so moved, they may come down or get in touch with Dr. Heilbrunn, Dr. Stabler or Mr. Nicoll. Any suggestions towards improving the sport will be more than welcome. It is to be re- membered that baseball, the neglected sport of Woods Hole, is the game of games, and that, un- like tennis and horse-shoe pitching, it may be played and watched even with the Depression Pocketbook.
Pocketbook. —Two Baseball Players.
38 THE COLLECTING NET
New Fields
of SCIENTIFIC ENDEAVOR
ARE AVAILABLE TO USERS OF
ULFROPAQUE
This Microscopical Equipment is
THE NEW
Cit
destined to
Revolutionize Microscopy
Leading authorities inform us_ that they regard this equipment as a dis- tinct contribution to the technique of microscopy.
Information has reached us indicating that specimens used with the Leitz Ultropaque reveal scientific data un- obtainable through any other means.
The Leitz Ultropaque May Help To Solve Your Problem.
Ernst Leitz .Wetzlar
FREE BOOKLET — MAIL COUPON
[ Vou. VII. No. 52
The Leitz Ultropaque Equipment can be used with all types and makes of micro- scopes. Those who desire microscope stands of special design for use with the Leitz Ultropaque will find a complete series of microscopical constructions to | meet their individual needs illustrated and described in our new catalog.
E. LEITZ, Inc.
Dept. CN, 60 East 10th St.
New York City.
Please send me a copy of your free booklet describing the Leitz Ultropaque.
Jury, 2, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
39
DIRECTORY FOR 1932
KEY Laboratories Residence
Botany Building. ...Bot Acne pee vente eee ss
‘ aes: foywoobhtoyatl? 4 on aecnioo os Brick Building....... Br Reo Te Geee i Senate Dr Lecture Hall......... L_ Fisheries Residence...F Main Room in Fisheries Homestead 222... Ho Laboratory ........ Mt Ishsisisiydel soonootenooas H Old Main Building ..OM Kahler eee ne lense Ka ld Rock SSGGE Te cre cies fare sats K ockefeller’ Bidg...Rock Whitman ........... Ww
In the case of those individuals not living on laboratory property, the name of the landlord and the street are given. In the case of individuals liv- ing outside of Woods Hole, the place of residence is given in parentheses.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
INVESTIGATORS Amberson, W. R. prof. phys. Tennessee. Br 309. D 111. Armstrong, P. B. asst. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. A 106.
Baitsell, G. A. prof. biol. Yale. Br 323. Brooks.
Baker, H. B. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221.
Bard, P. asst. prof. phys. Harvard Med. Br 109. D 306.
Barth, L. G. instr. expt. emb. Columbia. Br 111. D
206.
Beck, L. V. asst. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 2. McLeish, Millfield.
Bowling, Rachel instr. proto. Columbia. OM 21. A 307.
Boyden, Louise E. edit. asst. “Biol. Bul.’ Br 305. Young, West.
Boyer, D. A. instr. biol. Chicago. Br 353. McLeish, Millfield.
Brinley, F. J. asst. prof. zool. North Dakota State. OM 39. D 102.
Brooks, Matilda M. res. assoc. biol. California. Br 233. Gosnold.
Brooks, S. C. prof. physico-chem. biol. California. Br 306. Gosnold.
Buchsbaum, R. M. instr. biol. Chicago. Br 343. Mc- Leish, Millfield.
Burr, Edith R. asst. zool. Barnard. Br 314. K 3.
Butt, C. res. asst. phys. Princeton. Br 116. White,
Millfield.
Cable, R. M. grad. asst. biol. New York. OM Base. KT.
Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Br 331. Buz- zards Bay.
Campbell, D. H. grad. asst. biol. Washington. Br 225. Dr attic.
Carothers, Eleanor lect. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. A 204.
Castle, W. A. instr. biol. Brown. OM 3. Kittila, Bar Neck.
Cattell, W. assoc. ed. “Scientific Mo.” Br 344. A 102.
Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. Gosnold.
Chidester, F. E. prof. zool. West Virginia. Br 344. D 318.
Child, G. P. asst. instr. biol. New York. Br 1. A 108.
Chute, A. L. asst. phys. Toronto. phys. D 107.
Clark, Frances secretary. Br 328. Howes, Main.
Clowes, G. H. A. dir. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328. Shore.
Coe, W. R. prof. biol. Yale. Br 323. A 201. Cohen, Rose S. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. L 29. H6
Cole, K.'S. asst. prof. phys. Columbia. Br 343. D 216.
Coonfield, B. R. instr. biol. Brooklyn, OM 29. Mc- Leish, Millfield.
Costello, D. P. instr. zool. Pennsylvania, Br 217n. Elliot Center.
Cowles, R. P. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 340. D 315.
Crampton, Clair B. res. asst. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. K 5.
Croasdale, Hannah T. asst. bot. Pennsylvania. Bot. 23. H 9.
Crummy, P. L. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. McLeish, Millfield.
Dan, K. grad phys. Pennsylvania. Br 110. Eldridge, Main.
Darlington, C. D. cytologist. John Innes Hort. Inst. (London). Br 122 A. McLeish, Millfield.
Doyle, W. L. res. asst. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. Dr 6.
Dunn, E. E. grad. biochem. Cincinnati. Med. Br 342. McLeish, Millfield.
Duryee, W. R. instr. zool. Northwestern (Illinois) OM 4. D101b.
Edwards, D. J. assoc. prof. phys. Cornell. Br 214. Gosnold.
Fish, H. S. grad. biol. Harvard. Br 315. Dr 1.
Fry, H. J. prof. biol. New York. OM Base. Purdum, Woods Hole.
Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Br 215. Gardiner.
Gerard, K. W. assoc. prof. phys. Chicago. Br 309. D 318.
Glaser, R. W. assoc. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 208.
Goldforb, A. J. prof. biol. Col. City N. Y. Br 122c. A 302.
Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. D 110.
Goodson, Mary L. Barnard. Br 344. A 102.
Grave, B. H. prof. zool. DePauw. Br 234. Grave, High.
Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis). Br 327. High.
Guerlac, H. E. asst. phys. Cornell. OM 5. Cowey, Quissett.
Hahnert, W. F. Nat. Res. fel. biol. Hopkins. Br 111. Ka 21.
Harnly, Marie L. asst. biol. New York. Br 1. D 202.
Harnly, M. H. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 1. D 202.
Harryman, Ilene res. asst. chem. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. D 103.
Harvey, Ethel B. independ. invest. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Gosnold.
Harvey, E. N. prof. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Gosnold.
Heilbrunn, L. V. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Schramm, Gardiner.
Hill, E. S. res. asst. phys. chem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 206. D 316.
Hill, S. E. asst. gen. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. Veeder, West.
Hook, Sabra J. asst. prof. biol. Rochester. Br 217a. Ker2:
Hoppe, Ella N. res. asst. biol. N. Y. State Dept. Health. Br 122B. A 207.
Huettner, A. F. prof. biol. Gansett.
Irving, L. assoc. prof. phys. Toronto. Br 109. Am- berson. Quissett.
New York. Br 228.
[ Vot. VII. No. 52
40 THE COLLECTING NET
Jackson, J. R. grad. asst. biol. Missouri. Bot 1st Floor. K 10.
Jenkins, G. B. prof. anat. George Washington. Br 33. Cannan, Gardiner.
Johlin, J. M. assoc. prof. biochem. Vanderbilt Med.
Br. 336. Park.
Kaliss, N. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. McLiesh, Millfield.
Keil, Elsa M. instr. zool. N. J. Col. for Women. Br 8. W d.
Keltch, Anna K. res. chem. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. Duff, Millfield.
Keosian, J. asst. biol. New York. Br 339. A 108.
Kidder, tutor biol. Col. City N. Y. Br 314. D 307.
Kinney, Elizabeth T. lect. zool. Barnard. Br 217b. K 3.
Kirkpatrick, T. B. assoc. prof. physical education. Columbia. L 26. Nickerson, Milfield.
Knower, H. McE. assoc. prof. anat. Albany Med. Br 234. Buzzards Bay.
Knowlton, F. P. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Gardiner.
Kohn, grad. zool. Yale. OM 43. K 6.
Krieg, W. J. S. instr. anat. New York. OM 34. El- liot, Center.
Lackey, J. B. prof. biol. Southwestern (Memphis).
Br 8. A 203.
Lancefield, D. E. assoc. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 333 A.
Lancefield, Rebecea C. asst. bact. Rockefeller Hosp. (N. Y.) Br 208.
Landowne, M. fel. biol. Col. City N. Y. Br 122c. Ka 22.
Lawlor, J. T. fel. bot. Harvard. bot. Cowey, School.
Laug, E. P. instr. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 8. D 302.
Lillie, F. R. prof. zool. Chicago, Br. 101. Gardiner.
Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Br 326. Gardiner.
Lynch, Ruth S. instr. genetics. Hopkins. Br 127. D 201A.
Magruder, S. R. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. L 29. Kittila, Bar Neck.
Marsland, D. A. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br. 339. D 106.
Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 329a. Minot.
Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 342. Buzzards Bay.
Mazia, D. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Ka 23.
McGoun, R. C., Jr. instr. biol. Amherst. Br 204 Dr.
Michaelis, Eva M. res. asst. phys. Columbia. Br. 114. Gansett.
Michaelis, L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. Gansett.
Miller, F. W. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. K 15.
Miller, F. W. res. worker zool. Pittsburgh. Rock. K 15.
Mills, Sylvia M. res. fel. zool. Radcliffe. Br 213.
Milton, L. instr. chem. New York. Br 310. Wilson, Buzzards Bay.
Moreland, F. B. fel. chem. Rice Inst. 336. Dr 1.
Nelson, E. C. asst. biol. Hopkins. OM Base.
Nicoll, P. A. grad. asst. zool. Washington (St. Louis).
(Texas). Br
Br 225. Dr 2. Nonidez, J. F. asst. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. Whitman.
Orias, O. Rockefeller Foundation. Br 108. A 208.
Pace, D. M. res. asst. phys. Hopkins. Br 329. Russell, (Bourne).
Packard, C. asst. prof. zool. Columbia Inst. Cancer. OM 2. North.
Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 213. A 104.
Plough, H. H. prof. biol. Amherst. Br 204. Whitman.
Pollister, A. W. instr. zool. Columbia. OM 44. D 314.
Pollister, Priscilla F. instr. biol. Brooklyn. OM 44. D 314.
Pomerat, C. M. instr. biol. Clark. Higgins, Depot.
Pond, S. E. prof. phys. Pennsylvania Med. Br 216,
Gansett.
Poole, J. P. prof. evolution. Dartmouth, Bot 25. D 305.
Porter, Helen tech. zool. Harvard. Br 213. Grinnell, Bar Neck.
Prescott, G. W. asst. prof. bot. Albion. Bot 22. D 107.
Prosser, C. L. fel. zool. Harvard Med. Br 109. Dr 6.
Richards, O. W. instr. biol. Yale. Br 8. A 303.
Robert, Nan L. instr. zool. Hunter. Br 217. A 206.
Robertson, Lola tech. zool. New York. OM Base. Haven, Main.
Robertson, C. W. asst. Biol. New York. OM Base. Haven, Main.
Root, W. S. assoc. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Erdwurm, High.
Rugh, R. instr. biol Hunter. Br 111. D 308.
Sanger, G. Cornell Med. Br 214. Edwards, Gosnold.
Schechter, V. grad. biol. Columbia. Br 122 C. Dr 2.
Schmidt, L. H. res. fel. biochem. Cincinnati Med. Br 341. McLeish, Millfield.
Scott, A. C. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Rosear, East.
Scott, Florence M. asst. prof. zool. Seton Hill. Nick- erson, Millfield.
Sell, J. P. grad. asst. biol. Yale. OM 43. K 6.
Sichel, F. J. M. asst. biol. New York. Br 338. Dr 2.
Silvey, J. K. G. instr zool. Michigan. OM J. Ka 4.
Smith, E. L. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 34.
Sonneborn, T. M. res. assoc. zool. Hopkins. Br 127.
D 201.
Southwick, W. E. fel. zool. Harvard. Br 315. Lyons, Main.
Speicher, B. R. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. K 15.
Speidel, C. C. prof. anat. Virginia. Br 106. D 104.
Stabler, R. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 22. Whiting, Minot.
Starkey, W. F. grad. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Dr attic.
Stewart, Dorothy R. asst. prof. biol. Skidmore. Br 232. D 105.
Stockard, C. R. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. Buzzards Bay.
Street, Sibyl grad. zool. Chicago. Br 8. McLeish, Millfield.
Sturtevant, A. S. H. prof. genetics. California Inst. Tech. Br. 332. Agassiz.
Sumwalt, Margaret asst. instr. phys. Pennsylvania Med. Br 232. D 105.
Tang, P. S. instr. gen. phys. Harvard. Br 309. D 305.
Tashiro, S. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Park.
Taylor, J. W. Nat. Res. fel. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Cowey, School.
Taylor, G. W. Nat. Res. fel. phys. Princeton. Br 116.
Titus, C. P. dir. Sch. Microscopy (N. Y.) OM Base. D 213.
Townsend, Grace fel. zool. Chicago. Br 217i. W b.
Wade, Lucille W. asst. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. Rob- inson, Quissett.
Walker, P. A. grad. asst. phys. Harvard. Br 312. Thompson, Water. 7
Weisman, M. N. grad. biol. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 14.
Wilson, E. B. DaCosta prof. emeritus zool. Columbia. Br 322. Buzzards Bay.
Wilson, Hildegard N. fel. biochem. Bellevue Med. Br 310. Buzzards Bay.
Honwe2, 1932 |
Te Winkel, Lois E. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. K 2.
Winokur, M. fel. biol. Col. City N. Y. OM Base. Ka 2.
Wolf, E. A. assoc. prof. zool. Pittsburgh. OM 43. Elliot, Center.
Young, Roger A. asst. prof. zool. Howard. Br 110. A 301
Young, S. B. tech. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. Young, Middle.
Zeleny, C. prof. zool. Illinois. Br 122D. D 301.
Zirkle, C. assoc. prof. bot. Pennsylvania. Bot 6. Boss, West.
WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION
INVESTIGATORS
Alexander A. E. minerologist and petrographer. Harvard. 212. Thomas, Buzzards Bay.
Beach, E. F. Brown. 109. Hilton, Main.
Bigelow, H. B. prof. zool. Curator of Oceanography. Harvard. 114. Luscombe, Main.
Brown, F. A., Jr. fel. zool. Harvard. 315. Hilton, Millfield.
Harwood, E. M. grad. zool. Clark. 206 Wilde, Gardiner.
Hines, J. M. Brown. 211. Stuart, School.
Ingalls, Elizabeth N. tech. Harvard. 103. Young, West.
Lutz, F. B. Brown. 111. Hilton, Water.
Mitchell, P. H. prof. phys. Brown. Mitchell, Orchard.
Rakestraw, N. W. assoc. prof. chem. Brown. 109. Mitchell, Orchard.
Renn, C. E. asst. biol. New York. 201. Young, Middle.
Reuszer, H. W. instr. biol. Rutgers. 201. Young, Middle.
Root, Raymond W. instr. biol. Col. City N. Y. 101. Young, West.
Schroeder, W. C. business manager. 113.
Walker, Virginia B. asst. business manager. 112. Howes, Millfield.
Welsh, J. H. instr. zool. Harvard. 213. McInnis, Mil-
field.
Whitman, C. F. geologist. Radcliffe. 212. Kittler, Bar Neck.
Wolfe, Mary F. grad. biol. Radcliffe. 212. Kittila, Bar Neck.
U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES
Galtsoff, Eugenia assoc. zool. George Washington. 122. F 26.
Galtsoff, P. S. biol. U. S. B. F. (Washington) 122. F 26.
Linton, E. fel. parasitology. Pennsylvania. M 5. West. Worley, L. G. asst. zool. Harvard. Hatchery. F 37.
STUDENTS
Aiken, R. B. res. fel. Vermont. Emb. K 7.
Bach, Doris A. Michigan. bot.
Belcher, Jane C. grad. Colby. emb. H 3.
Beltran, E. prof. zool. Mexico. proto. D 203.
ene N. E. grad. zool. proto. Sylvia, Buzzards a
y- Bridges, J. C. instr. biol. Michigan. phys. A 106.
THE COLLECTING
NET 4] Brown, Rebecca Goucher. proto. H. Brubaker, Ethel instr. biol. Pennsylvania. bot.
Stokey, Gardiner. Burrows, R. B., Jr. grad. asst. biol. Yale. emb. Ka 2. Butler, T. C. Vanderbilt Med. phys. Pond, Gansett. Chao, I. grad. phys. Chicago. phys. D 217. Coplan, Helen M. asst. biol. Goucher. phys. H 2. Craig, F. N. grad. phys. Rutgers. phys. Ka 24. Cowles, Janet M. Hopkins. emb. D 315. Cummings, Frances Albertus Magnus, emb. Brod- erick, South. Dieter, C. D. asst. prof. biol. Washington and Jef- ferson. emb. Howes, Water. Duncan, P. M. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. proto. Dr attic.
Earl, Ruth R. grad. biol. New York. proto. W f.
Eastlick, H. L. grad. asst. zool. Washington (St. Louis). emb. Dr 2.
Fuchs, W. B. asst. biol. American. (Washington) proto. Dr 2.
Gustafson, A. H. instr. biol. Williams. bot. McInnis, Millfield.
Heiss, Mary E. grad. Wellesley. emb. H.
Kanrich, Dorothy grad. phys. Pittsburgh. phys. Pond, Gansett.
Hess, Margaret grad. res. fel. Virginia. phys. Mc- Leish, Millfield.
Heyl, J. T. Hamilton. phys. Ka 24.
Hoover, Margaret E. Smith. emb. Robinson, Quissett
Kelly, Florence C. instr. biol. Simmons. proto. W c.
King, Florence A. grad. asst. phys. Wellesley. phys. H 7.
Kleinholz, L. H. K. instr. anat. Colby. emb. Ka 22.
Lawlor, Anna C. instr. biol. Saint Elizabeth. proto. Nickerson, Millfield.
Levin, Anna C. grad. Columbia. proto. W a.
Lewis, R. H. grad. entomol. Rochester. emb. Dr, attic.
Ling, S. grad. zool. Cornell. proto. Dr 9.
Lipmann, F. asst. phys-chem. Rockefeller Founda- tion. Br 206. D 209.
MacArthur, Mary Acadia. bot. H 7.
Manery, Jeanne F. grad. asst. phys. Toronto. phys. H 2.
Manther, J. I. grad. Columbia. proto. Ka 2.
McDonald, Clara M. Columbia. proto. Nickerson, Main.
McIntire, Josephine M. asst. phys. Mt. Holyoke. phys. Thomas, Buzzards Bay.
Metzner, J. J. grad. proto. Columbia. proto. Young, West.
Miller, Dorothy K. grad. Bryn Mawr. emb. Column Terrace (Falmouth).
Morris, J. E. grad. asst. biol. Fisk. emb. K 14.
Olsen, M. W. jr. poultry biol. U. S. Dept. Agr. emb. Ka 23.
Pappenheimer, Anne Radcliffe. phys. H 4.
Penn, A. B. K. C. grad. emb. Hopkins. emb. D 303.
Pieifer, Katherine Washington (St. Louis). emb. Sanderson, High.
Primrose, Helen L. grad. Hunter. bot. Hilton, Main.
Riedman, Sarah R. instr. phys. Brooklyn. phys. Grinnell, West.
Roeder, K. D. instr. phys. Tufts. phys. Thomas, Buz- zards Bay.
42 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vot. VII. No. 52
Rowland, C. R. asst. zool. Columbia. proto. Ka zk
Runelles, R. W. DePauw. emb. Ka 23.
Russell, Dorothy M. grad. Pennsylvania Col. women. bot. Robinson, Quissett.
Scartterty, Louise E. instr. biol. Newcomb. emb. H 3.
Schott, Margaret H. asst. phys. Mt. Holyoke. phys. Thomas, Buzzards Bay.
Sims, J. L. De Pauw. emb. K 12.
Smith, Vera I. grad. fel. emb. Brown, emb. Hilton, Main.
Spangler, Betty A. Wheaton. bot. Young, West.
Specht, H. grad. Hopkins. phys. Dr 5.
Strongman, Louise E. Radcliffe. bot. Gifford, Gov- ernment.
tum Suden, Caroline grad. res. fel. phys. Boston. phys. Grinnell, West.
Toothill, Martha C. instr. gen. biol. Adelphi. phys.
We. Wagoner, K. S. grad. DePauw. emb. K 12.
Warbritton, Virgene res. asst. zool. Missouri. phys. Googins, Quissett.
Watkeys, Jean D. Rochester. Med. emb. H 6.
Weintraub, R. L. George Washington. bot. D 312.
Willis, Doris M. American (Washington). proto. Mc- Leish, Millfield.
Wilhelm, Helen M. grad. Hunter. bot. Hilton, Main.
Wirtz, St. Mark instr. biol. St. Catherine. emb. Nickerson, Millfield.
Wismer, Virginia asst. bot. Pennsylvania. bot. San- derson. High.
ADMINISTRATION
Billings, Edith secretary. Millfield. Crowell, Polly L. asst. to the business manager.
Main. Dillinger, Bessie R. secretary. W i.
Laban, Katherine A. secretary. W e. MacNaught, F. M. business manager. School.
LIBRARY
Blanchard, Hazel assistant. W g.
Endrejat, Doris assistant. W.
Lawrence, Deborah secretary. Locust (Falmouth) Montgomery, Priscilla B. librarian. Whitman. Rokan, Mary A. assistant. Millfield.
CHEMICAL ROOM 3 Frew, Pauline Bates. Wf. Johlin, Sally Sorbonne (France). Gardiner. Keil, Elsa M. instr. zool., N. J. Col. Women. W 4d. Lackey, J. B. prof. biol. Southwestern (Memphis). A 203.
Laug, E. P. instr. phys. Pennsylvania Med. D 302. Mast, Louise R. grad. Oberlin. Minot.
Richards, O. W. in charge. instr. biol. Yale. A 303. Street, Sibyl grad. Chicago. McLeish, Millfield.
Strong, O. S. chemist emeritus. prof. neurol. and neuro-histol. Columbia. Elliot, Center.
Tupper, Mary C. Swarthmore. W h.
APPARATUS ROOM
Apgar, A. R. photographer. D 110.
Boss, L. F. electrician. Middle.
Graham, J. D. glass-blowing service. Veeder, Mill- field.
Liljestrand, P. H. Ohio Wesleyan. asst. Dr 3.
Pond, S. E. asst. prof. phys. Pennsylvania. custodian. Gansett.
SUPPLY DEPARTMENT
Bulmer, Gladys bot. collector. H 9. Croasdale, Hannah bot. collector. H 9.
Crowell, P. S., Jr. grad. zool. Harvard. collector. School.
Crowell, Ruth S. secretary. Main.
Erlanger, H. Wisconsin. collector. Dr 3.
Gray, G. M. curator res. museum. Buzzards Bay.
Gray, M. collector. (Teaticket)
Greenough, H. V., Jr. Harvard. Collector. Dr.
Hilton, A. M. collector. Millfield.
Kahler, W. collector. Glendon.
Leathers, A. W. head shipper, Minot.
Lehy, J. collector. Millfield.
Lewis, E. M. engineer. Cayadetta. Buzzards Bay.
McInnis, J. resident manager. Millfield.
Nielsen, Anna M. secretary. Clough, Millfield.
Poole, Marjory G. bot. collector. D 305.
Smith, C. B., Jr., Hamilton. collector. Supply Dep’t.
Staples, S. Harvard. collector. Dr 3.
Thornley, W. Dartmouth. collector. Supply Dep’t.
Veeder, J. J. captain, Cayadetta. Millfield.
Wamsley, F. W. supervisor of schools, Charleston, special preparator. Supply Dep't.
Wilcox, G. Yale. collector. Dr 3.
Wixon, R. fireman. (Falmouth)
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Callahan, J. janitor. Ka 3. Cornish, G. janitor. Br 1st floor. Dr 4. Googins, H. janitor. Quissett. Hemenway, W. carpenter. carpenter shop. Haw- thorne. Keltch, R. janitor. Br. 3rd floor. Millfield. Look, G. janitor. OM S wing. Quissett. Keltch, R. janitor. Br 3rd floor. Millfield. McInnis, F. M. janitor. Bot & L. Millfield. McManus, J. janitor. Br 2nd floor. Ka 3. Rock, J. F. N. emergency man. Ka 3. Russell, R. L. gardner. Hilton, Water. Russell, M. R. night watchman. Swain, G. R. janitor. Br 3rd floor. Main (Quissett)
Tawell, T. E. storekeeper and head janitor. basement Br Thompson, Water.
MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT Meier, Otto night mechanic. Dr 15. Kahler, R. assistant. Br 7. Glendon. Larkin, T. superintendent. Br 7. Woods Hole.
« “ie DMIONV] NMOL. <8 r 7 + = : 2 alate aes em PR Oa we 7 ee : ne | Py ere Ser = een & : LadIIOL NWN Ha WeIN yams | 3s | Raich a BJ ANIA SWHIUY Ww anv : oo RS / auoigad Man DL Nev 77 Lvogwvals yY | Noiwis avoutivy ‘I ASSWT NOIND NaesaLs3aMy NIQNVT NMoL | dOdsWH | NOILALIISNI DIHdWYDONVIDO BIOH SQOOM AW OLWYUODVI es | IvolDOo 101g fz ZA | @nID 4109 oO Z| reget 4 | 270H \ Norssiwwod fs saoo if HsI4-S:0 O f) +] -] 0 | 5) | Ie | a}
re
HOWJE ONIN
vq
4109
rt 4 enr9 V/
4 Z10H sa[c0om ,
ANIOHWI NMOL
44 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 52
The A. B. C. of Woods Hole for 1932
All Schedules Set to Daylight Saving Time
GENERAL INFORMATION POST OFFICE
NE These hours effective June 20, 1932.
Wednesdays and Saturdays Week Days 3:00 - 5:00 Due to Arrive Window Due to Leave ) .9- atie.O! Open PO! CO ee 6:50 A.M. 6:45 A.M. June 15 - October 15 10:35 A.M. 11:00 9:25 A.M. Sys5}o Tent, boils 5:10 P.M. 6:09 P.M. 6:30 WESTERN UNION Sundays ice Hows 10:40 A.M. 5:45 P.M. Week Days 8:00 A. M. to 10:00 P. M. Office Hours Opens Closes Sundays 7:00 A. M. 7:50 P. M.
9:00 to 11:00 A. M.
No money orders or registry business
4:00 to 6:00 P. M. transacted after 6:00 P. M. BOAT SCHEDULE For New Bedford, Woods Hole, Oak Bluffs, Vineyard Haven and Nantucket Leave Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. New Bedford 7:00 9 :30 11:45 2:30 5:00 7:40 Woods Hole 8:20 10:50 1:05 4:00 6:20 8:55 Oak Bluffs 9:10 11:40 155 4:45 7:10 eee Wineyardy ravens) oat anmn eee: ee Gras eh 9:40 Nantucket 11:30 2:00 4:15 TAS 9:30... Saas Leave Daily Daily Daily Daily Ex. Sun. Sunday Daily A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. INainititck chine eee ee 6:30 9:00 12:00 2:30 3:00 4:45 Vineyard Haven GslOk Pere: See ee ee oc ee Oak Bluffs vata 9:00 11:20 2s 4:30 5:00 7 :00 Woods Hole 6:55 9:45 12:10 3:05 5:20 5:50 7:45 New Bedford Salone 1:45 4:30 6:45 7:30 9:15
a
Jury 2, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET _ . aa
TRAIN SCHEDULE Woods Hole to Boston — Week-days Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Sunday Sunday Sunday A.M. A.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.
Woods Hole 725 9:55 W225 3:20 5:40 12:25 6:15 8:10 Falmouth Ua 10 :02 12-33 3:27 5:47 12 :33 6:22 8:17 Boston 9:10 12:08 2:10 5:30 7 bye 2:10 8:23 10:22 Boston to Woods Hole — Week-days
Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Sundays
A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. Boston 7:00 eis) dal (010) 125 1:30 4:03 4:47 8 :30 Falmouth SEIS we MlOEZS” = 11233 3:27 3:47 6:02 6:48 10:34 Woods Hole 9:25 10:35 12:40 3:35 3) 555) 6:09 6:55 10:40
CURRENTS IN THE HOLE
At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the hole turns to run
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound:
RELIGIOUS SERVICES
Church of the Messiah—Episcopal
Date A.M. P. M. julvas 22. aby? 3.57 Communion .. 8:00 lives 3! 4 :34 4:40 Morning Prayer 11:00 July 4. BEZ 5 :24 Evening Prayer ao HEEB) July 5 6:02 6:09 italyae (Gn. 6:44 6:56 uly 7. 7 :30 745 Methodist Episcopal Church July, <8... se ter BlZ 8:37 , ily Oe ee -9205 9 -32 Morning ve Bd ee LOESO jilivgel Ole 9:57. 10:29 TBS os cooretccon eee een eae 7 :30 jiclyy Whe ee OSA aS Thursday Prayer Meeting een 00)
In each case the current changes approxi- a mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. It must be remembered St. Joseph’s Roman Catholic Church that the schedule printed above is dependent upon the wind. Prolonged winds sometimes
cause the turning of the current to occur a Morning Mass 7:00 A. M. half an hour earlier or later than the times o. i eee Sansa OT Om AGEN given above. The average speed of the cur- fe “& 9:30 A. M. rent in the hole at maximum is five knots E ; om j 7-30) P.M per hour. fvening Mass........ x .M.
[Lo Jee
EEE SEAPLANE SCHEDULE
New Bedford and Woods Hole to Vineyard Haven — Nantucket
A.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.
New Bedford ................Lv. 7:00 10 :30 12:30 *3 :30 6:00
Woods JElole.-..-c.-. Iv: NG 710:47 = 12:47 13:47 76:17
Vineyard Haven ....... Arr. TaD 10:51 ZED 3:51 6:21
Wantucketiie..2........ Aur 7 :46 11:16 1:16 4:16 6:46 Nantucket — Vineyard Haven to Woods Hole — New Bedford
A.M P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.
Nantucket = sane. Ly. 8:15 11:30 *2':30 4:50 (ores)
Vineyard Haven ....... eve 8 40 G5 2295 5215 7:20 Woods? Hole .:.-........Arr. 8:44 L159 aes) jaa
New Bedford BeNG In 9:01 12:16 3:16 5 :36 t7 :33
+ Meets Boston Trains t Meets N. Y. Boat on its schedule All Schedules Subject to Change Without Notice
* Begins June 30.
46
LAY-ADAMS | Comp
pee NET [ Vor. VII. No. 52
PROME ad PDROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS
ee oe eed "It Saved Us the Cost of Five se - u Microscopes Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used as a microscope and a micro-photographie ap- paratus.
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruec- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, etc.
It has been endorsed by many leading scientists and in- structors.
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent
“THE PROMAR MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION AND DRAWING APPARATUS A new instrument which has been brought out in response to a demand for a simple apparatus like the Promi for more advanced work which requires more powerful illumination and higher magnifica- tion. Has many additional features as standard equipment. “Demonstrations will gladly be made
Prospectus and prices sent on request. by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 11, Brick Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.”
117-119 East 24th Street PANS? New York, N.“Y.
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, etc. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable
Spalteholz us to send the appropriate catalog. Transparent ae ee Preparations “Visit our display rooms and $ : Human EE = gee a and Zucluptcat CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
Model of Human Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
Jury 2,1932]
A New Non-corrosive Insect Pin
Developed by Turtox to meet the demand of entomologists for an absolutely non-corrosive insect pin. This pin differs from those offered heretofore in that it is made entirely of non- corrosive metal rather than with a thin cover- ing of non-corrosive material. The alloy used is stiffer than brass and is not affected by moisture or acids found in the bodies of insects.
Sizes 0, 2, 3 and 6 are in stock for immediate delivery; a complete assortment of sizes from 00 to 7 will be available about August 1st. All sizes put up in packages of 100.
Try a package of these in your own labora- tory. If you are not well pleased with them, your money will cheerfully be refunded. Specify 110A36 Turtox Non-corrosive Insect Pins.
Per hundred .............. -60 Per thousand ............. 5.50
The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction General Biological Supply House Incorporated 761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO
Van Slyke Improved Constant Volume Blood Gas Apparatus
WorKED OUT WITH THE COOPERATION OF
Dr. VAN SLYKE HIMSELF.
For latest details, see the new book “Quan- titative Clinical Chemistry, Vol. II, Meth- ods” by John. T. Peters, M.D., M.A. and Donald D. Van Slyke, PhD. and Sc. D.
Bulletin No. 378 on request.
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
_ THE COLLECTING NET
SATISFACTION ACCURACY .... MRS. es
Microscope BKT
ertain outstanding refinements in design, con- C struction and equipment give the new BKT a
broad range of application to the work of the scientist.
These refinements are characterictic B & L im- provements that insure accuracy and satisfaction from the use of this new Microscope.
FIRST: The binocular body tubes, tilted at an eye- level angle, give increased user comfort and provide the eye-ease and accuracy of natural stereoscopic vision. SECOND: The heavy base that gives the instrument solidity, balance and convenient height, and which is demountable to make possible the ob- servation of specimens too large for the stage. THIRD: The five objectives quickly interchangeable from 7x to 87x. FOURTH: The broad glass stage and substage mirror which makes manipulation and observation of either large or small, opaque or transparent specimens easy and precise.
The BKT is a versatile instrument that can save you time and effort. We suggest that you see the BKT at our exhibit beginning July 19th.
Bausch & Lomb Optical Company
671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, N. Y.
48 THE COLLECTI NG
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 52
Southern Biological SEEN Co., Inc.
Living and Preserved Bio- logical Specimens of all Types for the Laboratory Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- iana Forms.
IN AMOEBA CULTURES, ETC.
SPECIALISTS GIANT BULLFROGS, ALLIGATORS,
517 Decatur Street
New Orleans, La.
COMPLIMENTS OF
DENZANCE GARAGE
ISLAND AIRWAYS Scheduled Seaplane Service
between NEW BEDFORD VINEYARD HAVEN
WOODS HOLE NANTUCKET
——}——
Schedules and tickets at Steamboat ticket offices
HEADQUARTERS FOR
STEEL FILING CABINETS, SAFES AND OFFICE FURNITURE
LOOSE LEAF BOOKS AND FIGURING BOOKS FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS
Callanan & Archer Co., Inc. WHOLESALE STATIONERS
10-14 So. Second St. New Bedford, Mass.
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP
Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
SILK and MESH UNDERWEAR Panties $.35 and .50 Vests $.50 Slips $1.00 to $3.50 Nightgowns $1.00
MRS. WEEKS SHOPS
Phone 109 Falmouth
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES
THE LEATHER SHOP MAIN ST., FALMOUTH A. C, EASTMAN
Shoe Repairing
Tel. 240
HUBBARD & MORRISON REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop.
Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
TEXACO PRODUCTS NORGE REFRIGERATORS
WOODS HOLE GARAGE COMPANY
Opposite Station
Jpwiants AUS Va) THE COLLECTING NET
BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES IN COMPLETE SETS
Volumes and Back Copies For Sale
EST. 1887 B. LOGIN & SON, Inc. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK
Best Results Assured with
Best Results Assured with
Non-Corrosive Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC
SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog
At your dealer—or write (giving déaler’s name) to
Cray-ApAmMs COMPANY
117-119 East 24th 5trcer NEW ORK
THE WISTAR INSTITUTE BIBLIOGRAPHIC SERVICE
ISSUES
AUTHORS’ ABSTRACTS
of all papers appearing in the journals listed below prior to publication of the articles in full.
By this advance information biologists may familiar-
ize themselves with contemporary research in a
minimum of time.
Advance Abstract Sheets are issued twice a month, each sheet containing ten or more authors’ abstracts. Subscription rate is $3.00 per year.
Bibliographic Service Cards, following the Advance Abstract Sheets, also are issued twice a month. In addition to the authors’ abstracts, the cards provide Subject headings and complete bibliographic refer- ence. The cards are convenient for filing and li- brary records. Price, $5.00 per year.
At regular intervals the authors’ abstracts are as- sembled and published in book form with complete authors’ and analytical subject indices. Price, $5.00 per volume. Liberal discount to subscribers to the Bibliographic Service Cards.
Journal of Morphology
The Journal of Comparative Neurology
The American Journal of Anatomy
The Anatomical Record
The Journal of Experimental Zoology
American Anatomical Memoirs
American Journal of Physical Anthropology Journal of Cellular and Comparative Physiology Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Physiological Zoology (Chicago, Illinois)
Stain Technology (Geneva, New York) Ecological Monographs (Durham, North Carolina)
THE WISTAR INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A.
JENA.
ZEISS
RESEARCH MICROSCOPE GCE-10
Magnifications: 30-1800x. Large me- chanical stage, Abbe illuminating ap- paratus. Aplanatic condenser n.a. 1.4 Quadruple revolving nosepiece.
Apochromatic objectives:
10 n.a. 0.30
20 n.a. 0.65
40 n.a. 0.95
90 n.a. 1.30 (oil imm.)
K oculars 3x, 5x, 10x, 15x,
20x, 7x micrometer.
Price, complete in case,
$447.50 f.0.b., N.Y.
BITUKNI FOR USE WITH GCE-10 MICROSCOPE
Binocular attachment Bitukni including one pair of compensating eyepieces (7x, 10x or 15x) $86.00 f.0.b. New York. Additional compensating eyepieces $18.00 a pair.
CARL ZEISS, Inc. 485 Fifth Avenue, New York
Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
50 THE COLLECTING NET
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP Weeks’ Building, Falmouth Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait (Special Rates to Laboratory Members)
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods
EASTMAN’S HARDWARE 5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
E. E. C. SWIFT COMPANY MEATS OF QUALITY
FREE DELIVERY TO WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Telephone Falmouth 22-23 421-W
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE Telephone 1243
BRAE BURN FARMS
Superior Gurnsey Milk and Cream Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HATCHVILLE
Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
Visit Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth Phone 116
SANSOUCI’S BEAUTY PARLOR
Frederic’s Permanent Waves and All Branches of Beauty Culture
FALMOUTH PHONE 19-M
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S
Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates
-. W. T. GRABIKEC, Prop.
[ Vot. VII. No. 52
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANIEL’S
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
N. E. TSIKNAS FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
For News of the Town SOCIETY SPORTS HAPPENINGS
Read
The Falmouth Enterprise
at News Stands, Thursdays
PRINTING OF ALL KINDS done promptly and capably
Office by Falmouth R. R. Station. Tel. 47
Jury 2, 1932 ] __ THE COLLECTING NET 51
NEW CAMBRIDGE BOOKS
L. A. BORRADALE THE INVERTEBRATA:
A Manual for the Use of Students
and 1 /N. JLONEIRS This book is intended for students who have completed a Git = year’s study of the principles of Zoology and of the an- With chapters by atomy and physiology of a series of invertebrate types such L. E. S. EASTHAM as is provided by many elementary text-books. A feature a . . of this book is the large number of new diagrams con- and tained ih the total of 458 figures.
| J. T. SAUNDERS 660 pages, Demy 8vo. $5.50 | |
ee ee HUMORAL AGENTS IN NERVOUS ACTIVITY:
With special reference to Chromatophores Director, This book considers the mutual relations of the constituents of the nervous system, discussing in particular the im-
portance of secretion as a controlling factor in the various
Zoological Laboratories of Harvard University
operations. $1.75 | PLANTS: A. C. SEWARD What They Are and What They Do President, An informal introduction to Botany avoiding technical | | Fifth International terms. “By far the best short treatise for the lay reader
on the subject that it has been my privilege to read’,
Botanical Congress Maynard Shipley.
$1.50 |
H. MUNRO FOX BIOLOGY:
An Introduction to the Study of Life Mason Professor of
Zoology University of
A new elementary text-book stressing pract’cal and field |
work. Requests for examination copies will be considered.
Birmingham $1.50 [In the press]
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS eo FirtH Ave. The MACMILLAN COMPANY new york |
52 DHE COLLEGIING SNE
[ Vou. VII. No. 52
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
“MAGNOLIA”
The Theatre Unit showed wisdom in choosing Booth Tarkington’s “Magnolia” as the opening piece of their summer’s repertoire. The play is a clever satire on the theme of southern chivalry. It is a fast-moving, entertaining story of a boy who is driven from his home because he refuses to fight on a question of honor. As a result of this, he becomes a notorious killer, inspiring great terror in the hearts of the residents of the lower Mississippi regions. After this occurs, he is welcomed back by his family, which now worships him for his bravado. However, the girl whom he loves despises him for his brutality.
The second act, laid in General Jackson’s gambling resort, was as well done as anything on Broadway, and the atmosphere created by it could not have been improved upon. Whoever played the accordian did some excellent improvisa- tion, for he was in complete harmony with the spirit of the play, using minor notes when the play touched a melancholy strain, and, when the action increased in tempo, improvising appropri- ately. Mention should also be made of the per- son who played dice, as well as of the voices back- stage.
Mexico, the mulatto, played by Katherine Squire, played her role beautifully ; her daughter and her walk could not have been more appropri- ate to the character. Captain Blackie, the vic- torious killer, was played in excellent fashion by Myron McCormick. Mr. McCormick has a high reputation to live up to, because he has done such good work in the past few years. Lucy, played by Merna Pace, was a charming character. I think that she and Peter Wayne, who had the leading part, could have endeavored to make the last act move faster, and for this reason it was in great contrast to the second act.
Considering that Bretaigne Windust has a marked English accent, his characterization of the negro Rumbo was excellent, and most amusing at times. He managed to make a great deal more of his part than is called for in the play.
I believe that everyone enjoyed the negro sing- ing which occurred before the first act and at the end of the last. It lent a highly realistic atmos- phere to the production, and rounded out the whole production far more fully than anything else could have done. —Vera Warbasse.
THE THEATRE UNIT PRESENTS “THE GHOST TRAIN”
“The Ghost Train” will be the second play on the Theatre Unit's. production list. Jeginning Monday, July 4, it will run through the week at Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth.
Hardy perennial of mystery plays, “The Ghost Train” comes as an interlude between “Magnolia” and “Berkely Square’. Strangely enough, al- though this play had the longest run of any piece on a Boston stage, it never travelled far from that city. Therefore, the summer peeople on the Cape who come from all over the country will have an opportunity to see a play they must cer- tainly have heard discussed many times.
They say that there has not been a fire on Pen- zance Point for ten years. This may account for the great excitement in Woods Hole when the whistle blew number 39 the other evening. The fire engines rushed out to the Franklin Park’s estate with a record-breaking trail of cars behind it. However, the fire was a disappointment, for it was only a smoky brush fire on the beach, for which Mr. Park had a permit from the fire de- partment.
On Saturday, July 2, the garden of Mr. and Mrs. Franklin A. Park was the scene of the wedding of their daughter Miss Marjorie Park to Mr. Gerald Swope, Jr. The Bride’s sister-in- law, Mrs. Malcolm Park, attended her, and the 3ride’s two brothers, Franklin Park and Malcolm Park were ushers.
A large boat was reported on the reef off Nan- tucket Island. On Thursday a barge was taken over there with four large pontoons which will be filled with water and placed below the boat. The water will then be pumped out and the boat lifted off the reef,
The first race of the Quissett Yacht Club will be held on Saturday, July 2. There will be a race for gaff rigged knockabouts and a race for the “S” class knockabouts. After the race, the annual meeting of the Yacht Club will be held in Dean Emery’s Boat house, when racing matters will be discussed.
Rolf Kaltenborn will teach tennis again this summer. He is staying at Mrs. Stewart's cottage.
The Breakwater Hotel
WOODS HOLE alf a Century of Quality
YEG AL MENS
OF
Table D’Hote Dinners and
Suppers Popularly priced at $1.50
Hors d’OEuvres
+ Lobster Bisque : \ Filet of Sole Aux Fines Herbes + Roast Stuffed Duckling Apple Sauce --Or - ’ Filet Mignon Mushroom Garniture +
Fresh Asparagus Cauliflower Au Beurre Parsley Potatoes Potatoes Mashed in Cream .
+ Chiffonade Salade + Strawberry Shortcake
Iee Cream Petit Fours Ae Roquefort Cheese Toasted Crackers
Demi Tasse Post Prandial Mints
Mal; COIL CAMINE, INpPaAar 53
SAMUEL CAHOON
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL
Dealer in
FISH AND LOBSTERS
Tel. Falmouth 660 and 661
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
IF YOU WANT
EVENING COME T<¢
Column Terrace
FALMOUTH, MASS.
Special $1.00 to the Scientific workers
A GOOD MEAL ON SATURDAY OR SUNDAY
i at Woods Hole. =
CAMBRIDGE
Lindemann Electrometer with Grounding Switch
Atiniis, (COIL,
LECTING NET [ Vou. VII. No. 52
ELECTROMETERS
The application of Electrometers to the measurement of small electrical quantities has increased rapidly in recent years.
Among the more prominent electrometer uses are researches in radio-activity, spectro- scopic investigations and many uses in conjunc- tion with photo-electric measurements.
The Lindemann Electrometer (illus- trated) is an exceptionally compact and robust instrument of high sensitivity, short period and low capacitance and does not require levelling.
List 169 describes in detail the Linde- mann, Tilted Gold Leaf, String, Doleza- lek, Recording Quadrant, and Compton Electro- meters.
Patent
Applied For No. 5277
W. M. WELCH MANUFACTURING
The Newest Development in Hydrogen Ion Concen-
| » tration Measurements
A Glass Electrode pH Apparatus
A high degree of accuracy.
No “poisonings’’ or other limitations as to solutions.
Quartz insulation throughout.
Adequate metallic shielding prevents static
disturbances.
Potentials measured with a Lindemann quad- rant electrometer.
Method of substitution prevents possible termin- al errors.
Small amounts of solutions may be measured— as small as 0.001 m.I.—just enough to fill a very fine capillary tube.
Complete with electrometer, microscope, alu- minum shielding box with switches, rheo- stats, double scale millivoltmeter, and com- plete glass electrode assembly including cal-
COMPANY omel half cells. General Offices: 1515 Sedgwick St., Chicago, IIl., U.S.A. This new development will make possible a higher Branches: order of accuracy and a new and powerful tool for A . se re iring 2as 2 ants hydrogen i . -en- New York City; Nashville, Tenn.; Kansas City, Mo.; those requiring measurements of aydro en ion conee n Austin, Tex. tration. Such a set has never before been available and has only been used in advanced research problems.
Pacific Coast Representatives: Braun-Knecht-Heimann Co., Ltd., Braun Corporation, Ltd., Los Angeles, Calif.
San Francisco, Calif.
Send for Complete Description of this New Development.
Deen eee eee
JuLy fo, WEVZ || Wels, (CLOVLIAACAMUIN(E; IPs Ap
* ‘ Angle Centrifuges
( Latest development in the method of mechanical separation )
Type G
These centrifuges, invented by Dr. Lundgren of Stockholm, Sweden, have been in the market for the past three years, and have met with notable success in the medical and scientific quarters most immediately concerned.
In introducing Angle Centrifuges to the American scientists, we feel sure that we are offering an apparatus which is far superior to any other on the market.
Ten Points of Superiority 1. Angular position of glass tubes increases the rapidity of separation from one-third to one- ee the time required for ordinary centrifuges. 2. Angle centrifuges separaite sediments of nearly equal density as the solution. This opens a new field hitherto not obtained with ordinary centrifuges. 3. A firmer consistency of sediments is obtained than ordinarily. thereby leaving a large volume of fluid. 4. Separating tubes are well protected by being enclosed in a nickel plated casing. Breakage is greatly lessened because pressure is exerted over a greater area on the tubes than in ordinary centrifuges. 5. Nickel plated bowl presents little friction to the air; Eliminates heating of tubes; Power con- sumption is exceedingly low. 6. Owing to high efficiency, one Angle Centrifuge can do the work of two or three ordinary centri- fuges. 7. Angle Centrifuges are compact, good-looking, durable, and save valuable space. 8. Angle Centrifuges do not have to be bolted to a base. Can be moved readily about, are risk free, easy to operate, and require hardly any attention. 9. Angle Centrifuges do not have to run with balanced tubes, thereby saving a great deal of wasted time. 10. Angle Centrifuges are internationally known and endorsed.
Prices
Type BE-EM Rpm. Universal Motor for all currents. Holds four tubes, 15 to 20cc. Can be used at two angles for general laboratory work. Come Wrllid AMOR, poo cacnrny bdanooucored RODD UtO Oe CUNO DUM eos So Gdago ona BoayoUD SOE $59.00 Type M 3000 Ppm. Universal Motor for all currents. Holds twenty-seven tukes, 6 to 8cc. Can be used for Wassermans. (Chomafoletie. wgntilay, HAVRE, ooo we opener boc ono Qoodoo PON UNO DO bon DUE aM BOoEb En oOeooU bane $150 00 Type G 3000 to 5000 Ppm. Large Centrifuge, capacity 6 bottles of 150cc each, suitable for produc- tion of serums. Coal Walla TIAGO ow cnue suo oeooumocene cusp oom DOS BO BDC Re ono om aaa. Fae ei iste setae $400.00
Write for detailed circulars on these and other types
STANDARD SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY CORP.
Sole Distributors in the U. S. A. 10-14 WEST 25th STREET NEW YORK CITY
319) ; __ THE COLLECTING NET
MASTER MICROSCOBRE
[ Vor. VII. No. 52
with
LOW FINE ADJUSTMENT
The latest improvement in microscope design—a fine adjustment located low enough to be operated with from hand resting on the table—original—new—efficient—advantageous. Booklet M-56 Completely describes this and other research microscopes.
OUR ANNUAL EXHIBIT—OLD LECTURE HALL JULY 6th to 15th
Announcing New Spencer Type Research Microscope No. 5
Annual Subscription, $2.00
Vol. VII No. 3 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
SATURDAY, JULY 9, 1932
THE ACTION OF ULTRA-VIOLET RAYS ON AMOEBA PROTOPLASM Dr. L. V. HEILBRUNN Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania
One of the most essential and perhaps the most striking characteristic of living protoplasm is its capacity to be profoundly mod- ified by various agents or stim- ulants which arouse it to ac- tivity. Widely diverse types of living material are stimu- lated by weak electric currents, by uneven pressure, and by ultra-violet radiation.
The most generally accepted theory of stimulation is that the process involves an in- crease in the permeability of the plasma membrane or os- motic membrane of the cell. This theory has had a_ pro- found effect on physiological thought and physiological ex- perimentation, but, true or false, it gives no information concerning the changes which the main mass of the proto- plasm undergoes when the cell is thrown into activity.
Some time ago, | came to the conclusion that stimulation involves a (Continued on page 58)
THE JOHN INNES HORTICULTURAL INSTITUTION Dr. C. D. DARLINGTON Cytologist, The John Innes Horticultural Institution
John Innes was a merchant of the City of Lon- don who died in 1904 and left his fortune for the endowment of an institu- tion which should work for the promotion of horticulture. The Institution was established at Merton, near London, in 1910, and William Bateson was ap- Dr. Margaret Sumwelt, Dr. W. R. | Pointed its first director. DBate- Amberson, and Miss Eva Micha- son had been largely concerned elis: “The Part Played by Dif- | jin ‘the development of the of Concentration Potential Dit. | YOUNE science of genetics, and ferences across Frog Skin.” the promotion of horticulture, | Dr. E, N. Harvey and Dr. D. A. | 5° far as scientific research Marsland: “The Tension at the was concerned, naturally took | Surface of Amoeba dubia” the form of plant breeding. | Dr. E. N. Harvey: ‘The Beams Air The early work followed three
Turbine for Biological Centrifug- main directions. ing.” | The most important at first LECTURE: JULY 15, 8:00 P.M. | was the study of problems of | Dr. Rudolf Mond, Kiel University: mendelian inheritance, es- “Regulations of Ions in the Body | pecially linkage in Primula and Tissues. | Pisum. Later, Bateson him- self devoted a great deael of attention to anomalies of inheritance, especially to those following somatic mutation and giving rise to chimareas in ferns and flowering plants.
RM. HB. H. Calendar
| SEMINAR: JULY 12, 8:09 P. M.
Dr. Kenneth S. Cole: “The Electric Phase Angle of Tissues.”
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Action of Ultra-Violet Rays on Amoeba
Protoplasm, Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn......... 57 The John Innes Horticultural Institution, DrsGC oD. Darling fom va crc- eteene cs tecves eats 57
The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. .59 The Supply Department of the Marine Biological Laboratory, -.........5......-+ 63
Nathan Augustus Cobb, Dr. Edwin Linton... .64
Book Review, Pr. Philip Bard................ 67 Delia IER pasooconoesmeoomoosobodnotoDd 68 Currents une. EIOle re. - jee ec <5 os: siete elon parece tenet 68 TROMISHOL MING OKESE wierats crayavoteie aieariu«, celal lede iateraneitere 69 Dinectory Supplements <2. sie sient pier oes sie ee 70 \Wi@OCE leila ILO Seance dobudboodsd>oagnoode 72
58 THE ICOLEEGRING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 53
Apaneal chimaeras of great morphological inter- est were raised in Solanum. The third main di- rection was the study of inheritance and sterility in fruits. A great deal of progress was soon made in the analysis of self-sterility, especially in Prunus, but other problems involving hybrids and polyploids did not yield to mendelian analysis. These required a study of chromosome behavior.
In 1923 Bateson appointed a cytologist, the late W. C. F. Newton, to the staff. The cyto- logical work that has followed has largely been related to systematic or genetical studies under- taken in the Institution, The systematics of Tulipa, Crocus, Dahlia, Prunus, Tradescantia and many other genera have been related with varia- tion in the form and number of their chromo- somes. The origin of new polyploids such as Primula Kewensis, Digitalis mertonensis and giant forms in Campanula and Rubus has been made out. The origin and inheritance of “ring formation” where four or more chromosomes are associated at meiosis in diploids have been ana- lyzed in Pisum and Campanula. The occurrence of generational sterility has been shown in most fruits to depend on a numerically abnormal chro- mosome outfit. The ever-sporting character in stocks has been found to be due to a chromosome deficiency which acts as a lethal. The origin of mutants in polyploids, such as fatuoids in oats, has been shown to be one to a pairing of dis-
similar chromosomes which is occasionally pos- sible in such polyploids. Apart from these direct effects, chromosome
studies have stimulated further genetical work, especially the study of segregation and linkage in tetraploid Primula, Rubus, tomato and in octo- ploid Dahlia... Recently it has also become pos- sible to analyze the more complex inheritance found in ring-forming peas.
If the Chromosome! theory of heredity is true, it should be possible to study certain of the prop-
erties of heredity of an organism from its chromo- somes, just as it should be possible to study cer- tain of the properties of its chromosomes from its system of heredity. It is particularly neces- sary in developing the theory of heredity to make such parallel observations because the same or- ganisms are rarely suitable for both kinds of study. The work attempted on these lines at Merton has been useful, first, in determining the conditions of pairing of chromosomes at meiosis, a closer knowledge of which is necessary for the analysis of chromosome behavior in hybrids, and, secondly, in the study of the behavior of the chromosomes at the time when crossing over is supposed to occur between them. While this work has helped to establish a closer relationship between the chromosomes and heredity, it has also, helped to make the study of the chromosomes an independent tool of investigation.
On the death of Bateson in 1926, Sir Daniel Hall became Director, and the work of the Insti- tution has continued to develop along the same lines. The phenomenon of “breaking” in tulips has been shown to be due to a virus infection carried by aphides. The work of Harrison on the induction of melanism in moths has been repeated on a large scale with negative results. An X-ray apparatus has been installed and many species of plants are being treated. Many of the genetical and cytological problems have been subjected to closer mathematical treatment under the direction of Professor J. B. S. Haldane.
The Institution ‘hes in its gardens of about fourteen acres. The research workers usually number about twenty, of whom most are engaged on both genetical and cytological studies. They work chiefly on their individual initiative rather than by group collaboration. Their published re- sults are found mostly in the Journal of Genetics, Genetica, Cytologia, The Journal of Pomology, and the Proceedings of the Royal Society.
THE ACTION OF ULTRA-VIOLET RAYS ON AMOEBA PROTOPLASM ( Continued from Page 57 )
gelation, that is to say, a sharp increase in the viscosity of the protoplasm, and I felt, moreover, that this gelation was in a number of ways akin to blood clotting. Thus the clotting of protoplasm requires the presence of free calcium, just as does the clotting of blood.
Ultra-violet rays are general protoplasmic stim-
ulants. They have an effect on muscle, nerve, egg cells, streaming plant protoplasm, ete. It is
of interest, therefore, to determine the effect of these rays on the viscosity of the protoplasm. Centrifuge tests of protoplasmic viscosity made
on Amoeba dubia showed that the rays caused on the average a 500 per cent. increase in proto- plasmic viscosity. This gelation did not occur if calcium was first removed by immersing the Am- oebae in dilute solutions of ammonium oxalate. Thus there is support for my view that stimulat- ing agents cause a gelation and that this gelation is associated in some manner with the presence of free calcium. These results are in accord with the earlier work of Miss Young and myself on the Arbacia egg.
3ut in the present study it was possible to push
m9 1932]
THE COLLECTING NET 59
the analysis a step farther. In viscosity studies of amoeba protoplasm one can determine the viscosity both of the interior protoplasm and of the outer cortical protoplasm or plasmagel. The data pre- sented for Amoeba dubia concern only the interi- or. By centrifuging Amoeba proteus, it is pos- sible to obtain information concerning an outer cortical ring of stiffer protoplasm, the plasmagel. This layer is thicker in Amoeba proteus than in Amoeba dubia, and when proteus is centrifuged, it is a simple matter to obtain information con- cerning the consistency of the plasmagel.
It is easy to show that ultra-violet rays cause a very pronounced liquefaction of the plasmagel. In numerous experiments this result was always obtained. Now it should be remembered that Heil- brunn and Daugherty (1932) showed that the stiffness of the plasmagel depends on the presence of calcium. As a matter of fact, it can be shown that removal of calcium has the identical effect as irradiation.
Inasmuch as the interior protoplasm of Amoeba is stiffened by ultra-violet rays and the cortical protoplasm is liquefied, and that both these pro- cesses apparently depend on calcium, one is drawn toward the hypothesis that ultra-violet radiation causes a release of calcium from the plasmagel and that this calcium diffuses into the interior and causes gelation there. In favor of this hypothesis is the fact that ultra-violet rays can release cal- cium both from non-living colloids and from liv-
ing cells. But if we are to accept such a view, it should be possible to show that shorter or less in- tensive exposures to ultra-violet cause a liquefac- tion of the interior protoplasm. For earlier data has shown conclusively both for Amoeba and for the protoplasm of various plant and animal cells that a small amount of calcium causes a lique- faction of the main mass of the protoplasm, and only a relatively large amount of free calcium causes gelation. If, then, calcium is released from the cortex by ultra-violet rays and it is this cal- cium diffusing into the interior that causes gela- tion there, short exposures to radiation should cause liquefaction of the interior protoplasm, and there should also be a preliminary liquefaction following somewhat longer exposures. Both these predictions were verified. Following very brief exposures to ultra-violet, the viscosity of the in- terior protoplasm of the Amoeba drops sharply, rising within a minute or two to the normal value. When somewhat longer exposures are employed, the viscosity also drops, but this drop is then fol- lowed by the sharp rise above normal which was previously noted.
As far as the experiments go, therefore, the hypothesis fits the facts, and we have reason to believe that the effect of ultra-violet rays is to cause a breakdown of the cortical protoplasm, a breakdown which releases calcium to the interior, where it causes first liquefaction and then gelation of the main mass of the protoplasm.
THE WOODS HOLE OCEAN OGRAPHIC INSTITUTION*
The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, founded in 1930, is a research establishment sup- ported by endowment. While it is wholly inde- pendent in organization, close association with universities and other educational bodies is as- sured through the personnel of its Board of Trustees, listed herewith.
The purpose of the Institution, as stated in its charter and as its name implies, is to encourage and carry on the study of oceanography in all its branches. To this end it maintains at Woods Hole a marine laboratory which serves as the headquarters of its regular staff and where visit- ing investigators, from this country or abroad, will be made welcome under the conditions out- lined in this announcement.
The location of the laboratory at this particu- lar point on the coast line was based on the com- bined advantages of close proximity to the Marine Biological Laboratory and the laboratory of the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries, and of the exceptional opportunities for illustrative investigations in the major divisions of oceanography that are afforded
*The material in this article has been extracted practically unaltered from the last annual announce- ment of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution.
by the neighboring waters.
The nearness of Woods Hole to the transition zone between inshore and oceanic waters, the abruptness of this transition, and the nearness to the continental abyss and ocean basin, make this a particularly favorable headquarters for investi- gation into many of the basic problems in physical oceanography that are now engaging scientific at- tention. The Gulf of Maine, with its tributaries, is also close at hand. Here the concentration within a relatively small area of a wide variation in depths, in bottom contours, in the prevailing types of circulation, in temperatures and salinities, and in the fertility of the water for pelagic plants and animals, offers a more promising field for in- vestigations into various aspects of the relation- ship of oceanic biology to the physics and chem- istry of the sea than does any other region of comparable extent in north-eastern America.
Thus there are few oceanographic problems but can be attacked profitably at Woods Hole, unless primarily associated either with tropical shallows, with Arctic ice or with mid-oceanic conditions. And operation of a seagoing research ship by the institution makes Woods Hole a convenient head-
60 THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vou. VII. No. 53
quarters for studies in the last two of these fields, by making trips possible on the one hand to the Arctic discharge from Davis Strait, and on the other to the open Atlantic basin, with Bermuda in the offing as an offshore base. Arrangements have been made by which visitors from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution may enjoy the laboratory facilities of the Bermuda Biological Station for Research.
The distance from Woods Hole to the mouth of Vineyard Sound is fifteen miles; to the Gulf of Maine via Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds, forty miles; to Massachusetts Bay via the Cape Cod Canal, twenty miles; to the continental slope in the offing of Martha’s Vineyard, about one hundred miles.
The main building is a four-story brick and concrete structure 136 ft. long by 50 ft. deep, of the simple type of construction usual in modern laboratories. In the basement are the receiving and shipping rooms, boiler room, battery and transformer rooms, the storeroom for chemical and other apparatus, a room in which constant temperature can be maintained, a refrigeration room, and one laboratory containing concrete aquaria, some of which are piped with chilled as well as unchilled sea water. There is also a ma- chine shop, for the repair and construction of apparatus used in the laboratory and on the ship.
The first floor contains the offices, the director’s room, a large chemical laboratory and nine smaller research laboratories. On the upper floors are the reading room, chart room, camera and drafting room, two dark rooms for experimental work, one camera dark room and twenty-three research lab- oratories, one of which is fitted as an aquarium room. Eight of the research laboratories, in ad- dition to the large chemical laboratory, are pro- vided with fume hoods. Most of the rooms have salt water tables of the type now widely used in marine biological laboratories, while other rooms are designated for physical investigations. Six- teen of the laboratories are designed for indi- vidual use, the others for use of groups of two or more investigators. The rooms are simple but ade- quately fitted with tables, counters, drawers and the usual movable furniture. Each is provided with a sink with fresh water (in addition to the salt water tables just mentioned), with gas, and with electric outlets for power as well as for light. Adequate heating is provided for winter oc- cupancy, and it is planned to keep the laboratory in operation the year round.
The salt water intake is located at the end of the dock, where the depth of water and activity of tidal circulation prevent any danger of con- tamination. The supply is driven by lead pumps to concrete paraffin-lined tanks of 12,500 gallons
capacity in the attic, from which the flow to the laboratories is by gravity. All piping for salt water is of chemically pure lead to insure that the supply delivered to the aquaria shall be free from toxic substances. A limited supply of chilled sea water is also available in the aquarium room in the basement.
Through the courtesy of the Marine Biological Laboratory the staff and visitors to the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution enjoy the full fa- cilities of the former’s library, which makes it un- necessary for the Institution to maintain one of its own. This library already contains an ex- cellent selection of the more important oceano- graphic titles and serials, in addition to the more strictly biological, and is being constantly expand- ed in this direction by the aid of contributions by the Oceanographic Institution. A small work- ing collection of books and a supply of charts will also be provided in the reading and chart rooms.
The Institution owes its unique position among research institutions to its excellent marine equip- ment, which includes two sea-going vessels for work both near shore and in the open ocean,
1. The research ship Atlantis is a steel ketch with 250 h. p. Diesel engine designed for a speed under power alone of about eight knots, and with a sufficient spread of canvas to sail well. The cruising radius under power alone is about 3,000 miles, which can be extended indefinitely by sail. Her dimensions are 142 ft. length over all, 29 it. beam, 17 ft. extreme draft, about 380 tons dis- placement. The living accommodations for the scientific staff include single and double cabins for six persons, while additional dormitory space can be arranged, ample toilet facilities and comfort- able dining and lounging saloon. There are two laboratories, one on the upper and one on the lower deck, providing facilities not only for bio- logical but for chemical and physical investigations on board. And experience has shown that delicate chemical manipulations can be carried on success- fully on Atlantis, at sea.
On extended cruises on the high seas comfort and steadiness are essential for an oceanographic research vessel, and Atlantis has been especially designed with this in view. Safety is insured by heavy construction, in all details meeting the most exacting specifications. The ship’s company of officers and crew numbers about seventeen. Her special equipment includes a heavy duty electric winch for handling large nets, trawls, and so forth, carrying 30,000 feet of dredging wire, a light duty electric winch for hydrological observations, a wire sounding machine (also electric), while sonic apparatus will be installed later. With this equip- ment, work in all fields of oceanography can be carried on at any desired depth. Atlantis carries
Jury 9; 1932 |
THE COLLECTING
NET 61
a wide variety of tow nets, trawls, etc., deep sea thermometers, water bottles, and in general a thoroughly modern oceanographic equipment. From her it is possible to carry on, not only the more conventional lines of work such as deep towing, dredging and trawling, collection of water samples and records of subsurface temperatures, but also chemical analyses of the sea water, gas analyses, study of hydrogen ion concentration, collection and study of submarine sediments, studies of circulation, and various meteorological observations.
2. The launch Asterias, 401% ft. long, 121% ft. broad, with draft of 4 ft. is of the type commonly used for flounder dragging and for offshore fish- ing in the region. She is powered with gasoline engine to give a speed of nine knots and has com- fortable living quarters for four men for short cruises. Her pilot house includes a small labora- tory, while a large uninterrupted deck facilitates the handling of various gear. She is provided with a hoisting apparatus with wire rope. Scien- tific equipment includes nets, hydrological instru- ments, and bottom samplers. <Asterias is de- signed for general oceanographic work down to depths of one hundred fathoms within a few day’s run of Woods Hole.
A small appropriation is set aside for the ap- pointment of Research Assistants, who are quali- fied to carry on investigations in oceanography, either individually or under supervision of the staff. The holders of such appointments will be expected to take part in one or more oceano- graphic cruises, either on Atlantis or on Asterias, according to circumstances.
The term of appointment, and stipend, will be based on the circumstances of each case. But ap- pointments will not ordinarily be made for terms of less than three months. Arrangement as to residence, whether at Woods Hole or at some university, will also be decided as may seem most suitable for the particular investigation on which the holder of the assistantship is engaged. Each assistant will be expected, at the expiration of his appointment, to submit a written report on his work, And no application for a second term will be accepted unless such report be deemed satis- factory. Applications should reach the Director not later than April 1.
Visiting investigators will be made welcome so far as the facilities of the laboratory allow. Any- one planning to visit the Institution should com- municate with the Director as far in advance as possible, stating in detail the nature of the in- vestigation to be pursued, apparatus and marine equipment needed, and any other information which may assist in the decision whether his needs can be met. Accommodations for visiting investi-
gators will include either separate rooms or space in larger rooms, adequate fittings, and all ordinary apparatus, supplies and glassware for chemical, physical or biological investigation of the kinds that can be appropriately undertaken at this lab- oratory. The question whether animals or plants, or samples of sea-water or of sea-bottom, needed for any particular investigation, can be supplied, must be decided for each individual case; no gen- eral statement can be made in this respect. Special arrangements must be made if unusually ex- pensive apparatus or reagents are required. At- tention is drawn to the fact that the electric cur- rent supplied to the laboratory is alternating, 230 volts for power and 115 volts for lighting. Direct current cannot be supplied. Compressed air can be provided only in movable apparatus. Minor supplies can be purchased at the supply depart- ment of the Marine Biological Laboratory.
In special cases facilities will be available for visitors to carry out investigations at sea, from Atlantis. Whether this can be arranged will de- pend, in each instance, on the nature of the in- vestigation planned, on the space available on the ship, and on the probability that the applicant is adapted to sea life.
The fee for the occupancy of a private room is ordinarily at the rate of $50 per month, which includes the use of all usual apparatus and sup- plies, and (so far as possible) the material for investigation as explained above. But the Direc- tor is empowered to remit this fee if, in his opinion, the importance of the contemplated in- vestigation warrants so doing.
The Trustees wish to emphasize that the fa- cilities of the laboratory and of the research ves- sels are primarily intended for those who wish either to collaborate with members of the staff in the regular station program or who are engaged in their own researches in some branch of ocean- ographic science. Applications cannot ordinarily be accepted from visitors wishing to work at the laboratory in any other subjects.
[ No formal course of instruction will be offered at the institution. But the laboratory proposes to arrange opportunity for a limited number of graduate students to obtain training in the field methods of oceanography during the summer months, through taking part in the station pro- gram, including the offshore cruises in which they will be expected to assist. Occasional seminars and lectures will be given by members of the staff and students will ordinarily be expected to work under the supervision of some member of the staff. The fee for such instruction will be $75 for the summer season, payable in advance.
The laboratory will not certify to the attain- ments of any students in any course of study that may be pursued.
62 THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vor. VIL. No. 53
Students wishing to visit the laboratory should communicate with the Director as early in the spring as possible, addressing him at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
The number of students that can be received in any summer is limited. Selection will, therefore, be made on the basis of past training and of prospective fitness of each applicant for ma- rine investigations. Every student visiting the institution will be expected to submit a written report (not necessarily for publication) on his work at the termination of his visit. And no student will be considered for a second visit un- less this report shows evidence of satisfactory work. |
It is the purpose of the institution to maintain an oceanographic periodical. This will give op- portunity for the prompt publication of investiga- tions in appropriate fields carried on at the Woods Hole laboratory or elsewhere. Details of this project are still under consideration.
The institution carries on a regular program of oceanographic investigation in three main fields, physical and chemical, geological, and biological, under direction of the members of the staff.
A series of quarterly cruises on Atlantis have been initiated in the western Atlantic covering a triangle between Chesapeake Bay, Bermuda and Nova Scotia, coordinated with similar explora- tions that are carried out in the eastern Atlantic under the auspices of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. The first object of this work will be to trace the periodic fluctua- tions in the characteristics of different phases of oceanography in the North Atlantic. Other cruises are also undertaken at other times of year.
Field work near shore in the immediate vicinity of Woods Hole is ordinarily carried on from Asterias.
Investigations in the following topics are now in progress under the direction of the staff mem- bers named below.
1. Normal state and seasonal variations of the waters on the continental shelf, and of the zooplankton, Cape Cod to Chesapeake Bay, based on investigations by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross II, and by Atlantis. In charge of Henry B. Bigelow.
2. Studies of thermal distribution and variation at the surface of the western North Atlantic based on thermograph readings taken on commercial steamship routes. In charge of Charles F. Brooks and Henry B. Bigelow.
3. Physiology of the marine zooplankton. In charge of George L .Clarke.
4. Study of dynamic circulation in the North Atlantic Basin. In charge of C. O. Iselin.
5. Investigations of the hydrology of Baffins Bay based on the explorations of the Coast Guard Patrol boats Marion and General Greene. In charge of Olav Mosby, Senior Physical Ocean- ographer, U. S. Coast Guard.
6. A study of the variation in chemical com- position of sea water, with respect to some minor constituents, especially nitrites, arsenic and the heavy metals. In charge of N. W. Rakestraw.
7. Study of the physical chemistry of the res- piratory proteins with special reference to fac- tors affecting the transport of oxygen and the bearing of these relations on the distribution of animals in the sea. In charge of Alfred C. Red- field.
8a. The stress exerted by the wind as a pro- pulsive force on the surface of the ocean related to the average distribution of wind direction and wind velocity with elevation, as obtained from pilot balloon observations. In charge of C. G. Rossby.
8b. Thermal interchange between sea surface and superimposed air as determined by tempera- ture and salinity lapse rates, and by measurements of evaporation. In charge of C. G. Rossby.
9. An investigation of the distribution, con- sumption and regeneration of phosphates and of other compounds of phosphorus in the water and bottom deposits of the western Atlantic. In charge of H. R. Seiwell.
10. Studies of the sediments on the continental shelf, together with their environments, past and present. In charge of Henry C. Stetson.
lla. The distribution of bacteria in sea water and sea bottom.
11. The réle of bacteria in the cycle of life in the sea, with special emphasis upon the de- composition of organic residues and the cycle of nitrogen. In charge of Selman A. Waksman.
12. Study of hydrology, bottom deposits, and other oceanographic features of the Arctic Ocean to the north of Spitzbergen, based on explora- tions of the submarine Nautilus in 1931, under the command of Captain Sir Hubert Wilkins.
The staff consists of permanent scientific mem- bers and of research associates appointed for defi- nite terms. The present personnel is as follows: Henry B. BrcEetow, Professor of Zodlogy, Har-
vard University, Director.
GerorcE L, CLARKE, Tutor and Instructor, Har- vard University, Junior Biologist.
C. O. Isetrn, II, Assistant Curator of Oceanog- raphy, Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Re- search Associate in Physical Oceanography and Master of the research vessel Aflantis.
Orav Mossy, Senior Physical Oceanographer, U. S. Coast Guard, Research Associate in Ocean- ography.
uve 95 19325)
Norris W. Rakestraw, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Brown University, Research As- sociate in Physical Chemistry.
THE
Atrrep C, Reprretp, Professor of Physiology, Harvard University, Senior Biologist.
C. G. Rosssy, Associate Professor of Meteor- ology, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Oceanographer.
H. R. SErwe et, Investigator in Oceanography.
Henry C. Stetson, Assistant Curator of Paleon- tology, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Re- search Associate in Submarine Geology.
Serman A. WaxksMAN, Microbiologist, New Jer-
1c JLLECTING
NET 63
sey Agricultural Beperonenan Station, 3acteriologist.
CapraIn SiR Hupert WILKINS sociate in Oceanography.
Miss VirGintA B. WALKER, Secretary and Ad- ministrative Assistant.
Mr. WILLIAM SCHROEDER, 3uildings and Grounds.
Marine
As-
Research
Superintendent of
OFFICERS
President of the Corporation: University of Chicago.
Treasurer: LAWRAsON Riccs, Jr., New York.
Clerk of the Corporation: HENRY B. BiGELow.
FRANK R. LILtte,
THE SUPPLY DEPARTMENT OF THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY By the Staff of the Supply Department
One of the main duties of the Supply Depart- ment during the summer season is to give the investigators and students the very best possible service.
The available materials will be collected and delivered to all those who request them. Orders for material to be delivered the following day will be taken between 10:00 A. M. and noon-time. If the investigator who does not expect to be in his room between those hours will leave a notation of what he desires, it will greatly facilitate the service. This may be done by placing a slip on the door; then he may be sure that the boy will take it and the material be delivered.
If there are any complaints about the material or service, it would be greatly appreciated if they were entered in the Supply Department office, 1n- stead of being given to the delivery boy or to a member of the crew.
This department is maintained at a very great expense during the summer months. During the winter months, the Supply Department is main- tained as a Supply House, where students and teachers may order their needs for their class work. The all-year-round personnel is made up of six collectors, and in the summer this number is increased by eight additional collectors on the crew. Two people are on duty at the cffice at all times, and they will gladly give any information or adjust any complaints which may be entered.
Few teachers realize the expense that is in- volved in the collecting and preparing of marine animals. Many, we are certain, believe that it is only necessary to walk along the beach, pick up the specimens and put them into formaldehyde. Nothing could be farther from the truth. The
entire collecting region must be carefully explored in order to find sources for the various torms, and at times it is necessary to take long trips to secure them. To do this exploring and collecting, boats costing several thousand dollars must be employed. These must be provided with pumps, so that the specimens may be kept in running sea-water while they are on board. Then, when they are brought to the laboratory, many of them must be put through long and complicated proces- ses to be properly narcotized, expanded and pre- served. The pumps and tanks needed to supply the laboratory with running sea-water are very expensive, and far beyond the means of any in- dividual who may be trying to collect without equipment.
The Supply Department has this year issued a new biology catalogue, which will be given out upon request, and which lists the complete stock of preserved and living material. This may be obtained at the office. The prices of materials have been greatly reduced, and special attention is being called to the grading of the sizes in ma- terials which have been arranged for the con- venience of the customers
Our Department is, without doubt, the best equipped marine collecting station in the United States, if not in the world. Its collecting equip- ment, consisting of boats, fish traps, seines, dredges, tangles and laboratory facilities, are of the very best, and represent a great investment. Its staff of collectors and preparators has had many years of experience. Iti is ce advantages in the collection and preparation of marine specimens which explain, to a great extent, the uniformly good quality of the preserved material furnished by the Supply Department.
A THE COLLECTING NET
_[ Vou. VII. No. 53
NATHAN AUGUSTUS COBB
To the wide circle of friends of Dr. Cobb the knowledge of his death came as a distinct shock, and remains as an abiding sorrow. The loss to the world through the removal of such an active and constructive mind as his is beyond computa- tion. Especially is such a loss acute when, as it does in this case, it means the calling away from the field of action of one of the world’s leaders in humanity’s warfare against hitherto unsuspect- ed because largely unseen foes.
Dr. Cobb, born June 30, 1859, in Spencer, Mass., taught in the public schools of Spencer, where he introduced what is now called nature study ; entered Worcester Polytechnic Institute in the winter of 1878-9, specializing in chemistry, and was graduated in 1881 with the degree of B.S. His graduation thesis was entitled “Notes on Miller’s System of Crystallography” and was entirely mathematical. In it Miller’s conclusions were demonstrated by analytical geometry instead of spherical trigonometry as Professor Miller had done. The thesis was submitted to outside judges, Professors B. K. Emerson of Amherst and E. S.
Dana of Yale, who confirmed the opinion of the local judges that it was a thesis of extraordinary merit. Professor Dana suggested that the thesis he sent to Professor Groth of Germany, for pub- lication in the Arystallographische Zeitung. The thesis was published for the first time in 1931.
After graduation from Worcester he taught in Williston Seminary for six years. While at East- hampton he engaged in outside study. He pre- pared and published a flora of the vicinity, in which work he became acquainted with and profit- ed by the council of Professor Asa Gray of Har- vard, and Leo Lesquereaux. He also was as- sisted in improving his geological knowledge by Professor Emerson. Dr. Cobb told me last sum- mer that he had wished to study at Johns Hopkins University, but had passed the age limit for a scholarship by a few months when his application was made.
In 1887 he went with his family, who, it should be stated, accompanied him in all his wanderings, to Jena, Germany, where in the following year he received the degree of Ph. D. While in Jena
ary 9) 1932 |
Drie COLER CRIN G
NET 65
he took the courses in zoology under Heackel and Lang; in embryology under Oscar Hertwig, and botany under Stahl. He was able to pass his examination in geology through knowledge ob- tained in the preparation of his Worcester thesis and his geological studies prosecuted at Easthamp- ton.
Dr, Cobb has put it on record that if he were asked to name the parts of his early training that had the most influence in whatever success he may have attained, he should himself give a high place to his early intimacy with a great variety of practical operations. An idea of what these varied experiences were may be glimpsed when it is learned that his father at various times followed the trades of millwright, engineer, carpenter, fac- tory foreman, contractor and farmer, at all of which he was fairly successful. As his father’s as- sistant he was given the opportunity of learning a great variety of work. ‘hus, he was often left in charge of the wire mill of which his father was foreman. Or he would be left in charge of the farm of 150 acres, with its horses, cows, orchards, garden, wheat, corn, grass, poultry and pigs for weeks at a time while his father was away at work on contracts. He did all this before he was four- teen.
His work for the doctorate was in the field of helminthology. Much of his time, especially in later years, was given to the nematoda, or nemas, as he insisted they should be called. As a result of his investigations, during which he published some 200 books and pamphlets, and is said to have described and named some 1,000 new species of animals and plants there was revealed a world of living forms, before but little known, repre- sented in large measure by free-living and plant- parasitic nemas.
After Jena Dr. Cobb worked a year at the Naples Zoological Station, his appointment there having been made by the British Assoc:ation for the Advancement of Science.
Of Dr. Cobb's varied experiences in the years which intervened between his departure from Naples and his return to his native land Dr. Hall says :—
After a year at Naples, Dr. Cobb wished to
visit Australia, and as his meagre funds were
exhausted he borrowed money from a friend in his Massachusetts home and sailed with his family to Sydney. He had no position in sight, but he had letters of introduction, and his ability and confidence. During his first month in Sydney he spent his mornings in presenting his letters of introduction to persons who might secure a position for him, and his afternoons in microscopical investigations carried out at his residence. At the end of a month he obtained a position with a commercial house, one of his
duties being to write advertisements. He car- ried out this work with his characteristic thor- oughness and initiative... He wrote the story of the American watch and undertook to publish a full page advertisement, with illustra- tions in one of the Sydney papers. No il- lustrated advertisement had ever been published in the Sydney papers, and the first paper ap- proached on the subject refused to indulge in this novelty. However the Sydney Telegraph agreed to publish the advertisement, and did so at a price which shocked Dr. Cobb’s em- ployer. Simultaneously with the publication of the advertisement Dr. Cobb had a jeweler’s window filled with the watches, showing some of them running under water. This exhibit drew great crowds and the venture was a finan- cial success.
In 1890, Professor Haswell of the Uni- versity of Sydney left on a year’s leave of ab- sence, and Dr. Cobb was appointed locum tenens in his position.
From 1891 to 1898 he was pathologist of the Department of Agriculture of New South Wales. He helped to organize that department and for the last year of this period was also manager of the Wagga Experiment Farm.
At the close of his incumbency at the Wagga Farm Station he proposed to resign his position in New South Wales, where he ranked as senior scientific officer, in order to visit other countries and refresh himself by observation and by con- tact with scientific men in Europe and America, to bring himself more closely in touch with the state of science than was possible in Australia. There was reluctance at accepting his resignation. As two or more years were required for the pur- pose and there being no provision for such lengthy leave. Special Cabinet action was taken appointing him Special Commissioner to report on the Agricultural and other Industries of America and Europe, assigning him two and a half years for that purpose, and re-appointing him in ad- vance to re-occupy his position in the Department of Agriculture at the end of his Commissioner- ship.
Dr. Hall’s resumé continues as follows :—From 1898 to 1901 he was Agricultural Commissioner to the United States and Europe, carrying out extensive investigations on wheat and other things, and then returning to his position of pathologist from 1901 to 1904... .Early in 1905 Dr. Cobb left Australia and went to Ha- waii where he remained until 1907. He or- ganized the Division of Physiology and Path- ology of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experi- ment Station of which he was Director. Here he worked on nemic and fungus diseases of sugar cane, and continued his investigations of
66 THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vou. VII. No. 53
free-living nemas. In 1907 he went to Wash- ington, D. C. as Agricultural Technologist in the U. S. Department of Agriculture... For some years he was Acting Assistant Chief of the Bureau of Plant industry, but at all times continued his investigation on nemas, and under the Reclassification Act he was finally given the title of Principal Nematologist. When one considers the life work of Dr. Cobb as evidenced by his contributions to useful knowl- edge the title Principal Nematologist assumes not only a national but also a world-wide significance.
But so varied were Dr. Cobb’s interests that even if the contributions to science which earned him the title of Principal Nematologist were to be left out of the count, there would still be left more than enough to entitle him to a commanding place among eminent men of science. It is not possible, however, to condense within the limits of this paper an adequate summary of his con- tributions to agricultural knowledge and_tech- nique, covering as it does a wide range of sub- jects, including, among other things, cereal crops, sugar cane and cotton, the standardization of the latter being an outcome of his work.
Much could be said of his administrative ability and experience. It is sufficient here to call atten- tion to the success which attended him, a foreign- er, in Australia, indicating that he was endowed with more than ordinary tact and discretion. He never gave up his American citizenship.
Dr. Hall speaks of Dr. Cobb’s originality and ingenuity in devising methods of preventing vi- bration in the support of microscopes for fine work, of rotating tables with numerous micro- scopes for convenience in examining and compar- ing prepared material, of devices for excluding room light and to secure light effects from canvas reflectors adjustable to the position of the sun, of the employment of the polariscope in the study of birefringent granules, and the use of chemical reagents in investigation on the nature of nemic structures. All these varied appliances were in evidence in his laboratories here at Woods Hole, and were being added to and improved from year to year. In the words of Dr. Hall: “He brought to his study of nemas a sound knowledge of chem- istry and physics as well as of zoology and tech- nology.”
One privileged to work in the same laboratory with Dr. Cobb and his efficient corps of assistants could not fail to be impressed by the exquisite technique and artistic skill that were here mar- shalled together, not forgetting the delightful spirit of comradship which animated the little group of workers, all of which, in large measure, was derived from the organizing ability and genial personality of the presiding genius of the labora-
tory.
Those of us who were favored by daily contact with Dr. Cobb at the laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries can echo unreservedly Dr. Hall’s ap- preciation when he writes :—
Dr. Cobb was known to a wide circle of sci-
entists throughout the world. He was a mem-
ber of numerous American and foreign scien- tific societies, and was a president of the Amer- ican Microscopical Society, the American So- ciety of Parasitologists, the Washington Acad- emy of Science, and the Helminthological So- ciety of Washington. In the informal and in- timate meetings of the Helminthological So- ciety he will be missed acutely, not only because of the interesting facts he brought to its at- tention, and the stimulating questions he pro- posed, but because of his personal charm. He combined frankness with courtesy, and an un- shaken dignity with a keen sense of humor. He had unusual histrionic ability . . . Not infre- quently he wrote delightful verse for these dinners, and at the last meeting of the society before his death he read some charming non- sense about his nemas, written on the interur- ban on his way to Washington from his home in Falls Church, Va. § It will be seen from the forgoing that Dr. Cobb was by no means narrowed by his devotion to and mastery of a specialty. Many examples showing the mirror-like quality of his mind as a reflector of nature could be cited. Thus, there are many who will recall that delightful lecture whereby, with the aid of most ingeniously con- trived camera studies we were admitted to the in- timate daily life of a family of blue jays.
All who knew Dr. Cobb intimately join whole- heartedly in the sentiment with which Dr. Hall, in restrained, but movingly eloquent words, con- cludes his tribute to his and our friend :—
On June 4, 1932, Dr. Cobb was in Baltimore, Md., having his annual physical examination. From early life he had had some heart ir- regularities, probably the sequalae of scarlet fever when he was about two years old, and this condition necessitated these examinations and some treatment. At 9.00 P.M. he was in bed reading and apparently feeling well and comfortable. When the nurse entered the room a short time afterward he was dead. The pass- ing of this able scientist and dear friend is an occasion for regret and sorrow, and we who knew him shall miss him greatly. But those regrets and sorrows are for ourselves, not for our friend, for there is no better alternative in leaving life than to go quickly and while physically fit and mentally unimpaired after a long life of constructive achievement and ap-
Jury 9, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 67
preciative friendships. To the wife who fol- lowed him throughout his wanderings and shared his hardships, and to the children who have loved and honored him, we extend our sympathy. The tall figure has gone from us, and we shall see no more the intellectual face with its crescentic monocle and the smile for which we looked, but the memory of the man
is pleasant and abiding. In no uncertain sense he remains with us and will long remain with us. —Edwin Linton. (I am indebted to Miss Margaret V. Cobb for data relating to her father’s life and work, and to Dr. Maurice C. Hall, who has kindly placed at my disposal the manuscript of an obituary note which he has prepared for the “Journal of Parasitology”, with liberty to draw from it anything that I can use.)
BOOK REVIEW
Humoral Agents in Nervous Activity with Special Reference to Chromatophores. G. H. Parker. 1932, x plus 79 pp. Cambridge University Press.
During the last decade physiological evidence has accumulated to indicate that a chemical factor bridges the gap between the terminals of auto- nomic nerve fibers and the cells of autonomically innervated glands and muscles. The work of Otto Loewi, of Brinkman and van Dam, of Fink- elman, and of others has shown quite conclusively that when these tissues are isolated and then stim- ulated or inhibited through their nerves they give off to perfusates substances capable of reproduc- ing sympathetic or parasympathetic effects in other organs. Any doubts as to whether this sort of thing occurs in the unanesthetized mammal with circulation intact have recently been dis- pelled, at least with respect to the sympathicomi- metic substance, by Cannon and his collaborators, especially Bacq and Rosenblueth. The question that now arises is whether these active substances actually represent the means whereby the nerves act on their respective effector cells. If they do, a secretory process must occur somewhere in the region of the neuro-myal junction. It has long been known that adrenin secreted into the blood as a result of preganglionic sympathetic discharge to the adrenal medulla will act generally on sym- pathetically innervated organs quite independent- ly of their innervation. May it not be that post- ganglionic sympathetic impulses arriving at an effector organ induce there a local production of adrenin which in turn stimulates or inhibits as the case may be? Certain it is that an adrenin-like material, Cannon’s “sympathin’’ or Loewi’s “ac- celerator substance,” is given off from the ef- fector organ and it remains to determine its pre- cise origin.
In this little book which represents the sub- stance of a lecture given at the University of Cambridge in May, 1930, Professor Parker discusses this question of neurohumoralism in general. For his thesis he has invoked in particular a phenomenon to the elucida- tion of which he and his students have made notable contributions. Although color changes in animals have excited the interest of
naturalists from the earliest times it has been only with the comparatively recent advent of experimental biology that any real analysis of the mechanism of cutaneous pigmentary changes has been made. Professor Parker has here outlined the more important facts now known about chro- matophoral control, and it is the opinion of this reviewer that he has given the best general treat- ment of the subject that is available. Nowhere else can one find a presentation as broadly com- prehensive or so refreshingly free from wrang- ling over what are, after all, rather minor dif- ferences of observation and opinion. Dr. Parker points out the curious anomaly that while the chromatophores of teleost fishes and reptiles are either wholly or predominantly managed by nerves, those of the intermediate group of cold- blooded vertebrates, the amphibia, are controlled by a humoral agent of hypophysical origin. And the amphibian has its counterpart among inverte- brates in those crustacea which exhibit color changes. There again internal secretions seem to be the sole factor. But in each of the color-chang- ing groups neural processes in the eyes condition the process of internal secretion or of nervous discharge to the chromatophores. Apropros of this fact Dr. Parker suggests that fundamentally the two modes of control are the same. He is in- clined to regard the difference as consisting in the distance of the site of secretion from the chro- matophore and he strongly urges the view that in the case of the so-called direct nerve control there is secretion of hormone by the terminals of the chromatophoral nerve fibers. If supported by sufficient experimental evidence this hypothesis would become a generalization of major import- ance and one would speak of neurohumoral in- stead of neuro and humoral control. Dr. Parker certainly brings forth facts and probabilities fav- oring his contention, but it is clear that direct proof of secretion by chromatophoral nerve term- inals is still very scanty.
In a final chapter the role of neurohumoral agencies in the activities of receptors and synapses is discussed. The question of secretory activity at the synapse has been a subject of prime interest ever since Sir Charles Sherrington suggested
( Continued on Page 68 )
68 ‘THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vou. VII. No. 53
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
TPS CUE ORO oIG A ganaorn Jatebhio)e Assistant Editors
Annaleida S. Cattell
Vera Warbasse
Ware Cattell
Florence L, Spooner
The Beach Question II
Recently the following notice has been placed on the post at the lower eend of the fence which separates the good beach from the poor one+on the Bay Shore:
THE BEACH BEYOND THIS FENCE IS PRIVATE PLEASE DO NOT TRESPASS
The fence which supports this message is stand- ing in the water at mean high tide.
It is understood that the property owners on the Bay Shore Beach contend that it is not legal for an individual to walk on the beach between the high and low water marks for the purpose of getting from one point to another. They admit however, that “Persons may enter upon such flats to exercise the right of fishing.”
So far as we know, one can be fishing without catching fish. It has been suggested that THe CotLectinG Ner rent fishing poles to those indi- viduals who want to walk along the “private” beach, turning the proceeds realized from the enterprise over to its Scholarship Fund.
A Correction
In its first number THe CottectinG Net print- ed a brief note concerning the difficulties which the Island Airways had with one of their planes when they first initiated their service. It seems evident that it was not correct, and we wish to express our apologies for inaccurately reporting the situation,
The seaplane made a forced landing through no fault of the Island Airways. The plane had just been returned from one of the most promi- nent Boston aviation concerns where it had been subject to a major overhaul. Machines receiving this extensive treatment are considered practically equal to new ones. However, in this particular case the head mechanic forgot to insert the cotter key which holds the timing gear in place. The gear slipped which upset the delicately-timed mechanism, and the engine refused to function properly. In other words the forced landing was caused by minor engine trouble, instead of a
broken connecting rod as our contributor reported. Further, the approximate location of the plane was known within twenty minutes. The pilot made a landing on Muskeget Island, walked to the lighthouse nearby and reported by telephone to his headquarters,
We learn from President A. D. Chandler that there never has been an attempt to withhold in- formation concerning any difficulties that they may have had, and that the officers of the Com- pany stand reaedy to give out complete and un- biased information at all times.
The Directory
We have made the directory supplement in this number as complete as possible. Directory cards which were completed and left at our office or in the Brick Building before Saturday morning at 6:45 have been included. In our directory this year we are printing only the names of the scien- tific workers who are actually in attendance at one of the laboratories at the time the material must be placed in the hands of our printer. Even though all the evidence seems to indicate that they will come a day or two later, and the needed information known, we have adopted the general policy of not including names of individuals in the directory unless they have personally filled out a card after their arrival in Woods Hole.
BOOK REVIEW ( Continued from Page 67 )
some years ago that chemical factors lie at the basis of central excitation and inhibition. In this section of the book one finds the matter considered largely on the basis of the segmented “giant fibers” of certain invertebrates.
Any biologist at all interested in the physiology of the nervous system, in pigmentary alteration or in endocrinology will find this book instructive and exciting. And any such reader who possesses the gambling instinct will take the obvious tip and lay his money on the idea that humoral factors are going to play an ever increasing role in our under- standing of nervous mechanisms. —Philip Bard.
CURRENTS IN THE HOLE
Date A.M. P. M. July 10 » A9SZ) Okage July 11 LOSI ees July 12 11:46 --—— Jfmiby ash 12:27 - 24s July 14 1:27 1:39 July 15 2:25 2:37, July 16.. 3:22 3:29 July 17.. 4:15 4:24
Jury 9, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 69
ITEMS OF INTEREST
Dr, W. J. V. Osterhout sailed for Europe on July 1. He will attend the Fourteenth Inter- national Congress of Physiology in Rome.
Dr. Edward Uhlenhuth will not be in attend- ance at the laboratory this summer, because he has taken a trip to Europe.
Dr. P. W. Whiting, who has been a member of the Department of Zoology at the University of Pittsburgh since 1928, has been promoted to a full professorship.
Dr. Edgar P. Jones who spent the summers of 1930 and 1931 at the Laboratory, has been ap- pointed instructor in zoology at the University of Pittsburgh for the approaching academic year. He has just received his degree from the Depart- ment of Zoology in this institution.
Dr. W. M. Stanley who has been working in the Department of General Physiology at the Rocke- feller Institute for Medical Research is trans- ferring his work to the Department of Plant Pathology in the same institution at Princeton.
Dr, Edgar van Slyke, who has worked at the Marine Biological Laboratory for several years, received his Ph. D, in zoology from the University of Pittsburgh in June. Next year he will be a fellow in anatomy in the School of Medicine at the University of Maryland.
Dr. Ben H. Hill, formerly Professor of Biology in High Point College (North Carolina) has been appointed instructor in histology in the Dental School of New York University.
Miss Sarah W. Chapman has been appointed assistant in physiology at Vassar College.
Mr. M. Herbert Eisenhart, vice-president and general manager of the Bausch and Lomlh Optical Company, has been appointed a member of the board of the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology.
Dr. James W. Mavor gave a paper in the sym- posium on the biological action of X-rays which was held under the auspices of the American As- sociation for the Advancement of Science on June 24, His subject was the “Effect of X-rays on Germ Cells and Heredity.”
Dr. G. H. Parker contributed an article en- titled “The Passage of Sperms and Eggs Through the Oviducts of the Rabbit and of the Human Being with a Consideration of Sampson's Theory of Hemorrhagic or Chocolate Cysts” to the May number of the American Journal of Obstretrics and Gynecology.” *
GLEANED FROM THE BULLETIN BOARD
College students with experience desires po- - sition as laboratory assistant. Communicate with Vera Warhasse. Phone 726. P. O. box CC. Woods Hole.
Laboratory Technician. Vxperience at Har- vard Botanical Laboratories. Maud Gustafson, c/o McInnes, Millfield Street.
Position Wanted as research or laboratory as- sistant. Preferably in physiology. IF. N. Craig, Rutgers ’32. Kahler House.
Manuscript typing done hy Miss Nielson. In- quire at Supply Department.
Typewriting or stenographic work. Neat and accurate. Apply to Mrs. Idwin Laug, New Dormitory, Room 302.
Tutor or companion for boys, aged 6-15 years. 3y the hour, day or season. Highest local and out-of-town references, T, S. Perry Griffin (Harvard, 1913). c/o George Griffin, High Street, Woods Hole. Telephone 774,
For Sale. At the supply department, Reprint of “Physical and Chemical of the egg of the Sea Urehin, arbacia punctuata,” by Dr. Ik, Newton Harvey.
Do you like to learn Spanish: Mexican student will exchange Spanish for English. [E. Beltran, New Dormitory, Room 203.
Cathoat for rent. By hour $1.00, By day $5.00
By week $10.00. Vera Warbasse. Phone 726, Collecting Net Office, 8:30-12:30 A. M. (Notices of this kind will be inserted in THE COL- LECTING NET without charge for members of any one of the three scientific institutions in Woods Hole).
* Limitations of space made it almost necessary to print an abstract of the paper instead of its title.
70 THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vou. VIL. No. 53
DIRECTORY SUPPLEMENT
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Investigators
Anderson, Stella B. secretary “Industrial and Engi- neering Chemistry.” Br 203. D 200.
Atlas, M. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 5.
Ballard, W. W. instr. zool. Dartmouth. Br 217k. Dr.
Barnum, Susie G. secretary Nat. Res. Council Br 120. Hi.
Bigelow, R. P. prof. zool. and parasitol. Mass. Inst. Tech. Br 334. Cross.
Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity (Hartford). OM 26. D 108.
Brown, D. E. instr, phys. Bellevue Med. Br 214. Metz, Hyatt.
Budington, R. A. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. Orchard.
Chen, T. T. instr. zool Pennsylvania. Br 220. Elliot, Center.
Cheney, R. H. chairman biol. dept. Long Island. OM 45. D 208.
Church, C. F. asst. instr. pedriatics. Pennsylvania Med. Br 126. Winslow, Quissett.
Clark, Eleanor L, vol. invest. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. West.
Clark, E. R. prof. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. West.
Cole, E. C. assoc. prof. biol. Williams. OM 28. D 204.
Copeland, M. prof. Bowdoin. Br 334. Gardiner.
Corson, S. A. grad. res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Dri:
Darby, Callye Nat. Res. Council. Br 120. H.
Dawson, A. B. assoc. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 312. A 202.
Donaldson, H. H. mem. Wistar Inst. Br 115. Buz- zards Bay.
Driggs, M. F. Cornell Med. Br 222. Ka 23.
Eyre, Sarah W. res. asst. biol. Long Island. Lucke, Minot.
Fleisher, M. S. prof. bact. St. Louis. Br 304. D 112.
Gerard, R. W. assoc. prof. phys. Chicago. Br 309. D 313. Gordon, Gladys secretary. ‘Industrial and Engi- neering Chemistry.’’ Br 203. Nickerson, Millfield. Henshaw, Christine T. asst. biophysicist. Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.) Br 311. D 209.
Henshaw, P. S. biophysicist. Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.) Br 311. D 209.
Hoadley, L. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 312. A 308.
Hotchkiss, Margaret instr. bact. N. Y. Homeopathic Med. Wilde, Gardiner.
Howe, H. E. editor ‘Industrial and Engineering Chemistry.” Br 203. Tinkham, West.
Howe, Mary mm. edit. “Industrial and Engineering Chemistry” Br 203. Tinkham, West.
Howland, Ruth B. assoc. prof. biol. New York. Br 1. Young, Middle.
Irwin, Marion S. ed. “Biological Abstracts.” Libr. Hilton, Water.
Jahn, T. L. fel. zool. Yale. Br 123. Gray, Buzzards Bay.
Jones, N. sc. illus. Br 211. Hall, Water.
Kaufmann, B. prof. bot. Alabama. Bot 4, Spaeth, Whitman.
Keyes, D. B. prof. ind. chem. Illinois, L 23. Grinnell. Bar Neck.
Kiess, Mary D. Pennsylvania. Br 217 h.
Lacaillade, C. W., Jr fel. Rockefeller Inst. Br 208. Nickerson, Millfield.
Levy, M. instr. chem. New York. Br 310. F. Wilson.
Lundstrom, Helen M. res. asst. chem. Children’s Hosp. (Phila.) Br 109. Wi.
McGraw, Myrtilla H. secretary. Nat. Res. Council. Br 120. Hi.
McGregor, J. H. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 301. El- liot, Center.
Mikalik, P. assoc. prof. anat. Budapest (Hungary) Br 107. 310.
Modell, W. W. asst. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. Mc- Innis, School.
Mosley, J. E. Harvard. Br 315. Breakwater, Bar Neck.
Newton, Helen mm. ed. “Industrial and Engineering Chemistry” Br 203. Veeder, Millfield.
Parkinson, Nellie A. asst. ‘Industrial and Engineer- ing Chemistry.” Br 203. Young, West.
Pierce, Madeline E. instr. zool. Vassar. Br 217c. Kittila, Bar Neck.
Rawles, Mary E. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 224. Mendel, High.
de Renyi, G. S. assoc. prof. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 125. D 217.
Robbins, W. J. Missouri. D 317.
Sayles, L. P. instr. biol. Col. City N. Y. OM 25. D 214.
Schmieder, R. G. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220. Sylvia, Buzzards Bay.
Schrader, F. prof. cel. biol. Columbia. Br 330. D 309.
Schrader, Sally H. instr. zool. Sarah Lawrence. Br 330. D 309.
Saeger, A. Nat. Res. Fel. biol. McLeish.
Shapiro, H. asst. biol. Princeton. Br 110. Dr 10.
Smith, B. A. grad. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Mc- Leish, Millfield.
Stanley, W. M. asst. plant path. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. Howes, Water.
Steinbach, H. B. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 111. Elliot, Center.
Taylor, Georgiana M. grad. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 2.
Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Bot. 24. Whitman.
Tittler, I. A. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 10.
Wenrich, D. H. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220. D 215.
Willier, B. H. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 224. Mendel, High.
STUDENTS
Bradbury, Hester A. grad. Duke. emb. Chambers, Gardiner.
Hussay, Kathleen L. fel. zool. Ohio Wesleyan. emb. Hilton, Main.
WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION
Redfield. A. C. prof. phys. Harvard. 103. Park.
Seiwell, Gladys E. Brown, 212. Taft, Minot.
Seiwell, H. B. investigator oceanog. W. H. O. I. 212. Taft, Minot.
Waksman, S. A. prof. soil. microbiolog. Rutgers. 201. (Penzance Point).
SUPPLY DEPARTMENT Sither, J. A. Kimball Union Acad. collector. Dr.
Jury 9, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 71
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE XIIA
One of the new series of low power, wide field binocular micro- scopes. Characterized by good definition, brilliant illumination, and eas in operation.
Table of Magnifications, Free Working Distances, and Diameters of ithe Field of view
| (2%) Free Working 14 12 | 8 |
Pair of Objectives ( yy ) (11%, )
Distance in em.
Mag- | Diameter Diameter| Mag- | Diameter Pair of Eyepieces | nifica-| of field of field nifica- of field tion of view _ of view | tion of view
8X 4 40 mm. 14.9 mm. | 20 7.7 mm.
12% X 6% 36mm, | 5% 13.5 mm. 31 6.9 mm,
Microscope XII A, as illustrated, including pair of objectives 14x HANGS PAIL OMOCUIANS FOR ac ieveriatele cielsieics suateicie a $81.00 f.0.b. New York A copy of catalog Micro 464 will be supplied on request
CARL ZEISS, Inc. 485 Fifth Avenue, New York 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
Harkins’
{| Surface Tension Apparatus em Eocene BY DROP-WEIGHT METHOD
hou LT EET | Special Reatnres We High accuracy—0.3%
Exceptional Simplicity
Rapid Determinations Especially adapted for the determination of surface tension of biological liquids, blood serums and materials available | only in very small quantities.
| It is economical so that it is available for all routine experi- | ments as well as for simple research work.
No. 546A Harkins’ Surface Tension Apparatus, complete with pipette, mounting, stirrer, jar, and base, but without MCR MIO MIG UCT riecrietsucrcesiet isle, cielo siedss/e sis exstnieiereie $20.00
Write for Booklet completely describing this piece as well as many other new developments for colleges and universities.
W. M. WELCH MANUFACTURING COMPANY General Offices: 1515 Sedgwick St., Chicago, Ill., U.S. A. | Branches: New York City; Nashville, Tenn.; Kansas City, Mo.; Austin, Tex. |
“I bdo
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 53
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
THE TRAIN DERAILMENT
The engine and forward wheels of the first car on the 7:15 A. M. train for Boston left the rails this morning shortly after leaving the Woods Hole station. No one was injured. A wrecking crew from Taunton made quick work of clearing the tracks so that the afternoon trains could leave and arrive on scheduled time.
Mr. Vallis, the agent, responded.to the emer- gency by having Hoit Savery meet the incoming morning train at Falmouth and transport the mail, baggage, express, and milk over the road to Woods Hole so that the steamer “Naushon” was able to depart for the Islands only slightly behind her scheduled leaving time. According to The Falmouth Enterprise passengers for Boston were transferred to a freight train and taken to 3uzzards Bay where they made connections with a passenger train.
Quite a crowd gathered to watch the wrecking crew put the engine back on the tracks, and it was necessary for two policemen to direct traffic on the road opposite the tracks where the derail- ment occurred.
RESULTS OF THE RACES
The Woods Hole Yacht Club held its first race on Tuesday, July 5, at 4 P.M. The winners were: Louise Crane in the Scampi. (Buzzards Bay Knockabout), Morris Frost in the Windward (a Cape Cod Knockabout), Albert Woodcock in Captain Iselin’s red-sailed dory, and Agnes War- basse in Janet Blume’s catboat the Dinny. The first races in large boats ever held by the Woods Hole Yacht Club in its 35 years of existence were held on Wednesday, July 6, in Buzzards 3ay. Joseph Russel won in the S boat class in the Aminta. Henry Kidder won in the Whistle Wing. Eric Warbasse won in the Tern in the QOuissett handicap class.
The fire engines seem to be having a difficult time. The weather has been particularly dry how- ever, which may account for the unusual number of fires. Tuesday the engines were called out to the Park’s estate for the second time, the first one being a false alarm. This time a Chevrolet roadster belonging to Frank Park caught on fire. A short circuit ignited fluid that was being used to clean the car. The fire was put out quickly and the car after a few repairs will be quite alright.
Since leaving here last September, Mr. Shaw has been working for W. T. Grant Company. He is now in Holyoke, Mass. after having spent sev- eral months in Dallas, Texas and in Charlotte,
NC;
THE FIRE ON THURSDAY
Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn left Woods Hole early Thursday morning without the faintest suspicion that anything disastrous would occur while he was gone. But about three o’clock that after- noon, clouds of smoke poured out of his summer home on Gardiner Road which he is renting from Dr. Schramm. Mrs. Heilbrunn had been away for a short while, and when she came back she saw smoke issuing from the cellar in various places. The wind was blowing pretty hard and it soon carried the flames to the outside walls and the roof. The prompt response of the Woods Hole Fire Department and their efficient work saved the wooden structure—and little damage was done either by fire or water.
The cause of the fire is not known. However, it is believed that the woman who was cleaning the house for Mrs. Heilbrunn may have dumped some ashes containing smouldering charcoal from the open fireplace into the trash barrel in the cellar.
RESCUED AT SEA
The Fourth of July week-end brought busy times for the Coast Guard Station at Woods Hole Three cases of assistance were reported, the first occurring on July 1. On that day the yawl “Pamaho”’, owned by Stanley Cobb of Cotuit was found stranded on East Buck Island off Nau- shon. The C-G 910 with Daniel Dorey, C. B. M. in charge, pulled her off and brought her in.
On July 3, the sloop yawl “Mike” was reported stranded on Crest Ledge, Woods Hole. The C-G 910, in charge of Carl Forst, C. B. M. went out to her assistance. The boat is owned by Dr. Kenneth A. Cole of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory.
The yawl “Lady Luck”, owned by Miss Mary Love, of Woods Hole, was located off Nobska Point in a sinking condition on the Fourth. The C-G 910, with Harry F. Ademek, C. B. M. in charge, went out and towed her in.
Commander Patch of the Coast Guard has gone away for a month’s leave of absence.
Gene Tunney, former heavyweight champion of the world, arrived on the “Cape Codder” Sat- urday morning, July 2, and took the 8:20 boat to Oak Bluffs to attend a wedding at Edgartown. Mr. Tunney chartered one of the Island Airways’ seaplanes to fly back to Connecticut.
Mr. Joseph O. Shaw, who for the past five summers sold tickets at the steamboat wharf, ex- pects to arrive in Woods Hole about July 13 for a short vacation.
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 74 and 78 )
Jury 9, 1932 ] 44 THE COLLECTING NET 73
a EE —E——E—E———EEEeee Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods
FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND HARDWARE CO.
EASTMAN’S HARDWARE
Agency for LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER 5 and 10c department Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 260 FALMOUTH Tel. 407
CLEANING AND PRESSING OF
DONNELLY’S BEAUTY SHOP
Men’s Suits Ladies’ Suits Topcoats Ladies’ Coats Telepkone 211 for Appointment Overcoats Plain Silk Dresses
Call Falmouth 430 OPP. ELIZABETH THEATRE
OREGON DYE HOUSE
MAIN ST., FALMOUTH FALMOUTH, MASS.
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP i ee Weeks’ Building, Falmouth Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait HATCHVILLE
(Special Rates to Laboratory Members) Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
Superior Geurnsey Milk and Cream Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HEADQUARTERS FOR
STEEL FILING CABINETS, SAFES ROBBINS AND OFFICE FURNITURE HAND LAUNDRY
LOOSE LEAF BOOKS AND FIGURING BOOKS FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS
Callanan & Archer Co., Inc. FALMOUTH, MASS.
WHOLESALE STATIONERS Telephone 78
10-14 So. Second St. New Bedford, Mass.
For News of the Town Visit SOCIETY SPORTS HAPPENINGS Malchman’s
Read The Falmouth Enterprise THE at News Stands, Thursdays LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE
PRINTING OF ALL KINDS ON CAPE COD
done promptly and capably
Phone 116 Office by Falmouth R. R. Station. Tel. 47 Falmouth
74 THE COLEECTING NED
_[ Vor. VII. No. 53
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
“SHEEPING” ON NAUSHON
Those who have been on Naushon have un- doubtedly seen the numerous sheep grazing there. Twice a year, in June and in September, all these sheep are rounded up and corralled in a pasture at Tarpaulin Cove, near the Sailors’ Home. Here they are counted, sheered in June and sometimes given medicine to protect them from disease.
This June 1200 sheep were rounded up and treated. The process ot collecting all the sheep on the islands is colloquially called “sheeping.” Although it has been doubted, there does exist a definite technique in this “sheeping” process. Each family of Forbes on the island invites its house guests who are capable and willing to participate. At eight o’clock the people meet on horseback in pairs, five or six groups in all. The island is di- vided into sections by numerous stone fences, one region at a time being “‘sheeped”. The groups form a straight line, yelling and driving forward. The sheep are ahead of them, and are soon driven over a gate to the next pasture. Then that pas-
ture is “‘sheeped” and all the sheep are soon col- lected. Very often a “wooley”’ gets too tired to run any further and must be tied and carried
across someone’s saddle much to the discomfort of the rider and the annoyance of the horse. When frisky sheep break away there is great excitement, for they have to be chased and often drop from sheer exhaustion and must too be carried.
About thirty people “sheep” each day. It takes a week to do one whole island, riding four horses in the morning and three in the afternoon. One day is spent on Penikese rounding up the sheep. Because that island has no connection with Nau- shon, the horses cannot be transported to it ; there- fore sheeping is done on foot, by running after them. This job is the most unpopular part of the work.
The first Penzance Forum met on Sunday, July 3 at the residence of Dr. and Mrs. J. P. Warbasse. About twenty people came over to the point to enjoy the sun and view as well as the discussion. Among the subjects under discussion were the coming presidential election, the possibility of a dictatorship, and free trade. Everyone present took part in the discussion, eeither by giving their views on the subject, or asking questions. It was decided to have a speaker to lead the discussion every Sunday. He will talk for about half an hour, and for the following hour there will be an informal discussion in which everyone will par- ticipate.
AT SILVER BEACH
During the past week, the theatre-going resi- dents have been terrified by the possibility of the existence of a supernatural ghost train. “The Ghost Train” as produced by the Theatre Unit does not attempt to solve a murder as most plays of its type do, but tries to explain the presence of a ghostly train which haunts a small Maine town. You discover during the last ten minutes that the train is run by a gang which smuggles cecain, morphine and liquor into the country.
The play itself is not as sensational as are most mystery plays. Nevertheless, the Theatre Unit players kept the pace going at a quick tempo. Bretaigne Windust, as an apparently brainless Englishman who is later discovered to be the detective, does this difficult part extremely well. The part of the girl who takes dope, played by 3arbara O'Neil, seemed unnecessary and a bit overdone. I do not believe I have ever seen such an excellent bit of characterization as was done by Mildred Naturch as an intoxicated spin- ster.
The company made as much as it reasonably could out of the play they produced, though a better choice might have been made.
“Berkeley Square’ will be the third play on this summer’s production list, beginning on Mon- day, July 11, and continuing for a week’s run.
“Berkeley Square” is familiar to many theatre- lovers as one of the most provocatively beautiful plays produced on the twentieth-century stage. Basing its theme on the fantastic hypothesis that time may be, in a sense, recurrent, the play pre- sents a fascinating human experience. It takes a twentieth-century American, Peter Standish, and places him in the setting of eighteenth century London. Captured by the charm of this period, Standish finds himself literally transported to the heights of that atmosphere. He discovers him- self in the society of George Third’s London, yet he sees that period with the eyes of a modern American. To him, the future has become the past, and the past the future. Falling in love with a maiden of that age, he sees himself in the clutches of fate—for in his own words,” what has been, will be.”’ —Vera Warbasse.
The Woods Hole Golf Club gave its first dance on Saturday night, July 2. This dance was the first of a series which will be continued through- out the summer, and which will be open to mem- bers and their guests.
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 72 and 78 )
Jwitxe SP aby ]
TE COLE CHING) NEE
SCIENTIFIC WORKERS When you come to NEW BEDFORD eat our excellent — 30 LUNCH — GULF HILL PARLORS
596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD ( Opposite Library )
Books for Everyone REPRINT FICTION 5c
NEW NOVELS NON-FICTION $2.00 - $2.50 $1.00 to $5.00
MODERN LIBRARY 95c COPY Special Sale Book Remainders and Second
Hand Books 10c, 19c, 29c, 39c, 69c,
$1.25, $1.75. CHILDREN’S BOOKS 5c to $1.00
Hutchinson’s Book Store
BOOK STORE BUILDING New Bedford, Mass.
May Be!
Maybe you didn’t know that this house of good home furnishings also sells—clothing for babes, boys, girls—youths and misses.
May be
You'd like to get dependable garments at reasonable prices.
May be You'll come over and see us—at least we hope so—and when you girls see the plain and hand blocked linen dresses, and the silk dresses too—in sizees 14 to 20—each at
$5.98
you'll say ‘‘these are the best I have ever seen’’—and, you WON’T mean May be.
THE C. F. WING CO.
790 - 794 PURCHASE ST. New Bedford, Mass.
This Complete
Free Daily Delivery to Woods Hole
Modern Department Store
invites ‘you to
Shop in New Bedford
Mail and Phone Orders Filled
Telephone Clifford 750
STAR STORE
76 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 53
Southern Biological Supply Co., Inc. D E, FO R " Living and Preserved Bio- a i ft logical Specimens of all
oa 3 bate é Types for the Laboratory Y OURSELYF.....
Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis-
~ iana Forms. Specialista i in Amoeba Cultures. Alligators, Ete. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La. {
BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES IN COMPLETE SETS
Volumes and Back Copies For Sale
EST. 1887 B. LOGIN & SON, Inc. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK
Best Results Best Results
Non-Corrosive = / Non-Corrosive MICROSCOPIC
SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog
At your dealer-——or write (giving dealer's name) to
Cray-ApAmMs COMPANY
117-119 East 24th Street NEW YORK
TURTOX The B. & L. Microscope DDE COLLECTING
research instrument to serve the exacting A Scientist for years . . . with precision, ease NETS and satisfaction . . . the DDE is the first AQUATIC NETS microscope to provide free access to the stage for AIR NETS both eyes and hands by placing the arms of the — See instrument away from the operator. Great stability DREDGES is assured; arms, pillars and base are of one piece. SEINES This advantage is much appreciated in research PLANKTON GATHERERS BEOL a Cree naE a, SPECIAL COLLECTING The optical system is supported by the coarse Ne ae hae focusing adjustment, only the weight of the objec- aed DEVICES ‘ tives is held by the fine adjustment. Certainty and Write us about your collecting needs and constancy of focus are thus assured. for a copy of our 1932 circular
These features provide the DDE with an operating ease and manipulation precision duplicated on no comparable instrument. 1. A counter-balancing spring to make both “up” and “down” focusing ad- justments equal in tension, therefore precise. 2. A supplementary swing-out condenser for exploratory observation without adjustment change. 3. An aux- iliary fine control operated with the finger tips at
illustrating Turtox nets,
table level. = We suggest that you see the DDE at our exhibit The. Sian ot the -Tantae Rictoes oes beginning July 19th. General Biological Supply House Incorporated Bausch & Lomb Op tical Company 761-163 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE
671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, N. CHICAGO SS ee SROCHESEER NYS
Jury 9, 1932] ____THE COLLECTING NET
Jy IN
x ‘ Angle Centrifuges |
( Latest development in the method of mechanical separation )
COME TO OUR EXHIBIT IN THE OLD LECTURE HALL WHICH BEGINS ON JULY 20
OUR NEW ANGLE CENTRIFUGES | WILL BE ON DEMONSTRATION FOR YOU
Type G
These centrifuges, invented by Dr. Lundgren of Stockholm, Sweden, have been in the market for the past three years, and have met with notable success in the medical and scientific quarters most immediately concerned.
In introducing Angle Centrifuges to the American scientists, we feel sure that we are offering an apparatus which is far superior to any other on the market.
Ten Points of Superiority | 1. Angular position of glass tubes increases the rapidity of separation from one-third to one-eighth | the time required for ordinary centrifuges. ; 2. Angle centrifuges separate sediments of nearly equal density as the solution. This opens a new field hitherto not obtained with ordinary centrifuges. | 3. A firmer consistency of sediments is obtained than ordinarily. thereby leaving a large volume | of fluid. | 4. Separating tubes are well protected by being enclosed in a nickel plated casing. Breakage is | greatly lessened because pressure is exerted over a greater area on the tubes than in ordinary | | centrifuges. | 5. Nickel plated bowl presents little friction to the air; Eliminates heating of tubes; Power con- sumption is exceedingly low. 3 6. Owing to high efficiency, one Angle Centrifuge can do the work of two or three ordinary centri- fuges. 7. Angle Centrifuges are compact, good-looking, durable, and save valuable space. | 8. Angle Centrifuges do not have to be bolted to a base. Can be moved readily about, are risk free, easy to operate, and require hardly any attention. 9. Angle Centrifuges do not have to run with balanced tubes, thereby saving a great deal of wasted time. 10. Angle Centrifuges are internationally known and endorsed.
Prices
Type BE-EM Rpm. Universal Motor for all currents. Holds four tubes, 15 to 20cc. Can be used at two angles for general laboratory work. Conmpleremwitherne Osta term cyeharmrnet stetete tere laueve rere cuss el ecctsls sis. arin ievalieyaarazere ie aictarel sists,s sisiseeueyeraise $50.00 | Type M 3000 Ppm. Universal Motor for all currents. Holds twenty-seven tubes, 6 to 8cc. Can be | used for Wassermans. Sorta letemwiebeEheOs ta tamper eidciychey seeiiclerevovetoe o1syatalaislevehe, eleva ons, ov yere tassels musvevo aie vuevela ve @ierangne $150 00 Type G 3000 to 5000 Ppm. Large Centrifuge, capacity 6 bottles of 150cc each, suitable for produc- tion of serums. DSormpletomv 1 UmL Ae OSta emt terrer tar itcreirtcrsreker tersiste eee ter ietclatelsnoe srertiers are siehiarsiaieisnshe,s Ae ecere $400.00
Write for detailed circulars on these and other types
STANDARD SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY CORP.
Sole Distributors in the U. S. A. 10-14 WEST 25th STREET NEW YORK CITY
78 _THE COLLECTING NET
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
THE WORK OF THE COAST GUARD (As learned from an interview with Commander Roderick Patch)
Perhaps it is not generally known that the United States Coast Guard, a unit of which is based at Woods Hole and patrols the waters of Martha’s Vineyard, Nantucket Sounds and the ad- jacent waters, was established in 1790 during the first congress of the United States, in Washing- ton’s first administration. The original law as- signed to this service the duties of “protecting the Harbors and Coasts of the United States and the shipping thereof.” It also assigned it as an ad- ditional peace time duty, that of the enforcement of the Customs Revenue Laws at sea. Since that time, 26 new duties have been added to the peace time work of the service. The Coast Guard as it is now known originally did not have a name, and has been variously called during its existence as the United States Marine Service, The Revenue Marine and the Revenue Cutter Service; it was not until 1915 that it received its present name of the United States Coast Guard.
As an example of the peace time work of the service, and as an idea of the volume of work it accomplishes, the following records, taken from the Base Eighteen files for the period from July 1 to October 7 of last year, reveal that there were 77 cases of assistance rendered. And the value of the vessels assisted, as estimated by their own- ers or masters, was around four and one half million dollars, while the cargo of these boats ap- proximated nearly another million dollars.
The United States Coast Guard equipment has been kept up to the most approved and latest standards. For instance, they have, together with all the other stations, a very complete com- munication service, including 15,000 miles of tel- ephone and telegraph lines. Their radio service connects up all the patrol vessels to their bases, other ships and all the major traffic stations. In addition, there is a cable service. In this way, all the United States Coast Guard Stations, ashore and afloat, and a great many of the lightships and lighthouses are directly linked up to the com- mercial telephone system, so that in case of a grave or imminent disaster, communication can be had directly with the communication center. This system is, primarily of course, for the sake of the protection of shipping, but its value is inestimable in war time.
In conjunction with all these developments, there is a still more recent one which, according to Commander Patch, promises well for the future. That is their aviation reporting system, whereby planes flying along certain known routes, can be watched more or less carefully, and if and when
necessary, aided by the Coast Guard, in time to save life and most likely property also. It is be- ing used now with much success in connection with the route followed by planes flying from New York to the South, and it is expected it will soon extend to other regular coastal airplane lines.
Another service they now render in connection with aviation is in being able to rescue small parties of fishermen in trouble at sea. These planes are specially constructed to land on very rough water, and can accommodate in the larger flying planes twelve passengers besides their own regular crew of four men. Each of these planes have a complete radio sending and receiving set, and other modern safety devices.
While on the subject of equipment, perhaps it is not generally known that the latest cutters used by the Coast Guard are capable of cruising from here to Great Britain and back without re-fueling, and that they have a displacement of two thousand tons. Their speed is good for a sea-going vessel —about 12 knots—.The work on the small 75-foot boats is not as exhilirating at times as it might seem from mere observation, since, in rough weather, sleeping on board is practically impos- sible. For this reason, the boats do not stay out for more than three days at a time in bad weather. However, a constant patrol is maintained.
On June 23 the Coast Guard Base at Woods Hole sent out six of their boats to assist in pa- trolling the Yale-Harvard races at New London, where undoubtedly, a bit of pleasure will be com- bined with their work. —F.LS.
THE YACHT RACES
The Quissett Yacht Club held its first race on Saturday, July 2. It was an extremely windy day, and the waves in the bay were very high. All the boats were reefed, which is an unusual thing to do. The race is usually called off if there is sufficient wind to warrant shortening the sail. One of the knockabouts could not be handled in the heavy gale, and sank. Only the air tanks kept the boat from going to the bottom. Usually nine or ten knockabouts race, but on Saturday only three finished the race. There were 5 or 6 “S” boats which did finish. On Monday, July 4, there was a special race with a separate cup. The “Os” raced the “Os”, the Manchesters raced the Manchesters, and the Eastern Yacht Club’s raced the Eastern Yacht Club boats. In the general races on Saturday, all these bcats raced together with handicaps for the larger ones.
The first race of the Woods Hole Yacht Club was scheduled for Monday afternoon, July 4, but due to the strong wind and the inexperience of the racers, the race was postponed.
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 72 and 74 )
Jury 9, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET ‘ 79
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD
Souvenirs and Jewelry
DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP
Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S
Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE Telephone 1243
Church of the Messiah
( Episcopal )
The Rey. James Bancroft, Rector
Holy Communion ................ 8:00 a.m. Worn Sp PAYER ~ce1.-.-2.c2e0:--- 11:00 a.m. Evening Prayer AUN patie
TEXACO PRODUCTS NORGE REFRIGERATORS
WOODS HOLE GARAGE COMPANY
Opposite Station
RUTH E. THOMPSON Woods Hole, Mass.
DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY SCHOOL SUPPLIES
KODAKS and FILMS Printing — Developing — Enlarging
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates
W. T. GRABIKC, Prop.
N. E. TSIKNAS FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
_———— ——_———
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANIELS
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
Walter O. Luscombe
REAL ESTATE AND INSURANCE
Woods Hole Phone 622-4
ISLAND AIRWAYS Scheduled Seaplane Service
between NEW BEDFORD VINEYARD HAVEN
WOODS HOLE NANTUCKET
—o—
Schedules and tickets at Steamboat ticket offices
EERE
80 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 53
HUBBARD & MORRISON REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop.
Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE WALK-OVER SHOP
General Merchandis2 SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT
A. ISSOKSON
Shoe Repairing
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES
THE LEATHER SHOP MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
Tel. 240 A. C. EASTMAN
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH
Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00
Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
San Juan, Porto Rico Hyannis, Mass.
MEGILL PORTO RICO SHOP Gifts, Lamps, Bridge Prizes, Baskets, Jewelry MRS. EMMA LOUISE ROSE
24 Queen’s Buyway Falmouth, Mass.
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY Collections Daily
Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories Telephone 777
SERVICE THAT SATISFIES
E. E. C. SWIFT COMPANY MEATS OF QUALITY
FREE DELIVERY TO WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Telephone Falmouth 22-23 421-W
DR. K. A. BOHAKER DENTIST Eastman Block Falmouth, Mass.
Telephone 232
SPECIAL CLASS RATES Saddle Horses
LONGWOOD RIDING STABLES, INC. Boston, Mass. Depot Ave. Falmouth Tel. Falmouth 537
Riding Lessons
COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS ELIZABETH ARDEN
YARDLEY COTY MRS. WEEKS SHOPS Phone 109 Falmouth AT LAST PAINTS AT FAIR PRICES, AND IN FALMOUTH Gal. Quart Outside Oil Paint $3.00 $ .90 4-Hour Enamel 3.75 1.15
Myron S. Lumbert CASH PAINT STORE
QUEEN’S BUYWAY FALMOUTH
THE THEATRE UNIT
Presents
“BERKELY SQUARE”
JULY 11 THROUGH JULY 16
Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth
Telephone 1400
Jury 9, 1932 ]
Cataphoresis Apparatus
For studying with the Ultra Micro- scope electric effects in different solu- tions. Northrup and Kunitz Cells or the Mattson Cell.
Write for further details
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897
Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and
Chemical Reagents THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
SAMUEL CAHOON
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL
Dealer in
FISH AND LOBSTERS
Tel. Falmouth 660 and 661
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
THE COLLECTING NET
The Wistar Institute Slide Tray
a
The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides. It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two 11%4- inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so that each one forms a dust-proof cover for the one beneath it, while the center ridges as- sure protection to high mounts. Made en- tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and easily kept clean. They form compact stor- age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may be filed in a space fourteen inches square by eight inches high. PRICE, $1.09 EACH Orders may be sent to THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.
Westinghouse
SALES and SERVICE
WM. C. DAVIS CO.
FALMOUTH
Biological | Specimen _ Dishes
| Now in Two Sizes
| The very satisfactory demand for Biological Specimen Dishes has led to the introduction of a larger size.
The small Dish has a capacity to the brim of 350 ce., inside height 45 mm., inside diameter 100 mm.,, height overall 50 mm, The large Dish has a capacity of 1750 ce., inside height 70 mm.,, inside diameter 175 mm.,, height over- all 80 mm. Both Dishes are made from clear heavy glass. The bottoms are flat and the
Dishes will stack perfectly.
This type of bowl has been in use for a number of years at the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Dartmouth Col- lege, DePauw University, Ohio University, Louisiana State University, George Wash- ington University, and elsewhere.
It is applicable to work in embryology, espe- cially with chick embryos; to small aquatic organisms, living or preserved; to the develop- ment of Echinoderms and other eggs. Further uses will be readily apparent to the biologist.
The small dish fits conveniently under a micro- scope. The rounded inside permits easy clean- ing. When stacked Or nested, the dishes can be easily transported and stored, and evapora- tion of liquids is inhibited because of the accurate fit.
67384—Biological Specimen Dishes.
Small Large
No. in original barrel 168 36 Each $.25 $1.00
10% discount tn dosen lots, 25% discount in original barrels.
WILL CORPORATION
LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS
ROCHESTER, NY.
32 THE COLLECTING NET _
_ vo ee
Faster than Time is the Centrifuge!
WITH each tick of the clock your centri- fuge makes many revolutions and its haste does not make waste. Quite the reverse! Here, speed is essential for best results and to make it possible for the busy laboratory to put to best use the minutes that are hust- ling into hours.
The output of your laboratory depends to a very great extent upon your centrifuges.
8)
S
INTERNATIONAL CENTRIFUGE
with
MULTISPEED ATTACHMENT
The multispeed attachment is interchangeable with the ordinary heads on the Size 1, Type SB and Size 2 International Centrifuges. By means of this attachment an ultimate speed of 20,000 R. P.M. is obtained with a relative centrifugal force of 25,000 x gravity or nine times greater than with the ordinary head.
INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass.
Makers of Fine Centrifuges
—
Jury 9; 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 83
MASTER MICROSCODE
A New Achievement in Microscope Design
Alena finest and perhaps most precise microscope ever offered to scientific men —the new Spencer Research Microscope No, 8 Spencer Lens Company, supreme designer and progressive builder of microscopes for many years, pre- sents four new and original features in this microscope : 1. Variable Inclinocular—you can tilt the body tubes to any angle from vertical to 40 degrees. 2. Concentric buttons on both sides of mechanical stage to actuate its movement, 38. Fine adjustment located low on operator's side of instrument. You can operate it with your hands resting on the table.
4. New features and accessory arrangements on a reverse type micro- scope stand.
You are invited to visit
OUR ANNUAL EXHIBIT OLD LECTURE HALL JULY 6th to 15th
_ BUFFALO NEW YORK
84+ THE COLLECTING NET CNG ee eee VIL. No. °
PROMI ad DPROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS , "It Saved Us the Cost of Five
Microscopes’
Quoting remark of a Department Head
paratus.
microscope work
ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, ete. It has
structors,
on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent THE PROMAR MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION AND DRAWING APPARATUS
A new instrument which has been brought out in response to a demand for a simple apparatus like the Promi for more advanced work which requires more powerful illumination and higher magnifica-
tion. Has many additional features as standard equipment. Prospectus and prices sent on request.
Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.”
117-119 East 24th Street x New York, N. Y.
CiAv-ApAmMsS Company NY
1 The Promi projects microscopie slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used as a microscope and a micro-photographie ap- The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruc- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- I
been endorsed by many le ading scientists and in-
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices
“Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 11, Brick
53
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable
Spalteholz us to send the appropriate catalog. Transparent Preparations “Visit our display rooms and A . Human museum.” Life History and — aan of Chick
Zoological
CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
as cy WS j Model of Human Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
Vol. VII No. 4
VISCOSITY CHANGES AND MITOTIC CHANGES IN CLEAVING EGGS Dr. Henry J. Fry and Mark E. Parks Washington Square College, New York
SATURDAY, JULY 16, 1932
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT COLD SPRING HARBOR Dr. Recrnacp G. Harris Director of the Laboratory
University
By the use of the centrifuge technique, Heil- brunn showed that the viscosity of Arbacia eggs
is low for about five minutes after fertilization, and then rises rapidly as the sperm-aster forms, reaching a peak about twenty minutes after fertiliza- tion, the time when the aster becomes crescent shaped. This stage he interpreted as the prophase of the first cleavage figure. Thereafter the cres- cent-shaped aster persists for
Since this
Seminar: Dr. A. B. Dawson:
a. Hh, L, Calendar
TUESDAY. JULY 19, 8:00 P. M.
“The Relative Degrees of Differentia-
tion of the Mature Erthyrocytes
of Vertebrates.”
Dr. Paul Weiss: “The Factor which Determines the Orienta-
is the third article that has been written for THe CoLtectinGc Net upon this sub- ject, I almost feel that it might well be something
of an Annual Report. Indeed, it would be wholly appropriate for the Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor to make an an- nual report to the biologists at Woods Hole, for the Bio- logical Laboratory exists for biology and for biologists. Unfortunately, this year the annual reports of nearly all or- ganizations, from railroad
about twenty-five minutes tion of the Growing Nerve Fiber.” | companies to universities, seem while viscosity slowly drops, Dr. G. H. Parker: “Neuro-hu- | to carry an inescapable note of reaching a low level about moralism.” sadness, and so, perhaps, it forty-five minutes after fer- Dr. R. W. Gerard: “Observations | will be excusable, and [ hope tilization (depending on the ae ne Velocity of the Nerve | interesting, if the future of temperature), a time he Rok Tae the Biological Laboratory is
thought to be the period of metaphase and anaphase. Vis- cosity rises rapidly again just prior to cleavage. His con- clusions were that viscosity is
high at prophase when the mitotic figure is form- ing, low during metaphase and anaphase, and high (Continued on Page 89)
again at telophase when
FRIDAY, JULY 22, 8:00 P. M.
Lecture: Professor W. E. Garrey:
“Some Aspects of the DS IOICES, | of the Heart of Limulus.”
the Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, present and past, and since the obligation of the Laboratory to biology
presented at this time. This, too, is appropriate since biol- at Woods Hole have quite as much reason to be concerned with the future of as with its
ogists
and biologists in general
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Viscosity Changes and Mitotic Changes In Cleaving Eggs,
Dr. Henry J. Fry and Mark E. Parks...... 85 The Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring
Harbor, Dr. Reginald G. Harris............ 85 Review of the Seminar Report of Dr. Fry,
Dr SRODERC | ChAMPErsi es race's eless ate ane sie 90 The Electric Phase Angle of Tissues,
Draicenm ety COGS ereretanetatiayal «levee; sa)! orale) aller 91
An Outline of Marine Bacteriology,
DDS PAS WARSI cra) cele «sanedetaleiesclsie ls +)! oe lal 91 News from other Biological Station.......... 92 Recent sNvents' invthe Orient... 3.02 8. wees 96 Directory Supplement................---.:+- 97 The Beach Committee Meeting.............. 95 Book Review, Dr. Oscar W. Richards......... 98 IhRsveals| (OE WohKGE Soo dooouoopovonboucoocaqnte 99
Woods Hole Log
86 _THE COLLECTING NET
should, if anything, increase with the passage of time.
\What are our hopes for the Biological Labora- tory and why do we have them?*
It might be sufficient justification for the ex- istence of the laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor merely for it to be a small Woods Hole. The Marine Biological Laboratory has grown to be a large institution, which, together with the presence of other institutions, makes the scientific popula- tion of Woods Hole mount to five hundred or more during the height of the season. It is true that some biologists are not highly gregarious ani- mals, that they are made unhappy merely by a prolonged stay in a concentration of people, whether colleagues or not. Such biologists should have available to them a laboratory where there is not a large number of people. Furthermore, relatively large size, in and of itself, carries with it certain seemingly inescapable disadvantages. Apparently no human institution can become large without the formation within it of smaller bodies, whether parties, sects, factions or cliques. In short, there are disadvantages as well as ad- vantages in the attainment of large size, and hence if the Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory were mere- ly a small Woods Hole Laboratory, it would un- questionably have sufficient justification for ex- istence.
Those of us who, by pleasure, or circumstance, or both, have given long continued thought to the matter, however, go farther than this. Immediate- ly, in the location of the Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor, we find cause for a different type of development. The location at Cold Spring Harbor strongly invites the development of an all- year biological institute as well as of a summer laboratory, while the location at Woods Hole does not. The third Director of the Biological Lab- oratory, Dr. Charles B. Davenport, answered this invitation by establishing here, over twenty-five years ago, the Department of Genetics of Car- negie Institution of Washington (then known as the Station for Experimental Evolution of Car- negie Institution of Washington), and later by the establishment nearby of the Eugenics Record Office.
The reasons, which impelled the locating of these all-year research institutions at Cold Spring Harbor, were among those which constantly de- manded that the Biological Laboratory should seriously enter upon all-year work. Along with
* While the viewpoints expressed herein are given as my own they are, of course, the result of the interaction of my observations and the suggestions and opinions given to me by a number of biologists. For this reason, it would be obviously unfair to
mention the names of these biologists, save in cases in which their remarks are definitely quoted.
[ Vor. VII. No. 54
size, this all-year aspect of the work of the Lab- oratory at Cold Spring Harbor forms an import- ant difference from the Marine Biological Labora- tory at Woods Hole. It is this all-year work which we will consider in looking toward the future.
The fact that one of the very first steps which we took in this direction, other than the appoint- ment of a Director to be in residence throughout the year, was the establishment of a laboratory for biophysics, and the selection of a physicist to be in charge of that laboratory, is indicative of our general notions concerning the future of bi- ology.
There are differences of opinion among biolo- gists as to the relative value of biophysics. Some of the more optimistic and gullible look there for the utopia of biological discovery, as, indeed, they or their kind have regarded nearly every new corridor of biological research. We hold no such point of view. We do believe, however, that the history of biology will be similar to that of the continued accumulation of data in every arbitrary division of human knowledge, (1) that biology will become increasingly quantitative in nature and interpretation, and (2) that it will increasing- ly approach or pass beyond the borderline of other divisions of knowledge.
The first, quantitative biology, is forced upon us, whether we will or not, by the very nature of re- search. Advance in research is dependent upon the ability to control experimental conditions. The more controllable the conditions of the experi- ment, the greater the accuracy with which one may prophesy the results of repeated tests. The greater the reproducability of results, the greater the speed with which they are accepted as dem- onstrated fact. The greater the speed with which facts may reasonably be accepted as dem- onstrated, the more rapid the advance into new territory, using the points already taken as new bases. In this way, the ability to make use of variables open to experimental control continually increases, and with it the opportunity for the bi- ologist to approach his work from a quantitative viewpoint.
It is also to be expected that biology will in- creasingly approach or pass beyond the borderline of other sciences. As I have hinted, all divisions of human knowledge are probably wholly arbi- trary. As we obtain more information in each of these divisions, we find that boundaries formerly set up for it are wholly inadequate. As an ex- ample of this, we need only consider the scope of genetics of a generation ago, and the scope of the same division of biology today. Among larger divisions of human activity, there has long ex- isted the conflict of science and religion, arising
aC ere
Jury 16, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING
NET 87
from the fact that it is almost impossible for one to acknowledge the assumed boundaries of the other. In science, all of this has resulted in a confusion of terminology. There are geneticists who seem to be actually engaged in research in endocrinology; others in experimental embryol- ogy; others are primarily cytologists, and so on through the list of biological divisions, including biophysics.
The term biophysics has naturally created con- siderable speculation as to its desirability, but much of the discussion centering about such ques- tions seems to me to be particularly fruitless. It appears to make no essential difference whether we call it biophysics, general physiology, physiol- ogy, or biology, the inescapable fact is that biology is, happily, more and more approaching and pass- ing into the historical domain of physics. This is also true of the relationship of modern biologi- cal research to the other exact sciences, mathe- matics and chemistry. It indicates a coming of age in biology, a fact which all biologists and all biological laboratories will wish to welcome. What “quantitative biology” means is admirably and succinctly set forth in a letter which I recently received from Professor W. J. Crozier of Har- vard University. As he says, “A quantitative bi- ology must mean, to mean anything, that the prop- erties of organisms are made known, defined, and within limits understood, by virtue of the manner in which they are quantitatively related to vari- ables under control.”
The Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Har- bor is much interested in the advance of such a quantitative biology. In preparation for taking a very useful part in the exploration and exploita- tion of this type of biology, all-year work in bio- physics was begun here in 1928. In our plans for the future, the development of all-year work is en- visioned as a further fruition of the point of view indicated by our action of 1928, and an extension of that action to include other aspects of quanti- tative biology. Thus far we believe that biolo- gists in general will react favorably to our plans, but a more detailed consideration of them is de- sirable, even though we run the danger of losing along the way, the favorable reaction of some of our colleagues.
If modern quantitative biology necessitates the formation of biophysical laboratories, under what- ever name they may appear, does it follow that physicists should be urged to come over into bi- ology to help us, or should we work out our own quantitative salvation? This question is decided- ly more complex than appears at first. Off hand one might say that a simple method of immediate procedure would be either for biologists of recog- nized standing to obtain information concerning
physics, or for physicists, who wish to aid in bi- ological research, to gain knowledge of biology, sufficient to make the work of members of either group significant and valuable. But we do not have to speculate about the practicability of such a method. It has already been tried, and while there may have been individual instances of rela- tive success, the results in general have been dis- appointing to all concerned. Often the physicists work has been unsatisfactory in respect to its bi- ological aspects, while the biologist has been criti- cized for his lack of discriminating knowledge in respect to physical aspects.
In addition to this frequent lack of approach satisfactory to specialists of both groups, it must be remembered that the clever biologist has lost much time from research on account of the mere necessity of his spending considerable time in the acquisition of information concerning physics. The same, in reverse order, holds for the physicist who conducts biological experiments under his own direction. Even if we wish to be patient and wait for the development of young biologists who will be especially trained to bridge the gap, I doubt very much if even then we shall have a satisfactory answer to the problem which con- fronts us now, and yet less to the problems which will exist by that time.
It seems to me that the most rapid and most trustworthy progress in this branch of science can reasonably be expected to be made by the es- tablishment of institutes in which research work- ers in physics who have special leanings toward biological research, and biologists who are unus- ually appreciative of the possibilities of physics in biology, should work in close harmony, the phy- icist being responsible for physical facts and the biologist for biological facts. Just where respons- ibility will begin and end in any particular case is a matter of small moment, provided both men are congenial, and each man is well informed in his own field. Such a procedure will remove the ne- cessity for a difficult, if not impossible, straddle, and will allow other workers to accept the results of men working in borderline territories, without undue questioning. What is true of physics and biology, in this respect, is probably also true of chemistry and biology, and will probably be in- creasingly true of these divisions, as well as of mathematics and biology.
There is another aspect of the problem, in which physicists are unquestionably needed in bi- ology, and that is in the discovery of additional facts in physics which are likely to be of particu- lar significance to biology. The advantages of this, and the value of having a first class physi- cist in the modern biological laboratory, for this purpose, and for consultation, if for no other
88 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 54
reasons, are sO apparent as not to need further elaboration.
In any case, the developments of an institute in which biologists, physiologists, chemists, physi- cists and mathematicians will cooperate in the fur- ther opening and beneficial use of the vast ter- ritory of quantitative biology, is the direction in which our hopes are for the future in respect to the all-year work of the Biological Laboratory. Just how well, or to what extent, our hopes be- come realized here will depend upon the men se- lected and the facilities placed at their disposal.
In the actual conduct of the work we expect to elicit, as we have pointed out, the help of special- ists in the exact sciences, until such time as it is clearly demonstrated that their presence in a mod- ern biological institute is not desirable. We now believe that the usefulness of such specialists will be increasingly demonstrated, that biology will not only increasingly invade certain parts of the exact sciences, but that we shall find it highly de- sirable to bring a few captives from the invaded territories back into our own institutes.
Even though such a program may be desirable, why should it be followed at Cold Spring Harbor ? There seem to be special reasons why the Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor in its all-
year work should develop such an_ institute. It has always been the duty of seaside laboratories, even since the establishment of
the first station at Penikese by Louis Aggasiz, to take the lead in the fostering of new types of biological study and research, and in acting as clearing houses for information con- cerning facts and methods. Woods Hole has been notably active in the furtherance of both of these ends, and Cold Spring Harbor has played its part to the best of its opportunity and ability. Originally, the slogan for both laboratories was “study nature not books’. Much of the signifi- cance of that slogan has now passed into history, but both institutions still have a clear-cut duty to perform in placing before such biologists, as are relatively isolated during much of the year, the opportunities and advantages of modern methods of research. Woods Hole has apparently wel- comed its duty in respect to quantitative biology during the summer, but it is obvious that the loca- tion of the Marine Biological Laboratory does not favor continued all-year work. At Cold Spring Harbor, however, as we have seen, the situation is quite different. It further happens that certain types of quantitative biological research, particu- larly those concerned with biophysics, often call for elaborate equipment, and permanent set-ups. It is apparent that such work must be conducted at an all-year laboratory if heavy, unnecessary ex- pense is to be avoided.
In addition to the desirability of establishing such an institute in connection with an all-year laboratory, the small size of the Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor is a further advantage. It is a well known saying that one can not lift a jelly fish by one tentacle. Similarly it is im- practicable to attempt to force faculty members of one or more departments in a university into anything closely approaching a common effort of research. Many administrators have the desire to do so, and may even make the effort. The effort fails to meet with success, probably primarily be- cause the men were not selected for this purpose in the first place. After all, the first end of a university is to instruct the young people who give themselves to its care for that purpose. While research js much stressed in some universities, it must there always remain, by the very nature of things, a secondary consideration.
In research institutions the situation is reversed. There research is the primary end, and it is a rel- atively simple matter to obtain men who will, from preference, fit themselves into any reasonable pro- gram of research which may be adopted. The truth of this assertion may be seen in nearly any research institution in this country or abroad. It is particularly apparent in institutions with geo- graphically widely separated departments, such as Carnegie Institution of Washington. Such re- search men are eager to establish themselves, under suitable conditions, at the Biological Labor- atory, where no member of the all-year research staff is required to give instruction at any time to undergraduates or to graduate students, unless he definitely wishes to do so.
The fact that the all-year staff at Cold Spring Harbor is very small, and that it already is suit- able to become an integral part of an institute for quantitative biology, is a very great practical ad- vantage. We are not ina position to be hampered by the just or unjust demands of specialists in other fields, already established on our all-year staff, who may think that a large emphasis on quantitative biological research would be preju- dicial to the further development of their depart- ments.
Finally, the establishment of an institute for modern biological research, with special emphasis upon those fundamental problems which invade the historic borderlines of the exact sciences, is itself an experiment. As in all experiments, vari- ables should be controlled in so far as is possible. There have been advanced many reasons why this is peculiarly possible at Cold Spring Harbor. In addition, it should be pointed out that The Bio- logical Laboratory is particularly labile and hence adaptable to this experiment, and that its adminis- tration is controlled by a Board of Directors, no
Jury 16, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING
NET 89
two scientific members of which are drawn from the same institution. This tends to insure the fact that, whatever the program adopted, the Lab- _oratory, in its all-year work as elsewhere, is con- tinually committed to serving biology in the larg- est sense, free from subservience, to any other interests.
This is an advantage with’ which the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole is also well acquainted, and is, I know, considered one of its most valued heritages. |
How will the development of such an all-year aim effect the traditional summer aspects of the
work of the Laboratory? My answer to this is: favorably. If any of our summer workers doubt- ed the desirability of establishing here in 1928 an all-year laboratory for biophysical research, I be- lieve that no one who has spent a summer at the » Laboratory in the last few years would wish to see the laboratory for biophysics given up. Many of our summer visitors have been definitely bene- fitted by it, and all have benefitted indirectly. The Laboratory will continue to welcome bi- ologists to the full extent of its capacity, and de- sires to continue to function, in so far as it can, for their greatest good.
VISCOSITY CHANGES AND MITOTIC CHANGES IN CLEAVING EGGS ; (Continued from Page 85)
the egg is cleaving. The phenomena in Cumingia and Nereis eggs were also thought to be in har- mony with this interpretation.
Chambers, using a microdissection technique, reached a different conclusion. He maintained that in sea urchin eggs the first rise and fall in viscosity is associated with the formation and dis- appearance of the sperm-aster, and that the sec- ond rise is associated with the history of the cleay- age figure.
To investigate fully the relation between changes in the mitotic figure and changes in vis- cosity (a term used here without consideration of the exact nature of the process) it is necessary to study fixed and sectioned eggs, because the mitotic figure can be seen only vaguely in the living con- dition. Such a study was made in the present in- vestigation using the following technique. Eggs were centrifuged at intervals of several minutes in order to ascertain the time when viscosity changes take place, as determined by the extent of the stratification produced. The force used for the eggs of each species was the minimum amount necessary to completely stratify all eggs at the period of lowest viscosity between fertiliza- tion and first cleavage. The eggs of but a single female were used at any one time; temperature and other conditions were carefully controlled. Whenever an observation was made concerning the viscosity of the eggs, a sample of uncentri- fuged eggs was fixed at the same time, for later cytological study in order to find out the mitotic condition predominating at that time, as based on an examination of about seventy-five eggs.
In the case of Arbacia the most important fact to be determined is: what is the crescent-shaped aster which arises about twenty minutes after fertilization? Is it a stage of the sperm-aster or the prophase of the first cleavage figure? To answer this question it is necessary to find out whether the single sperm-aster divides into two to form the prophase cleavage figure, as in Toxop-
neustes, in which case the exact time when pro- phase begins is largely a matter of definition, or whether the sperm-aster disintegrates at some stage and the prophase figure arises as a new configuration, as in Echinarachnius, in which case the time of early prophase can be accurately as- certained.
When Arbacia eggs are fixed with ordinary re- agents, such as Bouin’s or Flemming’s, it is very difficult to tell when and how the sperm-aster gives place to the cleavage figure, owing to the fact that the period of the late sperm-aster over- laps the time of origin of the cleavage figure, and the rays are not distinctly fixed. Many vari- ations of technique were tried, and it was found that if eggs are fixed in Bouin’s reagent diluted with ninety parts of water, the details of the ray structure in the fixed asters are so distinct that interpretation is a simple matter.
The crescent-shaped aster in Arbacia eggs, pres- ent from about twenty to forty-five minutes after fertilization, is the late sperm-aster undergoing slow disintegration from the center outwards. The prophase cleavage figure then arises as a new structure in the area from which the center of the old sperm-aster has disappeared, while rem- nants of it still persist peripherally. The cleav- age figure does not arise by the division of the sperm-aster; the two figures have no continuity with each other as organized astral systems.
Hence in Arbacia eggs, viscosity is low as the sperm-aster forms; it rises rapidly as the sperm- aster increases in size and the pronuclei approact. each other; it falls slowly as the old crescent- shaped sperm-aster gradually disintegrates. Vis- cosity is again low as the cleavage figure forms in prophase, begins to rise at metaphase, and is again high during anaphase and telophase.
In the egg of Cumingia the story is more com- plex, since there are two polar body astral cycles in addition to the history of the sperm-aster and that of the first cleavage figure. However the
90, THE
facts are in harmony wait aigee a Arbacia eggs. Cumingia eggs are shed at metaphase of the first polar body figure; viscosity is low at this time. Upon fertilization viscosity rises rapidly to a peak and the metaphase stage quickly gives place to that of anaphase. Viscosity begins to fall as soon as the chromosomes reach the spindle-end, and falls rapidly during telophase when the first polar body is formed. It is low during prophase of the second polar body cycle, begins to rise at meta- phase, is at its peak at anaphase, and again be- gins to drop during telophase when the second polar body is formed. This drop proceeds but a short distance, however, when a third rise occurs, associated, as in Arbacia, with the enlarging of the sperm-aster and approach of the pronuclei. Viscosity reaches its peak about the time the pro- nuclei touch each other and then drops as the sperm-aster disintegrates. As in Arbacia, it re- mains low during prophase of the first cleavage figure, begins to rise at metaphase, and is, at its peak, at anaphase and telophase.
Preliminary studies of Nereis eggs, while not advanced far enough to be conclusive, indicate that the events there are similar to those in the eggs of Arbacia and Cumingia. In Nereis, the egg is shed in the germinal vesicle stage, when viscosity is high; it drops when the germinal vesicle breaks down. After that the egg goes through four clearly separated astral cycles (first and second polar body figures, the sperm-aster, and the cleay- age figure) associated with four cycles of changes in viscosity.
The conclusions from the eggs studied are as follows: First, the number of cycles of rises and falls in viscosity is the same as the number of mitotic cycles. In Arbacia eggs there are two astral cycles—the sperm-aster and the cleavage figure—and two viscosity cycles. In Cumingia eges there are four astral cycles—the first and second polar body figures, the sperm-aster and the cleavage figure—and four viscosity cycles. In this species the late history of the second polar body figure, and the early history of the sperm-
COLLECTING
NET [ Vor, VII. No. 54 aster overlap each other so as to ae, difficult the analysis of the viscosity changes accompany- ing them. In Nereis eggs there are four clearly- separated astral and viscosity cycles.
Second, viscosity is high whenever chromatin is moving, whether as chromosomes on the spindles of the polar body and cleavage figures, or as formed nuclei when the pronuclei are approach- ing each other during the history of the sperm- aster. Viscosity is also high during cleavage of the entire egg, but not when cleavage involves the formation of the minute polar bodies. In other words viscosity is low when mitotic figures are forming, either during the prophase of polar body and cleavage figures, or the early history of the sperm-aster. At metaphase it is either low or just beginning to rise. At anaphase, when chrom- osomes are moving, viscosity is always high, as it is during the middle history of the sperm-aster when the pronuclei are moving. At telophase it, is high provided the egg is cleaving, but is dropping if polar bodies are being formed; it is also dropping during the late history of sperm- asters.
Third, the proportion of the egg occupied by the mitotic figure is independent of the extent of the rise in viscosity. For example, in Cumingia eggs, the first polar body figure and the cleavage figure are equally large; they are about twice the size of the second polar body figure. Yet the ex- tent of the rise in viscosity associated with all three figures is the same. A similar situation exists in Nereis eggs.
Thus, it appears that the cycles of change in viscosity are in some way associated with mitotic cycles, whether or not these are involved with the movement of the chromosomes and the forma- tion of polar bodies during maturation, or the approach of the pronuclei during fertilization, or the movement of the chromosomes and the cleay- age of the egg during segmentation.
(This article is based on a seminar report pre-
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 5).
REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. FRY
Dr.
Dr, Fry’s studies on the cytology of centrifuged eggs bring out several interesting points regarding the relation between the sperm and amphiaster which has been a subject of considerable contro- versy in the past.
In the sanddollar, the two astral configurations apparently are independent of one another, the amphiaster developing within the non-radial cen- trosphere area of the degenerating sperm aster.
ROBERT CHAMBERS Professor of Biology, Washington Square College,
New York University
Another point of interest is his finding that the highest viscosity of the egg cytoplasm coincides with the fullest development of the astral con- figuration.
I have never advanced the idea that the aster is the cause of the increased viscositv but, on the other hand, that the radiations which appear are an expression of the increased viscosity of the cytoplasm. In eggs caused to develop with arti-
Jury 16, 1932 ]
ficial parthenogenetic agents the viscosity change is very much retarded. As a consequence, the separation of the hyaline liquid which collects in the center of the aster continues for a long time before the viscosity reaches a state to cause the centripetal flow to produce radiating channels which give the aster its characteristic appearance. The fact that in Cumingia eggs, during polar body formation, the mitotic figure does not occupy the
THE COLLECTING NET 9]
entire egg simply shows that the vigorous stream- ing to the astral centers is more localizing than in other stages .
Finally, we have to thank Dr. Fry for straight- ening out the terminology of the various stages after fertilization and thereby bringing into har- mony what has hitherto been regarded as discord- ant views as to the variations in viscosity in an egg after fertilization and during segmentation.
THE ELECTRIC PHASE ANGLE OF TISSUES
Dr. KENNETH S. COLE
Assistant Professor of Physiology, Columbia. University
The alternating current impedances of biologi- cal systems indicate the presence of elements hav- ing impedances which decrease with increasing frequency of the measuring current. A complete- ly impermeable membrane should have a static capacity with a 90° phase angle and an imped- ance varying inversely as the frequency. A mem- brane perfectly permeable to a single ion should show a diffusion polarization capacity with a 45° phase angle and an impedance varying as the in- verse square root of the frequency. It can be shown for an electric network consisting of any number of resistances and a single variable im- pedance element having a constant phase angle
that the graph of the equivalent series resistance vs. reactance should be an arc of a circle with the position of the center dependent upon the value of the phase angle. These graphs of bridge measurements of the resistance and reactance of blocd (Fricke and Morse), rabbit muscle (Fricke), nerve by (Lullies), frog skin, cat dia- phiagm, and potato give arcs of circles exeept at the highest frequencies in certain cases. This in- dicates that if each of these materials may be con- sidered to have only a single kind of membrane, each has a constant phase angle lying between 45° and 90° which is independent of the frequency for the low and intermediate frequency range.
AN OUTLINE OF MARINE BACTERIOLOGY Dr. S. A. WAKSMAN Professor of Soil Microbiology, Rutgers College; Marine Bacteriologist, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution
The role of bacteria in plant and animal life in the sea is still imperfectly understood. It is known that sea water and the sea bottom con- tain fairly large numbers of bacteria. It is also known that some of these bacteria are capable of bringing about a nifmber of different processes, such as decomposition of organic residues, libera- tion of ammonia, formation of nitrate, reduction of nitrate, fixation of nitrogen, oxidation of sul- fur, precipitation of calcium, precipitation of iron, etc. However, the importance of these processes in plant and animal life in the sea is still a matter of conjecture, due primarily to a lack of system- atic investigations dealing with this phase of oceanography. If any phase of biology requires continuous study, it is these lowly microscopic forms of life. One must deal here with living organisms rather than with dead specimens; one must study physiological processes rather than an- atomical structure. Certain problems in marine bacteriology have attracted particular attention, especially the problem of denitrification, or reduc- tion of nitrates to atmospheric nitrogen, Both
the theory of Drew concerning the precipitation of CaCOsy in the tropics and the theory of Brandt concerning the insufficient plankton development in the tropics as compared with the temperate and arctic regions were based upon this bacterial pro- cess. It still remains tu be determined, however, to what extent the generalizations made on the basis of the activities of this group of organisms are justified.
The bacteria function in several distinct ways in the sea: (1) By decomposing the dead plant and animal residues and the waste products of these, the bacteria return to the sea and to the at- mosphere in a mineralized form those elements from which the algae first synthesized their cell substance, namely the carbon as COs, the nitrogen as ammonia, the phosphorus as phosphate, etc. Without this action of the bacteria, the sea bottom would soon be covered with a mass of dead plant and animal debris, and the limited supplies of available carbon and available combined nitrogen would soon become unavailable for further syn- thesis. (2) By synthesizing new bacterial cell sub-
92 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 54
stance and thus actually serving as food for pro- tozoa and other invertebrate animals. (3) By various processes of oxidation, such as nitrifica- tion, sulfur oxidation, methane and hydrogen ox- idation, iron oxidation, and reduction, (e. g. nitrate reduction and sulfate reduction), the bac- teria control the condition of availability of the elements which are so essential for plant and ani- mal life, and frequently the very condition of ex- istence of these. (4) The formation of the or-
ganic matter in the marine mud’ and its further decomposition are direct results of bacterial ac- tivities.
The bacteria are thus found to complete the cycle of life in the sea. Without the bacteria, life in the sea would soon come to a standstill. The recognition of the activities of these micro- scopic forms of life will help us to construct a better picture of the processes in the ocean and frequently exert a definite control over them.
NEWS FROM OTHER BIOLOGICAL STATIONS MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
The Weir Mitchell Station of the Mt. Desert Island Biological Laboratory in Salisbury Cove, opened on June 15th and by July Ist, twenty-one investigators were at work. Twenty-eight sci- entists are to do research during part or all of the summer. The list of investigators and their as- sistants follows: Dr. James B. Allison, Rutgers University Dr. H. B. Andervont, U. S. Public Health Service
Dr. Gerrit Bevelander, Union College
Dr. Esther F. Byrnes, Girls’ High School, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Mr. Robert W. Clarke, Bellevue Medical Col-
lege, New York University
Dr. William H. Cole, Rutgers University
Prof. Ulric Dahlgren, Princeton University
Dr. Allan L. Grafflin, Harvard Medical School
Dr. Robert W. Hegner, Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity
Dr. A. B. Howell, Johns Hopkins Medical
"School
Dr. Duncan S, Johnson, Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity
Dr. Percy L. Johnson, Missouri Valley College
Dr. Benjamin Kropp, Boston
Dr. Margaret R. Lewis, Carnegie Institution
of Washington
Dr. Warren H. Lewis, Carnegie Institution of
Washington
Dr. E. K. Marshall, Jr., Johns Hopkins Med-
ical School
Dr. H. V. Neal, Tufts College
Dr. Earle B. Perkins, Rutgers University
Dr. Robert F. Pitts, Bellevue Medical College
Dr. George B. Roth, George Washington Uni-
versity
Dr. H. D. Senior, New York University
Dr. Werner Schopper, Giessen, Germany
Dr. James A. Shannon, New York University
Dr. H. W. Smith, New York University
Dr. M. M. Wintrobe, Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity Assistants
Miss Edna Golden, Carnegie Institution of Washington, technician to Dr. and Mrs.Lewis
Mr. Cornelius T. Kaylor, Rutgers University, assistant to Dr. Perkins
Mr. George Meneely, Princeton University, assistant to Dr. Dahlgren
Miss Helen Smith, Rutgers University, assistant to Dr. Cole
Mr. Irwin W. Sizer, Rutgers University, assistant to Dr. Cole
Mr. Gordon Spence, Choate School, assistant to Dr. Grafflin.
Francis R. Snow, Secretary.
On Tuesday afternoon, July 12th, Mr. and Mrs. H. V. Neal and Mr. and Mrs. Ulric Dahlgren welcomed Dr. and Mrs. Cole at Tea at Bow-End, the summer home of Mr. and Mrs. Neal. Dr. Cole is the new Director of the Weir Mitchell Station of the Mt. Desert Island Biological Lab- oratory, at Salisbury Cove.
Tea was served on the lawn, in the quaint old house built before 1800, and on the porch with its matchless view of Salisbury Cove. A perfect day brought out all the attractions of Bar Harbor and Salisbury Cove and made the oc- casion a very happy one indeed. A list of pour- ers follows:
Mrs. Walter Ayer, Miss Mary Dreier, Mrs. James D. Heard, Mrs. Clarence C. Little, ‘Mrs. Philip Livingston, Mrs. Edward Porter May, Mrs. Warren K. Moorehead, Mrs. J. Tucker Murray, Mrs. Frank B. Rowell, Mrs. William Sauter, Mrs. John B. Thayer, IIT.
* OK OK OK
The seminars for the season of 1932 have al- ready begun. A list of those which have taken place follows:
Dr. Ulric Dahlgren, Princeton University, on June 27th, spoke on “A second type of contrac- tion mechanism in Selachians.”
Dr. James Allison, Rutgers University, on July 5th, spoke on “Chemical stimulation in animals.”
Dr. Homer W. Smith, New York University, on July 11th discussed “Water regulation in fishes and its evolution.” —Frances R. Snow.
Juy 16, 1932 ] 4)
‘THE COLLECTING NET 93
THE IOWA LAKESIDE LABORATORY
The lowa Lakeside Laboratory opened on June 20 for its twenty-fourth session with the follow- ing staff: Dr. G. W. Martin, of the University of lowa, director and mycologist ; Dr. H. S. Con- RAD, of Grinnell College, botanist, and Dr. P. L. Rrstey, of the University of Iowa, zoologist. As usual, field courses in botany and zoology are be- ing offered and a number of students are con- ducting research in mycology, with particular at- tention to the slime-molds, the water molds, and the tremellaceous fungi. Dr. Catherine Mullin is continuing her work on leeches with special reference to regeneration.
Recent visitors include President Emeritus T. H. Macbride, of the University of Iowa, who is working on a revision of his book on myxomy- cetes, and Dr. Frank Thone, of Science Service.
The usual course of Wednesday evening lec- tures began on July 6 with a lecture by Professor Conard on “The Life of the bee.”
FIELD BIOLOGY IN IOWA
The following letter has just been received from Dr. H. E. Jaques, President and Professor of Biology of Ohio Wesleyan College in Iowa:
I have your letter of July 2nd addressed to Lake Cooper Biological Laboratory, Montrose, Iowa. Instead of offering work at the Lake Cooper Laboratory this summer we have run a five weeks travel course through the state parks of Iowa. The work gave five semester credits in field biology. Attention was given to the flower- ing plants, trees, birds and insects of the regions visited. The central project of our department for several years has been a survey of Iowa in- sects with a view to showing their geographic and seasonal distribution. The entomological end of the trip thru the state parks was given first em- phasis. Field work was done in forty-two of the ninety-nine Iowa counties and twenty of the Iowa state parks were visited. Over 10,000 specimens of insects were taken and mounted for the Iowa Survey collection. Many species not hitherto reported for the state were found. Seven- teen hundred miles were covered in the trip.
Our address should be changed on the compli- mentary numbers of the Collecting Net which you are sending us, to Mt. Pleasant, Iowa.
I shall be glad to send items such as you ask for as often as possible.”
SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (Received July 5)
Work of remodeling and improving the George H. Scripps (“old laboratory”) building, some of which had been delayed on account of delayed al- location of funds, is now going forward again as the result of new arrangements for meeting costs.
All of the equipment originally planned has now been delivered and most of it installed. After some additional work has been done in cleaning up the grounds and making certain readjustments incident to completing the work of construction and remodeling, it is expected that during the summer the Institution will hold a ‘“‘housewarm- ing’ in celebration of the numerous improve- ments.
Dr. and Mrs. Leo Loeb of Washington Uni- versity in St. Louis have returned to La Jolla for the summer, and Dr. Loeb will make use of Institution laboratory and library facilities.
Dr. and Mrs. W. S. Cole of the Department of Geology of the University of Ohio are spending the summer at the Institution in order that Dr. Cole may do some work on foraminifera with Director Vaughan.
Mr. Roy Morrison of the Horace Mann Junior High School of San Diego who has been making a study of the mollusks of San Diego Bay with special reference to their distribution in rela- tion to environmental conditions, visited the In- stitution last week to get assistance in studies of saltiness of the water and of the character of the bottom deposits in that region.
Dr. D. L. Fox returned last week from his visit to the San Francisco Bay region, in the course of which he received the diploma for the Ph. D. degree awarded him last fall by Stanford University.
Miss Tillie Genter spent the last days of the month on her vacation in which she included a trip to*the San Joaquin Valley.
(Received July 12)
On Friday of last week Mr. and Mrs. M. N. 3ramlette of the United States Geological Survey visited the Institution. Mr. Bramlette was for- merly associated with Director T. Wayland Vaughan in the work of the Geological Survey and he has given special attention to marine bot- tom samples, having written the important work on “Some Marine Bottom Samples from Pago Pago Harbor, Samoa.” For a number of years he handled field work of investigation for oil com- panies in Mexico and South American countries. At the Institution he wished especially to consult Director Vaughan concerning conditions of de- position of certain kinds of rock strata and he spent some time with Prof. W. E. Allen in dis- cussing the conditions influencing occurrence and abundance of marine diatoms of the present day.
Mr. Clem Copeland of the Department of Water and Power of the City of Los Angeles visited the Institution last week to consult Dr. C. F. McEwen about records of ocean temperatures and meteorological conditions used in rainfall pre- diction.
94 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 54
Dr. Florence Peebles of the Southern Califor- nia Christian College arrived last week to use the Institution laboratories in certain zoological in- vestigations of her own. Over the week end she was visited by Dr. and Mrs. H. S. Reed of the Citrus Experiment Station at Riverside.
On Monday of this week Dr. and Mrs. F. B. Sumner returned from a two months’ vacation spent at their ranch in the San Jacinto Mountains.
On Tuesday of last week Dr. G. F. McEwen returned from his trip to the meetings of the Pa- cific Division of the American Association for the Advancement of Science held at Washington State College, Pullman, Washington.
On Monday of this week Dr. and Mrs. C. E. ZoBell returned from a two weeks’ vacation trip by automobile to the Upper Snake River Valley in Idaho.
On Friday of last week Mr. Earl H. Myers was seized with an attack of acute appendicitis and was taken to the Scripps Memorial Hospital where he is recovering after a successful opera- tion.
U. S. FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT BEAUFORT
The following list gives the biologists who are
working this summer and the nature of their re-
search problems:
Dr. H. V. Witson, University of North Caro- lina; Development of Sponges.
Pror, Ezpa Deviney, University of North Caro- lina; Regeneration in Ascidians.
Dr. Leon C. CuEstey, Duke University ;-Diges- tion in marine fishes, and factors influencing
action of Enzymes.
Dr. Ettnor H. Beure, Louisiana State Uni- versity ; The effect of environmental variations on the chromatophores of some invertebrates.
Mr. JosepH M. Oprorne, Harvard University ; Color changes in Fundulus.
Dr. Bert CUNNINGHAM, Duke University; Re- lation of temperature to the rate of embry- ological development in turtles.
Mr. Henry VANDER SCHALIE, University of Michigan; The faunal relations of Naiades to brackish water.
Miss Maser L. Bacon, University of North Car- olina: The air-bladder and ear of certain teleost fishes.
GOVERNMENT INVESTIGATORS
Dr. VerRA Korurinc; Narcosis of the oyster muscle.
Dr. S. F. HrtpesraAnp; Embryology of Bennies.
Dr. J. S. GurseLi; Life history and distribution of shrimp.
Miss Nett Henry; Artist.
Dr. H. F. Pryruercu; Effect of Hydrogen Sul- phide on the oyster.
THE DESERT LABORATORY
Dr. Forrest Shreve, in charge of the Desert Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona, and Dr. LeRoy Abrams, of Stanford University, California, have recently returned from a botanical expedition to central Sonora. The principal interest was in the ecological fea- tures of the vegetation and in the flora of the region.
CORPORATION ANNOUNCEMENT
The following notice was sent recently to mem- bers of the Corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory :
At the meeting of the Corporation held Aug- ust 11, 1931, it was voted that “On or about the first of July of each year, the Clerk shall send a circular letter to each member of the Corporation, giving the name of the Nominating Committee”, (for considering the names of candidates for elec- tion as officers and Trustees), “and stating that the Committee desires suggestions regarding nom- inations”’.
Officers and Trustees are elected by the Corpo- ration; members of the Corporation are elected only by the Trustees. The new officers — viz. Treasurer and the Clerk of the Corporation, are elected annually,—Trustees are elected for a term of four years. The present officers and Trustees of the Class of 1932, any one or all of whom may
be re-elected, are as follows:
Treasurer of the Corporation Lawrason Riacs, JR.
Clerk of the Corporation.......... CHARLES PACKARD 8 Trustees of the Class of 1932 R. CHAMBERS R. A. HARPER W. E. Garrey A. P. MATHEWS CASWELL GRAVE G. H. PARKER
M. J. GREENMAN C. R. StocKarD
Any member who wishes to suggest names to be considered by the Nominating Committee should send them to the Chairman before August 1, 1932.
G. N. CaLxins, Chairman A. C. REDFIELD L. V. HEILBRUNN H. H. Plover LercH HoADLEy CHARLES PacKArpD, Clerk.
Jury 16, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
95
THE BEACH COMMITTEE MEETING
The Committee on Recreation Facilities held its first meeting in the Old Lecture Hall on Monday evening. This committee is made up of the fol- lowing twenty individuals :
Dr. R. P. BriGELow . R. A. BupINGTOoN . ROBERT CHAMBERS Reba Ren CLARK . MANTON COPELAND . ROBERT GOFFIN . H. B. Goopricu . BENJAMIN GRAVE . CASWELL GRAVE . L. V. HEILBRUNN . THOMAS LARKIN . E. M. Lewis . Epwin LINTON . James McInnis . CHARLES R, PACKARD . FERNANDUS PAYNE . A. C. REDFIELD Dr. C. R. STtocKarD . O. S. StRonG Captain JOHN J. VEEDER
Only two members were absent. Dr. Redfield was making oceanographic observations from the Atlantis and Dr. Stockard had made an engage- ment for Monday evening before the date of the meeting had been set. Miss E. R. Mallard and Dr. James P. Warbasse were guests at the meet- ing.
The meeting was called to order by Dr. Good- rich, Chairman pro tem, who read the names of the members. Dr. Caswell Grave was appropri- ately elected chairman of the committee. He has been trustee of the Marine Biological Laboratory for a great many years, and thoroughly realizes the importance of maintaining a sufficient beach area for the scientific workers at Woods Hole. He owns property on Crow Hill and has long heen a tax-payer in the Town of Falmouth. Dr. Grave is Rebstock Professor of Zoology and head of the department at Washington University.
Dr. Goodrich retained the chair for a few min- utes so that Dr. Grave could review the beach situation on the Bay Shore. Before the meeting he had drawn a diagram of the beach and the lots immediately back of them, so that the group would have a clear picture of the conditions, which showed that the finer and larger section of the beach had been reserved for the private use of five investigators at the Marine Biological Labora- tory. It was clearly brought out that the present heach in front of the bathhouses was inadequate to comfortably care for all the people who wanted
to bathe there, and was likely to become still more crowded in later years unless the beach area could be expanded.
After Dr. Grave had completed his review and stated the problem which now faced the Woods Hole community, Dr. Goodrich requested him to assume the chair to which he had just been elected. Then followed an interesting discussion in which a great many people took part. Mr. Lewis, Park Commissioner for the Town of Falmouth, des-} cribed the conditions in West Falmouth where the town had taken over a beach by the right of “emi- nent domain,” and told how they had been suc- cessful in running it only for those persons living in Falmouth. This is done by admitting the would-be bathers and “sunners’” only when they bring an identification ticket which must be ob- tained at the Police Headquarters in the Town Hall. He brought out another interesting fact; namely, that the town had appropriated the sum of $1,000.00 to improve the beach in front of the bathhouses in Woods Hole, but that it had to withdraw it again because they discovered that public funds could not be used to improve land under private control.
Mr. Larkin told of the growing tendency to re- strict Nobska Beach, and said that he understood that its owners rather discouraged its use by groups of children. He emphasized the fact that Woods Hole must have a beach of its own, and saw no reason why the laboratory peeople should contribute money towards a beach when it was up to the town to provide one for everybody living in Woods Hole.
Captain Veeder, Harbor Master of the Town of Falmouth, expressed his doubt as to the right of the lot-holders to extend the fence below mean high water. Mr. Griffin voiced the same opinion. He also conveyed much information cf importance to the committee, for he is a surveyor by training (Harvard ’07) and has taken care of much of the surveying of the Fay estate during the last twenty years.
Mr. McInnis quietly listened to the discussion until the meeting was nearly over. Then he rose and with considerable feeling and in well chosen words said that the Town of Falmouth owed Woods Hole a beach, that two or three years ago it had spent $25,000.00 on one bathhouse alone in Falmouth Heights; that the residents of Woods Hole paid more than one third of the total taxes each year in the Town of Falmouth, that it was its duty to give a beach to Woods Hole, and fur- ther, that he believed that it would take over the 3ay Shore beach by its right of “eminent do-
96 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 54
main” if the people of Woods Hole united to that end.
Although the local residents were most active in expressing their opinions, many of the labora- tory people also took part in the discussion. Dr. Chambers, Dr. Goodrich, Dr. Bigelow, Dr. Bud- ington, Dr. Copeland, Dr. Benjamin Grave, Dr. Heilbrunn and Dr. Strong expressed their opinions during the course of the meeting. In general the sentiment of the meeting seemed to be that town ownership of the Bay Shore was preferred rather than private ownership. How- ever, no conclusions were reached. This meeting was initiated for the purpose of securing sugges- tions and talking over the situation in a general way. The group authorized the chairman to ap- point a sub-committee of five to carefully investi-
gate all the proposals that had been made at the meeting, with the instructions that it should re- port back to the larger group at a second meeting to be called soon. The following men were select- ed by the chairman to serve on this sub-com- mittee :
Dr. E. R. Clark
Dr. H. B. Goodrich
Mr. G. A. Griffin
Mr. T. Larkin
Dr. C. R. Stockard It has been learned that they will hold a meeting about the time this number of THe CoLLectinG Net is distributed in Woods Hole. It is under- stood that this sub-committee of five has invited the owners of the Bay Shore lots to present their side of the situation to them.
RECENT EVENTS IN THE ORIENT
Many searching questions were flung at Cam- eron Forbes, recent Ambassador to Japan from the United States, as he stood bareheaded on the Point of Penzance, and led the discussion at the Sunday afternoon Forum on July 10, where about sixty people were gathered.
“T cannot predict anything about the situation in the Orient, no one can, so I'll stick strictly to facts,” he said in opening.
He briefly pictured for us the events of the past 30 years which finally culminated with the Japanese occupation of Manchuria and the diffi- culties in Shanghai; the disposal of Chinese sol- diers; the plotted death of the ex-bandit Chinese General, Chang Iso Liu; the mysterious influence of his son and successor, Marshall Chang Iso Lung, and the setting up of a puppet Chinese government friendly to Japan, whose officials take no action not approved by the Japanese. So far, he told us, the Japanese people as a whole, had enthusiastically supported the military and _politi- cal policies in Manchuria. They felt that the Chinese had been as weak as they had been vacil- lating in their protection of the billions of dollars worth of property invested by Japanese and other foreigners; and that the past list of Japanese grievances had not been recognized nor remedied by the impotent Chinese administration.
He described the series of provocations which led up to the bombardment of Shanghai; and the happiness in Japan when the armistice was de- clared and this unpopular situation, of which the Japanese heartily disapproved, was terminated.
Perhaps the most illuminating reply to any question addressed to Mr. Forbes was concerning the expansion of Japanese population: “If, as you say, Formosa, as well as the fertile northern island, are sparsley populated, and there are not many Japanese in Bengal where the Government
definitely invites and seeks for Japanese coloniza- tion, why does Japan claim she needs Manchuria and why does Japan resent the Japanese “Exclu- sion Act” of the United States?” He replied, “Japan needs Manchuria, not for colonization, but for trade, for a market for her goods; and for some raw materials. Japan resents the hu- miliation of the ‘‘Exclusion Act,” because it is only directed against her. If Japanese were ad- mitted on the same quota basis as other foreign- ers to the United States, Japanese feelings would not be hurt; and he added significantly, “more are smuggled in illegally now than there would be otherwise, for Japan would cooperate to keep within the quota; while now she does nothing about it but nurses her resentment.”
Despite all Mr. Forbe’s first hand information and his illuminating interpretation of events, the Orient still remains, to us Occidentals, as it al- ways has been ;—an enigma. —A.D.W.
The Board of Trustees of Wellesley College has made Dr. Margaret C. Ferguson research professor of botany. She retires from active ser- vice in the department of which she was appoint- ed chairman in 1904. Dr. Ferguson will continue her cytological and genetical studies of Petunia at the college. Dr. Laetitia M. Snow has been appointed professor of botany and has been grant- ed leave of absence for the coming year. She will continue her work on bacteria in wind-blown sand at the Hopkins Marine Station, Pacific Grove, California.
A daughter, Marjorie Jean Hill, was born on March 14, in New York, to Dr. and Mrs. Samuel E. Hill. She is a granddaughter of Captain and Mrs. Robert Veeder.
Dr. and Mrs. George Julius Heuer of Cincin- nati have taken the Warbasse’s “Pond House” for the summer. Dr. Heuer is a surgeon of note.
so oe
Jury 16, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
97
SUPPLEMENTARY DIRECTORY
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Investigators
Apgar, R. proto. Pennsylvania. Br 211. Hubbard, East.
Bozler, E. fel. med. physics. Pennsylvania. Br 231. Glaser, Gosnold.
Bridges, B. res. asst. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Br 324. McLeish, Millfield.
Brown, Dorothy J. edit. asst. Princeton. Br 303. A 207.
Carlson, J. G. instr. biol. Bryn Mawr. L 25. Nicker- son, Millfield.
Clark, J. M. Wilson. Br 219. W a.
Einarson, L. res. fel. anat. Hopkins Med. Br 107. D 212.
Kempton, R. T. instr. biol. New York. Br 339. Lehy, Millfield.
Marinelli, L. D. O. asst. physicist. Memorial Hosp. (New York) Br 307. Dr 5.
Martin, E. A. asst. prof. zool. Brooklyn. Bot 5. Park.
Morill, C. V. assoc. prof. anat. Cornell Med. L 24. Cape Codder (Sippiwisset).
Nelsen, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 27. D 306.
Palmer, A. H. grad. res. Belleview Med. Br 310. Water.
Payne, F. prof. zool. and dean Grad. Sch. Indiana. Br 118. A 201.
Reznikoff, P. instr. med. Cornell Med. Br 222. Mc- Kenzie, Pleasant.
Schauffler, W. G. invest. Princeton. OM 40. Fish.
Shumway, W. prof. zool. Illinois. L 23. Broderick, North.
Vicari, Emilia M. assoc. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. A 305.
Warren, H. C. Stuart prof. psych. Princeton. Br 303. “To Windward”, Bar Neck.
Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale, Br 323. Agassiz Place.
DOMESTIC HELP
Brown, Bertha C. Ho 111.
Colby, Anne H. Ho 203.
Colomy, G. Ho 112.
Coombs, J. Ho 113.
Coombs, Nellie E. general manager. Ho 12. Curtis, W. D. Dr.
Downing, Florence E. Ho 205
Downing, Isabella in charge dining room. Ho 201. Duest, Virginia C. Ho 211.
Gray, R. J. Ho 106.
Jackson, J. P. K.
Moon Louise N. Gorham Normal Sch. Ho 202. Nordstrom, K. A. W. chef. Ho 6.
Pereira, J. R. Suffolk Law. 2nd chef. Ho 107. Porteus, W. Ho 108.
Skea, Katy Ho 207.
Stark, Naney American (Washington) Ho 204. Steele, N. A. Ho 108.
Temple, E. F. Ho 7.
Weymouth, Dura N. Ho 10.
WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION Investigators
Bixby, E. May res. asst. chem. Harvard Med. 109. Young, West.
Campbell, Mildred H. grad. biol. Toronto. 108. Thompson, Water.
Carey, Cornelia L. asst. prof. bot. Barnard. 202. Quissett.
Emmons, G. instr. meteorology. Harvard. 209. (Mon- ument Beach)
Fries, E. F. B. office edit. for biol. scie. G. & C, Merriam Co. 101. Neal, West.
Gran, H. H. prof. bot. Oslo (Norway) 106. D.
Green, Arda A. res. fel. Harvard. 101. D, 218.
Hotchkiss, Margaret instr. bact. Homeopathic Med. Wilde, Gardiner.
Iselin, C. 2nd Capt. “Atlantis”. 206. (Racing Beach).
Lichtblau, S. res. asst. Mass. Inst. Tech. 209.
Macdonald, R. sst. prof. zool. Harvard. 111. Fair- lawn, Glendon.
McMurray, F. S. Master “The Atlantis.” 214. “The Atlantis.”
Rossby, C. G. prof. meteor. Mass. Inst. Tech. 208. Oak, Park.
Sears, Mary grad. Radcliffe, 108. Hilton, Water.
Wilson, C. B. retir. head sc. dept. Mass. State Teach. Col. 211. Clough, Millfield.
M. B. L. CLUB
The officers and the executive committee of the M. B. L. Club would appreciate suggestions and criticisms. Such suggestions may be placed in the suggestion box near the bulletin board in the club-house. The officers realize that the Club can play a much larger part in the recreational activ- ities of laboratory workers and their families.
Various improvements have been proposed. One or two of these have already been acted on. Current magazines have been placed on file and a subscription has been entered for the New York Times. A small lending library of recently pub- lished books will also be started in the near future. The Club would be very grateful to any members who might care to contribute books or magazines.
We are considering the possibility of installing a radio. One or two members have offered to loan their radio sets for a week at a time. If several other radio owners could be induced to loan their sets for a week apiece, the problem of securing a radio for this summer might be solved.
For the present, such a scheme might be wiser than the purchase of a radio for we could discover whether or not the installation of a radio would be advantageous. Obviously, there would have to be some restrictions as to its use.
It has been suggested that the Club rent out canoes or rowboats to its members. Some of the laboratory workers come for only a few weeks and it is hardly possible for them to rent rowboats or canoes. If the Club could rent boats for the summer, it might sublet them to members by the day or hour. It is thought that there are boats now idle which could be turned over to the Club for rental to its members.
Finally, if the Club is to function properly, it must have the support of its members. Sugges- tions and criticisms are a real help. We also need money. Dues may be paid at the office of the Laboratory. Privileges of the Club are open only to members in good standing.
—Executive Committee.
98 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 54
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole. WOODS HOLE, MASS. Vichq Orne nsll! Sa aasassqq0nsoodobagpa0oaN0D0 Editor Assistant Editors Florence L. Spooner Annaleida S. Cattell Vera Warbasse
Contributing Editor to Woods Hole Log T. C. Wyman
The Beach Question
Until the meeting of the Committee on Recre- ational Facilities met on Monday evening few people realized how strong the sentiment was against the recent encroachments upon the as- sumed rights of the individual to the use of the land at the waters’ edge. Many of us realized that, in general, the laboratory group objected to the amputation for private use of the larger and better portion of the Bay Shore bathing beach; but they did not appreciate how bitter some of the local residents have become about the matter. It is natural that now the townspeople should strong- ly feel that the Town of Falmouth ought to as- sume control of a good beach in Woods Hole. The progress of Woods Hole, and therefore the welfare of its inhabitants, is intimately bound up with the beach area available. If the privileges of bathing on a good beach are limited it will make Woods Hole a less desirable place in which to live. This condition will be reflected by a de- crease in the value of land and buildings, and by a definite decline in the business of its merchants.
We have always firmly believed that if the lot- holders on the Bay Shore fully realized how many scientific workers in Woods Hole object to the fence, they would immediately take steps to modify or even remove the restrictions which they have placed upon the beach. To our mind, it is imperative that this restricted area again be made available to the people living in Woods Hole. In spite of the overwhelming sentiment of the meet- ing in favor of town ownership we are not alto- gether convinced that it is the wisest solution of the problem. If the beach can be opened to the community with only minor restrictions, and if a way can be devised to insure the permanency of this arrangement, we believe that this latter plan should receive very serious consideration.
The department entitled “Items of Interest” is probably of more interest to our readers than any- thing else that we print. Any assistance that may be given to us in extending its usefulness will be much appreciated.
BOOK REVIEW Chemical Plant Physiology. S. KostycHev. Trans. and ed. by C. J. Lyon (Dartmouth) xv ++ 497 pp. Hlus. Blakiston. 1931.
Biologists are again indebted to Dr. Lyon for making available in English another book from the Russian school. This is a translation of the 1926 edition of the first volume of the “Lehrbuch der Pflanzen-physiologie” but is brought up to date by many brief references to recent investiga- tions added by the translator in footnotes. After a short biochemical introduction on foundations the assimilation of solar energy by green plants and the primary synthesis of organic compounds are discussed in detail. Chapters on chemosyn- thesis and the assimilation of molecular nitrogen, plant nutrition with prepared organic compounds, mineral nutrients, carbohydrates and proteins, and secondary plant substances follow. The last chapter presents respiration and fermentation. Emphasis is placed more on the analysis of the processes occuring in plant life than on the mere description of the substances involved. Access to the original literature is accomplished by ex- tensive bibliographic references on nearly every page. The reader interested in the chemical as- pect of the life of plants may follow the trends and skip the detail of chemical formulae, and, in many cases, data on the analytical procedures, which another reader wishing specific informa- tion will find most welcome. The general phys- iologist will find it a valuable reference work and the botanist will find more information in this volume than in some larger volumes. It is to be hoped that the second volume will soon appear and that Dr. Lyon will render it as lucidly into English as he has the first. —Oscar W. Richards.
CURRENTS IN THE HOLE
At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound:
Date A.M. P.M. juilyeZweeeeees 4:15 4:24 (uly UCR ere NOLS Dalz ital yale Byebyy 6:08 July, 20: . 6:44 6:58 julby Ale. T32 748 July. 22c.ct.cs, S77e emcee Witla Zavnotaaesses, S01 9:29 July 24. 9:50" “102i
In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. It must be remembered that the schedule printed above is dependent upon the wind.
ee ee ee
Braden yr
eh
Jury 16, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 99
ITEMS OF INTEREST
Dr. D. S. Edwards, professor of physiology left Woods Hole for New York last Sunday to assist in installing the physiology department in the new buildings of Cornell University Medical School next to the Rockefeller Institute.
Dr. Jacques J. Bronfenbrenner, professor of bacteriology at Washington University, is work- ing this summer at Woods Hole, although he has not reserved a laboratory room.
Dr. Phillip Bard left Woods Hole last Thurs- day for Boston where he will continue his re- search work at Harvard Medical School. He plans to return on July 21, but will be absent from here off and on through the summer.
Dr. Robert M. Stabler, instructor in protozo- ology at the Laboratory has rented Dr. Whiting’s cottage in the Gansett woods for the summer. Dr. and Mrs. Whiting are occupying their apart- ment in Philadelphia this summer.
Dr. Frank R. Lillie was awarded an honorary degree of Doctor of Science by Yale University at its commencement in June. In presenting Dr. Lillie as a candidate Professor Phelps said:
“Born in Toronto, student of that university, he took his doctor’s degree at the University of Chicago. Like several other million scholars, he was a member of the faculty of the University of Michigan, the foremost professorial training school in America. He is professor of embryol- ogy at the University of Chicago, dean of the School of Biological Science and Medicine, dir- rector of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole. He is a member of many learned societies in Europe and in America. He has to an extraordinary degree combined executive management with individual research. His in- vestigations in embryology, cytology and physiol- ogy have won for him an international reputation. The growth of the famous laboratory at Woods Hole is a monument to his scientific and ad- ministrative ability. He has taken a leading part in the organization of biological research, having trained a large number of young men, who are inspired both by his teaching and by his example
In conferring the degree President Angell said:
“A distinguished biologist, a sound and fruitful investigator, a stimulating teacher and trainer of men, your long career has been marked by con- stant advance to larger and more important achievement. In recognition of your eminent ser- vice, Yale confers upon you the degree of Doctor of Science, and admits you to all its rights and privileges.
Dr. William R. Amberson sailed on July 3 on the Brittanic from Boston. He planned to meet his family in Germany and will work this summer with Paul Hober. Dr. Amberson will return in the Fall to resume his work as professor of phys- iology at the University of Tennessee.
The two small seals which are attracting 50 much attention in the outdoor pool by the Fish Commission, are known as Harbor or Dog-haired seals, and differ in many ways from the seals which supply us with our fur coats. They never grow much larger than they are now, and these two seals are about two-thirds grown at the pres- ent time. Their hair is short, and of a plushy texture, and when they are completely dried off their fur resembles moss. They seem extremely lazy at times, but when they dart about under- neath the water, one realizes how very swift and graceful they can be. They enjoy feeding on small round fish, but their favorite dish is her- ring—with which Mr. Goffin supplies them. It is said they prefer a much colder climate than we have in the summertime, but Mr. Goffin fully ex- pects to keep them here until Fall. Hig dhs SS)
,
FROM THE BULLETIN BOARD Wanted in 1932-33. Teaching position or position as research assistant in Zoology or Phys- iology. A. B. Goucher College. 1930. A. M. Syr- acuse University 1932. Graduate assistant Syra- cuse University 1930-32. Please inquire in office for further information.
Mr. George T. Steis, department of bacteri- ology and New York University, is applying for a research position this summer. Mr. Steis is recommended by Dr. Klasterman.
Assistant Technician. 2nd year Medical student and Radcliffe graduate with previous experience as assistant at M. B. L., wants work in August. For particulars apply to Professor Geli Parker VesBe.
Manuscripts and general typing. Brick 339.
Alice Marsland.
The Uhlenhuth Cottage on Brooks Road to rent; from July 1 to August 1. Three bedrooms, kitchen, large living room and screened porch. For particulars see Mr. MacNaught.
Vitamin rich mussels for sale. A delicious sub- stitute for clams. 40c a peck. Gathered in Woods Hole. For orders, inquire in CoLLectinGc NET office on week-day mornings.
100 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 54
Details You Could Never Before Detect Now Revealed by the New
Ke fe ULTROBRPAR
MICROSCOPE EQUIPMENT
Provides ULTRA-ILLUMINATION and INCREASED DEFINITION For Opaque Objects at All Magnifications, Including Oil Immersions.
The Leitz ULTROPAK permits observation of specimens under con- ditions which until now have been thought impossible to achieve.
The equipment consists of three major parts, viz: a special illuminating arrangement, a series of fifteen special objectives (in- cluding dry, water and oil-immersion objectives) and a series of six specially constructed condensers which are adapted for study under a great variety of magnifica- tions. The ULTROPAK is so arranged that the illuminating rays pass entirely outside the rays of the microscope, thereby forming a perfect microscope image, free from any glare and haze.
OUTSTANDING ADVANTAGES
7 1. Specimens need no preparation (cut- ‘= one by microtome, staining, embedding, i etc.) and can be ex- amined in their natural state. Such observa- tions were impossible heretofore with the us- ual microscope methods. 2. The ULTROPAK image shows character- istics of the specimen which could never be detected heretofore because structural ele- ments of the same color may still show differences in their re- fractive, reflective or absorption properties, 3. The illumination of the UL- TROPAK can be so adjusted that layers below the surface of the specimen may be observed without disturbing effects being caused by intermediate layers. 4. The ULTROPAK is exceed- ingly simple to operate.
Especially Valuable in Zoology, Chemistry, Botany, Histology and Practically Every Other Field of Scientific Research
For a complete description write for Catalog 1199-140
E. LEWWZ. INC.
60 East 10th St., New York
Jury 16, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET _ 101
PROMI ad PROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS
f 7} "It Saved Us the Cost of Five Microscopes" Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used as a microscope and a micro-photographiec ap- paratus.
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruc- tion and research in Bactériology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, etc.
It has been endorsed by many leading scientists and in- structors.
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices
on request. Prospectus Gladly Sent
THE PROMAR MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION AND DRAWING APPARATUS A new instrument which has been brought out in response to a demand for a simple apparatus like the Promi for more advanced work which requires more powerful illumination and higher magnifica- tion. Has many additional features as standard equipment. emonstrations will gladly be made
Prospectus and prices sent on request. by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 11, Brick Acer teersers for Biological Teaching Material Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.
p 117-119 East 24th Street CrAyv-Ap mis C : Con OME MDPAN 4 New York, N. Y.
TUNA: L
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable
Spalteholz us to send the appropriate catalog. Transparent Preparations Visit our display rooms and = | f Senin | Life History ies = = a am of Chick and Zoological
CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
Model of Human Heart 117-19 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
102
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Von, VII. No. 54
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
LABORATORY STUDENTS RESCUED
Just as the last cake of a cargo of ice had been stowed away on board the Eben A. Thacher as she lay at the steamboat dock last Thursday morning shortly after ten o’clock seaman Paiva saw a small sailing dory capsize about midway between there and Naushon Island. He quickly called the attention of Captain Stevenson and Joe Pinto to the mishap, and in a moment the engine was start- ed and the mooring lines were cast off. As the boat began to move, Robert Leighton and Gifford Griffin jumped aboard, and without a moment’s delay the rescue craft sped on toward the over- turned dory to which a young man and a young woman were clinging. Evidently the Coast Guard base had been notified, for a fast picket boat appeared speeding toward the scene of the accident along with a boat belonging to the Marine Biological Laboratory. The Eben A. Thacher was the first to arrive, however, and after a bit of skillful manouvering, a line was thrown to the man and to the woman who were still clinging to their overturned craft, and they were hauled aboard. The mast and sail were then taken from the water and the crew of the Eben A. Thacher succeeded in getting enough water out of the over- turned dory so that it could be towed back to the dock in Woods Hole. After ascertaining that they could be of no assistance, the Coast Guard boat and the Laboratory boat returned to port. Quite a few people who were waiting for the boat to the islands gathered on the steamboat dock to watch the rescue. —T. C. W.
Last Sunday afternoon in the rough seas, a sailboat manned by two students at the laboratory, Frank Craig and James Heyl, and a young lady, Anjie Green, were rescued after having clung to their capsized craft for half an hour. They were sailing in the Putty and Paint, off Nobska Point, when they turned over. Rather than risking a long swim to shore, they clung to their boat. John Sdharff, the light house keeper, observed their plight and summoned the Coast Guard. Before the government boat arrived, the Billy M 3rd, a cabin cruiser, picked them up, unharmed by their experience. —V.W.
Two young men had a narrow escape about two weeks ago when a small boat in which they were sailing capsized off Naushon Island. They were rescued by a power boat which was anchored off the island at the time, and were brought back to Woods Hole. Later in the afternoon a Coast Guard patrol boat, the C-G 910, towed the sail boat, still capsized, back to the harbor here.
GOVERNOR ROOSEVELT’S VISIT TO CAPE
The previously announced plans of Governor Franklin D. Roosevelt and his three sons to visit Woods Hole on the Myth I/ did not materialize. It is not clear whether this was due to the un- favorable sailing conditions—little wind and a head tide—or to the fact that Mr. Charles R. Crane, who was to be his host, was absent from his home on Juniper Point.
Captain Veeder had orders to keep up steam in the Cayadetta until late in the evening on Wednesday, and more than once he was observed scouting in the Sound and in the Bay for Roose- velt’s yawl. We understand that he was in Cuttyhunk Harbor when the Roosevelts entered and anchored there.
The Western Union Office in Woods Hole had six operators on duty in anticipation of the special occasion, because sometimes newspaper reporters were supposed to be following his every move in a special press boat Marcon.
On Thursday morning the scheduled botany trip on the Cayadetta was postponed for about two hours, because it was thought that he might still visit Woods Hole before passing through the Canal.
After spending the night off Buzzards Bay the Roosevelts’ yawl emerged from the Cape Cod Canal out onto Massachusetts Bay, being towed by the Ambassadress, a power yacht. It is ru- mored that Governor Roosevelt will visit Woods Hole in the Myth before he returns to New York.
Winners in the Woods Hole Yacht Club Race
held on Monday, July 11.
Buzzard’s Bay Class: Louise Crane in the Scampi; Cape Cod Knockabouts: Comstock Glaser in the
Porpoise;
Club Dories: Wistar Meigs in the Aunt Addie; Catboats: Alfred Compton in the Turline.
The first race for larger boats which has been held in the Vineyard Sound was last Wednesday afternoon. Ed Norman sailing the “Gull” won the “S” boat race. There were not enough boats in the handicap class so the two entries raced in- formally.
Last summer Dr. Kenneth Cole, assistant pro- fessor of physiology at Columbia University had an open sailing dory which he used in the Woods Hole Yacht Club races. This summer he has graduated to a nifty black catboat. —V.W.
Mrs Murray Crane and her family have arrived at Woods Hole. Mr. and Mrs. Bruce Crane who were married this May will return from Europe some time in August and will visit in Woods Hole during the rest of the summer.
Jury 16; 19327)
THE COLLECTING NESS 103
9th ANNUAL SALE--July 18 to 30
WAMSUTTA PERCALE Sheets
and Pillow Cases
AT THE LOWEST PRICES IN 14 YEARS
Once a year, and only once, the Star Store offers these Wamsutta Sheets and Pillow Cases at prices that make this event one of the country’s outstanding sales.
A SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT AND PRICE LIST SENT ON REQUEST
Free Daily Delivery to Woods Hole
Telephone Clifford 750
Hutchinsons New Art Dept.
We now carry a large assortment of OILS and WATER COLORS the kind used in the Swain School; also DRAWING SETS, BRUSHES, TRIANGLES, VARNISH, PALETTES, PORTFOLIOS Winsor & Newton's Colors, Half Price
Hutchinson’s Book Store BOOK STORE BUILDING New Bedford, Mass.
SCIENTIFIC WORKERS When you come to NEW BEDFORD eat our excellent — 30: LUNCH — GULF HILL PARLORS
596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD ( Opposite Library )
STAR STORE
May Be!
Maybe you didn’t know that this house of good home furnishings also sells—clothing for babes, boys, girls—youths and misses.
May be
You'd like to get dependable garments at reasonable prices.
May be You'll come over and see us—at least we hope so—and when you girls see the plain and hand blocked linen dresses, and the sillx dresses too—in sizees 14 to 20—each at
$5.98
you'll say “‘these are the best I have ever seen’’—and, vou WON’T mean May be.
THE C. F. WING CO.
790-794 PURCHASE ST. New Bedford, Mass.
104
THE COLLECTING NET
[ VoL. VII. No. 54
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
A RAMBLE THROUGH THE WOODS HOLE SHOPPING DISTRICT
I was a stranger in Woods Hole, and out of idle curiosity looked around at the various shops. In James restaurant across the street from the station | bought a copy of THe CoLttectine Net and decided to visit the various stores listed in that magazine. I found that they were not equal to Fifth Avenue in grandeur, but that they were far superior from the point of view of a real personal interest in their customers. I discovered that Sam Cahoon was the only person from whom you could get your fish, and that it is brought to him at his door directly from the local fishermen. Practically all the fishermen in this district sell their wares to him and he in turn ships them on to Boston and New York. Not only does he buy from the fishermen, but he also sells about every article a fisherman would possibly need, from sou’ westers, rope and tackle, to screws and nails. It is of great interest to those waiting around on the wharf to watch the boats hoist up their bar- rels of freshly-caught fish to Sam Cahoon’s dock where they are weighed and packed in ice.
I wanted to buy some small souvenirs, and noticed that down the street from the fish market was an attractive gift shop belonging to Mrs. Bradford. She had every variety of gift, and an unusually large assortment. Among other things, she sells hosiery, underwear and some dresses.
By the draw-bridge is the town’s one barber shop run by Mr. Sansouci. They do every kind of work along that line, from shaving to giving permanent waves.
Dolinsky, the Tailor, gets suits pressed in a very short time. He also does general repairing of clothes, and has men’s clothes for sale.
The Twin Door is a delightful place to have one’s dinner. Their specialty is home-made pastry. I have noticed that this place is very popular with the laboratory members.
The Ideal Restaurant seems to be one of the most popular places to dine. Their food, as I know it, is as delicious as that served at home. They serve excellent three-course dinners for 55c.
The Oasis is the only store in Woods Hole which sells medical supplies, and is also a popu- lar eating resort at night, for it stays open until eleven o'clock.
Tsiknas has delicious fresh fruits and green vegetables and because they deliver their goods they offer competition with their neighbor, the dU Naud ee
The Penzance Garage not only sells gasoline to autos passing by on Main Street, but also to motor boats in the harbor, and for this purpose it has a dock with a filling station.
The Quality Shop, just across the street, is the only store which offers bathing caps, clothes hangers, stationery supplies, socks and sneakers.
I spent the night at the Breakwater Hotel. A delightful homy place with an excellent view of the harbor. This hotel has the restful atmosphere which is exceedingly pleasant after a long day. A summer in Woods Hole must be doubly de- lightful if one stays at the Breakwater Hotel.
Returning to the dock before I took the Air- plane, I found another excellent garage, the Woods Hole Garage. It was formerly two gar- ages which have been combined into one. Its convenient location, directly across from the sta- tion, and its superior work bring it plenty of business.
Mr. Luscombe has charge of the real estate and insurance in Woods Hole, and because he has been here for so many years, he probably does it very efficiently.
All in all, the stores and shops in Woods Hole are not merely convenient, but offer a variety and scope which are unusual in such a very little town. —Vera IWarbasse.
DANCING
The year before last, many Woods Hole resi- dents took an opportunity to learn dancing. Gloria Braggiotti is returning again this July, and will hold classes including tap dancing, musical comedy and classical dancing.
Ted Shawn, during the first week of August, will give dancing lessons also. He, together with Ruth St. Dennis, has been in great demand all over the country for his excellent interpretive dancing.
Pupils from this course and Gloria Braggiotti’s will be given first chance on the list of applicants for the ballet in “Lysistrata”, which is to be di- rected by Ted Shawn, and produced by the The- atre Unit during August.
The Constance, a black schooner which belongs to Mr. Prosser of Penzance Point, will be in the harbor again this summer, after an absence of a year.
This summer the Ratcliffes are living with the Nims. Tom Ratcliffe is again running the Book Club. This Club lends out books which have been published during the previous year.
Last Wednesday afternoon the grandchildren of Mr. Walter O. Luscombe gave some charming dances on the lawn for their grandfather’s friends.
Jou 16, 1932]
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates
W. T. GRABIEC, Prop.
N. E. TSIKNAS FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE Telephone 1243
|
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANIELS
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
COMPLIMENTS OF
DENZANCE GARAGE
AT LAST PAINTS AT FAIR PRICES, AND IN FALMOUTH Gal. Quart Outside Oil Paint $3.00 $ .90 4-Hour Enamel 3.75 1.15
Myron S. Lumbert CASH PAINT STORE
QUEEN’S BUYWAY FALMOUTH
_THE COLLECTING NET 10
unr
ROOMS IN BAY SHORE BATH HOUSE MAY BE RENTED BY APPLYING TO THE OFFICE OF WALTER O. LUSCOMBE RAILROAD AVE. WOODS HOLE
M. B. L. FRIENDS can find a pleasant change at MARGE’S COFFEE SHOPPE
Sandwiches — Table d’hote — A la carte
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP
Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
RUTH E. THOMPSON Woods Hole, Mass.
DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY SCHOOL SUPPLIES
KODAKS and FILMS Printing — Developing — Enlarging
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S
Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
Church of the Messiah
( Episcopal )
The Rey. James Bancroft, Rector
Holy Communion 8:00 a.m. Morning Prayer 11:00 a.m. Evening Prayer 7:30 p.m.
106
_THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 54
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
After the gang planks of the Naushon had been withdrawn one day last week, Dick Stockard was hailed by one of the crew and told to run to the freight office and get the latter’s lunch-box. Dick dashed to and from the freight house, but upon his return the boat was already in motion. He darted to the end of the pier and hurled the lunch- box at the doorway. But, alas, the boat was moy- ing fast and the wind was blowing hard—the lunch-box banged against the side of the vessel and dropped into the churning waters below.
Just as the 1:05 P. M. boat for Nantucket was leaving the dock last Friday, Dr. Alfred Meyers, a summer resident here for many years, fell off the seaplane float. He stepped back to get clear of the struts on the seaplane and did not realize that he was so near the edge of the float. Gifford Griffin seeing him in the water, held him up until Curley, the local agent for the seaplane company, reached him, and then they both pulled the doc- tor out of the water. Mr. Vallis, who saw the incident, sent for one of Savery’s taxies to take the doctor home. GW.
The subject for the next Sunday discussion on Penzance Point is “Modern Methods in Progres- sive Education”. The speaker is Mr. Malcolm Forbes, a psychologist from Rollins College, Florida.
There will be a Lobster Supper at the Metho- dist Church on the evening of July 22, at six and seven o'clock. Tickets will be 30c for children and 60c for adults. Everyone is cordially invited to attend.
WOODS HOLE PATERS PUNISH
The shrieks and cries of the boys of Woods Hole could be heard for miles Wednesday night. 3ut fortunately they were expressions of elation rather than anguish. For the boys were having a marvelous time watching their dads punish the paters of the Falmouth boys in another thrilling baseball game by the score of 19-10.
A great throng crowding around the diamond at Woods Hole Park, Wednesday, July 13th, split their sides and yelled themselves hoarse, as they watched “the old-timers” (pardon us) ca- vort about. The rivalry was particularly intense in this encounter, as Falmouth came over to avenge the crushing defeat given them two weeks ago by the Woods Hole fathers. But the stellar twirling of Roy Berg, the daring sliding of Ned Gifford, and the healthy wallops off the bats of McInnes, Clough, Goffin, Savery and others were just too much for the Falmouth “boys”. The game went the full nine innings, and Jim Mulligan went the entire route in center field for Falmouth. Even though Falmouth used three crack pitchers, Allenby, English and Wal- lace, they were unable to subdue the Woods Hole tribe.
Those participating in the paternal sporting events were: (Woods Hole) Gifford, McInnes, Larkin, Berg, Eldredge (Stanley), Clough, Sav- ery, Goffin, Cahoon (Nelson), horas Clemente!
Leahy, and Griffin, G. A. (Falmouth) Hastay, Panton, Lawrence (Sumner), Wallace, English,
Hubbard, Davis, Mulligan, Rose, and Allenby. —A Baseball Fan.
EATS GUaT MASSACHUSETTS Management, P. F. Brine, Inc. RIGHT ON THE OCEAN
THE NEW CAPE CODDER is equipped to care for any social function.
DINE and DANCE CAPE CODDER
WEDNESDAY or SATURDAY EVENING
TED ROBBINS and his CAPE CODDERS
Luncheon except Sunday is $1.25 — Sunday $1.50 Dinner except Wednesday and Saturday Afternoon Tea, by reservation only from “15
AT THE
Music by
Both Indoor and Outdoor Dance Floors
DINNER FROM 7 to 9 P. M. DANCING FROM 8 to 12 P. M. $2.50 per person
is $1.50
Jury 16, 1932 ]
SUZANNE (of Washington, D. C.) HAIRDRESSING SALON SECOND SEASON AT WOODS HOLE
(Back of Western Union) Tel. Falmouth 1326
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP Weeks’ Building, Falmouth
Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait (Special Rates to Laboratory Members)
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY Collections Daily Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories
Telephone 777 SERVICE THAT SATISFIES
HUBBARD & MORRISON REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop.
Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
DR. K. A. BOHAKER DENTIST Eastman Block Falmouth, Mass.
Telephone 232
ROBBINS HAND LAUNDRY
FALMOUTH, MASS.
Telepkone 78
THE COLLECTING NET
107
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES
THE LEATHER SHOP
Shoe Repairing
MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
Tel. 240 A. C. EASTMAN
COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS ELIZABETH ARDEN YARDLEY COTY MRS. WEEKS SHOPS Phone 109 Falmouth
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE WALK-OVER SHOP
General Merchandise SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT
A. ISSOKSON
THE THEATRE UNIT
Presents “IT’S A WISE CHILD” JULY 18 THROUGH JULY 23 Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth Telephone 1400
Visit Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth Phone 116
108
BRAE BURN FARMS
Superior Guernsey Milk and Cream Butter Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HATCHVILLE
Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods
EASTMAN’S HARDWARE
5 and 10c¢ department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
Cleaning and Pressing
OF
$1.0
Call Falmouth 430
Ladies’ Suits Ladies’ Coats Plain Silk Dresses
Men’s Suits Topecoats Overcoats
Oregon Dye House
MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
HEADQUARTERS FOR
STEEL FILING CABINETS, SAFES AND OFFICE FURNITURE
LOOSE LEAF BOOKS AND FIGURING BOOKS FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS
Callanan & Archer Co., Inc. WHOLESALE STATIONERS
10-14 So. Second St. New Bedford, Mass.
GEORGE A. GRIFFIN Civil Engineer and Surveyor
Assoc. Member Am. Soc. C. E. S. B., Mass. Inst. of Tech., 1907
Tel, Conn. HIGH ST., WOODS HOLE
THE COLLECTING NET
[ VoL. VIL. No. 5+
FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND HARDWARE CO.
Agency for LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER
Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 260
Ford
Sales and Service
CAPE COD AUTO CO.
TEL. 62 DEPOT AVE., FALMOUTH
SPECIAL CLASS RATES
Saddle Riding Horses Lessons
LONGWOOD RIDING STABLES, INC.
Boston, Mass.
Depot Ave, Falmouth Tel. Falmouth 537
For News of the Town
SOCIETY SPORTS HAPPENINGS Read
The Falmouth Enterprise
at News Stands, Thursdays
PRINTING OF ALL KINDS done promptly and capably
Office by Falmouth R. R. Station. Tel. 47
Visit THE COLLECTING NET OFFICE If You Want A Map of Woods Hole, Interesting Books, Back Numbers of THE NET OR Just Information
Juty 16,1932]
Century Biological Series
Rosert HeGner, Pu.D., General Editor RatpH H, Wermore, Pu. D. Editor for Botany
GENERAL BOTANY FOR COLLEGES 3y Ray EruHan Torrey, Pu.D., Assist- ant Professor of Botany, Massachusetts State College. Royal 8vo, 449 pages. Il- lustrated. $3.50. A SET OF BOTANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LABORATORY USE 3y Ray Eruan Torrey. Forty-two drawings of botanical specimens referred to in the Instructor's Outline. 81% x 11, 42 plates. $1.00. TAXONOMY OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS By Arruur Monrap Jomnson, Pu.D. A clear, thorough treatment of the technical characteristics by which flowering plants are classified. Royal 8vo, 864 pages. II- lustrated. $7.50. PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 3y Ropney B. Harvey. The first book published in English which deals with the chemical physiology and mechanism of plants. Royal 8vo, 413 pages. Illustrated. $6.00. HOST-PARASITE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND HIS INTESTINAL PROTOZOA By Rosert Hecner, Pu.D. This book presents much important data dealing with host-parasite relations of the intes- tinal protozoa of man. 8vo, 231 pages. Illustrated. $4.00. ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY Ropert HeGner, Pr.D., Francis M. Root, Pu.D., and Donatp L. Aucus- TINE, Sc.D. The only up-to-date texthook on animal parasitology written in English. Royal 8vo, 731 pages. Illustrated. $6.50. IMMUNOLOGY OF PARASITIC INFECTIONS By WiiiiAm H. Tariarerro, Pu.D. An exhaustive record of the work that has been done on the infections with parasites.
Royal 8vo, 414 pages. $6.00.
THE CENTURY CO.
PUBLISHERS OF THE NEW CENTURY DICTIONARY 553 FOURTH AVE. NEW YORK, N. Y.
_ THE COLLECTING NET
ZEISS
MAGNIFIERS
There is a marked difference in per- formance between the best and or- dinary magnifiers. The price of the best is within the reach of everyone.
The following are particularly popular :—
APLANATIC FOLDING MAGNIFIERS
$6.50 each
6x, 8x, 10x
ANASTIGMATIC FOLDING MAGNIFIERS
16x, 20x, 27x $11.00 each
Prices f. 0. b. New York
All of the above magnifiers have excellent definition to the edge of the field of view and the image is free from color defects. Descriptive literature, also listing other types of mag- nifiers, will be sent on request.
CARL ZEISS, Inc.
485 Fifth Avenue, New York
Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
Ua __THE COLLECTING NET
Vou. VII. No. 54
COLLOID MILLS
For Grinding, Mixing and Emulsification
Made of monel metal, bronze or Allegheny Metal. For further details, write
advising requirements.
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
Purofax
GAS SERVICE
$36.50 Installed
Wm. C. Davis Co.
FALMOUTH
SMeiitiéiiee’ Builds
BIOLOGY FURNITURE
Germinating and Aquarium Table No. C-412
If you are in the market for any kind of labora- tory furniture, investigate Kewaunee Furniture. It is designed to stimulate greater efficiency, to provide wider utility and to give more years of service.
Write today for the Kewaunee Catalog. In it you will find any type of furniture you wish at prices you will recognize as very attractive.
LABORATORY FURNITURE Yy. Co.
Cc. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mgr. 231 LINCOLN ST., KEWAUNEE, WIS. Chicago Office New York Office 14 E. JACKSON BLVD. 70 FIFTH AVENUE Offices in Principal Cities
Best Results Assured with
Best Results Assured with
Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC
Non-Corrosive
- SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog
At your dealer—or write. (giving dealer’s name) to
Ciay-ApAms CompANY
17-119 East 24{h Street NEW. YORK
Walter O. Luscombe
REAL ESTATE AND INSURANCE
Woods Hole Phone 622-4
Southern Sn Supply Co., Inc.
g Living and Preserved Bio- logical Specimens of all Types for the Laboratory Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- iana Forms.
Specialists in Amoeba Cultures, Alligators, Ete. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La.
alee eRe Oe ae
Jury 16, 1932] _ THE COLLECTING NET 111
Vibrationless, Dust-Proof and Accurate The B. & L. Automatic Minot Rotary Microtome
S eees wide popularity of this efficient instru-
ment is due to its many outstanding features BER Se aa of construction and design. SAAS SSeS aes Its high degree of accuracy results from its a
compact rigid construction with its complete free- dom from accuracy-destroying vibration. The working mechanism is enclosed for protec- tion from dust and foreign matter by the metal cover, yet is easily accessible when necessary. This microtome is widely used for rapid serial sectioning, cutting sections with accuracy down to one micron in thickness. Built to extreme standards of precision, it is equipped with an un- usually heavy knife block. The single-piece upper part moves in an arc, with the knife edge as the center of rotation, for setting to the proper cutting angle. Two substantial clamps hold this position and a graduated scale provides for re- cording it. The knife block is adjustable toward | and away from the object. The balance wheel is grooved to take a belt when the instrument is motor driven.
While regularly furnished for paraffin section- See the Minot Microtome at our exhibit in the ing only this Microtome can be equipped for Old Lecture Hall starting July 19. cutting small celloidin specimens.
BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL CO.
| 671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1 — - Z |
EINTHOVEN STRING GALVANOMETER
The combination of high sensitivity and short period possessed by the String Galvanometer is unequalled by any other form of galvanometer yet designed.
Several types are available.
Full information on request.
The type “C” Galvanometer shown
above is particularly suitable for use as
a physical instrument. It is small, light CAM BRID
in weight, and moderate in price. The GE Galvanometer can be furnished mounted INSTRUMENT CQ [Nec
upon a rigid base with lamp and time Pioneer Manufacturers of Precision
marker. Instruments
3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York
iil THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. VII. No. 54
MASTER MICROSCOPE
New
Spencer Type
No. S with
LOW FINE ADJUSTMENT
ROMINENT and unusual is the latest Spencer improvement in microscope
design—the low fine adjustment. This new fine adjustment is located at the
hase of the arm so the microscopist can operate it with his hand resting easily on the table.
The new Spencer Type Microscope No. 3, equipped with the new low fine adjustment, is large and beautiful in proportion, sturdily designed for extra years of service, and precisely built to meet the needs of the practical research worker.
A new booklet M-56 completely describes this new microscope. It is yours— free. Write for it now!
m | BUFFALO Lins NEW YORK
Vol. VII No. 5
SATURDAY, JULY 23, 1932
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
THE TENSION AT THE SURFACE OF See DUBIA
DR. Harvey AND D. Mars_anp
a en and New York University. “Surface tension” has played an important part in the development of theories of amoeboid move- ment. However, definite measurements of the magnitude of the surface forces, whether surface ten- sion or elastic tension of am- oeboid cells, have been lacking. The present work is an at- tempt to supply this informa-
Associate Professor of Physiology,
three different properties : larly as indicated by movement and response; (2)
Calendar
SM. H. 3
MONDAY JULY 25, 8:00 P. M. Lecture. Dr. Leif Stoermer, ‘Were
THE SPEED OF LIFE Review of the Lecture by Dr. R. W. GERARD University of Chicago. Living things are frequently distinguished by (1) behavior, particu-
growth and reproduction ; and (3) metabolic activity. Under certain conditions in many or- ganisms each of these proper- ties can be greatly reduced,
the Trilobites Related to Limu- | ¢Ven to complete disappear- tion. ; lus?” ance. ‘This is particularly true The classical methods of TUESDAY, JULY 26, 8:00 P. M. of the first two, but frequently
measuring surface tension at Seminar.
Dr. M. M. Brooks,
“An-
liquid interfaces, for obvious reasons, can not be used to determine surface forces of living cells. Recently, how- ever, two widely different methods have appeared which
seem to be giving results in good agreement each with the other. The egg com-
pressor of K. C. Cole applies forces, controllable to a frac- tion of a microgram to the sur- face of the cell. The cell is compressed and the distorting
Lecture.
force may be re- lated to the surface forces resisting distortion.
tagonism of Methylene Blue for CN and CO.”
Dr. S. C. Brooks ‘Partition Co-
efficients and Diffusion of Solutes in Heterogeneous Systems.”
Dr. A. P. Mathews “Nature of |
the Action of Enzymes.”
Dr. Laurence Irving and Mr. A. |
L. Chute, “The Participation of Bone in the Neutralization of Ingested Acid.”
FRIDAY, JULY 29, 8:00 P. M. Dr. C. C. Speidel, ‘‘The Growth and Repair of Living Nerves.”
even chemical activity appears to be nearly suspended as in some hybernating plants and animals or completely inter- rupted as in typhoid bacilli which can be cooled to a de- gree above absolute zero and later revived. If then, vital activity can be suspended at times and restored on the re- turn of favorable conditions, the criterion of life which re- mains is the rate of metabolic activity, and one of the basic
problems regarding life is the study of the fac- tors controlling this rate.
This method, however, (Continued on Page 115) Whatever a living thing does, whether behav- TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Tension at the Surface of Amoeba Dubia, Splitting the Eggs of Four Neapolitan Sea Dr. E. Harvey and Marsland ............ 113 Urchins, Ethel Browne Harvey ........ .118
The Speed of Life, Review of the Seminar Report of Ethel Harvey, a lecture by Dr. R. W. Gerard .......... 113 Dre cRoberte Chambers: Ooi... sisters pivls eivnn werare 119
The Beams Air Turbine For Biological The Origin of Concentration Potential Differ- Centrifuging, Dr. E. Newton Harvey....... 116 ences Across Frog Skin,
The Relative Degrees of Differentiation of Dre (Marraret Sumiwalt 2. rej ci wievet alsa 119 The Mature Erythrocytes of Vertebrates, Mhe) Beachy Question) ey faicteyeis:eleiersielsietslelareiete 122 yA COMES, MOAWISOME als ete, fi eivis sisieta siw-elstove Lis SeDhes WiOOdS HOLS MIGO Siren, caters) alsitarshetsieys cel elelsiayiells 126
114 THE
COLLECIING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 55
ing, growing, reproducing, or functioning chemi- cally, it requires energy. Since the bull of energy available in organisms is liberated by oxidative processes, these processes are most significant in the study of chemical activity in living things. Oxidation consists in an increase in the positive valence of a compound and is usually accom-
plished either by the gain of oxygen or by the loss of hydrogen. Certain environ- mental conditions are necessary for oxidation
to occur. For example, under ordinary conditions sugar and oxygen do not react, but in a strong- ly alkaline mixture, sugar is readily oxidized or burned, and in living cells it is oxidized continuously and easily. This oxidation within a cell is permitted by the presence of certain agents which act as catalysts in controlling the rate and direction of reactions.
The rate of oxidation and hence the speed of life can be varied by altering any one of the fac- tors in the oxidative reaction. This reaction is: substrate+-oxygen-tcatalyst>end products. En- vironmental conditions such as temperature, mois- ture and hydrogen-ion concentration, of course, play a part, but if these are controlled the oxidative rate can be studied by varying one or more of the factors in the reaction. As a whole, these con- stitute the internal factors of respiration. The effect of variation in each of these factors within the cell may be considered briefly.
The substrate consists of the material used by the cell as fuel for the oxidation and its utiliza- tion is conditioned mainly by its ability to enter a cell and by its available concentration. For ex- ample, when food is supplied to a tissue as in the addition of sugar to yeast or sarcina, the respira- tion of the cells increases markedly up to a cer- tain limit beyond which further increase in avail- able substrate has no additional effect on respira- tion. The effect of oxygen, also, is conditioned by the permeability of the cell to it and by its avail- able concentration. The relation is not neces- sarily linear and it has been shown, for example, that in fertilized Arbacia eggs, as the oxygen ten- sion rises, the respiration increases to a constant rate at a partial pressure of oxygen well below that in air and that further increase in oxygen does not increase the respiration of the cells. End products limit the rate of oxidation by their ac- cumulation. For example, when carbon dioxide or lactic acid are permitted to accumulate in a tissue, the rate of oxidation decreases as these substances increase. If, however, the end products are removed before accumulation, no ef- fect is observed. None of these three factors ul- timately limit the rate of oxidation because be- yond certain concentrations they are not critical. Hence the critical factor must be the respiratory catalyst.
Oxidative catalysts are better known by what they do than by what they are, and evidence con- cerning their action is derived primarily from the study of factors which impede or accelerate their action. Their activity can be depressed, though rarely to zero, by various inhibiting agents such as cyanide, carbon monoxide, and certain nar- cotics. After such harsh treatment as the ap- plication of acid, cytolysis, coagulation, freezing, or maceration, catalytic activity is decreased to approximately one-fourth to one-third its original value, but usually a significant and fairly constant amount of respiration persists. It is likely that this residual oxygen consumption is really a par- tial oxidation of unsaturated lipoids, which is catalysed by fairly stable haemin bodies. Tissues can be frozen and dried cold to a powder, and when moistened, they subsequently exhibit an oxy- gen consumption of as much as half the original value. The consumption is more in adrenal con- taining much unsaturated lipoid than in many other tissues, such as liver.
The dye, methylene blue, can increase the ac- tivity of these catalysts or even in part supplant them. When, for example, methylene blue is added to respiring tissues, such as red blood cells, nerve, sarcina, or muscle, the rate of respiration increases, or when methylene blue is added to tissues in which the respiration has been de- pressed by cyanide, the respiration may be re- stored.
The effect of a loss of the oxidative catalysts when part of a cell is separated from the meta- bolic center is illustrated by the effect of a nerve cell-body on the nerve fiber. It is well known that when a nerve is cut, the part separated from the cell body degenerates, also that a muscle sup- plied by such a nerve changes after the nerve is cut. If a nerve, which is separated from its cell body, is stimulated regularly after transection, it degenerates more rapidly than an unstimulated nerve. Hence the normal effect in maintaining the nerve in a healthy condition should be due to the movement of some chemical along the nerve from the cell body rather than to continued ac- tivating impulses. It appears likely that the res- piratory enzyme, normally reaching the fiber from the cell body, is used up faster during the more rapid oxidation in the active nerve.
The above factors constitute the more import- ant internal factors controlling respiration. When a tissue becomes active, changes in external con- ditions are involved, and new complications are introduced into the oxidative mechanism. For example, when bacteria are added to a culture of leucocytes, the respiration of the latter cells in- creases during phagocytosis, associated presum- ably with the increased activity. The specificity of some external factors is illustrated by two fur-
Jury 23, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING
NET 115
ther examples. When thyroxin is added to any of a variety of tissues investigated, except the thyroid gland itself, the respiration is increased, but when added to thyroid tissue, the respiration is diminished. Similarly, secretin, which as nor- mally liberated in the duodenum stimulates pan- creatic secretion, markedly increases the rate of respiration of the pancreas but has no effect on other tissues.
Still further external complications are intro- duced in the respiratory mechanism when the tis- sues are not isolated but are subjected to all the influences of the host organism. The organism, as a whole, maintains a state of equilibrium main- ly by two methods, by hormonal and by nervous control, and nervous influences may be further divided into electro-physical and chemical. A del- icate balance is maintained both in isolated tissues and in entire organisms between ions such as cal- cium and potassium, hydrogen and hydroxyl, be- tween respiratory catalysts and inhibitors, and be- tween control by different parts of the nervous system such as the sympathetic and parasympath-
etic. The reason for this delicate balance may well be the accurate control of the respiratory rate in the single cell. : What is the source of the catalysts which, by their control of rates of reaction, lead to cell com- position and structure? In some manner there is formed at some time an autocatalytic molecule which produces more like molecules and also pro- duces new catalysts, which in turn control the formation of cell constituents, and thus the cell and finally the entire organism develop. From this viewpoint the gene may be considered the molecule of the basic autocatalyst, itself slowly altered as the basis of evolution. : The present picture of oxidative mechanisms and the resulting liberation of energy is, at best, confused and indefinite. “It may be, however, that we are nearer than we believe to a deeper in- sight into the significance of much that we know and that a well directed question or two may lead Nature to give crucial evidence on the mechanisms
controlling the speed of life and so life itself.” —C. Ladd Prosser,
THE TENSION AT THE SURFACE OF AMOEBA DUBIA (Continued from Page 113)
is best adapted for measurements upon spherical cells such as the Arbacia egg. To measure the tension at the surface of Amoeba where the form is so irregular and changeable the Harvey-Loomis centrifuge-microscope was used. A cell while be- ing subjected to high centrifugal forces is kept under continuous observation. If such a cell con- tains oil (or other material whose density is less than the water around the cell) the buoyancy of the oil will exert a force tending to pull this ma- terial out of the cell in a centripetal direction. The cell becomes stretched, the exact figures of distortion can be photographed, and upon certain assumptions, a value, at least an order of mag- nitude, of the surface forces which are restrain- ing the oil, may be arrived at.
Amoeba ordinarily contains no oil. Therefore, before each animal was transferred to the special centrifuge chamber, a droplet of oil (olive or paraffin, radius 15-35 micra) was micro-injected into the cytoplasm, For this purpose the Chambers apparatus was employed. Upon centrifuging the injected globule rises and pulls out a neck of pro- toplasm before being torn out of the Amoeba by the buoyant force.
The following argument assumes purely surface tension forces acting at a liquid interface. How- ever, there is reason to believe that if it is a very thin elastic membrane that we are dealing with at the cell’s surface, the relationship would not be greatly altered.
Consider a sphere of liquid A (comparable to the Amoeba) surrounding a smaller sphere of liquid O (oil), the two being non-miscible. The whole is immersed in a third liquid W (water). The densities (P) are such that Po<Pw<Pa. Un- der centrifugal force O rises and pulls out into a neck of A, being restrained by the surface film. When the stretching progresses until the diameter D of the neck equals the diameter of the droplet, the figure becomes unstable and the process oi pinching off commences. At this moment the force restraining the oil drop may be considered equal to the force tending to displace it i. e. it may be supposed that:
12), DY Wioy Gil? (GE,
where D=diam. of the neck (cm.), T=tension at the interface A/W, Vo=volume of the oil, dP= difference in density, W-O, and C=centrifugal force translated into dynes by the gravitation constant G. Note that two experimentally vari- able factors are on hand. The value for T may be arrived at by using small injected oil droplets, or large ones; and by employing different oils, the density differences may be altered. As has been said, if it is a thin, elastic membrane instead of a simple interface with which we are con- cerned, the relationship should be substantially the same, and an order of magnitude at least should be derived.
30th Amoeba dubia and Amoeba proteus were used and olive as well as paraffin oil employed in
116 THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 55
sach case. proteus proved very resistant to the centripetal displacement of the oil drops. Its surface layer is at least 30 times as strong as that of dubia. Indeed at the highest speeds available neither olive nor paraffin oil could be torn out of this species. This result is in line with the ob- servations of several previous workers using other methods.
For A. dubia, the values determined for T, if we discard the few observations where the oil was displaced from the cell very quickly, range about 1-3 dynes per centimeter. Probably the lowest figure is a maximum since the time factor can not be neglected. At each step, as the speed of centrifuging was increased, about 4 minutes was allowed to determine whether enough force for complete displacement was being used. There is always the possibility that a particular globule might have been torn out at a certain speed if a
longer time had been allowed for overcoming vis- cous resistance. These low values for A. dubia are quite in line with similar determinations pre- viously made by Harvey for Chaetopterus and Arbacia and with Cole’s Arbacia results. If the surface has elastic properties we, of course, meas- ure the region of the elastic limit and the tension for the unstretched condition must be somewhat less.
During the course of the above determinations several important secondary observations were made as regards the process of stratification at high speeds and the movements of formed bodies in 4. dubia under centrifugal foree. A complete report of the work will appear in the August is- sue of the Journal of Comparative and Cellular Physiology.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 12.)
THE BEAMS AIR TURBINE FOR BICLOGICAL CENTRIFUGING
DRE
Newton Harvey
Professor of Physiology, Princeton University
It is possible to adapt the microscope-centrifuge principles to the Beams! ultra-centrifuge, an air driven turbine by which forces approaching one million times gravity can be attained. This scheme is the simplest possible arrangement and_ has worked out remarkably well, in fact far beyond expectation. No lenses but only mirrors revolve. Two stellite mirrors are mounted on Beams’ rotor in such a position that the image of the object on a special slide is brought to the axis and reflected into a microscope mounted above and on the axis of the rotor. The illumination is a narrow im- age of the filament of a straight filament tungsten lamp thrown on the material to be observed paral- lel to a radius of rotation. A relatively large movement at the circumference becomes a very small movement when the image is brought to and observed on the axis of rotation. | While the whole field of view is not perfect, the center is good enough for all practical purposes. The mag- nification of this scheme is limited by the working distance of the objectives ; x5 to x7 objectives can be used giving with x20 oculars, 100 to 140 di- ameteres. The centrifugal force attainable by means of the Beams’ rotor is limited only by strength of materials, and for microscopic obser- vations by this method, is determined by the strength of the glass container of the living cells. This might be put at 200,000 times gravity. Such an arrangement should be particularly useful for determining molecular weights of substances by the method of sedimentation, for observing move- ment of materials in highly viscous cells and for observing the change in shape of living cells due to the stretching forces of light and heavier ma- terial. From such observations one is frequently
able to gain an idea of the surface and other forces which counteract distortion.2 Rotors may be built that will hold four capillary tubes for cells and tissues. In order that a cell may not be completely crushed by forces thousands of times gravity, it is necessary to adopt the expedient of suspending the material in a medium of graded density, so that the cell comes to lie in a stratum of equal density, and is thereby perfectly
2 Volts
Mic.
A DIAGRAM SHOWING THE PRINCIPLE PARTS OF THE MICROSCOPE-CENTRIFUGE.
Jury 23, 1932 ]
THE. COLLECTING NET
117
cushioned against crushing. Starfish and Cumingia eggs have been pulled in two with ease in this ap- paratus.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 9.)
1J. W. Beams, “Rev. Sci. Inst.,” 1, 667, 1930: “Science,” 74, 44, 1931. Dr. Beams and Mr. Weed, of the University of Virginia, have constructed one of the rotors with stellite mirrors which works per- fectly.
2K. N. Harvey, “Biol. Bull.,” 60: 67, 1931; 61: 273 1931.
THE RELATIVE DEGREES OF DIFFERENTIATION OF THE MATURE ERYTHRO- CYTES OF VERTEBRATES Dr. ALpEN B. Dawson,
Alssociate Professor of Zoology, Harvard University.
During the differentiation of the vertebrate erythroblast a series of striking changes occurs. Some of these are readily demonstrated in fixed and differentially stained preparations, while oth- ers are adequately revealed only by the more del- icate methods of supra-vital staining. Most of these changes are common in a greater or lesser degree to the erythrocytes of all vertebrates but in the mammals an extreme degree of specializa- tion is encountered, where all cellular inclusions, including the nucleus, disappear.
The changes in cell size, in nuclear-cytoplasmic ratio and in chromatin content and pattern of the nucleus, and the loss of cytoplasmic basophilia and increase in hemoglobin content can be fol- lowed in ordinary stained smears. However, when supra-vital dyes are employed many ad- ditional features of the differentiating erythro- cyte are brouglit out. Discrete, so-called vital granules are easily demonstrated by the common basic dyes (neutral red and brilliant cresyl blue) in all maturing red blood cells. These vital gran- ules are present in characteristic numbers and pat- terns for the different species. In addition sec- ondary, induced granules may also appear in such cells, the concentration of the dye, the age of the preparation, the brilliancy of the illumination and increase in temperature being effective as forma- tive factors, influencing the rate and manner of their formation. Moreover, with higher concen- trations of the dyes the red cells may also ex- hibit elaborate patterns of reticulation. These reticulation patterns are apparently derived, through a reaction with the vital dye, from the basophilic substance which occurs diffusely in the cytoplasm of the erythrocytes. Mitochondria, too, are brought out distinctly by the application of Janus green B. Besides these cytoplasmic com- ponents of the red cell, the nucleoli are strikingly demonstrated when brilliant cresyl blue is used in sufficiently high concentrations to stain the nuclei a uniform pale blue. The nucleoli then ap- pear as dark blue-purple bodies.
Accordingly there are ten features of the ma- turing erythrocyte which attract the attention of the observer, but not all are of equal value in de- termining the relative degree of differentiation
attained by the mature erythrocytes. In all cases the mature cells acquire a uniform size typical of the species. The nuclear-cytoplasmic ratio changes, the nucleus becoming condensed and acquiring a characteristic chromatic pattern. The basophilia of the cytoplasm is eventually replaced by eosinophilia and the hemoglobin concentration rises to a maximum for the species. None of these features, however, can be used as complete criteria of the degree of differention attained. That is, in ordinary stained smears the mature nucleated erythrocytes of all vertebrates look essentially alike. The shape and size of the cell and of its nucleus and the concentration of hemo- globin are characteristic of the species and not directly dependent upon the relative degree of differentiation.
The progressive loss of basophilia is, however, a mark of approaching maturity and can be di- rectly correlated with the amount of reticulation present in the cell, but in various vertebrates after all basophilia has disappeared the amount of per- sistent reticulation demonstrable with brilliant cresyl blue is frequently considerable. In other words, in fixed and differentially stained smears the residual basophilic substance may be com- pletely masked by the eosinophilia of the hemo- globin and its persistence may be detected only when it is precipitated and aggregated by the action of the vital dye.
In young red blood cells the mitochondria are usually granular, numerous, and __ scattered throughout the cytoplasm. In mature cells they tend to become filamentous and are always close- ly applied to the surface of the nucleus.
It is practically impossible to make any general- izations regarding the vital granules, as their his- tory in the different species is a variable one. However there is a general tendency for the number of vital granules to be reduced as the cells approach maturity and in many cases they may disappear before maturity. The appearance of secondary or induced granules in erythrocytes following exposure to vital dyes has a very limited, if any, relation to the degree of differen- tiation attained. The amount of reaction obtained
118 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vou. VII. No. 55
is very variable and appears to depend on factors inherent in the erythrocytes of a given species. It is not specifically re lated to the degree of differ- entiation at maturity. The nucleoli, however behave in a more uniform manner and are pro- gressively reduced in size as the cells mature, eventually disappearing in many vertebrates.
Of the many possible criteria of differentiation that have been discussed the degree of persistent reticulation has been found to be the most delicate and consistent, and on this basis the several classes of vertebrates are arranged in the follow- ing ascending order of relative differentiation attained by their erythrocytes at maturity: am- phibians, reptiles, fishes, birds and mammals.
This arrangement is also supported by the be- havior of the nucleoli, which persist in the ery- throcytes of amphibians and reptiles but are usually not demonstrable in the mature cells of fishes and birds. In addition, it is concluded that the presence of a large number of primary vital granules or the rapid induction of new granules may in general be regarded as supplementary evi- dence of a lesser degree of differentiation and the vertebrates may be arranged in this slightly ex- tended order: urodeles, anurans, reptiles, elasmo- branchs, teleosts, birds and mammals.
(This article is based on a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 19).
SPLITTING THE EGGS OF FOUR NEAPOLITAN SEA URCHINS BY CENTRI- FUGAL FORCE AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE HALVES AND QUARTERS EruHeL Browne Harvey,
Stazione Zoologica, Naples.
There are several methods of dividing marine eggs into parts; (1) by violent shaking, (2) by cutting individual eggs, either free hand or with a micromanipulator and (3) by strong centrifugal force. Sea urchin eggs, if centrifuged rapidly in a medium in which they remain suspended, are broken into parts of definite size and content, and these can be obtained in large numbers. The eggs of Sphaerechinus granularis,- Parechinus (Echinus ) microtuberculatus, Paracentrotus (Strongylocentrotus) lividus and Arbacia pustu- losa, the commonly occurring sea urchins of Naples, have been studied. The eggs of these species (except Parechinus stratifv, as most other eggs, into (1) oil, (2) clear layer in which lies the nucleus, and (3) yolk granules. In Arbacia pustulosa there is in addition a layer of pigment granules at the heavy pole. In Parechinus the granular and clear layers are reversed in posi- tion and the nucleus lies among the granules. There is a granular “fifth layer” in all these eggs which stains purple with methyl green (mitochon- dria?). The reddish band in the Paracentrotus egg is not thrown down by the centrifugal force but is merely stretched.
When these eggs are sufficiently centrifuged they become dumb-bell-shaped and then break into two parts. In general one fairly clear cell with nucleus and the other a quite granular cell with- out a nucleus. There is often left a thin, con- necting strand of tissue between the two half- eggs. These are fairly constant in size with any one speed of the centrifuge. It takes however, only three minutes to break Arbacia pustulosa at about 9000 R. P. M. (7 cm. radius) whereas it takes 30 minutes for Paracentrotus. In some cases, each half egg breaks again and we have four quarter eggs, all of quite definite size. Only
one half egg and one quarter egg contain nuclei.
The size of the half eggs though fairly con- stant for any one speed, varies with different speeds. In three species the granular enucleate sphere is larger with high speed and smaller with low speed. With low speed, the parts often become elongate before breaking and break leav- ing a tail. With high speed ‘the halves break apart as spheres.
All the half and quarter eggs can be fertilized and form good fertilization membranes just like the normal eggs. This follows the contour of the surface even along the connecting strand be- tween the half eggs. There is a tendency for the dumb-bell shaped egg to slip back in the fertiliza- tion membrane soon after it is formed, becoming more nearly spherical. This must indicate a de- crease in viscosity just following the formation of the fertilization membrane before the increase in viscosity characteristic of fertilized eggs.
In the nucleate half and quarter eggs, the stages leading to division are as in the normal egg except that no astral rays are visible in the living egg in areas free of granules. Regu- lar divisions into 2, 4, or 8 equal cells leaeds to a typical blastula. Often a gastrula is formed which develops a skeleton (often rudimentary) and pigment but it (in Sphaerechinus) remains almost spherical without developing the arms characteristic of a normal pluteus.
In the enucleate half and quarter eggs, the sperm aster forms, then the sperm nucleus en-
larges. The aster divides giving the characteristic “streak” stage, then the amphiaster forms and the
egg divides, if spherical, into two equal cells; if aspherical, across the short axis unequally. By subsequent divisions typical blastulae are formed
Jury 23, 1932 ] THE
COLLECTING
NET 119
and then gastrulae, many of which (in Sphaere- chinus) acquire skeletons and pigment and often become typical dwarf plutei with arms. These merogonic or ephebogenetic larvae are more viable and more normal (in Sphaerechinus) than the larvae from the nucleate half eggs.
Of special interest are the eggs which are brok- en into two parts with a connecting strand be- tween and subsequently fertilized. Either one or both parts may receive a sperm; and both parts may develop independently, or either part may develop without the other. The enucleate sphere probably does not develop unless it receives a sperm independently of the other sphere, although a fertilization membrane may be formed around both. In one batch of eggs of Paracentrotus, the eggs constricted into three parts of very defi- nite size instead of two, and each part received
a sperm and developed.
A few experiments were done in fertilizing the half and quarter eggs of one species with the sperm of another species. In general it was found that crosses that could not be made with normal whole eggs could not be made with half eggs either nucleate or enucleate nor with the stretched elongate whole eggs. Crosses that could be made with normal whole eggs could be made with the enucleate half as well as with the nucleate half and in about the same percentage as the normal egg. Very good cleavages occurred in the cross between Sphaerechinus (female) x Parocentrotus (male) with all types of half and quarter eggs. Some of the enucleate halves were raised to plutei with skeletons.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 5.)
REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF ETHEL HARVEY Dr. ROBERT CITAMBERS Professor of Biology, Washington Square College, New York University
That centrifugal force will divide echinoderm eggs into portions was noted long ago by Lyon. Apparently the conditions necessary for this force to cause a fluid, spherical egg to divide in two in- clude the presence of materials some of which are lighter and others, heavier than the main mass of the cell-contents. These two sorts of material collect at the centrifugal and centripetal poles res- pectively, and the resulting pull causes the de- formable egg to be drawn out into an ever-elong- ating cylinder which finally breaks into two or more portions in accordance with known physical laws of fluids.
The method lends itself well to various develop- mental problems and we are glad that Dr. Ethel Harvey has undertaken to use it.
Of interest is her finding that the pigment zone in Paracentrotus is not displaced on centrifuging. The pigment in this region appears to be peri- pheral and its non-displacement argues for a rela- tively high viscosity of the cortex. The fact that this region can be stretched or otherwise dis- torted suggests interesting possibilities of attempts to modify the relation of this region in cell lin- eage.
THE PART PLAYED BY DIFFUSION POTENTIALS IN THE ORIGIN OF CONCEN- TRATION POTENTIAL DIFFERENCES ACROSS FROG SKIN
Dr. Marcaret Sumwatt, Dr. W. R. Amperson, and Eva Mrciartts
Consecutively: Assistant Instructor of Physiology, University of Pennsylvania Medical School; Professor of Physiology, University of Tennessee and Research Assistant in Physiology, Columbia University
When frog skin separates two different concen- trations of a KC1 solution, a potential difference is measurable across it, which we may name, from its origin, a membrane concentration poten- tial. If both solutions are approximately neutral, the more dilute solution is positive relative to the more concentrated. This direction of polarity, ac- cording to certain generally accepted rules of in- terpretation, signifies that positive ions traverse the skin more readily than negative ions.
When no membrane separates these two dif- ferent concentrations of a KC1 solution, the po- tential difference which arises across the liquid boundary is negligibly small, since IK and Cl ions
in free diffusion migrate at very nearly equal rates. The membrane concentration potential is greater than this free diffusion concentration po- tential probably because the membrane hinders the diffusion of anions more than that of cations. Amberson and Klein have shown that this hin- drance offered specifically to the penetration of anions in the case of frog skin is probably due to a preponderance of negative charges on the walls of its pores. When sufficiently acid solutions are applied to the skin to change from negative to positive the charge borne on its pores (as shown by electroendosmosis), it then becomes more per- meable for anions than for cations. Therefore,
120 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 55
in a measurement of membrane concentration po- tential in acid solutions, the sign of the dilute solution is negative.
We have undertaken to determine a quantita- tive relationship between free diffusion potentials and membrane concentration potentials across frog skin. We ventured to predict that at some particular hydrogen ion concentration where the charges on the pores of the membrane are at a minimum, the membrane influence on ionic dif- fusion might be so far withdrawn that the con- centration potentials measured would be identical with free diffusion potentials. At this pH value, then, concentration potentials across the frog skin with K, Na, Li, and Ca salts of a common anion should be at least in the same order as free dif- fusion potentials, and possibly of like magnitude. The anion chosen for these experiments was acetate.
Measurements of free diffusion potential were made across a flowing liquid junction between acetate buffer solutions which were always 0.1 and 0.01 M with respect to salt, though adjusted to various pH values by variations in their acid content. Free diffusion potentials were constant within 1.0 my., throughout the pH range of 4.4 to 5.8; and are therefore plotted as simple straight lines at the right of the figure. The values ob- tained at pH 5.4 were as follows: K, 17.0+-; Na, 7.0+; Li, 1.0—; Ca, 80—. The units are milli- volts, and the sign is that of the dilute solution.
Measurements of membrane concentration po- tential were made with solutions which, with re- spect to electrolyte content, were the same as those used in the study of free diffusion, but all were made up to be approximately isotonic with frog saline by the addition of dextrose. In order to obtain concentration effects of any magnitude it is necessary to apply the more dilute solution to the outside of the skin, and to apply it afresh just before each measurement of electromotive force. From the potentials obtained between dilute and concentrated solutions must be sub- racted the very much smaller potential obtained when solutions of equal concentration are applied to both sides of the skin. The difference is the potential due to concentration effect, i. e. the membrane concentration potential.
The four curves in the left hand part of the figure show the membrane concentration poten- tials obtained. In K acetate, throughout the pH range studied, the dilute solution is positive to the concentrated, though the magnitude of the potential difference diminishes with increasing acidity. (The experiments of Amberson and Klein show reversal in this pH range with the chloride of K.) In Ca acetate on the other hand, the dilute solution is always negative, and in- creasingly so with acidity. The curves for Na
and Li lie between the extremes of K and Ca and closely parallel to them. That for Na crosses the line of zero potential at about pH 5.0, for Li at about pH 5.5.
If we assume that the sole influence of the membrane on ionic diffusion has been by reason of charges on its surfaces and that there is one pH value where those charges are at a minimum, we may infer that pH value from the figure, as the point where the concentration potential with Li acetate equals its free diffusion potential. An ordinate erected at this point intersects the curves for concentration potential with the other three salts within hardly more than one millivolt of the respective free diffusion potentials of those salts.
CONCENTRATION
POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE.
Sacros> Frog Skin Free Diffusion
pH a4 48 32 36 co)
CHART
It may be concluded, therefore, that at a certain pH value, between 5.4 and 5.5 the influence of the membrane on ionic diffusion seems to be absent, presumably because the charges on its pore sur- faces are at a minimum. At that pH the relative rates of ionic migration are the same as in free diffusion, and membrane concentration potentials are therefore practically identical with free dif- fusion potentials. At other pH values, the mem- brane exerts an influence which favors cations in relatively alkaline solutions, anions in more acid solutions.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 12.)
LEARNING AT ROLLINS COLLEGE On Sunday afternoon a large group of people came out to Penzance Point to hear Mr. Malcolm Forbes of Rollins College, Florida, speak about
juny 23571932)
THE COLLECTING
NET 121
“Modern Methods of College Education” ticed there during the last five years.
Dr. Warbasse, in introducing Mr. Forbes, gave very briefly his ideas about education. Mr. Forbes then explained the two-hour conference system at Rollins. The classes last for two hours and meet every day. Only a limited number are in each class. (not over 25). In this way the instructor comes to really know his students, and they him. The class sits around a table and every one takes part in the discussion. The mind is thus stimulated to think in a more original and in a freer manner than is permitted in the case of the lecture system. During the period, while the other students are engaged in writing or reading, the instructor often takes an individual student into his office for a conference about his work or any other matter which may seem important at the time. Their marking system is not based upon grading papers, but rather widely indicated by checking up on a student’s maturity, cooperation, initiative, mental awareness, industry and other characteristics which seem important to his super iors, There are no final written examinations. The student comes up before a committee and is orally examined in a rather informal manner. If he claims proficiency in a given subject or sub- jects, he may be asked any questions whatever on these subjects, and according to his replies, and his general background and intelligence, the com- mittee decides whether or not he is ready to move on.
Mr. Forbes also discussed the advantages of this system over the old lecture methods, and in this connection, many questions and answers of a very stimulating nature were exchanged. The point of hewing the students mark their fellow- students came up, and several of the students present gave their views as to why this is so re- luctantly done. The whole question of the rela- tionship between the student and the instructor was considered, and was aptly expressed by Dr. Stockard, and in a slightly different way by Mrs Lillie, as a cooperative relationship which attempts to give and take to mutual advantage.
The discussion was so very interesting that it could easily have lasted an hour longer, and one could not help feeling that a great many new and inspiring ideas had been exchanged. But one could not help feeling also that the ideas pre- sented so well by Mr. Forbes, which are practiced so intensively in his college, are in a great many instances being carried out to a limited extent in many of the leading men’s and women’s colleges in the East and West right now. It was a subject well worth discussing, and one which might easily be repeated at future meetings from other view- points and experiences. —V.W.
as prac-
BOOK REVIEW Annual Survey of American Chemistry. Vol. V1,
1931. Edited by CLARENCE J. West. 35 + 573
pp. Chemical Catalog Company, Ine. May,
1932.
This survey reviews a variety of subjects which have engaged the attention of American chemists during the past year. Altogether thirty-seven chapters have been contributed by specialists on subjects ranging from the extremely theoretical aspects of physical chemistry to the more practi- cal aspects of industrial chemistry. The usual ar- rangement of each chapter i is a general review of outstanding events in the field, followed by theo- retical and practical considerations. — Bibli- ographies are given, but in many cases are some- what too specific and limited by the particular interests of the reviewer. Judging from the am- ount of material presented under the headings of colloid, fermentation, vitamin, foods, etc., the trend seems broadly in the direction of biochem- istry and all its ramifications. |The greatest ad- vances have been made in analytical chemistry, where, besides the increased emphasis on the use of organic complexes, the application of physical methods such as the X-ray, have done much in the solution of problems of chemical structure. Much of the industrial research gives the impres- sion that the solution of practical problems has far outstripped the theoretical. The survey is not critical and does not attempt to correlate any of the facts—Dr. Edwin P. Lang.
THE M. B. L. CLUB CONCERTS
The Club-house Concerts on Wednesday eve- nings are continuing to meet with the popular approval of those attending. There is still room for more, however, and it is hoped that this weelx will see a full house. The program is to be a particularly interesting one, for Mr. Greenough has chosen from his collection of records those representing modern composers with a fine ex- ample from the works of each.
As a contrast for the more or less classical program which has preceeded this week's program, the latter should prove greatly attractive since it gives a picture of the modern trend in music. Mr. Greenough is to be thanked for making these choices possible, and the best way to show this appreciation is in the reception we accord the concerts.
RAM 8:15 P.M.
DHE PROG
Wednesday, July 20, at
Ranel. . .Daphinus et Clohe Suite Gershwin....................An American in Paris Rachmaninoff. . . Pe ro hony No. 2 in E minor
122 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 55
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Wyte WAL COLL ore rays ieiviie ieteastalalolelsi=/el'srolelsis (clsiemiate Editor Assistant Editors
Annaleida S. Cattell
Vera Warbasse
Florence L. Spooner
Contributing Editor to Woods Hole Log T. C. Wyman
The Beach Questisn IV
At its general meeting on July 11 the Committee on Recreation Facilities spent part of its time in considering the wisdom of recommending town ownership of a part of the Bay Shore bathing beach.
The first suggestion was that the town pur- chase the beach rights in front of the Lots on the Northeast side of the fence. One of the lot- holders expressed his opinion concerning this point. He considered this step unwise and un- necessary, and said he felt that if the town needed a beach that it should purchase the rights for one on “Lot X” and on the neighboring one owned by Dr. Strong. This lot is the one with the bathhouses on it and is about the size of three ordinary lots. In 1928 Miss Sarah B. Fay reserved “in trust in perpetuity” the beach in front of the building “to extreme low water mark” for the use of “such inhabitants of that part of said Falmouth known as Woods Hole as make it their home. The people of Woods Hole have free use of the beach on Lot X through the generosity of Miss Fay. We hope that Falmouth will not make the grave mistake of spending its money for something that has been deeded to them. It is true that the deed of conveyance has been construed in such a way that the selectmen decided they could not (or did not want to!) ap- propriate money for its improvement. If there is real difficulty in this matter we believe that it might be overcome. Woods Hole will be better off if it assumes control of the beach North- east of Lot X. Dr. Strong has generously left the lot bordering it free from restrictions. So for the present it is in the category of Lot X.
Possibly the consideration of a more or less hypothetical situation would make this point clear. Assume that the beach rights of an ordinary lot
anywhere along the Bay Shore can be purchased for $1,000. Furthermore suppose that the town can appropriate $4,000 to purchase beach rights. There are three possible ways in which this money might be spent:
(1) By purchasing the beach rights of “Lot X” and of Dr. Strong’s lot.
(2) By purchasing the beach rights of the four lots northeast of Dr. Strong’s lot which belong to Dr. Brooks, Dr. Glaser, Dr. Addison and Dr. Harvey.
(3) By purchasing the beach rights of the lots belonging to Dr. Brooks, Dr. Glaser and Dr. Addison and devoting the re- maining sum of $1,000 towards improv- ing the beach in front of these lots.
We believe that the committee will not be short- sighted enough to recommend the first plan.
Neither the committee as a whole—nor any in- dividual member of it—is responsible for, or has control over, any unsigned articles that have been printed (or that may be printed) in THE CoL- LECTING Net. We do not know what action the sub-committee which was appointed almost two weeks ago has taken at their two meetings; but we do know that members of the laboratory and townspeople alike are awaiting their report with considerable interest. In our opinion it should not be delayed longer; if further investigation is required a preliminary report should be made im- mediately to the larger committee which appointed se
It is not impossible that members of the gen- eral committee might now have new suggestions to offer. The sub-committee could then take these into consideration in making its final report.
CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound:
Date A.M. P.M. July 9:03 Oe) July 9:50 10:21 July 25.. 10:39 11:14 uly26s2 cre ELS —- Yulee Zens ee - 12:08" 2220 July 28.. ee le: 02) 1:10 iitiliye20 entre 1:53 1:59 [eee 224 2:48 Slit lsyas leer eee S227. SEoo
In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. It must be remembered that the schedule printed above is dependent upon the wind.
Jury 23, 1932 ]
tHe COLLECTING NET
ITEMS OF INTEREST
Dr. Graham Lusk, professor of physiology at the Cornell University Medical School for more than twenty-years, died on July 19 at the age of sixty-six years. Dr. Lusk was distinguished for his work in the field of nutrition, and was a mem- ber of the National Academy of Sciences.
Dr. W. F. Hamilton has been appointed to the department of Physiology at George Washington university, where he will continue his studies on blood flow. Dr. Hamilton has been professor of physiology at George Washington coe and he first began his work there in 1923. He was first trained in zoology at the University of Cal- ifornia, and before working at Louisville he was instructor in zoology at the University of Texas and of physiology at Yale University.
Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn broke his leg last ie day night after a supper on a poe on one of the Weepecket Islands. He was wrestling in the sand with one of his students when the accident occurred. According to the Falmouth Enterprise he “was said to have been demonstrating the Jap- anese science of jiu jitsu”. The task of trans- ferring him from the island to the motor boat was a difficult one, but the return trip to Woods Hole was made quickly. An ambulance was called and Dr. Heillbrunn was taken to the Hos- pital in Hyannis. The broken leg was success- fully set, and his visitors find him submerged in a mass of scientific papers for he is using his en- forced “leisure” to catch up with some of his own writing. It is understood that Dr. Heil- brunn will return to his home on Gardiner Road sometime this week-end.
Dr, E. U. Condon, associate professor of phys- ics at Princeton University, visited Woods Hole on Sunday and Monday. He motored down with his wife and daughter from Cambridge where he is giving a course of lectures at the Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology.
Dr. E. Newton Harvey sailed for Europe on July 21 on the Paris. He has a leave of absence from Princeton University and will attend the Physiology Congress at Rome. Dr. Harvey will stay at the Naples Laboratory until Thanksgiving.
Mr. C. B. Crampton who was research assist- ant at Wesleyan University has been appointed instructor in biology at this institution.
On Tuesday a group of summer school students from the Hyannis State Teachers College, about forty in number, visited the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole. They inspected all of the buildings connected with the three institu- tions and took a short trip on the Neries.
SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (Received Juiy 16)
On Thursday of this week Director T. Wayland Vaughan went to Claremont at the special invita- tion of President James A. Blaisdell of Claremont College to serve as one of a small group of ad- visers to President Blaisdell with reference to de- velopment of a research program in his institution.
On Tuesday of this week Director and Mrs. T. Wayland Vaughan entertained a group of U. S. Navy officers at luncheon at their home. The guests included Rear-Admiral Thomas J. Senn; Captain Mayo, Commanding Officer of the U. S. S. Ramapo. The Ramapo is the naval vessel which has been conducting extensive investigations in the North Pacific in recent years.
At the end of last week Dr. E. G. Moberg re- turned from attendance at the meetings of the Pacific Division of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and of the Western Society of Naturalists at Pullman, Washington, and from following visits to marine stations at Nanaimo, B. C., Friday Harbor, Washington, and Seattle, Washington. In the course of these visits a conference was held at Friday Harbor be- tween representatives of the different institutions engaged in chemical researches on sea water and in line with an earlier suggestion from the com- mittees on Oceanography of the United States and Canada. This conference discussed plans for co- ordination of the chemical work of Pacific Coast Stations from San Diego northward.
Mr. P. S. Barnhart, Curator of the Museum at the Scripps Institution, reported to Director T. Wayland Vaughan at the first of this week that Captain Victor Angulo had recently made a ver- bal offer to him to collect temperature records, water samples and plankton samples at bi-weekly intervals at certain stations along the route tra- versed by his freight boat between San Diego and Mazatian, Mexico,
At the end of last week Dr. Hellmut Miller, a chemist in the laboratories of the Hooper Founda- tion in San Francisco, visited the Institution.
Perhaps it has been noticed that the M. B. L. Club is receiving a new coat of paint. Just at present it is a beautiful white, but it is going to have two coats, and it has not yet been decided whether or not the building will remain white or assume another color. Mr. Walter Johnson is in charge of the work, and predicts that, with good weather, the job will be completed in about twelve days. —F.L.S.
124
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 55
The Newest Development in Hydrogen Ion Concen- tration Measurements
A Glass Electrode pH Apparatus A high degree of accuracy.
No ‘“poisonings’’ or other solutions.
limitations as to
Quartz insulation throughout. Adequate metallic shielding prevents disturbances.
static
Potentials measured with a Lindemann quad- rant electrometer.
Method of substitution prevents possible termin- al errors.
Small amounts of solutions may be measured— as small as 0.001 m.l.—just enough to fill a
Patent Applied For
No. 5277
W. M. WELCH MANUFACTURING COMPANY
General Offices: 1515 Sedgwick St., Chicago, III., U.S.A.
Branches:
New York City; Nashville, Tenn.; Austin, Tex.
Kansas City, Mo.;
Pacific Coast Representatives: Braun-Kneécht-Heimann Co., Ltd., San Francisco, Calif. Braun Corporation, Ltd., Los Angeles, Calif.
BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES IN COMPLETE SETS Volumes and Back Copies For Sale EST. 1887
B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK
very fine capillary tube.
Complete with electrometer, microscope, alu- minum shielding box with switches, rheo- stats, double scale millivoltmeter, and com- plete glass electrode assembly including cal- omel half cells.
This new development will make possible a higher order of accuracy and a new and powerful tool for those requiring measurements of hydrogen ion concen- tration. Such a set has never before been available and has only been used in advanced research problems.
Send for Complete Description of this New Development.
Scuthern Biological Supply Co., Inc. Living and Preserved Bio- logical Specimens of all Types for the Laboratory Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- iana Forms.
Specialists i in Amoeba Cultures, Alligators, Ete. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La.
FALM(: ence MASSACHUSETTS Management, P. F. Brine, Inc. RIGHT ON THE OCEAN
THE NEW CAPE CODDER is equipped to care for any social function.
TED ROBBINS and his CAPE CODDERS
Luncheon except Sunday Dinner except Wednesday and Saturday Afternoon Tea, by reservation only from
DINE and DANCE
AT THE
CAPE CODDER
WEDNESDAY or SATURDAY EVENING Music by
Both Indoor and Outdoor Dance Floors
DINNER FROM 7 to 9 P. M. DANCING FROM 8 to 12 P. M. 2.50 per person is $1.25 — Sunday $1.50
is $1.50 15
Jury 23, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
Me
Small But Most Efficient
The “Clinical” Model is more than a small centrifuge.
Built with a protective bowl, the International Clinical Model offers all the protection of the larger machines. The motor is universal for alternating and direct currents and holds con- sistently to a speed of 2400 R. P. M. with a four tube head. When you have investigated the “Clinical” you will be surprised at the low cost.
International Clinical Centrifuge
Designed particularly to serve as auxiliary equipment in the busy laboratory where two or more centrifuges can be operated at great saving of time.
The CLINICAL Model is reasonable in price and unexcelled in workmanship.
There is an International for any job.
INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass.
Makers of Fine Centrifuges
Rs,
MONOBJECTIVE BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
With readily interchangeable binocular and monocular tubes
MICROSCOPE DSA-1 Stand DSA with simplified Mechanical Stage and Quadruple Nosepiece; Con- denser na. 1.2 with Iris Diaphragm Achromatic Objectives: 3, 8 n.a. 0.20, 40 n.a. 0.65, 90 n.a. 1.25 (Oil Immersion). Paired Huygens Oculars: 10x and 15x. Magnifications: 30x to 1350x.
Price, $225 f. 0. b. N. Y.
MICROSCOPE DSA-2 Same stand as DSA-1, but with apla- natic condenser n.a. 1.4 and Apochro- matic Objectives: 10 n.a. 0.30, 20 n.a. 0.65, 40 n.a. 0.95 and 90 n.a. 1.3 (Oil Immersion), Paired Compensating Oc- ulars: 7x, 10x and 15x. Magnifications: 70x to 1350x.
Price $400.50 f. 0. b. N. Y.
A satchel type of carrying case can be supplied instead of the standard cabinet, at an additional cost of $4.00
CARL ZEISS, Inc.
485 Fifth Avenue, New York
Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
125
126 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vou. VII. No. 55
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
Henry Kidder, in the last Woods Hole Yacht Club race, had a harrowing experience. As he was nearing the finish line at Nobska he fell over- board while taking in the spanker. His heavy sweater managed to absorb a great deal of water and weighed him down. Consequently, 1t was ex- tremely difficult for him to swim. His two younger sisters who were left in the boat coukl not maneouver it very well, taking quite a while to return to their disabled brother. When he was finally rescued, he said that he hoped he would never come any nearer to drowning !—I’, IV’.
Dr. Bridges has had a great number of sailing experiences in his black sloop during the last few summers. Sunday afternoon he was out with a rather large party and tried to sail in the Gut of Cauco, and ran aground just off Warbasse’s dock. Five years ago a knockabout of that size could easily maneouver around in the gut, but now the bottom has shifted and the whole gut is a foot or two more shallow. With the help of an ob- server who had a rowboat handy, Dr. Bridges managed to get his boat safely into deeper water. We hope that Captain Bridges will have better luck the next time he goes out sailing! —I’. IV.
Virginia Elmendorf and the Copeland boys have rented a “QO” boat this summer from the Garfield’s. They intend to race it at the Quisset Races. Last summer they united in renting a baby knockabout which they raced in the Woods Hole Yacht Club races. Mrs. Elmendorf has come with her two children from South America, where her husband is doing scientific research.
Mr. George A. Griffin, the civil engineer and surveyor, took his degree in 1907 at the Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology, and not at Har- vard as stated in one of the accounts printed in our last number.
Miss Charlotte Woodruff has two classmates from Smith College visiting her. —V.W.
Mr. Edward Norman has rented his boat, and bought an S boat which he will race in the Quissett Races.
A surprise party was tendered a young motor- ist as he drove his car off the S. S. “New Bed- ford” when it docked at Woods Hole at 9:45 A. M. Sunday morning. A state patrolman and a local officer stepped aboard his car and drove off with him. The reason for the reception is not known, but apparently the young man did not exactly welcome the attention that was bestowed upon him.—T. C. W.
(Other pages of the Woods Hole Log
Among the unusual pets which are kept in Woods Hole, are four monkeys belonging to Cap- tain Ferris of the Fire Department. Placed in cages right on the main street, they have attracted wide attention from interested spectators. The first one that Captain Ferris got belongs to a most peculiar species. This monkey is of a yel- lowish hue, and has a long tail which is complete- ly useless to him. Unlike most monkeys, this one cannot swing or hang by his tail at all, but he still manages to be as agile as his better- equipped associates. He came originally from the Azores, and his name is “Chico.”—F. L. S.
Tuesday evening there was a party at “Glad- heim,” to celebrate the reunion of the Warbasse family. The eight members have been separated for almost ten years and had hoped to be to- gether for at least one day before the oldest brother, Henry, would have to leave to attend to his Dude Ranch. However, Agnes was unable to attend the reunion for she left for New Bedford where on Tuesday her husky son, Peter Harvey 3urger, was born.
One of the strangest boats that has been seen in Woods Hole harbor for some time arrived last week. It looked a bit like a Chinese Junk The boat is about twenty feet overall and seven feet wide. The only means of locomotion are its sails which are of heavy, black-green canvas, and which match in color the tin hulk of the boat. Oddly enough the two men on board exactly match the color of their boat; their skins, sunburned to a blackish hue, are not the usually reddish-brown of Cape Cod fishermen. The men evidently had not visited a barber shop for some time, because their matted, straw-like hair was below their ears. Even the cat on board had taken on the predominating black-green color. These men are evidently in no great hurry to get anywhere, for their boat is built for comfort and sea-worthiness. It took them one whole day to get from Quissett to Woods Hole. The cabin has no port holes at all, merely a large black stove- pipe sticking out. They live on the boat all the year round, and have just come up from New York, and judging from the speed they seem to make, it must have taken them about six months. They seem to be foreigners, but their exact nationality is as yet unknown. Their boat rest- ed a while near the Coast Guard Station, wait- ing for a favorable wind to bear it away to other ports.—F. L. S.
will be found on pages 128 and 130)
Pt eats Beet.
ye «=.
Jury 23, 1932 } THE COLLECTING NET 127
9th ANNUAL SALE--July 18 to 30
WAMSUTT A PERCALE Sheets
and Pillow Cases
AT THE LOWEST PRICES IN 14 YEARS Once a year, and only once, the Star Store offers these Wamsutta Sheets and P illow Cases at prices that make this “event one of the country’s outstanding sales.
a \ SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT AND PRICE LIST SENT ON REQUEST
Free Daily Delivery to cide dele STAR STORE
Telephone Clifford 750
New Bedford THERE'S A Five Sots ees Store-Wide Sale he AT THE
791 PURCHASE STREET
Friendly Store
Deposits over Assets over IN NEW BEDFORD $21,800,000 $24,000,000 AND IT BEHOOVES YOU ALL TO cs Come to New Bedford
AND QUICKLY
154 Consecutive Semi-Annual
Dividends Paid in THE C. F. WING CO.
790-794 PURCHASE ST. New Bedford, Mass,
77. ‘years.
128 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 55
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
THE FISH MARKET
Few people in Woods Hole realize, I think, what a very interesting aspect of the fishing in- dustry is represented, on a small scale, by the Fish Market owned and run by Mr. Sam Cahoon.
Mr. Cahoon has been in the business in Woods Hole for twenty years now, and continues as en- thusiastic as he was when he first started building it up. One can see that he enjoys it all, and that his own interest, as much as anything else, has contributed to its continued success. The present scope of his business gives a fair indication of the importance of this relatively small market in the fishing industry of New England in general, for by far the greatest part of his business is trans- acted with New York, Philadelphia, New Bed- ford, Fall River, Brockton, Boston and Provi- dence. The local business in and around Woods Hole is almost negligible—only 1-16 of the fish taken in going to people there—but apparently this fact has never hampered the Market’s prog- ress in any way.
At present, the working force at the market comprises three men in the Market itself, seven men on one boat and three on another. The boats used are motor boats, and have been found to be consistently satisfactory for the kind of fishing that is done. The boats go out winter and sum- mer, but in the winter only the larger boats are used. The length of the fishing period varies a great deal, the boats sometimes staying out as long as two weeks, while the smaller ones may return every day to deliver their fish.
Certain seasons bring in their own particular variety of fish. The most usual catches during the summer months of July, August and Septem- ber, are of sword-fish; but there are also a great number of flounders, flukes, and some mackerals. The flounder runs right through the winter sea- son, but the others do not. However the demand for lobsters is far greater than that for all the other fish combined, and is more valuable from a business standpoint. Aside from this, Mr. Ca- hoon does a very good business in the summer season with scallops of which he sells two entirely different kinds. One kind is known as the bay scallop, which comes in during the months of September, October and May. These scallops, under a government regulation, must not be caught at any time except during the months specified. They are found in “shoal” waters. The summer, or “sea”’ scallops are caught only in deep sea water, and their acquisition is not at all regulated by the government, since they are for the most part caught outside the twelve-mile limit.
There are, in the nearby waters, eleven traps set out for fish. Five of them are at Gayhead, five in Buzzards Bay and one in Lambert’s Cove. Most of them are emptied daily, except on Sun- day. The traps at Gayhead are left alone until
they are quite full and then emptied. The whole.
process of fishing is quite irregularly done, for on some days 110 boats come in at all, and on other days as many as fifty boats unload. But in any case, the fish market is never at a standstill, as one can readily see by the bustle of activity which centers about the place at all hours of the day. I am sure that no one who is at work there is ever idle for long, and that is something to stop and think about in this day and age! —F.L. S.
I FOUND SOME NEW SHOPS
Last week-end while I was here I noticed that some other shops were recommended by THE CotLtectinGc Net. I found a delightful coffee shoppe (Marge’s) conveniently situated on the corner of Main and Depot streets. The charm- ing orange and blue furnishings form a delightful background for the delicious meals served there. I also found that there was an excellent hair- dresser back of the Western Union office, where “Suzanne” washed and waved my hair as well as I ever hope to have it done. Mr. Griffin, I have learned, is the only surveyor in town and does such a satisfactory job that there is no need for any other. I hope I will find more such shops in Woods Hole when I come back. —V.W.
The Falmouth Emergency Employment cam- paign has been crowned with success. Its organ- izers agreed to obtain pledges for work to be done soon amounting to $100,000. Woods Hole ex- ceeded its quota because of the untiring efforts of Charles E. Gifford, Commander Roderick Patch, Harry Daniels, and George A. Griffin, as well as by the active work of several individuals affiliated with the Laboratory including Samuel Pond, Thomas Larkin and James McInnes. The pledges for the Woods Hole district alone have amounted already to over $12,000 and they are still coming in. If any member of the laboratory can pledge to have work done soon he should obtain a card immediately from one of the men mentioned above. In making the pledge one can “select his own contractor, employ whom he pleases and pur- chase wherever he pleases; and he is to make his own bargain. But, if he needs to, he may apply to headquarters for suggestions or help.”
(Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 126 and 130)
aie Sy eh ieee
Jury 23, 1932 }
THE COLLECTING NET
129
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates W. T. GRABIEC, Prop.
N. E. TSIKNAS FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE Telephone 1243
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANIELS
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
AWNINGS AND SAILS
GILKEY-DURANT CO. TURN LEFT, WHEN LEAVING BOAT 8 HOMER’S WHARF Tel. Clifford 6775 New Bedford, Mass.
Walter O. Luscombe
REAL ESTATE AND INSURANCE
Woods Hole
Phone 622-4
GEORGE A. GRIFFIN Civil Engineer and Surveyor
Assoc. Member Am. Soc. C. E. S. B., Mass. Inst. of Tech., 1907
Tel. Conn. HIGH ST., WOODS HOLE
M. B. L. FRIENDS can find a pleasant change at MARGE’S COFFEE SHOPPE Sandwiches — Table d’hote — A la carte
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP
Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
ROOMS IN BAY SHORE BATH HOUSE MAY BE RENTED BY APPLYING TO THE OFFICE OF WALTER O. LUSCOMBE RAILROAD AVE. WOODS HOLE
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S
Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
Church of the Messiah
( Episcopal )
The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector
Holy Communion .. 8:00 a.m. Mornings braver nell OO ani: Evening Prayer ...... eexoince 7/ O10) FsSem:
130 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 53
THE WOODS HOLE LOG
COAST GUARD COMMENDED
The following is a letter which was addressed to Commander Patch at the Coast Guard Station at Woods Hole from the Chief of Police in New Bedford, commending the assistance rendered in the recent airplane disaster there.
Lieutenant Commander R. S. Patch
U. S. Coast Guard,
Woods Hole, Mass.
Dear Commander :—
This is in reference to the commanding officer of your Coast Guard boat which came to our assistance in the New Bedford Har- bor on July 11, when we had a serious air- plane accident and two people were drowned.
I regret I do not know the officer’s name in charge of the boat. However, I want you to know that we received full and effective cooperation from this boat. As a matter of fact, they located and brought to the surface the plane which sank, and by so doing we | were able soon after to recover the boats and the two persons drowned. I am sure that the people of New Bedford appreciated this service, and I certainly do, as I know what the assistance given by your men meant to this department.
I want you to feel that this department is at your service at any time. Do not hesitate to call us for any service that we may be able to render.
Respectfully yours, SAMUEL D. McLEOD Chief of Police.
There is one assistance report from the Coast Guard this week. On July 11, while moored at Cuttyhunk, Massachusetts, a vessel was sighted off Gull Island making distress signals at about 6:00 P. M. A Coast Guard boat immediately put out to its assistance. It reached the vessel about 6:30, and it was found to be an American gas screw C-7899 of New Bedford. A line was passed on board and the boat taken in tow for Cutty- hunk, arriving there about 7:00 P. M. Some members of the engine force of the Coast Guard boat worked on the motor and made temporary repairs which enabled the C-7899 to leave Cutty- hunk for New Bedford at 8:00 P. M. The patrol boat was the CG-149 in charge of Frank Eaton. —F, L.S.
The Bureau of Fisheries reports that there is a new boat being built for them at Providence at the present time. It is about the size of the Asterias, being a forty-foot boat equipped with a deisel engine. It was to be tried out on Tuesday
and expected to reach Woods Hole by the end of the week. It will be used for the customary collecting trips——F. L. S.
AT SILVER BEACH
The Theater Unit will give the first perform- ance of Elsie Schauffler’s “Peep Show”, Monday evening, July 25 at Old Silver Beach, West Fal- mouth where it will run through the week. ‘Peep Show” has not been produced on any stage before but is scheduled for Broadway production next Fall.
In writing “Peep Show”, Miss Schauffler has made use of a strange and exciting theme. Gor- gans of the past refuse to lie in their graves, and threaten to turn pleasant green existances into petrified forests. Only courageous love can down such ghosts. Past and present lie in interesting periods, the one in the ‘nineties, the other in 1905. Without the hocus-pocus of the mystery play, the playwright has devised a tense drama, comparable to “Berkeley Square.”
The cast will include Katherine Squire who as Penelope Wilson will carry the burden of the play, 3yron McGrath, Barbara O’Neil and Bretaigne Windust. —J.T.S. PLAY REVIEW
This past week the Theatre Unit players at Silver Beach have been producing the well-known comedy “It’s a Wise Child”. The heroine, ad- mirably played by Barbara O’Neil, is in the pre- dicament of being engaged to marry an older man whom she detests. To break the engagement, she falsely tells him that she is about to become a mother. The family lawyer, with a great deal of difficulty, finally gets the girl out of her diffi- cult situation. Joshua Logan in this part showed that not only can he direct plays (for the past three plays were produced by him) but also that he is an excellent actor. Judging from the laugh- ter and applause which Merna Pace as the maid and Jim Stewart as the iceman received, I am sure the audience appreciated their characteriza- tions. I felt that in this play the whole cast united together to make a well-rounded production.
—V. W.
LOST—Pair of wire-rimmed glasses by Virginia Fletcher. If found please return to “COLLECTING Net” office.
The Island Airways Corporation seems to be very successful, for last Friday they carried seven passengers on a single plane. On one day 63 were carried. When they first started their flying service, if they had 30 passengers on one day they felt it was a very profitable one. —V.W.
(Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 126 and 128)
Ee
Jury 23, 1932 ]
BRAE BURN FARMS
Superior Guernsey Milk and Cream
Butter Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HATCHVILLE
Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
THE COLLECTING NET
FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND HARDWARE CO.
Agency for LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER
Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 260
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods
EASTMAN’S HARDWARE 5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
FALMOUTH TAILORING AND DRESSMAKING SHOP Remodeling aj Specialty CLEANSING and PRESSING
Goods Called For Main. Street and Delivered Tel. Falmouth 1104
CLEANING AND PRESSING OF Ladies’ Suits $1 0 Ladies’ Coats e Plain Silk Dresses Call Falmouth 430 OREGON DYE HOUSE MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
Men’s Suits Topcoats Overcoats
JAX
FEMININE FOOTWEAR $4.50 to $7.50 QUEEN’S BUYWAY Near Filene’s
FALMOUTH
Ford
Sales and Service
CAPE COD AUTO CO.
TEL. 62 DEPOT AVE., FALMOUTH SPECIAL CLASS RATES
Saddle Riding
Horses Lessons
LONGWOOD RIDING STABLES, INC.
Boston, Mass.
Depot Ave. Falmouth Tel. Falmouth 537
THE NEW DRUG STORE
G. R. & H. DRUG CO.,, Inc. GEORGE TALBOT,
Reg. Pharm.
MAIN ST, FALMOUTH
M. H. WALSH’S SONS ROSE SPECIALISTS WOODS HOLE, MASS.
PLANTS — CUT FLOWERS — PLANTING
ROBBINS HAND LAUNDRY
FALMOUTH, MASS.
Telepkone 78
Visit Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth Phone 116
_THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 55
SUZANNE (of Washington, D. C.)
HAIRDRESSING SALON SECOND SEASON AT WOODS HOLE
(Back of Western Union) Tel. Falmouth 1326
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP Weeks’ Building, Falmouth
Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait
(Special Rates to Laboratory Members)
Automobile Top Repairing Shoe Repairing
SHOES THE LEATHER SHOP MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
Tel. 240 A. C. EASTMAN
COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS
ELIZABETH ARDEN YARDLEY COTY
MRS. WEEKS SHOPS
Phone 109 Falmouth
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY Collections Daily
Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories Telephone 777 SERVICE THAT SATISFIES
HUBBARD & MORRISON REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop.
Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
Quality Service EVERYTHING
IN DRUG STORE MERCHANDISE ROWE’S PHARMACY
“The Rexall Store” P. D. ROWE, Ph. C., Reg. Pharmacist
FALMOUTH AT LAST PAINTS AT FAIR PRICES, AND IN FALMOUTH Gal. Quart Outside Oil Paint $3.00 $ .90 4-Hour Enamel 3.75 1.15
Myron S. Lumbert CASH PAINT STORE
QUEEN’S BUYWAY FALMOUTH
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00
Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE WALK-OVER SHOP
General Merchandise SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT
A. ISSOKSON
THE THEATRE UNIT
Presents “THE PEEP SHOW” JULY 25 THROUGH JULY 30 Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth Telephone 1400
SCIENTIFIC WORKERS
When you come to
NEW BEDFORD
eat our excellent
— = 00: LUNCH — GULF HILL PARLORS
596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD
( Opposite Library )
Jury 23, 1932 ]
The Dissecting Set illustrated above is being widely used by instructors and by advanced students of biology. The case is of best- quality leather, handsomely finished, lined with velvet and has chamois skin pro- tecting flaps. The instruments comprising the set are of “A” quality, with keen cutting
edges. These instruments consist of the
following :
1 Scalpel No. 6935 ebony handle 46 mm. edge
1 Scalpel No. 6942 ebony handle 25 mm. edge
1 Scissors No. 7009, medium straight
1 Forceps No. 6787 heavy straight for vertebrate work
1 Tenaculum No. 7052 ebony handle 160 mm. length
1 Cartilage Knife No. 6817, all steel 45 mm. edge
1 Seeker No. 7037 all steel 150 mm. length
1 Triple chain and hooks No. 6807
1 Blowpipe No. 6747 120 mm. length
1 Celluloid rule No. 10497, 6 inches
LAE ISIE 8 i ean ti cic po Oe DOR Die Ein eee termes 271) Per dozen, 10% discount
We can supply Dissecting Sets containing any desired selection of dissecting instruments and we would be pleased to submit quotations on any required quantity.
WILL CORPORATION
LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS
ROCHESTER, NY.
THE COLLECTING NET 133
- FOR PRECISE UNTIRING WORK USE eeesee
The B & L Microscope GSE
HERE’S a new satisfaction . . . an ease of ac- complishment .. . in the use of the new B &
L: Microscope GSE. It has made its place in the microscope field by virtue of its scientifically ad-
vanced design, a V-shaped base that has the weight
of adequate research models, and a rigid arm that
holds the instrument in steady balance at all times . at any angle of inclination.
Binocular observation gives unusual eye-ease and relief from strain. The effect of stereoscopic vision that it gives, aids the accuracy of observations. With the instrument is included a monocular body for photography, drawing or projection.
The GSE wili be on exhibit at the Old Lecture Hall until July 27th.
Bausch & Lomb Optical Company
671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, N. Y.
134 THE COLLECTIN( x NET
NEW BIOLOGICAL MOVIES
Three moving pictures on 16mm. film are now being produced by Turtox.
1. Protozoa. Showing the common labora-
tory protozoa moving about, feeding, etc.
This film contains a remarkable view of
dividing Amoeba.
. Bacteriology. Showing common methods of culturing bacteria and speeded up views of growth in some of the more common forms.
3. Vivarium Views. Views of establishing
living material in the laboratory.
If you use moving pictures in your teaching, write for further information on the above and other 16mm. moving pictures to be pro- duced in the near future.
nN
The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction
General Biological Supply House Incorporated
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO
IN BUSINESS BY THE VILLAGE GREEN
SINCE AUGUST 6th, 1821
The FALMOUTH NATIONAL BANK
Falmouth,
Massachusetts
Capital, $100,000 Surplus Fund, $100,000
[ Vor. VII. No. 55
APPARATUS
COLORIMETRIC AND ELECTROMETRIC
Hellige Colorimetric Comparators employ permanent non fading color standards.
L. & N. Electrometric Apparatus is recom- mended.
Write for descriptive bulletins and state in detail your requirements.
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
Best Results Assured with
Best Results Assured with
Non-Corrosive Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES
Do Not Fog
At your dealer—or write (giving dealer’s name) to
Ciay-ApAmMs COMPANY
117-119 East 24th Street NEW oR
HYDROGEN ION
BOOKS ON WHALING
“Bark Kathleen Sunk by a Whale” $1.25 Melville’s Moby Dick 80c and $1.25 Gordon Grant’s “Greasy Luck” $5.00
Tilton’s “Cap’n George Fred” $2.00
Chatterton’s “Whalers and Whaling” $1.25
Story of “Whaleship Chas. W. Morgan” 50c
Verrill’s Real Story of a Whaler” $3.00 Tobey’s “The Cabin Boy’s Log” $2.00
Hutchinson’s Book Store
BOOK STORE BUILDING
Jury 23, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 1173)5)
MASTER MICROSCOPE
New
Spencer Type
No. os with
LOW FINE ADJUSTMENT
ROMINENT and unusual is the latest Spencer improvement in microscope
design—the low fine adjustment. This new fine adjustment is located at the
hase of the arm so the microscopist can operate it with his hand resting easily on the table.
The new Spencer Type Microscope No. 3, equipped with the new low fine adjustment, is large and beautiful in proportion, sturdily designed for extra years of service, and precisely built to meet the needs of the practical research worker.
A new booklet M-56 completely describes this new microscope. It is yours— free. Write for it now!
BUFFALO AQ) Comp YORK
136 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No: 55
PROME ad DROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS 7 "It Saved Us the Cost of Five
Microscopes'' Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used aS a microscope and a micro-photographie ap- paratus.
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruc- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, etc.
It has been endorsed by many leading scientists and in- structors.
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent
THE PROMAR MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION AND DRAWING APPARATUS A new instrument which has been brought out in response to a demand for a simple apparatus like the Promi for more advanced work which requires more powerful illumination and higher magnifica- tion. Has many additional features as standard equipment. Demonstrations will gladly be made
Prospectus and prices sent on request. by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 11, Brick Headquarters for Biological Téaching Material Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.
117-119 East 24th Street
Chay 7-\DAR MIS CompPAN ig New Yorkonye
4 ’ weed He il)
(eq Alaa?
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable us to send the appropriate
Spalteholz catalog. Transparent ny ex Teese ee Preparations | Visit our display rooms and | Pp ist Finiae museum. ; - ee Panto and Zoological CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
Model of Human a 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
Vol. VII. No. 6
NEURO-HUMORALISM
SATURDAY, JULY 30, 1932
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
SOME ASPECTS OF THE PHYSIOLOGY
Dr. G. H. PARKER Professor of Zoology, Harvard University I want to talk to you about something that has
OF THE HEART OF LIMULUS POLYPHEMUS Dr. W. E. GARREY
come up since my book has been published. If you look at the way in which chromatophores are controlled, you will see different schemes ; for example, in such forms as crustaceans, the eye From that organ the blood picks up
is essential. something and carries it to the chromatophores in distant parts of the body, inducing expansion and contraction of these organs. This is the hu- moral device for the control of chromatophores which has been described by Dr. Perkins, and that was reported here some years ago.
If we turn to the fish, we find the eye is again essential. Nerves of body run to the chromatophores and in some way or other there is nervous
control of expansion and con-_
traction of chromatophores. If you cut a nerve trunk, re- sponse as far as the given chromatophore is concerned, ceases in the main. The two plans appear to be opposed to
each other—the humoral and the nervous. in my opinion they are not separate but are dif- (Continued on Page 141)
ferent aspects of the
UM. B. L. Calendar
TUESDAY, AUGUST 2, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. W. R. Taylor;‘‘Phyto-
plankton of Isle Royale, Lake Superior.”
Dr. Conway Zirkle; ‘Cytological Fixation with the Lower Fatty Acids, their Salts, ete.”
Dr. G .W. Prescott; “Copper Sul- phate as an Algacide in Lakes and Public Water Supplies.”
Dr. Albert Saeger; ‘‘Manganese and the Growth of Lemnaceae.”
FRIDAY, AUGUST 5, 8:00 P. M.
Lecture: Dr. Robert Chambers; “Vital Coloration of Proto- | plasm.”
But
| |
Professor of Physiology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine
We are all familiar with Pasteur’s dictum that
“chance favors only the prepared mind.” All
physiologists have had their chance to investigate
the fascinating heart of Lim- ulus since its anatomical des- cription by Milne-Edwards in 1873 and the more extensive studies by Patten and Reden- haugh in 1899. There were no reports of physiological studies until 1904 when Prof. A. J. Carlson undertook the investigation of this heart and published his papers—now physiological classics —as a culmination of a_ series of studies on the invertebrate heart. His was the prepared mind. Subsequently many physiologists in this country and abroad have extended this work, but always to confirm his experimental findings, proving that the rhythm of this heart is neurogenic, that
the impulses arise in one or all of the ganglion cells of the median dorsal ganglion (and plexus ) of this heart, that they are conducted by nerve
i — a_i
TABLE OF CONTENTS Neuro-humoralism, Dr. G. H. Parker........ 137 The International Congress of Eugenics..... 144 Some Aspects of the Physiology of the Heart Evolution and SW VOlUtION oo c ai a) -ferete le) e1si i= 16 146 of Limulus Polyphemus, Dr. W. E. Garrey..137 Book Reviews, Dr. S. A. Waksman and The Orientation of the Outgrowing Nerve Dr, Ke Cy Blanchard. 02. ciel el 1 les)*!-)e)e0 147 Fiber, Dr. Paul A. WeisS.........:.-+-0-- 141 The Beach Question and the Lot-holders..... 148 Review of the Seminar Report of Dr. Weiss, HWiditorial Page® in caret. aye were ls we ee nee 150 Dr. A. P. Mathews)... 25.20. cece eee es 142 Items of Interest ....:......0.-ces esr eseses 151 Nerve Conduction Velocity and Equilibration, The Woods Hole Log............--+++eseeees 156 Dr, R. W. Gerard.........-0. see eee seen 144 The Me eB: (Clubs erin te ware os «ows cloner heels 156
nn Ue UEEE EES IEIISSESnEEEE SEE __—————————————————
138
THE COLLECTING
NET [ Vor. VII. No. 56
fibers and cause muscular contractions in the same way that contractions of skeletal muscles are caused by motor nerve impulses from the central nervous system of vertebrates. Carlson reasoned by analogy that the vertebrate heart was likewise neurogenic, but all evidence now seems to point to the conclusion that his deductions were errone- ous and that the vertebrate heart is purely myo- genic. The differences in the physiological re- sponses of these two classes of heart far outweigh the similarities and definitely label the vertebrate heart “myogenic,” the Limulus heart “neuro- genic.” A recently launched attempt of Dubuis- son, following the lead of Hoshino to show that the Limulus heart is myogenic has been wrecked on the rocks of faulty technique, insensitive meth- ods and inadequate controls. The following re- view will emphasize the extent of the wreckage.
Both the vertebrate heart and that of Limulus are automatically rythmic; they beat when ex- cised from the body. The rhythm of tke verte- brate heart originates in the basal part of the heart, in the mammalian heart in a definite col- lection of modified muscle cells called the “sinus node”. In Limulus the rhythmic impulses origi- nate in the elongated median dorsal ganglion, the ganglion cells of which are distributed chiefly from the third to the eighth cardiac segments. Removal of the ganglion brings the heart to rest. In rare instances weak contractions may still per- sist after this operation and may be demonstrated more clearly by distending the heart and thus in- creasing its excitability. The origin of these im- pulses can be demonstrated to be due to ganglion cells in the outlying dorsal nerve plexus. They may be located by systematically hunting for them with the end of a heated test tube; when found they respond to heat with an accelerated rhythm which affects the rate of response of the muscle which may be located several segments away. The rhythm disappears when the nerve cells are des- troyed or their efferent nerve fibers cut. Im- pulse formation by the ganglion is incontro- vertibly proven by the demonstration of rhythmic electrical changes in the excised ganglion, the ac- tion potentials of which have been recorded by Heinbecker and thoroughly studied by Rijlant in this laboratory by means of the kathode ray os- cillograph.
Conduction and coordination in the vertebrate heart are effected by conduction from muscle cell to muscle cell, and the organization is such that if one fiber contracts, the entire muscular struc- ture likewise responds according to the all or none law. The Limulus heart is very different; con- duction is effected only by nerve fibers. While anatomically the heart muscle of Limulus is des- cribed as a syncytium, its physiological response
shows that it is really made up of independent contractile elements.
If the muscle is directly stimulated by an elec- tric shock, the contractile response is limited to the area stimulated and does not spread through the muscle The contraction is greater the stronger the stimulus and repeated stimuli likewise induce greater contractions than single shocks Unlike the vertebrate heart tetanus can be in- duced by repeated stimuli, even as few as ten per second sufficing to this end. We thus see that three characteristics of the vertebrate heart fail in the muscle of Limulus heart, viz., conduction, the “all or none” response and failure of tetanic response. The same results can be obtained by stimulating the motor nerve fibers which form the conducting bridge between ganglion cells and muscle fibers. If one progressively removes the ganglion piece meal, beginning at the posterior end, while recording the contractions of the an- terior (non-ganglionated) muscle segments, there is a progressive weakening of the contractions. The operation progressively severs the nerves con- necting the ganglion cell with the muscle, thus extinguishing some of the ganglionic impulses and paralyzing some of the contractile elements. I have shown that this progressive paralysis of the muscle may be induced in three stages by cutting the median dorsal nerve and the two lateral nerves which are the only motor nerves to the anterior muscular segments. Stimulation of these three nerves likewise demonstrates a partial and frac- tionate innervation of the musculature by each. Stimulation of each lateral nerve causes a con- traction affecting predominately the ipselateral half of the muscular ring of each segment. The median nerve innervates both halves of the heart. A maximum contraction can be secured only by stimulating all three of these nerves and only by the use of rapid repetitive stimuli, thus inducing multi-wave and multi-fiber summation. By bring- ing these three nerves into action in succession the height of the tetanic contractions may be superimposed in three successive stages and must be due to the independent contraction of three separate groups of muscle fibers. Any one of these groups may be completely fatigued without affecting in any way the responses of the other groups. Normal contraction due to the rhythmic discharge of the ganglion is never maximal and may be significantly increased by stimulation of, any one of the motor paths, the rhythmic con- tractions being then superimposed on the tetanic base thus established.
These hitherto unpublished results are crucial proof that the Limulus heart beat is not and can- not be myogenic as Dubuisson has claimed; and they dispose of all analogies to the contraction of
‘ :
. that part of the
Jury 30, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING
NET 139
the vertebrate heart which does not manifest any responses comparable to those of the Limulus heart muscle.
Stimulation of the ganglion at any point with a single stimulus, electrical or mechanical, induces a discharge of motor impulses from the entire length of the ganglion; it induces an extra systole which involves the musculature of every segment. This reaction necessitates an intimate connection of every part of the ganglion with every other part of it and shows that the ganglion at one point or another is connected by nerves with every part of the heart. The refractory period of the gang- lion is very short and such extra systoles may be summed with the contraction induced by the pre- ceding normal contraction. The normal autogen- ous impulse which follows such an extra systole does so at an interval slightly greater than the normal interval. This response is characteristic of only one locus in the vertebrate heart, viz., the “pace maker’; it likewise proves the ganglion to be the “pace maker” of the Limulus heart.
If we turn now to the consideration of the “pace maker” function of the ganglion, the ex- periments just considered indicate the possibility of impulse formation in any part of this extended cord-like structure. This is easily demonstrable by the localized application of heat to the gang- lion; for example, touching the ganglion anywhere between the third and eighth segment with the bottom of a warm test tube will always accelerate the rhythm; furthermore, this result may be se- cured by heating a very restricted region one or two millimeters in length by means of a loop of resistance wire carrying current enough to induce the desired heating effect ; stretching by means of a thread passed under the ganglion at any point will accomplish the same result, By these means we have been able to demonstrate the rhythmo- genic power of every part of the ganglion and to develop a “pace maker” at any desired point. The rhythm of the entire structure is determined by ganglion having the greatest rhythmicity. Heating or treating deganglionated muscle in this way never develops rhythmic prop- erties in it.
At this point we may ask: where is the normal “pace maker” located in the ganglion? By di- viding the heart into smaller pieces by transection at different levels, Carlson demonstrated a slightly greater rate of contraction of the fifth and sixth segments. Edwards by optical means found that the fifth segment beat slightly in advance of those either anterior or posterior to it, and Rijlant, with the kathode ray oscillograph, found a like spread of the action currents in the ganglion and anterior portion of the median nerve. Both found that the conduction proceeds at the rate of about
seventy-five centimeters per second, ‘Thus the
whole heart does not beat synchronously as Du- buisson claims, but there is a successive involve- ment of the muscle farther away from the fifth or sixth segment. The time required for this process, however, is less than one-tenth of a sec- ond, and since the actual contraction lasts for more than a second at laboratory temperatures it follows that for most of the time of systole all segments are contracting, as anyone can easily see, but only methods of precision and a skilled technique can detect and measure the velocity of a nerve impulse.
A further analysis of the ganglionic discharge can be made by a study of the electrical action potentials of the muscle nerve and ganglion. Since single induction shocks or the make or break stim- ulus of the constant current produces only a mini- mal contraction when applied to either muscle or motor nerve, but the ganglionic discharge whether normal or extra-systolic causes a sustained con- traction like that produced by repetitive stimula- tion of the muscle or nerve, Carlson concluded, rightly, that the normal contractions are brief te- tanic responses. Piper had demonstrated the oscil- latory potential variations in skeletal muscles of vertebrates when activated from the central ner- vous system, thus demonstrating the tetanic na- ture of voluntary and reflex responses. Hoff- mann in 1911 showed similar oscillations during the contraction of the muscle of the Limulus heart and attributed them to the tetanic nature of the responses. I have recently published electro- grams which entirely substantiate this conclusion. The failure of Dubuisson and of Dubuisson and Monier to detect these oscillations is due to their failure to appreciate the fact that the salt solu- ion of the body tissues and fluids, equal to a 3% solution of NaCl, offers little resistance to the passage of an electric current and effectively short-circuits the lead-off electrodes, thus making the detection of slight potential variations im- possible. Insulation of the tissues is necessary to success with the string galvanometer. With Rijilant’s kathode ray oscillograph (1931) practi- cally identical electrograms may be obtained on simultaneous records of a motor nerve and the corresponding part of the cardiac musculature. Since the isolated ganglion and nerve give cor- responding potential changes, we have here cru- cial proof of the relation of cause and effect in the two processes, i. e., proof that the heart is neurogenic and that the contraction partakes of the nature of a neurogenous tetanus. The string galvanometer follows the muscular changes quite faithfully and with amplification will indicate the nerve changes. The examples thrown on the screen show that there is a sharp initial potential change followed by a succession of major oscil- lations at the rate of about ten per second at room
140
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 56
temperature, about twelve of them for each con- traction. Superimposed upon these and markedly distorting their regular form are minor waves. These indicate the asynchronous contraction of the contractile elements and constitute further evidence of the fractionate character of the mus- cular innervation already discussed. The pre- cise form of the electrogram is variable depending upon the position of the lead-off electrodes and the sequential relation of the physiological pro- cesses under each. The initial deflections may be made monophasic or diphasic at will.
The long duration of the tetanic discharge is matter for thought and speculation. One may conceive the ganglion to be made up of a series of cell groups which initiate the major oscilla- tions, the minor oscillations being caused by an- other type of cell more discretely disposed, but we still are faced with an interesting problem. Since the conduction rate would involve the whole gang- lion within one-tenth of a second or less why does the ganglionic discharge and muscular con- traction continue for more than a second? It may be that once the discharge is started the gang- lion cell continues in action for this length of time; on the other hand, there may be a reactiva- tion of the pace maker cells by those subsequently involved through recurrent pathways and the es- tablishment thus of a succession of circulating im- pulses within the ganglion. The idea has intriguing possibilities in the eplanation of many processes in the central nervous system of vertebrates—it awaits the test of some ingenious investigator.
Let us turn now to the consideration of the processes which underlie the development of the rhythm. An indirect attack may be made by a study of the effects of different temperatures. Subjecting the muscle alone, for example, the de- nervated heart or the anterior segments which contain no effective rhythmogenic nerve cells, to different temperatures never develops a rhythm in the former instance or alters the rhythm in the latter; there is no myogenic rhythm. The pro- cedure merely alters the excitability and force of contraction whether in response to artificial stimu- lation or the normal ganglionic impulses. The optimal temperature for the muscle is around ten or twelve degrees, Centigrade; the muscle enters reversibly into heat paralysis at about 32°. The ganglion, on the other hand, shows a progressive increase in rate of impulse formation up to 40° C. or higher and is correspondingly slowed by cold, not ceasing its action even at —2° when the fluid about it is ina frozen state. In plotting the rate against temperature I have found that an S- shaped curve is obtained. When the temperature coefficients (Qo) are calculated, they prove to be uniformly greater than 2 in the normal range of temperatures, very large, even 12 at low tempera-
tures, gradually decreasing in the higher ranges of temperature. Such temperature coefficients are highly presumptive evidence that the underlying process is chemical in nature as one would expect, and I naturally turned my attention to oxidation processes as the energy source of the dynamic variations. Carbon dioxide, an end product of oxidation, is evolved from the ganglion as Tashiro had shown. The rate of its development at dif- ferent temperatures was tested by the change in the hydrogen ion concentration of a non-buffered, isotonic, balanced salt solution, and I found that the curve was identical with that of rate changes. The two phenomena showed identical tempera- ture coefficients. Thus was established a quanti- tative correlation between the two processes which pointed to the relationship of cause and effect. All agencies tested showed that acceleration was accompanied by increased evolution of carbon di- oxide, while depression of the ganglionic rate of impulse formation depressed the production of carbon dioxide. A similar relationship holds for the utilization of oxygen as shown by Miss Dann and Miss Gardner, although the quantitative as- pects of this work are still open for investigation.
The antithesis of stimulation viz., inhibition, can be investigated and fits in admirably with the chemical phases of this study. The ganglion can be inhibited either by the stimulation of afferent inhibitory nerves or by direct stimulation, for in a study with Professor Knowlton it was found that while slow rates of stimulation of the gang- lion cause a response (extra systole) to each stim- ulus, increasing the rates to about twenty per second causes a gradual lapse to complete inhibi- tion. This is a condition in which the ganglion is relatively or absolutely inexcitable—the muscles are simply “arrested,” not inhibited ; they remain normally excitable to artificial stimulation. Time will not allow further consideration of the inter- esting inhibitory phenomena beyond the state- ment that carbon dioxide production and oxygen consumption by the ganglion fall far below the normal ; the chemical processes which we conceive to be at the seat of normal impulse formation are suppressed; whether there is a development of a humoral inhibitory substance remains an open question. I cannot close without alluding to the fact that the ganglion of Limulus can con- tinue to function for a long time in an atmos- phere of hydrogen or nitrogen (Newman) and after treatment with cyanides. The ganglion can then function anaerobically and we picture to our- selves some chemical mechanism possibly like that in the anaerobic activity of muscle and nerve in which lactic acid and carbon dioxide are formed, with the concomitant changes in hexose phosphate and creatine phosphate, the oxygen being needed
Jury 30, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
141
in the recovery processes. Such speculation opens an interesting field for investigation which prom- ises results in the interpretation of the dynamics of the nervous system of higher forms.
All of the evidence presented in this brief review point clearly to the neurogenic nature of the beat of the Limulus heart. The character-
istic properties are all those of nerve cells with nerve conduction to muscle which in all its re- actions is like the skeletal muscle of higher forms and in no way like that of the vertebrate heart.
(Abstract of a lecture with lantern slide demon- stration delivered at the Marine Biological Labora- tory, Woods Hole, July 22, 1932.)
NEURO-HUMORALISM ( Continued from Page 137 )
same general plan. In the shrimp, and also in the amphibia, we have short nerve arm (the eye or the eye stalk) and a long humoral arm; in the fish and reptile there is a long nerve arm and short humoral one. This is what is meant by neuro- humoral activity. Both types of response occur ; the operation begins as a nervous one and ends as a humoral one. In crustaceans and amphibians it is chiefly humoral; in fish and reptile it is chief- ly nervous. The two schemes are, in reality, the same.
The two schemes have been contrasted in that in the humoral, the animal responds as a whole; in the nervous the reaction may be local. In the case of nervous control a local action is possible; in that of humoral control, a gen- eral change takes place. This is not quite
true, however. It is known that fish can change their color pattern, whereas most other animals cannot. In the case of the
flat fish the reaction is extremely local. If they are placed upon a background of coarse checkerboard pattern, they respond roughly by Coarse spotting; if placed upon a fine checker- board pattern, a fine pattern results. If you take the blood from a dark fish and inject it into a light one, there comes at once a dark spot in the region of injection. How can this reaction be accounted for? Fluid conditions of the body are different. We think of circulation as running with extreme rapidity; lymph is carried with con. siderable rapidity. Therefore an animal ought to
show general uniformity, but it does not; there may be great diversity. This diversity is not to be attributed to blood but rather to cell sap, or tissue sap, which moves with much greater slow- ness and so allows for these conditions. In hu- moral conditions we have possibilities for local reactions as was implied in the idea of nerve control. It might be similar to the control of muscle—a single muscle may work as an isolated element. Some flat fishes can make these change on their surface almost like muscles, due to the control tissue juices, possibly to sluggish lymph itself.
Some weeks ago my finger was bitten by an in- sect. It was surprising how long it took for the poison to spread—almost two weeks for it to reach the root of the finger. It spread in some slow, sluggish way, not through the blood or lymph, but through epithelium and the skin. In the feeding of coelenterates there must be a simi- lar slow passage of digestive products; there is a passage from living entoderm to ectoderm, a slow passage of tissue juices.
Cell saps and tissue saps seem to be of extreme importance in neuro-humoral responses. Through these devices we can obtain in fish different local responses in,the skin and at the same time these responses are the result of humoral action. This action does not necessarily involve the whole ani- mal but may be local in its effects.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 19.)
THE FACTOR WHICH DETERMINES THE ORIENTATION OF THE OUTGROWING NERVE FIBER : Dr. Paut A. WeEIss Sterling Fellow in Zoology, Yale University
Nerve fibers arise as outgrowing processes of nerve cells. Their course is by no means an ir- regular or haphazard one, but a definite pattern seems to be established during development, both in the central and peripheral connections. The question arises as to how such a definite orienta- tion of the fibers can be brought about. Mechan- ical, chemical, electrical and metabolic factors have been claimed, and partly been proved, as directing influences. Results of recent experi-
ments, however, seem to emphasize that the uti- mate mechanism in the orientation of the nerve fiber is a certain mechanical organization of the environment through which the fiber travels. The space between the various tissues which the nerve fiber has to bridge is filled by a gelatinous “ground- substance.” The elements of this substance, “ultramicrons,” “micellae,” are bar-like in shape. It is well known that any definitely oriented ac- tion on such colloidal matter by physical forces
142 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vot. VII. No. 56
can create a definite parallel orientation of the micellae. Now, if the outgrowing nerve fibers were bound to use these definitely oriented aggre- gations of micellae as a kind of rails, every ac- tion that causes orientation of the ground-sub- stance evidently would bring about a correspond- ingly oriented course of the nerve fibers.
In order to prove experimentally this possibility, a method originally developed by the author for analyzing the factors at work in the formation of functional structures in the connective tissue has been used. This method consists in cultivating “in vitro” tissue fragments in a colloidal medium on which differential tensions are acting in definite directions. The medium is a thin membrane of a mixture of blood plasma and embryonic juice co- agulated in a tiny glass frame of a given geo- metrical form. The distribution and direction of tension in these membranes can be determined, and earlier experiments of the author have shown that connective tissue cells follow, in their growth the lines of tension. It has been shown, too, that the factor controlling the growth direction is not immediately the tension, but is the orientation in the plasma medium evoked by the tension. If, now, the experiments are repeated with nerve cells instead of connective tissue cells, the out- growing nerve fibers again follow the lines of tension, indicating their being passively oriented by the orientation of the micellae imposed upon the plasma medium under the influence of ten-
sion. Thus, it is the structure of the medium that is ultimately responsible for the directed growth of the nerve fibers. Tension, like all kinds of other directive influences, of course, can cause orientation of the micellae in the ground-sub- stance. Among those influences are chiefly electrical fields and currents of liquids, the latter being probably caused by local differences in the metabolic activities of different parts of the em- bryo. A center of high activity causes currents in a radial direction and as a consequence a cor- responding arrangement of the micellae. On this basis, the fact that nerve fibers are attracted by developing organs (Detwiler) finds an easy ex- planation, as developing organs obviously are centers of higher activity. A similar explanation holds for the formation of connecting fiber tracts between centers of increased rate of differentia- tion within the central nervous system (Coghill). 3esides, a great many facts of normal and ex- perimental development of nerves can be explained on the basis of the results, as outlined above. It must, however, be remembered that these results, have so far been obtained only on nerve fibers growing outside the organism, and that it remains for future investigation to decide whether or not the conditions within the organism, as far as the orientation of nerve fibers is concerned, are com- parable to those “in vitro.”
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory.)
REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. WEISS
MATHEWS University of Cincinnati.
IDI SNe Et
Professor of Biochemistry,
Many other men in the laboratory could com- ment on this interesting paper of Dr. Weiss better than I could. For, although I have long been interested in the general problem of which this is part, I know nothing of the factors which deter- mine the outgrowth of nerve fibers to particular end organs. My comment will of necessity be of a very general nature and deal only with the broad features of the problem presented.
There are at least three, and I believe four, forces. which may act to orient molecules in the manner suggested by Dr. Weiss. If a molecule possess an axis of electrical potential it may be oriented by electrical force; if it possess an axis of magnetic potential, it may be oriented by mag- netic force; and if it possess a marked axis of form, as Dr. Weiss suggests and as has been shown by X-ray analysis to be the case in many protein and carbohydrate molecules, and as the power of crystallization also shows, then it may be oriented by mechanical force, So much we learn from physics. But there is a fourth possi- bility which physics has not yet considered, a pos-
sibility which I believe actually is the case in living matter and is the determining factor of vital organization. This is the possibility that there is a potential correlated with time, just as the other potentials mentioned are correlated with space. This we may call time potential, although, of course, it does not appear to us as time, which is the passive presentation of the fourth extension, but as a power of action. Let us suppose that there is this power of action of time and what I have called ‘time potential.’ Then those mole- cules which have a well marked time potential axis can be oriented, and are oriented, in any field of time force, such as the great time field of our uni- verse. It is this orientation which produces the peculiar and unique organization of that matter called living. Living things of every kind, I be- lieve to be time organized, and to be ‘chronals’, the analogue of crystals which are space organized.
3ut this is an opinion which, so far as I know, is held by myself alone. The physicists have not yet recognized that there is such a thing as time
potential and time force, although they recognize
Jury 30, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
143
that there is a form of energy, i. e., inertia, dif- ferent from ordinary, or space, energy. But they have not yet recognized that the force in inertia is time force, a force of endurance, and that time force is but the product of two elements of time potential, just as space force is the product of two elements of space potential, for both space and time certainly have their potentials, or activities.
The biologist, therefore, if he be a slave to the conceptions of the physicist, as he generally is, not daring to call his scientific soul his own, has only the first three forces enumerated at his dis- posal when he tries to explain living phenomena, and naturally he makes the greatest possible, but futile, use of these. He does not usually stop to think that the physicist has arrived at his concep- tions of things by a study of only three of the four kinds of organisms known. That is, he has studied mechanical, electrical and magnetic organ- isms. The biologist studies the fourth kind, living organisms, and he should do for these what the physicist has done for his, imitating his methods but not adopting his conclusions as holding for living organisms. So far, however, the biologist has done little more than to discover that living organisms are neither of the other three physical forms, nor a combination of the three. He does not yet clearly recognize that living organisms have a different kind of activity from the others, a different form of potential, living potential, which is, I believe, nothing but the activity aspect of time. And that these organisms have a dif- ferent form of force, namely, vital, or time, force.
But leaving on one side these general consider- ations, the truth or error of which the future will reveal, let us put ourselves in the position of a growing nerve cell in one of Dr. Weiss’ cultures. This cell is an individual. I believe it to be a mental unit or individual, for this is what I am, and I must judge other living things by myself, the living thing I know most completely. Cer- tainly the nerve cell is an individual or unit, what- ever be the nature of its unity or individuality which is secured by its organization,—that organ- ization of which we seek the nature. Parentheti- cally it may be observed that if it be not a mental unit, the biologist can give no explanation of any kind for his own mentality. But let us suppose that I am a nerve cell in Dr. Weiss’ medium. What would determine my path in life?
There are two possibilities: I may be a free agent and my path be determined by my own powers of action: by my will and by my affection. Or I may be constrained to follow a certain path by outer circumstances. Some such circumstance, for example, may have constructed on each side of me high walls, which I cannot climb. I can go but in the one direction—between these walls.
This leads me ultimately to a place where I may
be of use to the community by entering into re- lationship with what I find at the end; something upon which I may now impose my will or my af- fection, and thus control it.
According to Dr. Weiss’ very interesting sug- gestion, this mechanical constraint is what occurs in the body. Mechanical traction orients the ob- stacles (molecules) which lie athwart my path, so that they now lie parallel with each other thus opening vistas down which, if I be a nerve fiber or a connective tissue cell, I may stroll without difficulty; and if I stroll at all I am constrained to stroll there. The orienting force may be a mechanical tension on the medium; or it may be a current of fluid in it.
It may be asked why the same force, if it be a tension, may not also act on the molecules of the nerve cell itself and thus act directly in place of indirectly? I imagine Dr. Weiss would reply that protoplasm molecules do not have a definite form axis, for if they did they would readily crystallize, and this they do not do. Moreover it is obvious, if my theory be correct that these molecules of living matter are peculiar in having a definite time polarity and are organized by that, it would be a great drawback to them to have in addition a form polarity, since this would tend to organize them as crystals rather than as living organisms. Living molecules, if they be time polarized, and oriented by the great time field of the Universe, so that they form living organisms, must not have a marked polarity of any other kind. Surely we are the children of Chronos, who is the father of everything. But it is a wise child who knows his own father! And few are wise.
In other words the problem of the growth of the nerve fiber toward its end organ may be as complicated as any other vital problem and as complicated as that of human behavior; and ex- perience teaches us that we must be constantly on our guard against the conclusion that any one fac- tor is exclusively concerned in any vital process ; and in particular that that factor is mechanical, chemical, or physical. For in the last analysis there is no casuality in the objective, the scien- tific world, using the word casuality in the sense of the efficient cause of Aristotle; since such cause is metaphysical and belongs in the internal, or mental, world. We must accordingly turn to the mental factors for a final explanation. But when we do so we abandon science.
The way out of the difficulty, which thus besets us as biologists, is to be found, I believe, in the objective and hence scientific study of the time relationships of living things; since the time di- mension is perceived both objectively and subjec- tively and so has relations to both mental and physical. It is that dimension which connects
the internal, or mental, with the external, or phys~
144 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vo. VII. No. 56
ical, world.
But all this is for the future to work out. Meanwhile such work as that of Dr. Weiss is of great value, for if living things be time machines, nevertheless they are in a mechanical or space
world which interplays with them at every mo- ment. The analysis of these physical factors of the environment is highly valuable and, indeed, a necessary preliminary to the more fundamental study of tomorrow.
NERVE CONDUCTION VELOCITY AND EQUILIBRATION ‘ Dr. R. W. GERARD Associate Professor of Physiology, University of Chicago
and W. H
Though older work demonstrated that nerve could not be so fatigued by continued stimulation as to lose its ability to conduct, much evidence points to a diminution of activity. As a nerve is driven by more frequent stimuli the response be- comes less, at first rapidly but later slowly to some equilibrium level. | The exact position of this level, at which exhaustion and recovery keep pace, is determined by the balance in the tissue of the chemical changes associated with conduction and recovery; being lower for more frequent stimulation, higher for less. The change in activ- ity from one equilibrium level (e. g. resting) to another has been called equilibration, and associat- ed with this are: decreased heat production and oxygen consumption per impulse, prolonged re- fractory period, increased threshold (rheobase) and lessened initial action potential.
From theories of the nerve impulse now in favor it would be predicted that with an increased rheobase (25%) and a somewhat lessened action potential, the velocity of propagation should be decreased by over 25% in an equilibrated as com- pared with a resting nerve. This follows since conduction rate is determined by the time required
. MARSHALL
for an action current from a given active region to electrically excite a contiguous resting one.
Experiments to determine velocity changes dur- ing equilibration were performed on dog phrenic and bull-frog sciatic nerves. The isolated tissue was stimulated near one end and action potentials led off at a convenient distance, through an ampli- fier, to a cathode ray oscillograph. A time record of 4000 per second was supplied to the recording device by an oscillator synchronized through a commutator . Time readings were accurate with- in .00002 of a second, the interval between stimu- lus and start of the potential response giving con- duction time.
Over a dozen experiments showed a consistent diminution in conduction velocity following a per- iod of about ten minutes tetanization. Rates were depressed to about 70% of normal at the end of the tetanus, rose rapidly and then more slowly, returning to normal values in about ten minutes. Both the magnitude of the initial decrease and the time required for full recovery are in good accord with the theoretical expectations.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 19.)
THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF EUGENICS
The Third International Congress of Eugenics will convene at the American Museum of Natural History on August 21, 22 and 23. It is therefore of interest to tell something of the history of the Congress as well as of its present organization and the plans for August.
The First International Congress of Eugenics, which was sponsored by the Eugenics Education Society of Great Britain, was held in London in 1912, under the presidency of Major Leonard Darwin. The Second Congress of this series met in New York in 1921, under the presidency of Henry Fairfield Osborn. The Third International Congress of Eugenics will be held in New York City in August, 1932, under the presidency of Charles B. Davenport, Director of the Depart- ment of Genetics of the Carnegie Institution of Washington and organizer of the Eugenics Record Office.
The first Congress in 1912 provided for a Per- manent International Eugenics Committee which
built up the International collaboration which made the second Congress possible. This Per- manent International Eugenics Committee was changed, in 1921, to the Permanent International Eugenics Commission, which in 1925 developed into the present International Federation of Eu- genic Organizations. This Federation, among other functions, fosters collaboration among the several nations in their eugenical researches, and sponsors International Congresses from time to time.
Dr. Davenport was formally selected president of the Third International Congress of Eugenics by the Ninth Meeting of the International Feder- ation of Eugenic Organizations, which met at Farnham, England, in September, 1930. This same meeting of the Federation duly committed to the American delegation in the Federation the function of organizing and managing the Third Congress. In response to these two votes of the Federation, Dr. Davenport called the American
jury 30, 1932 }
THE COLLECTING NET
145
delegation together at the Yale Club, November 18th, 1930. This delegation, by vote, formally ac- cepted the responsibility and, in accordance with the actions already taken by the Federation, and the authority granted, perfected and announced the following working organization for the Con- gress:
President of the Congress—Charles B. Daven- port, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y.
Honorary Presidents—Leonard Darwin, Henry Fairfield Osborn.
Vice Presidents—Victor Delfino, Argentina ; H. Reichel, Austria; A. Govaerts, Belgium; D. F. Ramos y Delgado, Cuba; V. Ruzicka, Czecho- slovakia; Soren Hansen, Denmark; A. Liitis, Esthonia; Harry Federley, Finland; Georges Schreiber, France; Alfred Ploetz, Germany ; Sir Bernard Mallet, Great Britain; Corrado Gini, Italy; Marianne Van Herwerden, Netherlands ; Jon Alfred Mjéen, Norway; Leon Wernic, Po- land: N. K. Koltzoff, Russia; H. B. Fantham, South Africa; H. Lundborg, Sweden; O. Schlag- inhaufen, Switzerland; Irving Fisher, United States.
Treasurer of the Congress—Frederick Osborn, 52 Broadway, New York, N. Y.
Secretary of the Congress—Harry H. Laughlin, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y.
Chairman of Administrative Committee—Scien- tific Papers and General Program, Charles B. Davenport; Entertainment, Mrs. Charles Cary Rumsy; Finance, Frederick Osborn; Exhibits, Harry H. Laughlin; Publication and Publicity, Leon F. Whitney.
Managing Committee—Charles B. Davenport, Chairman; Irving Fisher, Vice-Chairman; Clar- ence G. Campbell, Madison Grant, Frederick Os- born, Leon F. Whitney, Harry H. Laughlin, Sec- retary.
It is the aim of the Congress, by means of papers, conferences and exhibits, to review briefly the history of eugenical work, and to present a survey of the present status of eugenics, both as a pure and as an applied science. If its work is well done it will serve to clarify the principles and aims of eugenics, and to point out the most profit- able lines of eugenical endeavor for the next decade. The Congress will strive to mark a mile- post in eugenical research and also to present to the public the real meaning and content of the science of eugenics and an appreciation of its importance in human affairs.
The Managing Committee of the Third Con- gress is anxious to establish early contacts with all persons in all countries who are interested in eugenical research and in race and family-stock betterment. It is hoped that this Congress will take full and critical stock of eugenical progress. In order to do this it must have wide and earnest
support; it must be participated in by the out- standing students of human genetics, migration, mate selection, differential fertility and those for- ces which influence the turn-over of population quality from generation to generation. It invites friendly contact with, and participation in its work by, investigators in the contributing sciences —particularly anthropology, psychology, physi- ology, medicine and education. It welcomes col- laboration also with those business houses and in- dustries the prosperity of which depends most heavily upon specific human capacities.
An exhibition covering the history and pres- ent status of eugenical research will be held at the Museum in connection with this Congress. It is planned to open this exhibition on August 22d and to continue it, open to the public, until Sep- tember 22d.
Immediately following the Third International Congress of Eugenics in New York City the Sixth International Congress of Genetics will be held in Ithaca, N .Y. (August 24-31, 1932), under the presidency of Thomas Hunt Morgan, director of the Kerckhoff Laboratory of Biological Sci- ences of the California Institute of Technology. Inquiries concerning the Genetics Congress should be addressed to Dr. C. C. Little, Secretary, Sixth International Congress of Genetics, Bar Harbor, Maine.
The Third International Congress of Eugenics, New York City, and the Sixth International Con- gress of Genetics, Ithaca, New York, are working in close collaboration. Papers on human genetics will be read at Ithaca, while all other phases of both pure and applied eugenics will be centered at the Eugenics Congress in New York.
The members of the two Congresses will be taken on an excursion to Cold Spring Harbor on Sunday, August 21st, to visit the Eugenics Record Office and the Station for Experimental Evolu- tion, which, together, constitute the Department of Genetics of the Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington.
It is planned to cover the history and proceed- ings of the Congress appropriately in a published report. This report will give in full the more im- portant papers read before and submitted to the Congress, and will give an account of the pro- ceedings of the Congress and a description of the exhibits.
The First Congress in London, 1912, published as its report “Problems in Eugenics” ; Volume 1— 486 pp.; Volume 2—186 pp.
The Second Congress in New York, 1921, pub- lished Volume 1—‘Eugenics, Genetics and the Family”—439 pp. and 24 pls. Volume 2—*Eu- genics in Race and State”—472 pp. and 20 pls. Exhibition book—64 pp. and 47 pls.
A similar policy is planned for the publications
146
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vou. VII. No. 56
of the Third Congress.
The following classes of membership in the Congress have been established: Active member- ship, $5.00 ; Sustaining membership, $25.00; Sup- porting membership, $100.00; and patrons, those who contribute $500.00 or more. Both individuals and institutions are eligible to membership. Make all checks payable to the Third International Con- gress of Eugenics.
Each member will be entitled to all privileges of the meetings, exhibits and entertainments of
the Congress, and will receive, without further charge, one set of the publications of the Con- gress.
The Managing Committee of the Congress will pass upon and either definitely accept or reject each application for membership.
Applications for membership and inquiries con- cerning the Third International Congress of Eu- genics may be addressed to Harry H. Laughlin, Secretary, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, NEE
EVOLUTION AND “EVOLUTION”
_ A couple of weeks ago Mr. L. E. Katterfeld visited Woods Hole in order to create further interest in his magazine, “Evolution” and to ob- tain financial contributions towards its support. Dr. G. H. Parker introduced him to one of the seminar audiences at the Laboratory, and the fol- lowing remarks of his were taken down in short- hand :
“T should like to say a word or two about Mr. Katterfeld and his magazine on evolution. The magazine has been published under very difficult circumstances. It comes out from time to time and is intended to inform school teachers and people in general what evolution means—it is edu- cational in that way. I have seen a number of issues. I subscribe to them. The material seems to be put in such a fashion that would bring to school teachers and young people in schools, as well as people in general, some conception of what evolution is. For example, people who are not in biology are inclined to believe that the re- lation of monkeys and humans is the whole evo- lutionary proposal. In this magazine the variety of aspects and diversity of the material show how widely extensive the evolutionary concept is.
“Mr. Katterfeld travels around the country. He came to us at Cambridge. Some of us have subscribed and some have helped out with ad- ditional small sums—hecause teachers and pro- fessors are not able to do more—and it is these contributions, or what he calls subscriptions, that enable him to send copies to various schools. 1 have had him send copies to my friends. You can send copies as Christmas presents to your own friends. I have sent them to my enemies even and they have responded by getting some amount of information on this question. I believe this is a very worthy object. It is difficult to make any headway without extra help especially in these times of depression. It is a worthy and well worth while object and it does not matter how little the help is; if you can give, I beg you to do so.”
Mr. Katterfeld then spoke for a few minutes and some of the things that he said are recorded here:
“First I want to express my appreciation to those who have made it generously possible for me to appear here, and to Dr. Parker for his kind remarks, and to show my appreciation I shall not take too much of your time.
“When I mentioned to somebody that I was coming to Woods Hole to talk about this maga- zine, they asked me if | had ever heard of the fellow who tried to sell coal to Newcastle.
‘But, | am sure you can gather from what Dr. Parker has said that there is a little method in my madness. Of course I have not come here to tell you anything about evolution. In fact, I know very little about it. That is why I am a pretty good one to have charge of such a journal. If I can read an article and understand it, why any “dumbbell” can see through it.
“Our only fighting issue is that schools should be free to teach anything that Science finds out. We have one advantage, that is, not being the official organ of any scientific organization. We do not need to be quite so dignified. For instance, on the back page we carry a cartoon. There is nothing scientific about a cartoon. Some working man may see an article by Dr. Hegner, or Dr. Wells and nothing registers at all. But when he sees the cartoon he takes notice and grins. It helps prove to him that it isn’t too highbrow for him, and he starts to read. We also poke a little fun at the fundamentalists. If the magazine was intended for scientists alone we wouldn't do that, but a great many people will start reading because of the fun we poke at them.
“Of course I think here in Woods Hole you have a larger percentage of evolutionists than in any other spot in the U. S. A. Fundamentalist influence even in New England is strong. For instance in Boston the high school Biology teach- ers are not permitted to deal with evolution at all. In many other schools to hold their jobs they must leave the matter alone. Some teachers get
.around the situation by taking up the subject
matter but not the word Evolution. “T hope you will find this little journal inter- esting and will help it to survive.”
Jury 30, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
147
BOOK REVIEWS
Physiology of Bacteria, by Orro RAun, P. Blak- iston’s Son and Company. Philadelphia. xiv ++ 438 pp. 42 Figs. $6.00.
The physiology of bacteria and of other micro- organisms has generally received but scant con- sideration as compared with the attention given the physiology of the higher forms of life. The great abundance, universal occurrence, variety of activities, and numerous applications of these microscopic forms of life would justify more gen- eral interest than is in evidence at the present time. Since Duclaux’s “Traité de Microbiologie,” published in 1900, Lafar’s “Handbuch der tech- nischen Mykologie” (1905- Ton and Kruse's
“Allgemeine Mikrobiologie” (1910), no large treatise appeared for a number of years, dealing exclusively with the physiology of micro-organ- isms. Within the last three years, however, there appeared several important volumes which tend to fill this gap. Here belong the encyclopedic
“Physiology and Biochemistry of Bacteria” by
Buchanan and Fulmer, the ‘Bacterial Metabol-
ism,” by M. Stephenson, and now the book under
consideration, in addition to several other publi- cations dealing with certain specific phases of the subject.
The author of this book states in the introduc- tion that he made “an attempt to co-ordinate the various simplest functions of life, to study each function in itself and its effect upon the other functions.” He is much justified in assuming that the principles developed in bacteriology reach out far beyond this field and can be applied to bi- ology in general, and that “general physiology has much to learn from the physiology of bacteria.” The general physiologist has neglected the lower forms of life which present excellent material for working out the laws of physiology, such as the principles of growth and reproduction, metabol- ism, influence of environment upon physiological processes, etc. The book is divided into four parts: A. Endogenous Catabolism. B. Energy Sup- ply of the Cell. C. Growth. D. Mechanism of Death. This is followed by an appendix, dealing with the Size of micro-organisms, Multiplication of bacteria, and the Fermenting capacity of the cell, and by an author and subject index. The book is not intended to be a review of the subject as a whole, hence no attempt has been made to present a complete bibliography. However, the 20 pages of references are fairly representative of the literature.
Although filling a great need in a rapidly grow- ing and important subject and although certain phases of the physiology of bacteria are treated in a most excellent manner, especially the problems involved in the growth and death of micro-organ-
isms, the book is still not free from certain criti- cisms. The term fermentation has been much misused by the non-bacteriologist and unfortu- nately by many bacteriologists as well. As sug- gested originally by Pasteur, “fermentation is life without oxygen”’; it represents a specific form of life. The author of this book, unfortunately ap- plies this term without sufficient discrimination to all bacterial reactions, whether aerobic or anaero- bic, whether involving the utilization of carbohy- drates or of proteins as sources of energy. He speaks of the fermentation of proteins’ (p. 56) = distinguished from “anaerobic putrefaction’’
59). It would tend to make our knowledge - bacterial processes much clearer, if the various terms, especially those of “fermentation’’ and “putrefaction” were used with greater discrim- ination since the specific ‘‘fermentation reactions,” aside from their historical significance, had come to mean very definite processes brought about by anaerobic bacteria or by aerobic organisms living under anaerobic conditions.
The author has neglected to pay any attention whatsoever to a number of specific groups of bac- teria, which possess a physiology very distinct from that of the common heterotrophic organisms. It is sufficient to mention, for example, the cellu- lose decomposing bacteria, some of which are un- able to use any other source of energy but cellu- lose. The autotrophic bacteria, including those organisms which are able to synthesize organic matter out of inorganic substances (elements or their simple inorganic compounds) and of the COy in the atmosphere, represent one of the most interesting chapters in bacterial physiology, due to the comparative simplicity of the reactions in- volved. However, the author disposes of all these organisms in a half a page, under the title “proto- trophic fermentations,” two words quite incorrect- ly applied.
These criticisms should not tend to detract, however, from the value of the book, which rep- resents an excellent treatment of a chapter in bacterial physiology. —Selman A. Waksman.
The Glycosides. E. F. Armstronc and K. F. ARMSTRONG, Longman’s Green & Co., New York and London, 1931. $4.50.
This monograph deals with the chemistry and biological significance of those organic compounds which yield a sugar and some other carbon com- pound upon hydrolysis. Formerly such sub- stances were termed glucosides but in recent years the generic name glycoside has been applied to them since sugars other than glucose frequently constitute their carbohydrate moiety. The text
148 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. -No. 56
begins with a brief review of those aspects of carbohydrate chemistry which are pertinant to the topics which form the main body of the text.
This is followed by five chapters concerning the various classes of glycosides including the plant pigments and the so called cardiac glycosides. For the most part this portion of the text will be of more interest to the professional chemist than to the biologist. This is also true of the exceedingly brief chapter (514 pages) on the uronic acids which could have been expanded without much effort on the part of the authors. The last two chapters concerning respectively the function of glycosides in plants and the utilization of carbo- hydrates in the plant contain much of general bi- ological interest, although they suffer from a brev- ity which cannot be attributed to lack of available material concerning these topics.
The reviewer has noticed but two errors of statement. On page 51 the pharmacological ac- tivity of the cardiac glycosides is erroniously at- tributed to the presence of the unsaturated lactone group which is common to the structures of the glucones of these substances. Such is not the case, for as correctly stated on page 58 Jacobs and Hoffman have shown that hydrogenation of the unsaturated linkage of the cardiac glycosides markedly decreases their pharmacological activity but does not completely abolish it. Incidentally it is amusing to note that although the authors stress the desirability of using the term glycoside in place of the older terminology they speak of the cardiac “olucosides” on page 57 although the majority of these important substances contain sugars other than glucose as shown in the tables on pages 52 and 56.
In discussing the nucleosides (page 73) it is stated that the component nucleosides of animal nucleic acid may be obtained in the same way as those from plant nucleic acid, namely by neutral hydrolysis under pressure. This is far from the truth, for the former are obtainable by enzymatic hydrolysis only, a fact which in the past has con- tributed much to the difficulties encountered in the determination of the structure of the desoxyribose
THE BEACH QUESTION
Because of the active interest of everyone in Woods Hole in the discussion of “the beach ques- tion,” we take space from this number to quote from The Falmouth Enterprise of July 28:
“A sub-committee of the general committee which is studying the adequateness of bathing beach facilities at Woods Hole met last night and heard seven or eight people who maintain that Woods Hole needs more beach privileges and made suggestions as to how to work for them. The committee will report Saturday to its general committee. It was announced that a public meet-
nucleosides found in animal tissues.
Aside from the misstatements just referred to, the text is remarkably free from errors of fact. In some instances, confusing statements occur. Thus on page 55 we read, “The glycosides of the seeds are not reserve materials but disappear dur- ing germination and are stored in the leaves, in which organs they do not increase further in quantity.” And in the next sentence, ‘The leaf glycosides are found in the earliest foliage leaves and continue to increase in quantity until they form 1 per cent. of the dried matter; it is sup- posed that they are only waste products of the metabolism of growth.” Further confusion arises when one compares the last of this sentence with the conclusion reached on page 98 where it is stated, “The most important function of glyco- sides would appear to be their action in keeping dormant and unchanged substances of great im- portance in the metabolism of the plant until the precise moment when they are required.” Of course, some of this confusion is due to the un- satisfactory state of our knowledge concerning the role of the glycosides in the biochemistry of the plant, but the uncritical manner of presenta- tion adopted by the authors is apt to obscure ex- perimentally established facts. This perhaps is due to the fact that the authors are primarily con- cerned with the chemistry of the glycosides.
In some instances, certain of the topics men- tioned might have been elaborated upon with profit. Thus, on pages 48 and 49 the interesting theory of Mrs. Wheldale-Onslow concerning the inheritance of anthocyanin colors and their re- lationship to genetic factors is dismissed in four sentences. Similarly the discussion of Robinson’s ingenious theory of the origin of anthoxanthins and anthocyanins is too concise to be of much utility to the uninitiated. On the other hand, these shortcomings are compensated for by the in- clusion of an excellent bibliography.
This book is one of the Monographs on Bio- chemistry and, as with the other volumes in this series, the publishers have maintained their high standard both in workmanship and price.
—Kenneth C. Blanchard.
AND THE LOT HOLDERS
ing will be held later.
“Among Woods Hole property owners ad- jacent to the Bay Shore beach are the estates of the late Hector J. Hughes, Dr. Oliver Strong, Dr. Otto Glaser, Dr. Manton B. Copeland, Dr. Addison, Dr. E. N. Harvey, Dr. R. Chambers, Dr. Frank R. Lillie, Mrs. E. G. Gardiner, Ed- ward A. Norman. Many of them have appeared in conference before the sub-committee of the Beach committee, and members of the group pre- pared the following statement for the Enterprise:
“Recently ‘Tue Cortectine Net, a weekly de-
Jury 30, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
aS
voted to scientific work’ distributed a broadside in Falmouth which had very little mention of scientific work in it, but was largely devoted to the discussion of the beach situation in Woods Hole.
“*THe CoLttectinG Net states that the beach lots on Bay Shore had “‘been reserved for the use of five investigators.” We find this to be in- correct. The Fay Estate never reserved these lots, but put them in the open market. They were then bought by the present owners.
““The statement that ‘Falmouth owes Woods Hole a beach’ is misleading to those not familiar with the situation, and puts our selectmen in a wrong light, as it suggests that at present there is none. As a matter of fact Woods Hole has six beaches serving various groups of tax pay- ers.
“1. Nobska Beach, a very fine one, is used by all the residents of the Nobska Point region and some of the Laboratory workers.
“2. Juniper Point Beach, owned by Crane serves a group of bathers there.
***3. Penzance Point Beaches, of which there are two, plus many private bathing piers take care of all the residents on the point.
“4 Gansett Beach, is especially set aside for all the owners of property on that part of Crow Hill known as Gansett and numbering 29 cottages.
“ «5. A beach on Quissett Harbor used by the cottagers on the private road.
““6. The Bay Shore Beach, open to any resi- dent of Woods Hole as stated in the deed.
““As well as these beaches over twenty-five residents on Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay shores have their own bathing facilities and do not need to use the other beaches.
““Tt is the Bay Shore Beach to which the edi- torials in The Collecting Net refer. The prob- lem here is really not one of bathing at all, as this is excellent, but entirely a matter of more sand space for sunners. As the number of peo- ple using the beach scarcely reaches 50 at even the most popular hours, and is below 80 on Sat- urdays, it can be seen that a relatively small num- ber of tax dollars is involved.’ ”
“A movement is on foot in Woods Hole which may result in action looking towards taking a beach for public use by eminent domain.
“Originally broached last summer by Dr. Cas- well Grave and Ware Cattell, editor of THE Cor- LEcTING NET, on July 11 a committee of 20 met to discuss beach facilities at present available in Woods Hole.
“The committee which is considering Woods Hole beach facilities is composed of Dr. R. P. Bigelow, Dr. R. A. Budington, Dr. Robert Cham- bers, Dr. E. R. Clark, Dr. Manton Copeland, Mr.
Mr.
Robert Goffin, Dr. H. B. Goodrich, Dr. Benjamin Grave, Dr. Caswell Grave, Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn, Mr. Thomas Larkin, Mr. E. M. Lewis, Dr. Ed- win Linton, Mr. James McInnis, Dr. Charles R. Packard, Dr. Fernandus Payne, Dr. A. C. Red- field, Dr. C. R. Stockard, Dr. O. S. Strong, Cap- tain John J. Veeder.
“A sub-committee was appointed consisting of Dr. E. R. Clark, Dr. H. B. Goodrich, George A. Griffin, Thomas E. Larkin, Dr. C. R. Stockard.
“Projects suggested for the committee’s con- sideration :
“(1) Purchase of the beach rights of Lot X (Miss Fay’s Deed of Trust) and Dr. Oliver Strong’s lot, containing the bathhouse.
“(2) Purchase of the beach rights of four lots belonging to Dr. S. C. Brooks, Dr. Otto Glaser, Dr. W. H. F. Addison, and Dr. E. N. Harvey.
“(3) Purchase of the beach rights of the Brooks, Glaser and Addison lots and expenditure of $1,000 to improve the beach.
“The present public bathing facilities at Woods Hole were provided by Deed of Trust of Miss Sarah B. Fay, accepted by the town at annual town meeting in February 1928. All “inhabitants of that part of Falmouth known as Woods Hole as make it their home” already are guaranteed in perplexity bathing privileges, with right to use 15 lockers in the existing bathhouse and right of way to the beach.
“Miss Fay, carrying out the wishes of her late father, Joseph Story Fay, and late brother, Henry H. Fay, original owners of the property, set aside “Lot X”, forty feet wide to provide bathing op- portunities for all inhabitants of Woods Hole on the Bay Shore.
“The acceptance of Miss Fay’s benefaction, was moved and championed at the 1928 town meeting by two Woods Hole men now serving on the “Beach Committee,’ Thomas E. Larkin and George A. Griffin.
“Shortly after Miss Fay executed this Deed of Trust, the property was placed on the market and sold, subject to this restriction, to Dr. E. B. Meigs who is now trustee under the deed.
“The town has no expense in connection with this beach to Woods Hole inhabitants and the bathhouse is maintained by the trustees.”
Editorial Note: We must reserve detailed com- ment until the next number, for this issue was getting ready for the press when the Falmouth paper came to us. However, we can not refrain from calling especial attention to the statement above that the residents of Woods Hole “already are guaranteed in perplexity bathing privileges” on Lot X. How peculiarly appropriate the word “perplexity” is!
150 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vou. VII. No. 56
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
WV BRE RCALLGL aercroitataretotels|s/cteie\eicaifetaiets Sono aeS Editor Assistant Editors
Florence L. Spooner Annaleida S. Cattell Vera Warbasse
Contributing Editor to Woods Hole Log T. C. Wyman
The Beach Question V
The sub-committee which is giving considera- tion to the question of enlarging the bathing beach facilities in Woods Hole met again on Wednes- day. They invited certain representative indi- viduals—selected from members of the laboratory and residents of the town who object to the ac- tion of the lot-holders on the Bay Shore in erect- ing the fence—to express their opinions. The sub-committee plans to meet again today to draw up a final report which we understand will be pre- sented at a public meeting to be scheduled about the tenth of August.
Everyone in Woods Hole is under obligations to the sub-committee, which is unselfishly devot- ing a great deal of time and energy in an effort to make a sagacious decision. The problem is a fundamental one to the community as well as to every member of the laboratory. | Woods Hole should have obtained a beach twenty years ago. It is difficult to do so now, but twenty years later it will be still more difficult. Immediate needs are important, but they are transitory. Any plans made now must be sufficiently comprehen- sive to safeguard a growing town. The last two years have seen two developments which indicate that Woods Hole has a future; one is the choice of Woods Hole for the Oceanographic Institu- tion, the scope of which is not local but national ; the other is the addition of air transportation to this district. Besides the sea plane service be- tween the islands, Woods Hole and New Bed- ford, there has now been established a “com- muters service” between Falmouth and Boston.
Woods Hole should plan a beach now, not only for the present, but one which will be sufficient to comfortably care for its increased population in years to come.
We believe that the lot-holders on the Bay Shore beach ought to be sufficiently cooperative to remove the fence that was erected last summer. If they do not, we firmly believe that it will be in the interests of the Woods Hole community to
have Falmouth take over the beach by its right of eminent domain—and Tue CoLtLectinc Net will work energetically toward that end.
Ourselves
We have been critisized for being too dry, we have been lectured for being too frivolous. We have been told that it is impossible to be a hybrid between a biological monograph and a newspaper —and that if we want to survive in this day of specialization our contents must be homogenous. We maintain that we would have little reason for existing at all if we were not different from every other publication. The Biological Bulletin and The Falmouth Enterprise are admirable publica- tions of their kind, but we do not want to mimic either one!
Workers at the laboratory are interested in their environment, as well as in their work, and we propose to cover fairly completely the news concerning it. To become monographical would be suicidal. A biologist of distinction once re- marked that THe CoLttectrnG Net was the only scientific magazine which was read in the summer time!
Of course, our first wish is to accurately and thoroughly report the work carried out in the three scientific institutions in Woods Hole, and news concerning them and their workers. We might be called an unofficial organ of these in- stitutions. In general, material of no scientific interest will be segregated at the end of the maga- zine in a similar way that the Science Service ma- terial is handled in Science—or the comic section in the Sunday newspaper.
We shall be delighted to receive expressions of opinion from our readers. Naturally we want to adopt a policy which will be endorsed by a definite majority of the scientific workers in Woods Hole.
CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound:
Date A.M. P.M July 2:42 2:48 July Suey, 3:33 Aug 4:12 4:18 Aug 4:54 5:03 Aug. 5ro7, 5:50 Aug. 6:20 6:35 Aug 7:04 W023 Aug 7:50 8:13 Aug. 8:37 9:07
In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. It must be remembered that the schedule printed above is dependent upon the wind.
Ie@-
THE COLLECTING NET 151
ITEMS OF INTEREST
The Annual Meeting of the Trustees of the Corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory will be held at 11:30 A. M. on August 9. New members will be elected by the trustees. Applica- tion blanks for membership in the Corporation may be obtained at the Administration office and must be given to Dr. Charles Packard, Clerk of the Corporation, on or before August 5.
Dr. Edmund B. Wilson, Da Costa professor of zoology at Columbia University, has been elected a corresponding member of the Vienna Academy of Sciences,
Dr. L. A. Brown has resigned his position as associate professor of zoology at George Wash- ington University and is available for an appoint- ment in zoology or physiology.
Dr. George P. Berry, formerly of the Rocke- feller Institute for Medical Research, has been appointed professor of bacteriology and head of the department, in the School of Medicine, Uni- versity of Rochester and at the same time will act as associate professor of medicine.
A week or two before his death, Graham Lusk, was elected to foreign membership by the Royal Society of London.
Dr. Frank Pell Underhill, professor of pharma- cology and toxicology for eleven years at the Yale University School of Medicine died on June 29. Dr. Underhill had been associated with Vale University for thirty-two years.
Dr. Herman Von W. Schulte, dean of the Creighton University Medical College since 1917, died on July 13.. Dr. Schulte was at one time associate professor of anatomy at Columbia Uni- versity.
A card from Dr. H. Herbert Johnson, instruc- tor in biology at the College of the City of New York, announces the birth of a daughter on July 24, in Brunswick, Georgia.
The zoological field station of the University of kentucky at Quicksand, Kentucky has been dis- continued.
The Fifth International Congress of Entom-
ology which convened in Paris, adjourned on July 24.
SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (Received July 23)
On Tuesday of this week Captain C. B. Mayo, Commanding Officer of U. S. S. Ramapo visited the institution, spending most of the day discuss- ing with members of the scientific staff of the In- stitution the preparation of a relief map of the bottom of the North Pacific. In the last few years the Ramapo has done more work on the submarine configuration of the North Pacific than all other agencies of the world together.
Other visitors on Tuesday of this week were Prof. W. P. Kelley of the Citrus Experiment Station at Riverside, Mr. Gordon Surr of the same station, and Prof. A. O. Woodford of Po- mona College. Their visit was for the purpose of discussing with Director T. Wayland Vaughan and other members of the scientific staff the geo- logical problems connected with Professor Kel- ley’s studies of base exchange in soils.
On Monday of this week Mr. D. W. Gravell arrived at the Institution to spend a week in spec- ial study on foraminifera. Mr. Gravell was for- merly a graduate student at the Institution,
MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
(Received July 23)
With the change in administration of the Lab- oratory many innovations have come. The small laboratory building known as “the survey shed” has been entirely renovated and rather complete, facilities for biochemical investigation have been installed. Dr. Marshall and Dr. Smith and five assistants are now at work in this building. The library has been reorganized and the Naples sys- tem of “shingles” to mark the place of borrowed books, has been installed. The popular lecture course has been given up and a course of scien- tific lectures has been substituted by the Dorr Station. These lectures are to be run by sub- scription, $5.00 a season ticket, and they are to be held Tuesday afternoons in the Jordan Pond House. Among other things, we have a new still for distilling water, a new stove and a Gen- eral Electric refrigerator in the Dining Hall kitchen.
The annual Laboratory picnic was held early in July at the Dining Hall, an evening picnic in- stead of the customary Fourth of July noon beach party. After a supper of steamed clams and lobster salad, a program of dancing and bridge followed in the new wing of the Dining Hall. A rainy night outside could not dampen the spirits of the members of the Laboratory.
152 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. VII. No. 56
Operating LEICA’S Built-In Range Finder
Sight subject through the range finder. If you see two images the picture is out of focus. Se- cure correct focus by turning lens mount until the two images become one..... then just snap the shutter. Focus wil] be per- fect.
REG. U.S, PAT, OFF:
i) New BUILT-IN kor RANGE FINDER
GIVES FASTER AND MORE ACCURATE FOCUSING
LEICA again revolutionizes Camera Design with its new built-in range finder which is coupled with lens for automatie focusing. No more guesswork in focusing. You see your picture in correct focus right up to the moment of exposure.
D PERFECT FOCUS LEICA The Pioneer of Precision Small Cameras
Lens and range-finder work together. If your view is clear, your focus is right. So quick to operate that even speed pictures can be caught instantly with perfect f The extremely accurate short base range finder requires —=—=——
» OUT OF FOCUS
focus
onl ight turning of lens mount to keep action and still sub- jects in continual focus at any mIECaRCEs More accurate than Photograph ground-glass focusing. incre 7 Interchangeable Lenses ai LEICA is so small you can carry it in your pocket, yet is in- Botanical stantly convertible into a speed camera, aerial camera, tele- Specimens, photo camera, portrait camera and many more just by sub- Etc. stituting one LEICA lens for another. You can even make with the night pictures with LEICA’S new 73 mm. f:1.9 HEKTOR lens. LEICA Cam- Economical—36 pictures on a single roll of cinema film, eas era and the loaded and unloaded in daylight. All metal case prevents e3 LEICA posure of shutter and working parts of camera to dust and Focusing moisture at any time. Enlargements up to 12 x 18 inches are Copy Attach- perfectly sharp and clear. Used and endorsed by ientists, ment.
explorers, newspapermen, sportsmen. At your Dealer's or Write for Free Illustrated Booklet “THE NEW AUTOFOCAL LEICA” E. LEITZ, Inc. Dept. 141 60 East 10th St., New York
ULTRA FILTRATION || | Sex pblesice! Suppy Sox.tE APPARATUS tapes ge? iogical Specimens of all
Types for the Laboratory According to Michailovsky
Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- iana Forms.
The cell has three sections. It can be used Specialists in Amoeba Cultures, Alligators, Ete. separately for simple dialysis and filtration. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La. ADVANTAGES a. Solution and Filtrate visible during operation. b. Flat uniform membranes employed. Best Results Best Results c. Highly concentrated filtrates obtain- Assured with Assured with able. © d. Cell rechargeable without dismounting. Py -t] PTAA ALAA A - 0 ar Further information on request. Ree : ee Cine MICROSCOPIC EIMER & AMEND SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Do Not Fog Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Ac your dealer—or write (giving dealer’s name) to Chemical Reagents me -ApAMS CoMPANY THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET Cray Avs ia NEW YORK, N. Y.
117-119 East 24th Scecet NEW york
IE a Se
A Time Saving Teaching Tool...
The B&LE TRIPLE-“BURDOSE MICRO-BPROJECTOR
The illustra-
tions show the triple - purpose micro - projec- tor in class- room use. 1. Projecting permanently mounted = spe- cimens for group instruc- tion.
2. Projecting images on pa- per for stud- ents’ and tea- cher’s note book draw- ings.
8. Projecting living speci- mens mounted in liquid.
HIS ingeniously designed instrument does the
work of three instruments and allows the teacher to demonstrate more quickly and with better results.
The B&L Triple-Purpose Micro-Projector projects at distances from 4 to 15 feet (1) permanently mounted specimens for group instruction; (2) living specimens mounted in liquid; (3) also projects images on paper for students’ and teacher’s note book drawings. The excellence of the projected images is due to the inherently fine quality of the optics and to the careful design.
The outfit is light (5% lbs.), strong, easily port- able, and every part and performance meets the standards of precision and quality always associated with B&L Products.
The low price $43.50 (for 110 volt A.C.) makes this instrument a necessity even for institutions with reduced budgets ($46.50 for 110 volt A.C. or D.C.). Subject to educational discount.
Bausch & Lomb Optical Company
671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, N. Y.
THE COLLECTING NET
ABBE DRAWING APPARATUS
Cat. No. 12 60 21
LARGE ABBE DRAWING APPARATUS
in case Price $40.00 f. 0. b. N. Y.
This apparatus permits of most accurate drawing at any magnifications available with a compound microscope. Length of mirror arm 140 mm., size of mirror 125x70 mm. Provided with two interchangeable Abbe cubes for a large and for a small exit pupil, complete adjustment for precise centering and vertical displacement, moderating glasses for control- ling the illumination proceeding from the drawing surface, as well as from the micros- cope. With an erect microscope, drawings are made without distortion on a horizontal surface.
Cat. No. 12 60 24
RIGHT“ANGLED PRISM
on slide Price $7.00 f.0.b. N.Y.
Interchangeable with the Abbe cubes of the preceding, for the purpose of converting it into a projection drawing apparatus.
CARL ZEISS, Inc. 485 Fifth Avenue, New York Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
154: _THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 56 a
THE WISTAR INSTITUTE IN BUSINESS
BIBLIOGRAPHIC SERVICE BY THE VILLAGE GREEN SINCE AUGUST 6th, 1821
ISSUES AUTHORS’ ABSTRACTS
of all papers appearing in the journals listed below Th prior to publication of the articles in full. e By this advance information biologists may familiar-
ize themselves with contemporary research in a FALMOUTH
minimum of time. Advance Abstract Skeets are issued twice a month, each sheet containing ten or more authors’ NATIONAL BANK abstracts. Subscription rate is $3.00 per year. Bibliographic Service Cards, following the Advance Abstract Sheets, also are issued twice a month. In Falmouth, addition to the authors’ abstracts, the cards provide subject headings and complete bibliographic refer- Massachusetts ence. The cards are convenient for filing and li- brary records. Price, $5.00 per year. At regular intervals the authors’ abstracts are as- sembled and published in book form with complete authors’ and analytical subject indices. Price, $5.00
per volume. Liberal discount to subscribers to the : Bibliographic Service Cards. Capital, $100,000 Journal of Morphology Surplus Fund, $100,000
The Journal of Comparative Neurology
The American Journal of Anatomy
The Anatomical Record
The Journal of Experimental Zoology
American Anatomical Memoirs
American Journal of Physical Anthropology Journal of Cellular and Comparative Physiology
Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Physiological Zoology (Chicago, Illinois) W It O | mb Stain Technology (Geneva, New York) a er e usco e Ecological Monographs (Durham, North Carolina)
L ESTATE AND THE WISTAR INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY Sense Nee
AND BIOLOGY
Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A. Woods Hole Phone 622-4
DINE and DANCE
T THE
CAPE CODDER _
WEDNESDAY or SATURDAY EVENING Music by
TED ROBBINS and his CAPE CODDERS
Both Indoor and Outdoor Dance Floors
Management, P. F. Brine, Inc.
RIGHT ON THE OCEAN DINNER FROM 7 to 9 P. M. THE NEW CAPE CODDER is DANCING FROM 8 to 12 P. M. | equipped to care for any social $2.50 per person | function. | |
Luncheon except Sunday is $1.25 — Sunday $1.50 Dinner except Wednesday and Saturday is $1.50 Afternoon Tea, by reservation only ‘Yom “15
L - = =
Jury 30, 1932 |
THE
COLLECTING
NET
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY Collections Daily
Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories Telephone 777 SERVICE THAT SATISFIES
COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS ELIZABETH ARDEN YARDLEY COTY
MRS. WEEKS SHOPS
Phone 109 Falmouth
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP Weeks’ Building, Falmouth
Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait
(Special Rates to Laboratory Members)
AWNINGS AND SAILS
GILKEY-DURANT CO. TURN LEFT, WHEN LEAVING BOAT 8 HOMER’S WHARF New Bedford, Mass.
Tel. Clifford 6775
Visit THE COLLECTING NET OFFICE If You Want A Map of Woods Hole, Interesting Books, Back Numbers of THE NET OR Just Information
AT LAST PAINTS AT FAIR PRICES, AND IN FALMOUTH Gal. Quart Outside Oil Paint $3.00 $ .90 4-Hour Enamel 3.75 1.15
Myron S. Lumbert CASH PAINT STORE
QUEEN’S BUYWAY FALMOUTH
WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE WALK-OVER SHOP
General Merchandise SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT
A. ISSOKSON
SPECIAL CLASS RATES Saddle Riding Horses Lessons LONGWOOD RIDING STABLES, INC.
Boston, Mass.
Depot Ave. Falmouth Tel. Falmouth 537
Ford
Sales and Service
CAPE COD AUTO CO. DEPOT AVE., FALMOUTH
TEL. 62
FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND HARDWARE CO. Agency for LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER
Tel. 260
Falmouth, opp. the Public Library
THE THEATRE UNIT
Presents “WHISTLING IN THE DARK” AUGUST 1 THROUGH AUGUST 6 Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth Telephone 1400
SCIENTIFIC WORKERS
When you come to
NEW BEDFORD
eat our excellent
— 00c LUNCH — GULF HILL PARLORS
596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD ( Opposite Library )
156
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 56
WOODS HOLE LOG
THE WORK OF THE COAST GUARD
The following letter from Mr. Hillard M. Nagle, recently addressed to the Coast Guard Sta- tion at Woods Hole, gives some indication of the different kinds of work they are called upon to do, and which must be interesting to them, if only for the sake of breaking the monotony of rescuing unfortunate boats and individuals.
“We are making a survey of bird life during the coming migratory period in cooperation with the Biological Survey of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The survey is to be conducted in the general vicinity of Goosberry Island and the waters of Hen and Chicken lightship and Cutty- hunk.
We would like to know if you would detail a boat to assist us in carrying out this work which is preparatory to later bird-banding operations.
A party of ten would be ready to leave the town wharf at Westport Point on the East branch of the Westport River, one mile from the en- trance to Westport Harbor, on Friday, July 15, at 10:00 A. M.
As our party is small and the territory we are to cover is considerable, we would suggest that you send a speed boat in order to cover the above locations.”
In connection with the above letter, the Coast Guard dispatched a patrol boat which took the party on its all-day expedition. It expects to take another party doing the same kind of work, over to Muskeget Island, Nantucket, on July 27.
The Coast Guard Station at Woods Hole has been kept unusually busy during the past week, there being no less than five assistance reports on record, and all involving a certain amount of hard work!
While patrolling in the vicinity of Pollock Rip Slue, on July 19, a coast guard boat sighted a vessel flying distress signals. Upon investigation, it was found to be the annie S of Boston, whose wheel was completely enmeshed in a large fishing net. The boat was towed to Nantucket, and beached there.
While on New Bedford patrol area, on the morning of July 20, a coast guard boat received orders from headquarters to proceed northeast of Gay Head to investigate a fishing boat reported in distress. It was found to be the fishing sloop, Pal of Point Judith, Rhode Island, which had a disabled motor. It was towed to New Bedford.
On July 22, a Coast Guard boat, patrolling off Great Point Light, Nantucket, received a message ordering it to proceed to Shovelfull Shoals to as- sist a fishing schooner aground there. The pa- trol boat waited until high tide and then ran a
line to the schooner by means of a Monomoy surf boat. The vessel was floated, but grounded again three times before it was finally cleared of the shoals.
On the afternoon of July 24 orders were re- ceived from the “Officer-of-the-day” to proceed with a patrol boat to the assistance of a two- masted gas-screw yacht aground on Great Ledge, Woods Hole. A towing line was made fast to the yacht and the latter was easily pulled off the ledge. The yacht proceeded to the steamboat wharf un- der its own power.
On the morning of July 26, a call was received from the S. S. Van Buren, saying that a yacht had sighted adrift four miles east of Pollock Rip lightship. A patrol boat was ordered out to get her in tow. The yacht was owned by Charles Pipenbrink of Boston, and had a disabled motor. It was towed to Provincetown, and about half way up the coast guard boat was relieved by an- other patrol boat, the Dix, which completed the journey. —F. L. S.
THE M. B. L. CLUB
Under the active leadership of Dr. Heilbrunn (and Mrs. Heilbrunn) the M. B. L. Club is suddenly beginning to bustle with activity—ex- ternally as well as internally. Perhaps one of the most interesting innovations will be a four- piece orchestra which will play at the Clubhouse every Saturday night beginning on August 6. The dance will be free to members of the Club, but there will be an entrance fee of 50c for each in- dividual who does not belong to the Club.
The Sunday singing will be revived, and plans are also under way for the establishment of a lending library. Good books of various kinds will be available for a modest sum.
Everyone who is eligible for membership should join, because only members will be per- mitted to enjoy the benefits of the Club.
The exhibit of the work done by the children this summer in the Children’s school of Science will be held at the School House on Friday, Aug- ust 5th at 2:00 P. M. Visitors are welcome and are sure to be interested in seeing what scientific ability the younger generation of this community have. —V.W.
The fire siren has been blowing quite a bit re- cently, but none of the fires, fortunately, have been in Woods Hole. Sunday morning there was a fire in a garage in West Falmouth. On Monday there were two fires, one a brush fire at Silver Beach, and the other caused by an oil burner on Walker Street in Falmouth. —V. W.
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 158 and 160 )
Jury 30, 1932 ] _ SHE COLLECTING NET _ a Dae ee ed EY)
M. B. L. FRIENDS can find a pleasant change at MARGE’S COFFEE SHOPPE Sandwiches — Table d’hote — A la carte
FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
N. E. TSIKNAS
Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE
IDEAL RESTAURANT Telephone 1243
ISLAND AIRWAYS Scheduled
Seaplane Service
between
NEW BEDFORD WOODS HOLE VINEYARD HAVEN NANTUCKET
Schedules and tickets at Steamboat
ticket offices
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
GEORGE A. GRIFFIN Civil Engineer and Surveyor Assoc. Member Am. Soc. C. E. S. B., Mass. Inst. of Tech., 1907
Tel. Conn. HIGH ST., WOODS HOLE
HUBBARD & MORRISON REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE
Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop. Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
ROOMS IN BAY SHORE BATH HOUSE MAY BE RENTED BY APPLYING TO THE OFFICE OF WALTER O. LUSCOMBE RAILROAD AVE. WOODS HOLE
TEXACO PRODUCTS
NORGE REFRIGERATORS
WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY
Opposite Station
158
THE COLLECTING NET
_[ Vor. VI. No. 56
WOODS HOLE LOG
WOODS HOLE YACHT CLUB The results of the races on Monday are as follows : Buzzards Bay Class
GHANA LAUT eves es ce .c 2. Geoffrey Whitney 735° SEOUL eB coe noe oe . Louise Crane 3. Mink ...... .. Gaspar Bacon, Jr. 4h, Gletherts; neces... . Eliot Forbes 5. Knight . David Emmerson Cape Cod Knockabouts 1. Tyro .... Mrs. Crossby (sailed by F. Copeland) PNR! 5 Pest Mike eee Dr. Kenneth Cole 3. Porpoise a CanViniGlaser 4. Windward 5 .. Morris Frost 5. Menidia ...... ete ieee bicelow, Dories 1. Aunt Addie .. Wistar Meigs 2. Dorine Fs Alan Clowes 3. Sea Robin Albert Woodcock 4+. Lobster . Mrs. Barbara Prosser Gifford Catboats 1. Lurline . Alfred Compton 2. Dinny V. Warbasse
The Woods Hole Yacht Club has been invited to partake in the Edgartown Regatta this week- end, and any member of the yacht club was asked to take his boat and race it. They were also in- vited to dinner and dance Friday night. About ten boats planned to leave our harbor on Friday afternoon. —V.W.
With the beach question so much in people’s minds, it was recently suggested that the Hughes house which is opposite the I. O. Woodruff’s house, and next to the Murray Crane’s, be bought and turned into a beach and Yacht Clubhouse. At Nantucket and Edgartown such a club has been very successful. The beach adjoining it, facing the bay, is of fine quality sand, and a wharf could be easily built into the harbor. The cost of mak- ing these improvements would be about $50,000. If fifty families in Woods Hole could contribute $1,000 each, this project could be put over. Many people have shown interest in this, and it is hoped that we may be able to have such a beach and Yacht Club sometime. —V.W.
Miss Elizabeth Fenner who has been leading actress in the Theatre Unit Incorporated for four years, was married last Saturday to Mr. Thomas B. Gresham, Jr., from Baltimore. —V.W.
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log
PROTOZOOLOGY PICNIC
I was fortunate enough to be invited to the Protozoology picnic, held on July 26 at Tarpau- lin Cove. Before the party was rowed ashore, we had a ride on the Cayadetta down to Gay Head. After everyone had partaken fully of the very plentiful food, the memberes of the staff who were guests of the class were called on for speeches. A track meet of several events in which all were urged to compete, was conduct- ed. The day ended with a tug-of-war in which all the men participated, and an exciting baseball game for everyone. No one could have had more fun. —L. M.
While operating a couple of freight trailers, Mr. Ted Wyman met with an accident early this week. The coupling pin between the two trailers fell out, suddenly, causing the two to come to- gether, and Mr. Wyman’s foot got caught between the two. While no bones were broken, his foot was so badly jammed that it was badly torn and it was necessary for three stitches to be taken. Mr. Wyman is about on crutches now, and is ex- pected to be able to use his foot in about two weeks. —F.L.S.
As the 6:20 P. M. boat for Nantucket was docking last Saturday, the passengers and other spectators on the wharf were treated to a spectacle that would have tickled the fancy of even a Joseph Conrad. Two fishing boats were tied up on the north side of the steamboat dock, and aboard one of them, the Klondike, a battle royal was tak- ing place. One of the seamen, a red-headed Vik- ing with a soft southern drawl, was feeling the effects of a stimulant known as moonshine. Ap- parently he had persuaded himself that in the interests of science, or for some other reason known only to himself, it was his duty to disect his fellow seamen with a delicate fish knife some two feet and a few odd inches in length. Some- one had evidently notified the local policeman, who immediately boarded the boat. The policeman did not appear to be interested in the fine points of the operation that was about to take place, and finally put an end to the fracas by taking the two seamen with him for a joy ride to Barnstable,
—T.C.W.
Some of the boys acting as porters on the wharf in Woods Hole manage to pick up three or four dollars a day. —V.W,
will be found on pages 156 and 160 )
Jury 30, 1932 ]
BRAE BURN FARMS Superior Guernsey Milk and Cream Butter Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HATCHVILLE
Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods EASTMAN’S HARDWARE
5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
FALMOUTH TAILORING AND DRESSMAKING SHOP Remodeling a Specialty CLEANSING and PRESSING
Goods Called For Main. Street and Delivered Tel. Falmouth 1104
CLEANING AND PRESSING OF
Men’s Suits Ladies’ Suits Topcoats $ Ladies’ Coats Overcoats 1.00 Plain Silk Dresses
Call Falmouth 430
OREGON DYE HOUSE MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
Quality Service EVERYTHING IN DRUG STORE MERCHANDISE ROWE’S PHARMACY “The Rexall Store” P. D. ROWE, Ph. C., Reg. Pharmacist FALMOUTH
ey
THE NEW DRUG STORE
G. R. & H. DRUG CO., Inc. GEORGE TALBOT,
Reg. Pharm.
MAIN ST. FALMOUTH
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES
Shoe Repairing
THE LEATHER SHOP MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
Tel. 240 A. C, EASTMAN
REGISTERED
OPTOMETRIST W. E. CARVELL
Tuesdays and Saturdays OVER ROBINSON’S PHARMACY *hone 1130 Falmouth
THE COLLECTING NET
159
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANEIEL’S
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates
W. T. GRABIEC, Prop.
JAX FEMININE FOOTWEAR $4.50 to $7.50 QUEEN’S BUYWAY
Near Filene’s FALMOUTH
M. H. WALSH’S SONS ROSE SPECIALISTS WOODS HOLE, MASS. PLANTS — CUT FLOWERS — PLANTING
PERSONAL PRINTED STATIONERY
200 ‘Single Skeets and 100 Envelopes Printed with name and address on good White Paper Complete $1.00.
100 Double Sheets and 100 Envelopes Printed on White, Blue, Grey, Pink or Buff, $1.00 Club Parchment, 100 Single Sheets and 60 Envelopes, Complete $1.50.
Other Grades Paper $1.25 to $2.00
Hutchinsons Book Store
BOOK STORE BUILDING NEW BEDFORD, MASS.
Church of the Messiah
( Episcopal )
The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector
Holy Communion
Morning Prayer
Evening Prayer .
160
_THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 56
WOODS HOLE LOG
AT SILVER BEACH
The Theatre Unit this past week produced Elsie Schaufler’s ‘Peep Show” under the super- vision of Arthur Beckhard. The plot itself was ex- cellent, but the play needs a lot of re-writing. I think that the company should have chosen a play which was more of a change from Berkely Square. During both plays the characteers were taken back a number of years. In this play a young couple fear they can’t marry because the girl lives in terror ot her tyrant Aunt. By means of a faint- ing spell, she is carried back five years and you later discover what caused the trouble, and the plot is gradually cleared up.
Sir John, the guardian, played by Myron Mc- Cormack, is badly cast. He was too young and too short of stature to be convincing. The hero, Bretaigne Windust, was passable, but he seeemed stiff. The tyrant Aunt, played by Mildred Nat- wick, was done very well. The heroine, Katherine Squire, was excellent in every way. She was con- vincing and perfectly at home in her part. Mr. 3eckhard, previously associated with her at Green- wich and at Woodstock, correctly saw in Miss Squire the ideal Penelope. —V.W.
The Annual Meeting of the Association of the Children’s School of Science will be held in the School House Tuesday, August 20, at 2:30 P. M.
—V.W.
The Annual Meeting of the Woods Hole Pro- tective Association will take place on Thursday, August 11 at 8:00 P. M. in the Old Lecture Hall.
SUZANNE (of Washington, D. C.) HAIRDRESSING SALON
SECOND SEASON AT WOODS HOLE (Back of Western Union) Tel. Falmouth 1326
ROBBINS HAND LAUNDRY
FALMOUTH, MASS.
Telephone 78
Dr. C. D. Darlington of The John Innes Hor- ticultural Institute, spoke at the Penzance Forum last Sunday on “The Political Situation in Eng- land.” He explained that England was not re- covering from the depression any more than the United States. He compared the two countries very ably and clearly. Dr. Darlington showed that, although he is widely known for his scien- tific work, that also he is a keen observer of the present economic situation. —V.W.
It seems that there are an unusual number of food sales going on in Woods Hole. Last Satur- day on the Crowell’s lawn opposite the Post Office there was such a sale sponsored by the Ways and Means Committee of the Woods Hole Woman's Club. On Friday afternoon there was one on the corner of North and West Streets for the ben- efit of St. Joseph’s Church. —V.W.
A newcomer to Woods Hole heard someone call the Bradley’s house on Juniper Point the air- plane house. She immediately inquired if that was the place they kept all the planes that flew around here. —V.W.
‘
Mr. Gifford Griffin, who rescued Dr. Alfred Meyer when he fell overboard at the airplane dock, very successfully imitated him the other day. While pulling the airplane into the dock he missed his footing and became completely soaked.
—V.W.
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
Visit Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth Phone 116
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 156 and 158 )
Jury 30, 1932] THE COLLECTING NETO _( Ast
MID- SUMMER
FURNITURE SALE
Now Going On at the Star Store in New Bedford
Every suite, every odd piece in our entire Furniture Stock is now reduced from 10% to 33. 1/3% during this Sale. It’s the best buying time of the year, because prices are lowes t.
AND BESURE TO VISIT THE CAPE COD COTTAGE ON OUR 4th FLOOR
Free : Daily Delivery to cee STAR STORE
Telephone Clifford 750
New Bedford READY MONDAY Five Cents Savings August Ist Bank 791 PURCHASE STREET A Half-Price Deposits over Assets over Sale $21,800,000 $24,000,000
on MISSES’ APPAREL and COATS Very Desirable in Fabric and Style
e
Go On Sale
AT 50c ON THE DOLLAR 154 Consecutive Semi-Annual
Dividends Paid in THE C. F. WING CO.
77 years. 790-794 PURCHASE ST. New Bedford, Mass.
162 THE COLLECTING NET ____[ Vor. VII. No. 56
COMPTON ELECTROMETER
HE Quadrant Electrometer shown is pri- marily due to Profs. Arthur H. and Karl iy44x14x9\% T. Compton. It embodies the sound detail de- inches sign and precision of construction necessary ight to fully realize the advantages of the Comp- wers ton Modifications.
6 pounds The needle and quadrant adjustments are entirely free from- backlash or “wobble” and are provided with accurate micrometer heads. A small movement in the height of either changes the sensitivity considerably. The Electrometer has a stable zero and extremely high sensitivity. Once set up, it can immedi- ately be brought to any required state of sensitivity since the different movements can
be accurately repeated from time to time.
Send for electrometer list C 169
CAMBRIDGE
Pioneer Manufacturers of Precision Instruments 3732 Grand Centra! Terminal, New York
PROMI ad PROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS
Fe sear "It Saved Us the Cost of Five Microscopes''
Quoting remark of a Department Head The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms
and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used as a microscope and a micro-photographie ap-
paratus. The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive
apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruc- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, ete.
It has been endorsed by many leading scientists and in- structors.
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switeh for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent
THE PROMAR MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION AND DRAWING APPARATUS A new instrument which has been brought out in response to a demand for a simple apparatus like the Promi for more advanced work which requires more powerful illumination and higher magnifica- tion. Has many additional features as standard equipment. Demonstrations will gladly be made
Prospectus and prices sent on request. by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 11, Brick Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material Bldg. M. B. L.; Woods Hole.
ay ee a ents 117-119 East 24th Street Cras ADAMS CompANY New Yea N.Y.
163
hy COLLECTING INE
MICROSCODE
Jury 30, 1932 ]
MASTER
ANNOUNCING NEW SPENCER TYPE SEMI-RESEARCH MICROSCOPE NO. 30 with
LOW FINE ADJUSTMENT
The latest development and improvement in Microscope design — a fine adjustment located low enough’ to be operated with your hand resting on the table — an original This new microscope has many other advantageous features.
outstanding feature.
NEW YORK
164 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. VII. No. 56
| EXHIBIT IN LECTURE HALL 1 JULY 28th - AUGUST 9th
Under direction of J. A. Kyle
Spalteholz Preparations
Charts: Anatomical, Neurological, etc. Skeletal Material, Human and Zoological Medels, Anatomical and Zoological
“PROMI” and “PROMAR” Microscopic Drawing and Projection Apparatus
Cay: -\ DAMS Com MP ANS
| 117-119 East 24th Street New York
Biological Life Histories Botanical Models ‘Brendel’
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable
aah eee us to send the appropriate Spalteholz catalog. Transparent = Preparations Visit our display rooms and Z : Ren museum. Life History of Chick and
Zoological
CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
Model of Human Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
\SS ee ee
Annual Subscription, $2.00
Vol. VII. No. 7 SATURDAY, AUGUST 6, 1932
Single Copies, 25 Cts.
THE PENIKESE SCHOOL FIFTY-EIGHT THE GROWTH AND REPAIR OF LIVING YEARS AGO NERVES On Tuesday we received the following note Dr. C. C. SPEIDEL from Mrs. Helen H. Neal, Salisbury Cove, Professor of Anatomy, University of Virginia. Maine: “The enclosed will explain itself. Would For the past three years I have been studying you care to use it—or parts of 1it—in THE Cor- living nerves in frog tadpoles both under normal LECTING Net. We hope you may!” One of the and experimental conditions. Individual nerve enclosures was a letter to Mrs. fibers are kept under observa- Neal from Mrs. William R. tion for prolonged periods. Belknap of Louisville, Ken- This evening I should like to tucky, dated October 12, 1931: give a brief resumé of some “During my visit to you I of my earlier observations and
MM. B. L. Calendar TUESDAY, AUGUST 9, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Mr. D. P. Costello: “Sur-
happened to speak to Doctor Neal about my Aunt who, many years ago, was a student at Penikese. I wrote her of his interest and asked if she would write an account of her experience. The enclosed cor- respondence with my Aunt and the notes she supplied on the subject are self-explanatory. When I received her account I told my brother-in-law that I intended going over it with the purpose of blue pencilling the repetitions which, as you will see by her letter she an- ticipated as possibilities. Mr.
Davenport said he thought it much better to send the statement exactly as it came from her pen. | (Continued on page 167)
am accordingly doing
face Precipitation Reaction in Marine Eggs.”
Dr. P. S. Henshaw: “Changes in Sensitivity of Drosophila Eggs during Early Development to Hard and Soft X-rays, Gamma Rays and Alpha Particles.”
Dr. Ralph M. Buchsbaum: “Size of Explant and Volume of Medi- um in Tissue Cultures.”
Dr. B. H. Willier: “Germ Cells
in Relation to the Origin and Differentiation of the Sex Gland of the Chick as Studied by Cho- rio-allantoic Grafts.”
FRIDAY, AUGUST 12, 8:00 P. M. | Lecture: Dr. Alexander Forbes:
“Surveying in Northern Labra- dor.”’ Illustrated.
vated in vitro.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Growth and Repair of Living Nerves, 1D SCO CHS GEMS) 0-5 (0 [) (aa ene Ree The Penikese School Fifty-eight Years Ago. .165
Participation of Bone in Neutralization of In-
gested Acid, Dr. L. Irving, A. L. Chute....171 Partition Coefficients and Diffusion of Solutes
in Heterogenious Systems, Dr. S. C. Brooks 171 Antagonism of Methylene Blue for CN and CO,
rN Mie Brooks): «0% 5.5 4).'ei6 «
--
by him “cones d’accroissement’’. the first to study these in living nerve cells culti- They may be seen and studied to
a more detailed account of my later studies.
Several phases of nerve ac- tivity may be considered: (1) the activity of the growth cones of single nerve fibers; (2) the movements of sheath cells correlated with the origin and growth of the myelin sheath, and varieties of adjust- ment and readjustment; (3) the phenomena associated with nerve irritation and recovery, degeneration and repair.
Growth cones were first rec- ognized by Cajal in fixed tis- sues long ago and were called Harrison was
The Mechanism of the Action of Enzymes,
tn cle aioe CRnIO 165 IDyes AV eh NENG Gis o neon Som obend amtrc co ama Bed ehAQuestiont f. 5 <).2chy. cia tere: eeu hares stella) 174 FXCIPOrigh (PAE CY fea tite terete jos args wate ores) ates sue 176 Directory: Supplements. 5.6 cape we ein oe eure 176 Themis Of. TNCENESt 6 eee ase aiale wile he lon divpapeis, canes 177 eh cierto AKAN. DV OOUSMELOLC GOL iataie tate et aim (ernie. « ae/eieleinapagee ate LOO
166
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 57
best advantage in the living animal in the rapidly regenerating tail fin.
My observations of these growing tips of nerve fibers in frog tadpoles amply confirm the prin- ciple of stereotropism or tactile adhesion, noted by Harrison. These tips often follow in a general
way the processes of fibroblasts. The later growth cones tend to follow the earlier ones, small nerves being formed in this manner. Occa-
sionally growth cones move along the same path- way in diametrically opposite directions, a fact which is of importance for various theories of neurogenesis. Many temporary and permanent anastomoses are established by the growth cones in their progress toward the skin. Mitosis, both of fibroblasts and of sheath cells, appears to have a direct stimulating effect upon nerve sprouts. The sprouts are directed and oriented to some extent by the definite alignment of the fibroblasts and by the movements of the tissue juices re- sulting from movements of. fibroblast processes. A “hydrodynamic factor” may thus be considered of some importance in the orientation of nerve sprouts.
Growth of the sprouts is not necessarily con- tinuous, but is often sporadic in nature. The growth cones are usually characterized by a few highly refractive vital granules which appear and disappear continually.
Growth cones are not unique for nerve tissues. They are found also in association with endothe- lial cells in growing blood and lymph capillary sprouts, in fibroblasts, and probably in other cells, particularly those with long processes.
The myelin sheath appears somewhat later after early unmyelinated nerves have become well es- tablished. | Sheath cells migrate out from the spinal cord, proliferate by mitosis and are present on the early unmyelinated nerves before the mye- lin sheath is formed. Young sprouts which are to become myelinated follow, in a general way, the earlier unmyelinated nerves.
Sheath cells transfer to them, the direction of transfer being almost always from “non-myelin- emergent fiber” to ‘“‘myelin-emergent sprout.” Myelin-emergent sprouts exhibit a pronounced bias toward myelin formation, the combination of myelin-emergent fiber and sheath cell leading, within a few days, to the production of the myelin
sheath. On the other hand, non-myelin-emergent fiber combined with sheath cell does not ordi- narily result in the formation of myelin. The
differential factor, therefore, which determines the formation of myelin is not in the sheath cell, but is in the nerve fiber.
The myelin is laid down in segments, one seg- ment genetically corresponding to the zone of influence of one sheath cell. The earliest myelin usually appears near the sheath cell nucleus, an
indication that the nucleus may be of special im- portance in the process. My records include com- plete case histories of the formation of more than 100 myelin segments.
Myelin segments, though relatively stable may undergo various changes. Thus, end-to-end-anas- tomosis of two segments may occur; rarely, the sheath cell of a segment may divide by mitosis and the two new segments result; a portion of a segment may be appropriated by the next seg- ment and a new node of Ranvier established. At sharp bends in a fiber a bare length may be left between two myelin segments ; these later acquire myelin segments by the process of intercalation.
The cause of myelination is unknown. A the- ory, supported by some, states that the assump- tion of function by a nerve fiber causes it to be- come myelinated. My observations, however. show that many myelinated fibers have not reached their end organs. Since the growing tips of these are still progressing through the tissues it seems certain that they have not yet assumed their typical functions. The theory, therefore, that assumption of function leads to myelination cannot be rigidly maintained.
During the process of myelination autotomy of side sprouts may take place with or without the involvement of myelin segments. Loss of side sprouts by process of retraction is also common.
Myelin probably belongs, not to the sheath cell, but to the axis cylinder. A leucocyte invad- - ing a normal myelin segment travels not between the axis cylinder and myelin sheath, but between myelin sheath and neurilemma sheath. A similar conclusion has been reached by de Renyi from microdissection work.
My observations combined with those of del Rio Hortega strongly suggest the mechanism of myelination in the brain and spinal cord. Hortega points out that the oligodendroglia cell of the cen- tral nervous system corresponds to the sheath cell of the peripheral nerves. The fixed prepara- tions of Linell and Tom indicate that these cells are associated with myelin formation in young rats just before birth. It seems probable that myelin formation is essentially similar_in central nervous system and peripheral nerves, and that the oligodendroglia cell is the myelinating cell of the brain and spinal cord.
Although nerve cells and sheath cells may both be readily cultivated by the tissue method, no one has yet been successful in obtaining myelin sheath formation in vitro.
Nerve regeneration has been studied following operations on small nerves or single fibers. Har- rison long ago noted that unmyelinated nerves in the tadpole when cut seemed to rejoin and heal by first intention, the distal stump not undergoing total degeneration. Williams recently re-investi-
©
Aucust 6, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 167
gated this pomt and found no healing by first in- tention, but held that the growth cones from the proximal stump are sufficient to explain the ap- parent reunion of the stumps. My own work suggests that the distal stump behaves differently depending upon whether or not there exist peri- pheral anastomoses. Complete degeneration oc- curs if these are lacking. Partial degeneration occurs if these are present. A few retrogressive fibers are probably present in the distal stump which have not, therefore, been separated from their nerve cells, being connected to them by way of an anastomosis. Thus the union of the proxi- mal and distal stump is in reality a union of two proximal stumps. Reunion of proximal stumps is of common occurrence after nerve section.
Sheath cells which may be isolated in the tis- sues following nerve section, either of myelinated or unmyelinated fibers, show a marked affinity for nearby nerve fibers. They often return to the nervous system by amoeboid movement when ex- perimentally isolated. Many varieties of chemo- tactic response on the part of the sheath cells have been recorded. These cells without question play a prominent role in the restorative processes.
Several case histories demonstrate that myelin segment degeneration may occur coincidentally vith vigorous growth of the nerve fiber enclosed. Thus myelin degeneration may be independent of axis cylinder degeneration.
The carly changes associated with nerve irri- tation, traumatic degeneration and trophic degen- eration have not been adequately observed and recorded in the literature. In his exhaustive treatise Cajal vaguely states that there are some early slight changes, but just what these are is not specified. My observations indicate that profound disturbances immediately take place following in- jury. A myelin segment shows a pronounced fluid reaction with swelling and vacuole formation; the myelin sheath exhibits a typical rippling and twisting activity; the axis cylinder assumes an irregular, wavy course; and its neurofibrilar structure becomes visible. The sheath cell nucleus becomes glassy as though its contents were be- coming liquefied, and it becomes less intimately applied to the myelin sheath. The vacuoles later
_ disappear and the entire axone straightens, though
it remains somewhat swollen for some time. A segment appears to straighten by a “turgor
reaction.” Tf the irritation is not too great, the fiber may become normal again, the neurofibrilar structure becoming invisible. If, however, the fiber has been cut, or the irritation from another source is quite marked, typical degeneration fol- lows with the myelin breaking up into ellipsoids and later into granules.
Donaldson has pointed out that water absorp- tion and myelination are correlated. My observa- tions on irritated myelinated fibers indicate the relatively fluid condition of the axis cylinder.
Parker’s interesting concept of neurfibrils as functioning in the transport of tropic or toxic materials may also be referred to here. In irritated fibers pronounced fluid movements may readily be distinguished in the axis cylinder, This observation lends some support, perhaps, to such a conception.
It may also be pointed out that a fluid reaction in irritated nerves is essentially similar to the fluid reaction or swelling exhibited by injured tissues in general. Unmyelinated fibers, whether irri- tated or cut, show early changes fundamentally similar to those of myelinated fibers. - ;
Many case histories have also been obtained of repair of mixed nerves, small and large, and of new and collateral regeneration.
Among the nerve activities which I have re- corded by the motion picture method are the fol- lowing: the progress of the first, second and later growth cones of single nerve fibers; anastomosis formation; retraction; movements of fibroblasts and their effect on growth cones: movements of sheath cells; mitoses of sheath cells; addition of hew myelin segments at the end of a fiber; for- mation of a myelin segment at a node of Ranvier side-sprout; the actual, though slight, extension of the myelin sheath over a period of two hours; invasion of regenerating and normal nerves by leucocytes ; deformation of nerve fibers by tension of connective tissue cell processes; stimulation of nerve sprout formation by fibroblast mitosis; traumatic irritation of a proximal stump myelin segment and its recovery; the earliest changes associated with trophic (Wallerian) degeneration; irritation and recovery of a myelin segment fol- lowing a nearby non-nervous wound.
(This article is based on a lecture presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 29.)
THE PENIKESE SCHOOL FIFTY-EIGHT YEARS AGO (Continued from Page 165) .
so, with this explanation. In a letter since then she has said ‘When Miss Ruth Dailey read to me her typed copy of my Penikese notes I discovered
‘that I had told her the same story twice in more
than one instance, That happened because |
could write only a little at a time and between times I would forget just what I had written.’ I send it for what it is worth; the recollections of a woman over eighty years old who lived a very intense life where natural science was concerned,
168 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 57
She now lives alone in La Jolla. With the help of radio and of a daily reader she keeps abreast of the thought and activities of the times in a way
of them might be of interest for publication, I shall be very glad to supply the mechanical as- sistance necessary.”
This was accompanied by the original letter, referred to in the first paragraph from Mary EF. Andrews to her niece, Mrs. Belknap:
“When Miss Ruth Dailey read to me her typed copy of my Penikese notes I discovered that I had told the same story twice in more than one in- stance. That happened because I could write only a little at a time and between times | would for- get just what I had written. I wanted my letter to reach you at Pemaquid before you left there so that the friend who you say is so interested in Agassiz might read it.”
The longer letter (dated September 1, 1931) from Mrs. Mary E. Andrews to Mrs. Belknap, 1s reproduced here in full because the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory is “the direct descendent of the Penikese School.”
“Perhaps you would like to hear a little about Penikese as I saw it in the summer of 1874. If I repeat some things already said, please over- look it.
“As T have said, it was Prof. Nelson of the O. W. U2! who engineered the matter for me and gave me the privilege of spending my Saturday mornings in the museum. The subject of co-edu- cation was just beginning to agitate the intellec- tual world and I was not admitted to any of the classes; but I was given a copy of Woodward's Recent and Fossil Shells, almost every genus named in it being represented in the U. collection, and allowed to browse around as I chose. [very- thing relating to Agassiz I read with the greatest avidity and when he was taken ill I watched the papers. The news of his death was in the even- ing paper, hut your Grandfather, fearing I would not sleep if I knew the truth, gave an evasive answer to my questions. The next morning he told me. I burst into heart-broken sobs. “But I was obliged to go to school, and that was well, for I was obliged to put the subject out of my mind to a certain extent.
“My application for admittance to the Anderson School of Zoology at Penikese was still in, but I had given up all hope of going when I received a letter saying that a vacancy having occurred, my application entitled me to fill it. Annie Hills and I had gone to the post office together, and when
1 Ohio Wesleyan University.
I opened the letter on the way home, I jumped entirely across the sidewalk. That was in June, and as the school was to open about the first of July, I had just time to make comfortable prep- arations for the trip.
“T should say that when Professor Agassiz died, his daughter-in-law, the wife of Alexander Agas- siz, so overtaxed herself in caring for him—there were no trained nurses in those days—that she died from overstrain. Mr. Alexander Agassiz himself, losing his father and his wife in so short a time, broke down and was very ill. He re- covered sufficiently to be with us towards tne last, and meantime the work was well cared for by others, for the same corps of professors and teachers who gave their services to Agassiz gratis continued on through the second year. The School was discontinued after that.
“T was twenty-four years old in that summer of 1874, but I was small and strangers who didn’t know better, thought that I was just sixteen.
“New Bedford was named as the point of de- parture from the main land and to New Bedford T accordingly went, and taking a room waited for word that the little boat which was to take me over to Penikese was ready. I soon discovered another young girl there who was bound for the same port. I think her name was Miss Warren. She was a very charming Southern girl who was engaged to be married to a young divinity student. We corresponded for a time after we separated.
“We were ahead of time in making the pas- sage over, but there were a few others—Prof. Putnam and his wife and children, Prof. Mayer, Mr. Garman, general factotum, and some others. We had a rough time, but reached terra firma at last.
“Mr. Anderson, who gave the island to Prof. Agassiz, had his summer home there, a very ordi- nary frame dwelling. That was used by the pro- fessors and teachers. For the main body of students two long dormitory buildings had been erected, one for women and the other for men. They were connected in the central part by a building in which the lectures were given. We were told the numbers of our rooms in the letters which gave us our right to attend the school, so Miss Warren and I had no difficulty in finding them and we at once made ourselves at home.
“We had the place to ourselves for a day or two and then we saw the main body of students making a landing. In the midst was a young woman carrying a long botanical case with the name Susan Bowen painted on it with startling distinctness.
“One young man was David Starr Jordan, now so well known. He was both student and teacher, having in charge the subject of botany. He was tall, angular, always impressed me as made of
——-s
Aucust 6, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 169
iron. Two things were said about him. Orie was that he was ‘“‘awfully” smart, and the other that he was engaged to be married to a young lady in Green Bay, Wis., where he had been lecturing on all the sciences known to man. That young lady was there at Penikese with her sister. Their table was near mine. Each of us had a table with glass and other utensils. Professor Agassiz had been most sadly cheated in the glassware. It seemed as though one couldn’t even look at it too long without shattering it. I remember one day haying an oblong glass dish before me partly filled with water and a number of tiny creatures. The room was quiet and I had not touched the dish when suddenly it crashed. The hermit crabs scurried around carrying their borrowed shells and the tiny bivalves snapped theirs open and shut, apparently in great consternation.
“Those whose duty it was to procure material for study were not very successful at first and for two weeks or more we had little besides sharks and skates. But I worked over the ill- smelling things with great enthusiasm. I opened the brain cavity of a little flounder and showed how the optic nerves were twisted so that both eyes were supplied with nerves enabling them to see even though the creature swims on its flat side with one eye rendered useless in consequence. That won the praise of Dr. Burt G. Wilder of Cornell U. who was one of our professors.
“Tt wasn’t all sharks and skates, however. A bit of living coral was brought to the laboratory, the delicate little polyps swaying about in the water.
“One successful haul brought in great numbers of squids. They are similar to the cuttle fish ex- cept that the body is elongated, with a horny pen instead of the “cuttle bone’. They were pleasant and satisfactory to work with. While still living, as they are taken from the water, opalescent hues play over the surface of the body. I took a large can of sea creatures in alcohol when I went home, and the squids in it lasted me a long time for demonstration. The ink bag was perfectly preserved and I made up the ink and used it in writing and drawing.
“As summer adyanced into August, phosphores- cent creatures began to multiply. Going out ina rowboat on a dark night the wake of the boat was a stream of light. Some of the creatures were taken up in glass jars and brought to the labora- tory. One I especially remember was crystal clear, three or four inches long with delicate cilia along the body in lines. They decomposed the light as it played upon them and the creatures were so transparent that all of their internal organs could be easily seen. When they were in a dark room and the water was gently stirred, they shone with a pale, lambent green light.
“Of course there were “‘jelly fishes” galore and sea anemones, and star fishes; and one day a living “sea urchin” was brought to the laboratory, stretching out its “ambulachral feet’ among its thorny spines.
“But it would take a good sized boolk to des- eribe all the strange forms I became acquainted with during that wonderful summer, and perhaps I am carrying coals to Newcastle anyway, for you have been on the Atlantic coast so much that you may have seen all these and more besides. But it was a rare treat to me, and there’s no hope of duplicating it out here on the Pacific; for the Gulf Stream is a far more powerful heating agent than its counterpart, the Japan Current which tries to warm us up.
“One more creature, however, or assembly of creatures, | want to speak of. That was the Phy- salia or “Portuguese Man of War.” If you have not seen it, imagine an elongated membranous bag something like a toy baloon, with a frill along the upper side, all very brilliantly colored in purple and lavender. From the lower side there hangs down a mass, also in lavender and blue, made up of colonies of zoophytes. The membran- ous bag keeps the whole on the surface of the ocean.
“One of the professors who was especially kind to me was Professor Edward S. Morse, who was there with his wife and little boy. He was very genial and was a leader in all efforts at sociability. He was wonderfully skillful in making chalk drawings. He could use his left hand as easily as his right and it was interesting to see him draw a butterfly, for instance, drawing the two wings at the same time. The professors gave their ser- vices, and with two or three exceptions did not stay more than two weeks.
“Miss Bowen, who was about my age, I soon learned to like very much. She was very capable and brimful of enthusiasm. David Starr Jordan had a younger sister with him, a rollicking, fun loving girl whom I knew very well in Minneapolis a few years later—some twenty-odd years.
“So many memories crowd upon me that it is difficult to make a selection of reminiscences, and if I repeat things already said, please overlook it. I spoke of the illness of Mr. Alexander Ag- assiz’s wife from overexertion in helping to take care of Professor Agassiz in his last illness, which resulted in her death, and of Mr. Agassiz’s own severe illness in consequence. It fell to Professor Putnam to open the school. One who helped in many ways was Mr. Garman, an assistant in the Agassiz museum at Cambridge and a trusted aid to Professor Agassiz. I saw a good deal of him in Cambridge a few years later.
“Tt was planned by a number of the students to take a trip to the fishing grounds at Gay Head,
170
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 57
Martha’s Vineyard; but a dead calm settled down upon us and the captain of the little boat we were in proposed that we go to his house on a near-by island and wait for the breeze to freshen, which it would do about four o'clock in the morning. It was the best thing we could do. As we walked across the island I was hurrying ahead to catch up with some people I liked when I came upon Mr. David Starr Jordan and Miss Bowen. He was saying something in a sentimental tone about how short the time had seemed or how long, I don’t remember. I hurried on and as I did so he said “Let’s go over and get some Clethra”. I kept on, of course, and when they came in a few moments later it was very evident that a romance had been settled......
“Miss Bowen did not have a very long married life. As I remember, it was only a few years after her marriage that she died. It was not long before Mr. Jordan took to himself another wife whom I never had the pleasure of meeting.
“Tt was about this time that the conflict between religion and science began to rage. Agassiz by the very reverent way in which he opened the school was heralded by the religious world in a way that he did not always like. One of the stu- dents quoted him as saying that his life was de- voted to science and that he had friends among the religious, but that he did not care to be ‘patted on the head.’
“Tt was also the time when the theory of evolu- tion began to grip the minds of thinkers. Agassiz held to the old idea that life came into the world by a succession of creations—that there was an age of protozoans, of radiates, of moliusks, of fishes, of the rich Carboniferous forests, etc. The Agassiz museum at Cambridge, Mass. was established by him as a grand illustration of his theory of the earth. When I visited it many years ago it had superb specimens arranged in a manner to illustrate his theory. I hope this ar- rangement has been retained.
“Tt was in its second and last summer that I spent at the School of Zoology at Penikese. It was never reopened again. When I saw Mr. Gar- man some years later he told me that when he left he packed up all of the equipment belonging to the Museum. He said that Mr. Anderson, hay- ing gotten as much advertisement out of it as he wanted, cared no more for it, and there were no funds available for running expenses. The last that I heard of the place, the two long labora- tories were making fine dance halls for parties going there from the main land.
“Those two years at Penikese gave a tremen- dous impetus to the demand for studies of nature at first hand which had already shown itself. Stu- dents were no longer satisfied with text book
descriptions of animals but demanded the animals themselves for examination. Educational meth- ods were greatly enriched in consequence... . .
“The student body included some who were younger and more ignorant than I and others who commanded high places in the educational world. This did not seem strange to me. I thought it was in line with the democratic spirit which had led Agassiz to admit women in equal numbers and on equal footing with men.
“T have spoken of David Starr Jordan and his sister. The latter married in the course of a few years and came to the Twin Cities to live. Her son Paul was in one of my classes. Her brother was at that time Chancellor of Leland Stanford University. I cannot recall her married name. When Dr. Jordan visited her she gave a large reception for him and very kindly invited me.
“T may have spoken of the grief the death of Professor Agassiz was to me. I had read every- thing available about him and his work. My mind was completely saturated with information about them. .... Up to that time it was the greatest sorrow my life had known.
“T had often thought what a fine thing it would be to have a reunion of the Penikese students, and at the reception given to David Starr Jordan by his sister, I resolved to broach the subject to him.
“We do have reunions,’ he said. ‘I stopped to visit Professor Snow on the way here.’
“Tt was Professor Snow who discovered a suc- cessful way to combat the grasshopper plague in Kansas.
““Oh, but Professor Snow is distinguished,’ I said. ‘I mean a reunion that would let the lesser lights in.’
“And then came the most unkindest cut of all. Looking down at me from the lofty height of his superior inches, the Chancellor of Stanford Uni- versity said, “Umm. ‘They were all dim lights except a few who went there under Agassiz.’
“The cruel truth flashed upon me—that if Louis Agassiz had not died when he did, I never would have seen Penikese. Someone more worthy than I would have been selected to fill that vacancy— some college professor or normal school principal would have been preferred. It was after Agassiz died that applicants were admitted in the order of their application, and that was what gave me my chance. It did not help me to class the Stanford Chancellor as a snob intellectual. The sting of his revelation remained, and it persists to this day. I doubt if I ever fully recover from it.
“Professor Agassiz’s mortal remains lie in the beautiful cemetery at Cambridge, Mass., where so many of America’s illustrious dead are sleeping. The grave is marked by a block of granite from
Aucust 6, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
171
the Glacier of the Aar in his beloved Switzerland. When I visited it a delicate vine had begun to clamber over it. Mary E. Andrews. (Mrs. J. R. B.)
Thursday, Sept. 24th.
Since the above was written, Dr. David Starr Jordan, Chancellor emeritus of Leland Stanford University, has passed on to the Higher Life. A fall which he had some two years ago undoubtedly hastened the end. Towards the last he suffered from a combination of diseases—hardening of the arteries of the brain, diabetes and heart trouble. If I had been told a few months ago that I would be deeply affected by his passing, I would not have believed it; but I was quite unnerved by it. It seemed like a sweeping away of all that had remained of that beautiful sunimer on the
THE PARTICIPATION OF BONE IN THE
island of Penikese.
One statement that I made in the early part of my sketch of Dr. Jordan should be explained. I spoke of his being at Green Bay “where he was teaching all of the sciences known to man.” That statement was based partly on a lecture I heard him give in which he spoke of the great number of subjects he was called upon to teach at Green Bay and partly on what I was told by Horace 3ryan, who studied at Stanford a few years ago. Horace said that Dr. Jordan told the students in his classes that they might select any subject they wished and he would lecture upon it. In these days of specialization it is rare to find a man eminent in many subjects. Probably Dr. David Starr Jordan was the last great scientist whose mind ranged over so wide a field.
“Lord now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in
peace.” —M.E.A.
NEUTRALIZATION OF INGESTED ACID
Dr. LAWRENCE IrvinG and A, L. CHuTE, Associate Professor in Physiology and F ellow in Physiology, University of Toronto
Some time ago we suspected that CO, might be withdrawn from the bones during prolonged overventilation, but the loss of CO, from bone could not be demonstrated analytically. The idea that bone could contribute CO. to the blood dur- ing overventilation is only another way of regard- ing bone as capable of participating in the process of regulating the acid-base equilibrium of the body. There is a variety of evidence to show that bone composition is subject to change dur- ing prolonged metabolic disturbances, but the re- ports on the effect of ingested acid upon the min- eral composition of bone are conflicting.
The main difficulties seemed to rest upon ana- lytical methods and the number of animals which could be examined.
Rats, and later guinea pigs were supplied with up to 5cc. of 2N HCl per day, and the Ca, P, and COz of femurs were determined. The average CO, content of the femurs of four groups of six rats each which had received acid was from 5 to 10% less than that of the corresponding groups
of controls. In two groups of guinea pigs (which showed much less tolerance of acid), the average femur CQO. content was 14 and 11% less. These changes are analytically significant, because the average difference between the right and left femurs in 55 pairs amounted to only 1.60%. Changes in Ca and P were not so significant. The physiological significance of these results appears when it is considered that 10% of the CO. of the bones of an animal amounts to over 300cc. per kilo and represents the ability to neutralize from 1/60 to 1/30 of a mol of strong acid. Much of the physiological significance of this ability to participate in neutrality regulation depends upon how quickly the neutralizing process can occur. In these feeding experiments several days were necessary, but we feel on account of other observations that the bones can be regarded as relatively labile and capable of responding rather promptly. (This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 26.)
PARTITION COEFFICIENTS AND DIFFUSION OF SOLUTES IN HETEROGENIOUS SYSTEMS
Dr. S. C. Brooks, Professor of Physico-Chemistry, The University of California
Solute molecules approaching the interface be- tween two immuscible solvents can pass from one to the other if the component of their kinetic energy normal to the surface surpasses the maxi- mum increase in potential energy which they must attain in passing from the one solvent to the other. This maximum increase may exceed the final dif-
ference in potential energy of solute molecules in
the two solvents, and the latter may be either positive or negative. -
Considering a given interface between two phases, solute molecules will pass across the boun- dary in one direction at a rate in moles per sq. cm. of interface per second (or other appropriate unit) which we may call the escaping tendency from phase 1 into phase 2, In like manner solute
172 THE
to phase | at a rate ?
molecules pass from phase 2 which give the eseaping tendency from phase These eseaping tendencies need not be proportional to the corresponding stoichiometric concentrations, and the ratio between the two may be called the escaping coefficient, ‘The ratio of the two escap- ing coefficients at a given interface determines the partition coefficient between the two phases, but the rate of transfer of solute across the interface is determined by the algebraic difference in eseap- ing tendencies, which in turn are the products ; concentration X escaping coefficient, Partition coefficients do not therefore give adequate infor mation in regard to the rates of passage of solute from one phase to another, but only as to the equilibrium conditions,
Theories of permeability are often based on the assumption that living cells are surrounded by a continuous layer of non-aqueous solvent; and models have been devised to represent living cells, using a non-aqueous solvent separating two aque- ous phases,
The mathematical analysis of the relationship hetween escaping coefficients, partition coefficients and the rate of passage of solute (e.g. dye) from one aqueous phase through the non-aqeuous phase (“plasma membrane’) into the second aqueous
COLLECTING NET
[ Vor, VII. No. 57
phase (“cytoplasm” or “sap’) has been made. It is assumed that the term permeability is used in its proper sense to denote the rate of passage of solute through the membrane; and not, as is so often carelessly assumed, to the equilibrium con- centration in the cell,
The equations show that any given difference in partition coefficients between aqueous and non- aqueous phases may result in either an inerease “permeability,” or in first a de- crease and later an increase. ‘The nature of the difference in permeability is determined by the nature of the changes in the escaping coefficients. The latter are therefore the factors which we need to know in order to predict the permeability of artificial cells, and of living cells, if we assume that the latter do have a lipoid membrane. The equations also indicate the reasons for differences in permeability” produced by differences in the relative volumes of the three phases in the artificial model, “Che mathematical and theoreti- cal analysis will form part of a paper about to appear in the Journal of Cellular and Compara- tive Physiology.
of a decrease in
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 26.)
ANTAGONISM OF METHYLENE BLUE FOR CN AND CO
Dr. M. M.
BROOKS,
Research Associate in Biology, University of California,
The hypothesis that methylene blue acts as a substitute for the respiratory enzyme when this is poisoned by CO or CN is generally accepted. Previous experiments have used such small or- ganisms as yeast, bacteria, Paramoecia, and iso- lated tissues as muscle and nerve. ‘The present experiments deal with larger animals, rats, to see whether inhalation of CO or CN could be antag onized by methylene blue, It was found that those animals whieh had been treated with methy- lene blue recovered in 86% of the time required by the controls which had not received the dye in
the case of CN poisoning; and those animals which had received CO gas recovered in 57% of the time when the dye was injected. These re- sults show that methylene blue could be used to antagonize the results of CO’and CN poisoning, It would seem therefore that this dye would also act in this case as a substitute for the poisoned enzyme, enabling the transfer of O by means of the catalytic ability of the dye.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented al the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 26.)
THE MECHANISM OF THE ACTION OF ENZYMES
Dr. A,
Professor of Biochemistry,
Although extremely little total energy change occurs in the digestion of proteins, carbohydrates and fats, energy must be supplied for their di- gestion, If they are heated with water they hy- drolyse, Tnzymes produce the same hydrolysis in water at ordinary temperature, They must, therefore, be substances which can transfer energy from some source, unavailable without them, to the substrate, ‘They have three sources of energy: 1. The extra energy in certain molecules of the
MaAtiews, University of Cincinnati.
solvent. Although the average temperature of the solvent may be no more than 38° some molecules have a kinetic energy equivalent to an average temperature far higher than this, This energy the enzymes presumably use; 2. The energy of oxygen; 3. Radiant energy.
Operating on this theory of digestion or hydro- lysis my pupils, Dr. Till, Dr. Boyd, Mr. Brown and Mr, Sigal have been able to make artificial systems which much resemble digestive enzymes
A ucust 6, 1932 ]
in their action,
The first of these enzyme systems is hematop- orphyrin, oxygen and light. This digests fibrino- gen very quickly; serum albumin slowly; and edestin very slow or not at all. The action de- pends upon the combined presence of light, hem- atoporphyrin and oxygen. Very slow or no di- gestion takes place in light in a hydrogen at- mosphere, although fluorescence oceurs there as well as in oxygen. ‘The fibrinogen is converted into an albumose and a protein coagulating at 76°, The change appears to be the same as is produced by thrombin and also by the fibrinogenase of rattle snake yenom.
Dr, Hill has succeeded in hydrolysing serum al- bumin by means of dialuric acid and oxygen. An albumose, ammonia and carbon dioxide are set free. The active agent is alloxan. This must combine with the substance it acts on since it does not digest carbohydrates, as Mr. Gregory has found.
Mr. Brown has succeeded in hydrolysing starch with the production of dextrins and reducing sugars by ferrous salts and hydrogen peroxides ; and Mr, Sigal has hydrolysed serum albumin to
THE COLLECTING NET
173
albumose and other products by the same reagent.
These results indicate that proteins and other substances exist in two or more forms differing in their energy content and so in their reactivity. The real equilibrium between the protein and the amino acids, of which it is composed, is probably, hetween the anakinetie form of protein and the anakinetic forms of amino acids, The amount of energy necessary to supply the katalinetic form of protein to make it reactive so that it will digest is just about that set free by the passage of its digestive products from the ana to the kata form. The examination of the total heat change of the system, which is extremely slight, may mislead to the conclusion that little energy transfer has oc- curred.
I'nzymes and other agents act, according to this theory, by obtaining energy from some source, uniting chemically with the substrate; passing their energy over to the substrate, which then he- comes reactive, while the inactive form of the en- zyme now dissociates ; and is reactivated either by kinetic energy of the solvent, by oxygen, or by radiant energy.
(This article in based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 26.)
NOTES ON THE BIOLOGICAL STATION OF INDIANA UNIVERSITY Proressor Witt Scorr Director of the Station
The Biological Station of Indiana University located on Winona (Iagle) Lake, Indiana is in its thirty-eighth session. It operates as a division of the university summer school. This fact neces- sitates the offering of certain undergraduate courses. The course in limnology is open to grad- uate students and advanced majors in zoology.
The most important work of the station lies in the opportunities and the stimulation it offers for research, Two major lines of investigation are at present being developed, that of embryology under the general direction of Dr. G. W. D. Ham- lett and that of fresh water biology under the supervision of the director of the Station.
Part of the investigators hold advanced de- grees while others are candidates for them. One of the most interesting groups is composed of high school teachers who are not candidates for any degree but who prefer to spend their vaca- tions in scholarly work. They have excellent libraries in a limited field and many correspond- ents both in America and abroad. It is the policy of the Station to encourage this group both for the value of their contributions and the enrich- ment it will bring to the teaching of science in our secondary school,
The following is a list of investigators with a statement concerning their problems.
G. W. D. Hamuerr: Factors causing implant-
ation of the embryo. Sixty (60) armadillos have been shipped from Texas to furnish experimental material. Various glandular extracts are being tried,
Birancnr Focrrsonc: Nature and Develop- ment of the zona pellucida: A comparative study of the zona pellucida in different groups of mam- mals and the effects of various fixatives on the appearance of the zona.
RAYMOND BrenemMan: Effects of extracts of various endocrine glands on embryonic develop- ment. Chick embryo used as experimental ani- mals.
James PLrumMer Scirootny: Development of certain wild rodents chiefly six genera, and nine species of squirrels (Sciuridac). A collection of more than 1500 embryos has been made. The col- lection is especially rich in the early stages inelud- ing eggs with polar bodies and cleavage stages. Development in this family differs in several par- ticulars from that in the families of rodents usually studied. c
BLANCHE E, Penrop: The amount and kind of food eaten by the bluegill (/Telicoperca incisor) together with its rate of feeding and digestion, A bluegill weighing 25 grams, whose stomach is empty will eat about 2000 daphnids in a day. When the stomach is filled it takes from 31 to 34 hours (at room temperature) to digest the con-
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 57
174
tents.
Mary K, SuHoup: Annual variation in form and reproductive rate in the Daphnia of Winona Lake.
Dr. A. I, ORTENBERGER: The nature and ori- gin of the organic deposits in the Indiana Lakes. Some new instruments are being designed for the study of the superficial parts of these deposits.
1), H. Miner: A study of the contribution of the various strata in the pelagic regions of a lake to its bottom deposits. A series of glass cylinders have been suspended in the lake by means of a concrete anchor and a submerged buoy. It is pro- posed to extend this study over at least ten years.
Dr. Ira T. Witson: The littoral deposits of Winona Lake.
LEONARD STRICKLAND: The early morpho- gemsis of the thymus on the pig.
Herscuet Grier: The nature and occurance of symbionts in insect ovaries, especially of the Ho- moptera and Orthoptera.
Mycuyi® W. JoHnson:
3ehavior and mor-
phology of nucleoli with especial reference to some of the Orthoptera and Chilopoda.
F. F. CarPenter: Life histories of chirono- mids, chiefly of the genus Chironomus. Most of the material from the bottom of lakes of north- ern Indiana. Material has been secured also from Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Eng- land and Germany. ‘Ten life histories including egg, larval instars, pupa and adult have been com- pleted in series of fifty or more which gives ample material for the study of the different stages. The results indicate that the basic classification of this group will have to be revised. This work has been.carried on for six summers.
Witt Scotr: (a) the origin of ‘Marl islands” and certain post pleistocene modifications of lakes and streams. (b) In completing the study of the bottom fauna of Tippecanoe Lake and the com- parison of this lake with Lake Wawasee a de- tailed map of the emergent and submerged aqua- tic plants is being made. (c) The influence of the hypolimnion on the epilimnion in lakes.
THE BEACH QUESTION AND THE STATEMENT IN THE
FALMOUTH
Tn our last number we reprinted an article from The Falmouth Enterprise. This week we wish to comment on most of the statements that it con- tained. To bring out our points clearly we shall in each case first quote the paragraph to which we refer:
(1)
“A sub-committee of the general committee which is studying the adequateness of bathing beach facilities at Woods Hole met last night and heard seven or eight people who maintain that Woods Hole needs more beach privileges and made suggestions as to how to work for them. The committee will report Saturday to its general committee. It was announced that a public meet- ing will be held later.”
The “committee” did not report to its “general committee” on Saturday—and it never had any intention of doing so.
‘
(2)
“Among Woods Hole property owners ad- jacent to the Bay Shore beach are the estates of the late Hector J. Hughes, Dr. Oliver Strong, Dr. Otto Glaser, Dr. Manton B. Copeland, Dr. Addison, Dr. E. N. Harvey, Dr. R. Chambers, Dr. Frank R. Lillie, Mrs. E. G. Gardiner, Ed- ward A. Norman. Many of them have appeared in conference before the sub-committee of the Beach committee, and members of the group pre- pared the following statement for the Enterprise ;”
This paragraph strongly infers that the state- ment was drawn up more or less officially by the group of property owners, or at least that it was
ENTERPRISE
done with their knowledge and approval. That is not the case. Some of them did not know any- thing about it before the statement was printed. In fact, we have reason to believe that it was pre- pared by one or two individuals without the knowledge or consent of most of the property owners mentioned above. If this is the case. The Falmouth Enterprise should have insisted that its author’s name accompany the statement. (3)
“Recently ‘THe CoLttectinc Net, a weekly de- voted to scientific work’ distributed a broadside in Falmouth which had very little mention of scientific work in it, but was largely devoted to the discussion of the beach situation in Woods Hole.”
Our sub-heading has been incorrectly quoted. It should read ‘A Weekly Publication devoted to the Scientific Work at Woods Hole.”
There is no reason why the “broadside” should have had very much mention of scientific work. It contained all the local news which had been printed in the issue of THe CoLtectingc Net for July 16. Properly, it made no mention what- ever of scientific work. It is not true that it was “largely devoted” to the beach question. Actual measurement shows that the text concerning the beach occupied less than one-sixth of the space (or one-twelfth when the advertising section is taken into consideration. )
(4) ““T ip CoLLectine NET states that the beach (Continued on page 180.)
a
175
1932 ]
826 NI HIOH SGOOM LY SHIYOLVYORVT TVYOIDOIOIN AHL
AvuGustT 6
176
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Ware Cattell Editor
Assistant Editors Florence L. Spooner Annaleida S. Cattell Vera Warbasse Contributing Editor to Woods Hole Log T. C. Wyman
The Collecting Net Scholarships
In consultation with the heads of the courses at the Marine Biological Laboratory we have de- cided that it is desirable to establish an extra scholarship of $100.00. This year there will be six available instead of five; one each is to be assigned to the classes in embryology, physiology, protozoology and botany, and—owing to its great- er number of students—two to the class in in- vertebrate zoology. The award of the scholar- ships will be placed entirely in the hands of the individuals in charge of the various courses. This arrangement will eliminate the delicate and diff- cult task of weighing the merits of a good student in one class against those of one in another.
It now becomes necessary to obtain six hundred dollars instead of five hundred, each summer. We believe, however, that the value of the scholar- ships in assisting worthy students (and therefore the Laboratory itself) is now so well realized that the task that we have set for ourselves will not be an impossible one. In fact it should not be more difficult to accumulate money for six scholar- ships than it was to obtain the money for five when we first established them in 1927.
The meeting of the Corporation of the Marine 3iological Laboratory will be held on the coming Tuesday at 11:30 A. M. It is important that as many members of the Corporation attend it as possible, because they have the responsibility of selecting and electing 10 trustees.
DIRECTORY SUPPLEMENT MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
Students of the Course in Invertebrate Zoology
Aldinger, Lenore grad. bot. Wisconsin. H 7.
Anthony, Genevieve R. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. H 7.
Axford, Dorothy grad. asst. zool. N’ J. Col. Women. Larkin, Woods Hole.
Bates, M. N. Hamilton. Dr attic.
Belding, H. S. asst. zool. Conn. Agri. K 5.
Berkenfe!d, Charlotte G. grad. zool. Col. City N. Y. McLeish, Millfield.
THE COLLECTING NET
_[ Vou. VIL No. 357
Buchheit, J. R. grad. asst. zool. Illinois. Dr attic.
Couch, Mary L. res. asst. biol. Elmira. H 3.
Crooks, K. B. M. instr. biol. Hampton Inst. Ka 4.
Diack, Marion Oberlin. Hilton, Water.
Dibble, U. EL. grad. asst. zool. Yale. Dr attic.
Elliott, A. M. teach. fel. biol. New York. Cowey, School.
Foltz, Ruth G. Oberlin. Hilton, Water.
Goffin, Catherine E. Brown. Goffin, Millfield.
Gray, Beatrice grad. zool. lowa State. Hilton, Water.
Grierson, Siargaret C. grad. zool. Mount Holyoke. H 8.
Haffner, W. Wabash. K 9.
Hamilton, Mary A. Elmira, H 4.
Havey, C. B. Acadia. Densmore, School.
Henderson, Ruth E. Goucher. H 7.
Hoover, W. K. asst. biol. American. Dr attic.
Huff, G. C. grad. zool. Iowa. K 7.
Ives, P. T. grad. asst. comp. anat., emb., gen. Am- herst. Dr attic.
Jacques, R. H. Ohio Wesleyan. Ka 1.
Jonas, Marion grad. biol. N. J. Col. Women. H 6.
Kleinholz, L. H. K. instr. anat. Colby. Ka 22.
Kohn, H. I. grad. zool. Yale. K 6.
Larrabee, M. G. Harvard. Silvia, Buzzards Bay.
Ling, S. W. grad. limn. and entom. Cornell. Dr 9.
Lippy, Grace E. instr. biol. Hood.
Livengood, W. F. Wabash. K 9.
Logan, Amy D. Wilson. Nickerson, Millfield.
Lumer, H. grad. asst. zool. Western Reserve. Silvia, Buzzards Bay.
Manuel, Beth Dalhousie (Halifax). W d.
Meyer, Adelphia M. grad. zool. Peabody. H 4.
Olsen, M. W. poultry biol. U. S. Dept. Agri. Ka 23.
Owen, Cora R. Vassar. Grinnell, West.
Penn, A. B. K. C. grad. phys. Hopkins. D 303.
Pliske, E. C. asst. zool. Minnesota. Ka 2.
Rankin, J. S., Jr. Wesleyan. K 5.
Reed, S. C. Dartmouth. K 7.
Rees, Olive L. asst. bot. Wisconsin. H 7.
Sandnes, G. C. grad. biol. Col. City N. Y. Dr.
Schloemer, C. L. Beloit. Dr attic.
Schoenborn, H. W.De Pauw, Ka 1.
Setty, L. R. instr. biol. Park. Higgins, Depot.
Shoemaker, H. H. instr. biol. Earlham. Stewart, School.
Stearns, Mary L. Smith. Thompson, Water.
Sures, Pearl M. grad. biol. Minnesota. W a.
Tobias, Belle C. grad. biol. Wellesley. H 3.
Tukey, Gertrude R. Smith. Thompson, Water.
Turner, R. S. Dartmouth. K 7.
Warren, M. R. De Pauw. Ka 1.
Wells, Josephine grad. zool. Barnard. Johlin, Park.
Zinn, D. J. Harvard. Sydell, Glendon.
| CURRENTS IN THE HOLE
At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound:
Date A.M. P.M. ANG (Chinois 7 20) 8:13 AIDS A/a 8:37 9:07 Avie (Sinn 9:28 10:04 NEE 0 Oe seroeneccoss 10):22- Ue O4 PRE MO oc. ser sree 2A sa PGR MN Vso sansa aie IPEOS a maliz2z, Janes, We V2 145) Aug. 13.. 2:14 2:24 Aug. 14 Seu Eel
Aucust 6, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
7
ITEMS OF INTEREST
Dr. Martin H. Fischer, professor of physiology at the University of Cincinnati, was awarded an honorary degree of doctor of science by Witten- berg College.
Dr. Dennis R. Hoagland, professor of plant nutrition at the University of California has been elected president of the American Society of Plant Physiologists.
Dr. Francis O. Holmes, who has been working on insect protozoa at the Boyce Thompson Insti- tute for Plant Research, has been appointed as- sociate member of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research.
The New York Zoological Park has set aside a substantial one-story brick building for tropical research under the direction of Dr. William Beebe. The main laboratory room is thirty-six feet long and twenty-six feet wide. The building contains ample library and storage space.
Dr. Henry E. Crampton, professor of zoology at Barnard College is spending his vacation in Woods Hole.
Dr. E. C. Schneider is taking a sabbatical leave of absence for a year from Wesleyan University where he is professor of Biology. Dr. Schneider has been working on the influence of high alti- tudes and low oxygen on man, on physical fitness and on aviation physiology.
Dr. C. D. Snyder, professor of physiology at the Johns Hopkins University and a frequent vis- itor in Woods Hole, and his family are spending the summer visiting relatives and friends in Hol- land and Germany. .Dr. Snyder is acting as a delegate from the University of California at the celebration of the 300th anniversary of the Uni- versity of Amsterdam. He also plans to attend the 15th International Physiological Congress which convenes in Rome early in September.
Friends of the late Dr. Jacques Sither, director of the Biological Station at La Rochelle, France, from 1907 until its discontinuation during the war, will be interested to know that his son, Mr. J. A. Sither, is spending the summer at Woods Hole. Mr. Sither first came to this country last year and has been studying at Kimball Union Academy. He plans to enter Wabash College this fall. Mr. Sither is working in the Supply De- partment of the Marine Biological Laboratory, collecting and preserving tunicates in which he is particularly interested. —C. E. B.
FLYING FISH AT THE MUSEUM
Through the kindness of Mr. McInnis, Man- ager of the Supply Department, a fine specimen of the Atlantic Flying Fish (Cypselurus Hete- ruene) Rafinesque, has been secured by the Mu- seum, and is now on exhibition there. This speci- men was caught in the trap of Norman Benson near Quissett. It is nearly a foot in length, and while not considered common at Woods Hole, there are several records of its capture. It is commonly found in the South Atlantic, and has even strayed as far as New Foundland.
—George M. Gray, Curator.
Dr. H. C. Urey of Columbia University has been appointed managing editor of the new Jour- nal of Chemical Physics which will initiate pub- lication in January, 1933, under the auspices of the American Institute of Physics.
DIRECTORY SUPPLEMENT
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Investigators
Ashley, Alta res. asst. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 342. Eldridge, Woods Hole.
Borodin, D. N. ind. inv. Br 2. Briggs, High.
Bridges, C. B. res. asst. Carnegie Inst. Washington. Br 324. McLeish, Millfield.
Carpenter, R. L. assoc. anat. Columbia P. and S. Br 217. A 209.
Conklin, E. G. prof. biol. Princeton. Br 321. High.
Goldsmith, E. D. asst. zool. Harvard. Br 315. Hilton, Millfield.
Grand, C. G. tech. asst. biol. New York. Br 338. McLeish, Millfield.
Herrick, E. H. prof. biol. La State Norm. Col. Br 217J. D 308.
Hitchcock, H. B. Williams. O M 28. Waldron, School.
Kiess, Mary D. Pennsylvania. Br 217 h.
Kille, F. R. grad. zool. Chicago. Br 224. Ka 24.
Klein, H. res. fel. biochem. Hopkins. O M 1. Mc- Leish, Millfield.
Lewis, I. F. Miller prof. biol. Virginia. Bot. Hubbard, Center.
L’Heritier, P. Rockefeller fel. Paris. Br 333. Avery, Main.
Morgan, T. H. prof. biol. Calif. Inst. Tech. Br 320. Buzzards Bay.
Ormsby, A. A. res. asst. sanit. eng. Penn. State Col. O M Base. D 206.
Parks, Elizabeth K. instr. histol. Boston Med. O M 29. H 8.
Pandit, C. G. asst. dir. King. Inst. Preven. Med. (India). Br 328c. White, Millfield.
Saeger, A. fel. biol. Nat. Res. Council. Br 110. Mc- Leish, Millfield.
Schmidt, Ida G. res. fel. endocrin. Cincinnati. Br 341. McLeish, Millfield.
Suozzi, S. asst. physics. Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.). Br 307. Dr 5.
Thomas, T. B. grad. asst. Br 218. Ka 24.
Weiss, P. A. res. fel. Yale. Br 123. D 311.
178 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 57
Record Action
Too Fast or Too Slow for the Human Eye with The B&L
Cine -Photomicrographic Equipment
|Bes importance of Cine-Photomicrographic Rec- ords is increasingly apparent as time shows the immense field of possibilities opened by this equip- ment—possibilities that are as wide as microscopy itself.
With this equipment it is possible to show com- pletely action too fast or too slow for the human eye, for the camera has 8 different speeds ranging from 16 exposures per second to one exposure every four minutes 16 seconds. For teaching, for research, for comparison and study, the records thus obtained are priceless.
HE B&L Cine-Photomicrographic outfit has
been so simplified that its use does not raise any special problem. It is compact, free from vibration and can be used with any standard microscope. It is possible to focus the microscope at any time with- out interference with the photographing process. Apparatus may be stopped for a desired interval without the loss of a single picture frame.
Send for your copy of —‘Motion Pictures of Micro-Organisms”’.
Bausch & Lomb Optical Company
671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, N. Y.
BINOCULAR MONOBUJECTIVE RESEARCH STANDS
MODELS F With interchangeable monocular and binocu- lar tubes and complete Abbe Illuminating Apparatus.
MICROSCOPE FCE-6 with optics to meet exacting requirements Magnifications: 70 to 1800 X
Large Mechanical Stage
Aplanatic Condenser n.a. 1.4.
Quadruple Nosepiece Apochromatic Objectives:
10 n.a. 0.30, 20 n.a. 0.65
60 n.a. 1.4 (Oil Immersion)
90 n.a.1.3 (Oil Immersion) Paired Compensating Oculars: TX, 10X, 15 X%, 20%
Price, complete in case, $590 f.o.b., New York Other Outfits, ranging in price from $294.50 to $1085, are listed in Micro catalogue 418, a copy of which will be sent upon request.
CARL ZEISS, Inc.
485 Fifth Avenue, New York
Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
Aucust 6, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET _ 179
Adapted for Every Field of Scientific Endeavor
LEITZ ULTROPAK
MICROSCOBE EQUIPMENT
Histology. Unprecedented results obtained with the ULTROPAK in examining fresh brain sections of spinal cord, bone surface; also in a series of pigment studies, etc.
Zoology. A zoologist in using the ULTROPAK was surprised to be enabled to see many char- acteristic details which he was never before in a position to detect on specimens, although he knew they existed.
Physiology. A Professor was able to observe important micro reactions, the influence of poison upon cells, etc. Health Laboratories use the ULTROPAK extensively for the ex- amination of serum reaction.
Chemistry. The ULTROPAK makes possible and facilitates micro-chemical analysis of opaque objects, hitherto impossible. Mineralogy-Geology. Applying ULTROPAK to polished surfaces of ore, a Professor of min- eralogy could detect many constituencies here- tofore invisible to him.
Also Valuable
In Industrial Paleontology Laboratories Graphology Botany Criminological Capillary Microscopy Microscopy
Cancer Research
Bacteriology
Pathology
ewes. — ee -
., rast Leitz Wi
we LEZ ULTROPAK
May Help to Solve Your Problem
The LEITZ ULTROPAK permits observation of specimens under conditions which until now were impossible to achieve and reveals details hitherto undetectable by microscopical methods. The LEITZ ULTROPAK can be used with all types and makes of microscopes.
OUTSTANDING ADVANTAGES
1. Specimens need no preparation (cutting by microtome, staining, embedding, etc.) and can be examined in their natural state. Such observa- tions were impossible heretofore with the usual microscope metheds.
2. The ULTROPAK image shows characteristics of the specimen which could never be detected heretofore because structural elements of the same color may still show differences in their refractive, reflective, or absorption properties.
3. The illumination of the ULTROPAK can be so adjusted that layers below the surface of the specimen may be observed without disturbing ef- fects being caused by intermediate layers.
4. For reasons of special construction of the optical units, ULTROPAK observations are car- ried out under the highest numerical apertures with the consequent results of increased defini- tion.
5. The ULTROPAK is exceedingly simple to operate.
For a complete description, write for Catalog 7113 (143)
fF. LEGGZ.
60 EAST 10th ST.
ENC.
NEW YORK
180 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII, No. 57
WOODS HOLE LOG
THE BEACH QUESTION (Continued from page 174.)
lots on Bay Shore had “‘been reserved for the use of five investigators.” We find this to be in- correct. The Fay Estate never reserved these lots, but put them in the open market. They were then bought by the present owners.’ ”
Again we have been incorrectly quoted. The news story (not an editorial) reporting on the first beach committee meeting stated that a map drawn on the blackboard “showed that the finer and larger section of the beach had been reserved for the private use of five investigators at the Marine Biological Laboratory.” This is correct. Until an editorial note concerning it appeared in Tue CotrectinG Net the lower post of the fence proudly bore the message “The beach beyond this fence is private. Please do not trespass.” Thus the use of the beach in front of the lots owned by Professors Brooks, Glaser, Addison, Harvey and Chambers was taken away from the residents of the town, members of the labora- tories and summer visitors alike. We understand that Professor Chambers is not in sympathy with this undemocratic arrangement (he recently re- turned from an extensive trip through Soviet Russia. )
(5)
““The statement that ‘Falmouth owes Woods Hole a beach’ is misleading to those not familiar with the situation, and puts our selectmen in a wrong light, as it suggests that at present there is none. As a matter of fact Woods Hole has six beaches serving various groups of tax pay- ers.)
This paragraph gives the impression that the words ‘‘Falmouth owes Woods Hole a_ beach” were editorially used in THE CoLLectinG NET. They were not. In its last number THE Net simply remarked in a news account that an indi- vidual had made this statement at the meeting of the Beach Committee.
(6)
“*1, Nobska Beach, a very fine one, is used by all the residents of the Nobska Point region and some of the Laboratory workers.
““2. Juniper Point Beach, owned by Mr. Crane serves a group of bathers there.
“3. Penzance Point Beaches, of which there are two, plus many private bathing piers take care of all the residents on the point.
““4_ Gansett Beach, is especially set aside for all the owners of property on that part of Crow Hill known as Gansett and numbering 29 cottages.
“*5. A beach on Quissett Harbor used by the cottagers on the private road.
““6, The Bay Shore Beach, open to any resi-
dent of Woods Hole as stated in the deed.
““As well as these beaches over twenty-five residents on Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay shores have their own bathing facilities and do not need to use the other beaches.’ ”
Statement “6” is misleading. Only a section of the Bay Shore Beach is open to the residents of Woods Hole. So far as we know the scientific workers and other summer visitors have never had an invitation to use the beach adjoining “Lot X.” No one has yet objected to their taking ad- vantage of it, but the privileges that they have assumed are theirs can be legally withdrawn at any time.
(7)
It is the Bay Shore Beach to which the edi- torials in The Collecting Net refer. The prob- lem here is really not one of bathing at all, as this is excellent, but entirely a matter of more sand space for sunners. As the number of peo- ple using the beach scarcely reaches 50 at even the most popular hours, and is below 80 on Sat- urdays, it can be seen that a relatively small num- ber of tax dollars is involved.’ ”
We suspect that even the lot-holders take ad- vantage of the sun when they bathe. Why should not the rest of us? Soon a photograph will be reproduced in THE Net proving conclusively that the above figures are not correct.
(8)
““\ movement is on foot in Woods Hole which may result in action looking towards taking a beach for public use by eminent domain.
“Originally broached last summer by Dr. Cas- well Grave and Ware Cattell, editor of THE CoL- LECTING Net, on July 11 a committee of 20 met to discuss beach facilities at present available in Woods Hole.”
The subject was first taken up in 1930, and Dr. Grave played no part at all in initiating it. Nor did Tue Cottectinc Net. The beach situation was formally presented by three senior investiga- tors at the Marine Biological Laboratory (all of whom owned property and two of whom were Trustees of the Institution) at a meeting of the Woods Hole Protective Association. Dr. Grave happened at that time to be President of this or- ganization, and he later appointed a committee (of which Dr. Manton Copeland was chairman) to find ways and means of establishing a continuous patrol on the Bay Shore Beach. It was under- stood that the lot-holders would take no steps to close the beach in front of their cottages if such a patrol were established. The fence, however, appeared in June last year while arrangements for the patrol were being completed. The of- fensive fence stirred a long-time research worker
see
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log can be found on 182 and 184 )
Auctst 6, 1932 ]
COLUMBIA
PARAFFIN OVEN
13632-37
This is a safe, efficient, simple and inex- pensive paraffin oven; for individual or small class use, admirably adapted to supply all the necessary conditions for infiltration, em- bedding, spreading and drying. This oven was designed by Dr. C. E. Tharaldsen, of North- western University, in an endeavor to over- come the shortcomings of existing paraffin ovens for individual or student use. It is com- pact, portable and fool-proof from the stand- point of breakage or fire. It is sufficiently in- expensive so that an institution can afford to place one on each desk, and may be used with equal efficiency for both fine cytological and larger histoiogical objects and for plant or animal tissue. It combines in one piece of apparatus an infiltration and embedding oven, a section spreader, and slide drier. It is heat- ed by two carbon lamps with temperature con- trolled by the use of Dim-a-lite sockets and adjustable ventilator in rear, Paraffin com- partments and pipettes are maintained at a uniform temperature at all times.
13632 PARAFFIN OVEN—Columbia. As des- cribed above; of heavy sheet metal with black japan finish, and furnished on heavy wooden base; complete with cord and plug. but without glassware for 110 volts.. 20.00
13637 PARAFFIN OVEN—Columbia. Similar to above, but for 220 volts.......... 22.00
WILL CORPORATION
LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS
ROCHESTER, NY.
THE COLLECTING NET
Announcing the
Improved Model Cl
Reduced manufacturing costs have made possible definite improvements in the Inter- national Size 1, Type C Centrifuge without raising the price.
The Model C1 is the intermediate size, suit- able for routine laboratory work and heavy duty where very high speed is not essential.
INTERNATIONAL Improved Model Cl Centrifuge
New design includes speed control rheostat attached to the centrifuge to make machine self contained. The base forms the frame for the motor and all electrical connections are enclosed. The motor is interchangeable on alternating and direct currents and maintains speeds varying from 1800 to 2900 R. P. M. Furnished with or without portable stand ready to plug into wall receptacle. Dimensions of the Model Cl are the same as in former design. Listed by the Under- writers’ Laboratories.
There is an International for any job. INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO.
352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass.
Makers of Fine Centrifuges
ST SL TT YO OE
181
182
_ THE COLLECTING NEG
Vou. Vili Nosy
WOODS HOLE LOG
(who is a Trustee of the Laboratory) to prepare a statement upon the limitation of bathing facil- ities which was printed in the initial issue of Tie CoLLectine Net last year. Later in the summer a group of several interested individuals held a single informal meeting. It was only after much persuasion that Dr. Grave consented to attend the meeting, and he did so as ex-president of the Woods Hole Protective Association. Again this year Dr. Grave was injected into the discussion against his will. (9)
“The committee which is considering Woods Hole beach facilities is composed of Dr. R. P. sigelow, Dr. R. A. Budington, Dr. Robert Cham- bers, Dr. E. R. Clark, Dr. Manton Copeland, Mr. Robert Goffin, Dr. H. B. Goodrich, Dr. Benjamin Grave, Dr. Caswell Grave, Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn, Mr. Thomas Larkin, Mr. E. M. Lewis, Dr. Ed- win Linton, Mr. James McInnis, Dr. Charles R. Packard, Dr. Fernandus Payne, Dr. A. C. Red- field, Dr. C. R. Stockard, Dr. O. S. Strong, Cap- tain John J. Veeder.
“A sub-committee was appointed consisting of Dr. E. R. Clark, Dr. H. B. Goodrich, George A. Griffin, Thomas E. Larkin, Dr. C. R. Stockard.
“Projects suggested for the committee’s con- sideration:
“(1) Purchase of the beach rights of Lot X (Miss Fay’s Deed of Trust) and Dr. Oliver Strong's lot, containing the bathhouse.
“(2) Purchase of the beach rights of four lots belonging to Dr. S. C. Brooks, Dr. Otto Glaser, Dr. W. H. F. Addison, and Dr. E. N. Harvey.
“(3) Purchase of the beach rights of the 3rooks, Glaser and Addison lots and expenditure of $1,000 to improve the beach.”
The “projects” (worded a bit differently ) were presented by Tie CottectinG Net, as “‘a more or less hypothetical situation,” and not by a mem- ber of the sub-committee. Further, no part of the bathhouse stands on Dr. Strong’s lot.
(10)
“The present public bathing facilities at Woods Hole were provided by Deed of Trust of Miss Sarah B. Fay, accepted by the town at annual town meeting in February 1928. All “inhabitants of that part of Falmouth known as Woods Hole as make it their home” already are guaranteed in perplexity bathing privileges, with right to use 15 lockers in the existing bathhouse and right of way to the beach.
Perplexity !
(11)
“Miss Fay, carrying out the wishes of her late father, Joseph Story Fay, and late brother, Henry I. Fay, original owners of the property, set aside “Lot X”, forty feet wide to provide bathing op- portunities for all inhabitants of Woods Hole on the Bay Shore.”
“Lot X” is “two hundred feet, more or less” in width.
(12)
“The acceptance of Miss Fay’s benefaction, was moved and championed at the 1928 town meeting by two Woods Hole men now serving on the “Beach Committee,” Thomas E, Larkin and George A. Griffin.”
It was a wise decision on the part of the Chair- man to appoint Mr. Larkin and Mr. Griffin as members of the sub-committee, because they made a painstaking study of the bathing facilities in 1928.
(13)
“Shortly after Miss Fay executed this Deed of Trust, the property was placed on the market and sold, subject to this restriction, to Dr. Ee Be Meigs who is now trustee under the deed.
“The town has no expense in connection with this beach to Woods Hole inhabitants and the bathhouse is maintained by the trustees.”
Since no expense has yet been entailed, the town of Falmouth might well see the wisdom of appropriating money to purchase beach rights if the people in Woods Hole are convinced that this step is necessary.
We believe that The Falmouth Enterprise de- serves the widespread criticism that it has brought upon itself because of the obvious propaganda in the article and many misstatements of fact that appear in it.
Miss Vera Warbasse and Edgar Craig of Fal- mouth Heights were sailing together on Tuesday afternoon and amused many people by getting stuck in the mud in Little Harbor near the Lus- combe estate. Their many friends were glad that these seasoned sailors were able to detach their craft from the mud without seeking the assistance of the U. S. Coast Guard.
Mrs. Annie Nathan Meyer is the author of “Black Souls,’ a play in 6 scenes which was per- formed at the Provincetown Play House in New York last March. It contains a foreword by John Haines Holmes. The cost of the paper bound book is 75 cents—the cloth bound, $1.50. Orders for the book may be left with Mrs. Meyer or THE CoLtLecTinG Net office.
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log can be found on 182 and 184. )
Avcusr 6, 1932 }
THE COLLECTING NET 183
REGISTERED
OPTOMETRIST W. E. CARVELL Tuesdays and Saturdays OVER ROBINSON’S PHARMACY *hone 1130 Falmouth
BRAE BURN FARMS
Superior Guernsey Milk and Cream
Butter Selected Eggs Ice Cream HATCHVILLE Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods EASTMAN’S HARDWARE
5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
FALMOUTH TAILORING AND DRESSMAKING SHOP Remodeling a Specialty CLEANSING and PRESSING
Goods Called For Main. Street _ and Delivered Tel. Falmouth 1104
CLEANING AND PRESSING OF
Men’s Suits Ladies’ Suits Topcoats $1 00 Ladies’ Coats Overcoats ° Plain Silk Dresses
Call Falmouth 430
OREGON DYE HOUSE MAIN ST., FALMOUTH
Quality Service EVERYTHING IN DRUG STORE MERCHANDISE ROWE’S PHARMACY “The Rexall Store” P. D. ROWE, Ph. C., Reg. Pharmacist FALMOUTH
THE NEW DRUG STORE G. R. & H. DRUG CO., Inc. GEORGE TALBOT,
Reg. Pharm.
MAIN ST. FALMOUTH
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES
Shoe Repairing
THE LEATHER SHOP MAIN ST., FALMOUTH A. C, EASTMAN
Tel. 240
REGISTERED OPTOMETRISTS W. T. Almy Wm. D. Hoyt J. F. Arsenault JAS. T. ALMY CO. 230 UNION ST. NEW BEDFORD Tel. Clifford 2612
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE
Take Advantage of the Special Rates
W. T. GRABIEC, Prop.
JAX FEMININE FOOTWEAR $4.50 to $7.50 QUEEN’S BUYWAY
Near Filene’s FALMOUTH
M. H. WALSH’S SONS ROSE SPECIALISTS WOODS HOLE, MASS. PLANTS — CUT FLOWERS — PLANTING
Hutchinsons 3rd Annual es t Book Sale
4000 VOLUMES AT A LITTLE OVER 10c¢ ON THE DOLLAR
BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY, TRAVEL, ROMANCE, ADVENTURE, MUSIC
The Classics and Boy’s and Girls’ Books, ete. ALL GOOD FRESH STOCK
Hutchinsons Book Store
BOOK STORE BUILDING NEW BEDFORD, MASS.
Church of the Messiah ( Episcopal )
The Rey. James Bancroft, Rector
Holy Communion .. 8:00 a.m, Morning Prayer ..................11:00 a.m. Evening Prayer o0/ES0! (st,
184
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 57
WOODS HOLE LOG
Those who were at the Penzance Forum last Sunday witnessed a knockabout, headed east, sail across both ledges in the hole. Luckily it missed the rocks in the first one and reached safe waters. But then it cut the red can at Broadway and went right across red ledge. It did not seem possible that they would miss the rocks in both ledges, but Providence evidently was guiding them because even then they struck no rocks. Having spent a peaceful night in Woods Hole Harbor, they started the next morning to go back through the hole. They evidently had not profited by reading their charts because they repeated their same man- eouver going across red ledge again. This time Lady Luck deserted the sailboat and they hit a rock fast and firm. The Coast Guard boat had to pull them off. The observer could see them and hear them yelling to the Coast Guard boat. They evidently did not want to risk hitting any more rocks, for they were safely towed through the hole to the bell buoy in the bay, far from any rocks. —V.W.
Dr. H. B. Bigelow, head of the Oceanographic Institution, combined various parts of diving suits making a novel new one. An expert in the subject said it defied the “laws of diving” and that a man would promptly die if he made use of such an outfit. However, the suit was satisfactorily used for a month, the diver being able to com- fortably walk around on the bottom of the sea.
—V.W.
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 985 EDNA B. SMITH
Visit Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth Phone 116
The Island Airways carried over a thousand people during their first month. The first week the average number of passengers which they carried a day was thirty. The number then in- creased to sixty, and now they have reached the eighties and nineties. —V.W.
Mrs. Virginia Knower Elmendorf was desirous of seeing the races at the Edgartown Regatta. The only way she could fit it in was by flying. To get back from Edgartown to a picnic that evening, on the Weepecket Islands, she was dropped there for the small extra charge of one dollar. The pilot had a hard time starting the plane after he had landed Mrs. Elmendorf, and was almost persuaded to join the picnickers.
—V.W.
Pilot Moon scared many people on Sunday. He was ‘‘zooming” over Woods Hole and made the lowest point of his “zoom,” the square by the railroad dock, coming within 100 yards of the ground, —V.W.
Warner Oland, motion picture star from Holly- wood, arrived in Woods Hole by boat recently on his way to Oak Bluffs. He is the actor who took the part of Charlie Chan, the Chinese detective, in various motion pictures that have been made from novels by Earl Derr Biggers. He will also be remembered for the part he played in “Shang- hai Express.” —T.C.W.
COUNSELLOR-AT-LAW Falmouth, Mass. LLB. Boston University 1903
JOHN P. SYLVIA, JR. Tel. Falmouth 46-R or 293
| ROBBINS HAND LAUNDRY
FALMOUTH, MASS.
Telephone 78
————————
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log can be found on pages 180 and 182.)
Aucust 6, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 185
This Complete Modern Department Store
invites you to
Shop in New Bedford
Mail and Phone Orders Filled Telephone Clifford 750
Free Daily Delivery to STA R ee Woods Hole STORE 1 ‘ Rise The 5 Price Sale Five Cents Savings aa Bank Misses Garments 791 PURCHASE STREET Continues Deposits over Assets over COME BEFORE pain STOCKS $21,800,000 $24,000,000 EXHAUSTED Sizes 13-20 years = PRICES ARE 14 OF USUAL
See what $5.38 will buy in a desirable dress. 154 Consecutive Semi-Annual
Dividends Paid in THE C. F. WING CO.
77 years. 790 - 794 PURCHASE ST. New Bedford, Mass.
ees
£s6 x UID) OU ER CII GE Ne
[ Vor. VII. No. 57
Southern Biclogical Supply Co., Inc. 2 Living and Preserved Bio- logical Specimens of all Types for the Laboratory Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- iana Forms. Specialists in Amoeba Cultures, Alligators, Etc. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La.
Best Results Assured with
Best Results Assured with
SEAL
Non-Corrosive ~ ei Non-Corrosive MICROSGOPIC*
SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog re
At your dealer—or write (giving dealer's name) to Walter O. Luscombe
‘Cray-AvAmMs ComMPANY
117-119 East 24th Wi reer NEW YorRK
REAL ESTATE AND INSURANCE
SAMUEL CAHOON Woods Hole Phone 622-4
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL
Dealer in HUBBARD & MORRISON FISH AND LOBSTERS REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE Tel. Falmouth 660 and 661 Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop. WOODS HOLE, Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts MASS. Se Furniture IN BUSINESS Promotes Efficiency!
BY THE VILLAGE GREEN SINCE AUGUST 6th, 1821
-The
‘ ke : - ; : F ALMOUTH Combination Science Table No. D-580
For a quarter otf a century Kewaunee Engineers NATIONAL BANK have specialized in laboratory furniture that pos- sesses all newest, accepted improvements—conven-
iently placed to promote greater laboratory effic-
F almouth, iency. Biology Laboratory Furniture has been no excep- Massachusetts tion. In the Kewaunee Catalog our complete line is
illustrated and fully explained. Prices are very at- tractive. Write for catalog and prices if you have laboratory furniture to buy.
Keuwiiees : Capital $ 1 00 000 LABORATORY FURNITURE Cor
Cc. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mgr.
231 LINCOLN ST., KEWAUNEE, WIS. Surplus Fund, $ l 00,000 Chicago Office New York Office 14 E. JACKSON BLVD. 70 FIFTH AVENUE
Offices in Principal Cities
AGuer 6, 1932) be
M. B. L. FRIENDS ean find a pleasant change at MARGE’S COFFEE SHOPPE
Sandwiches — Table d’hote — A la carte
N. E. TSIKNAS FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S Woods Hole, Mass.
Main St. Call 752
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE
Telephone 1243
ISLAND AIRWAYS Scheduled Seaplane Service
between
NEW BEDFORD VINEYARD HAVEN
WOODS HOLE NANTUCKET
Schedules and tickets at Steamboat
ticket offices
THE COLLECT NG NET
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP Woods Hole, Mass.
Depot Avenue
GEORGE A. GRIFFIN Civil Engineer and Surveyor Assoc. Member Am. Soc. C. E. S. B., Mass. Inst. of Tech., 1907 Tel. Conn. HIGH ST., WOODS HOLE
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANEIEEL°S
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
ROOMS IN BAY SHORE BATH HOUSE MAY BE RENTED BY APPLYING TO THE OFFICE OF
WALTER O. LUSCOMBE RAILROAD AVE. WOODS HOLE
TEXACO PRODUCTS
NORGE REFRIGERATORS
WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY
Opposite Station
188 _THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 57
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE Collections Daily WALK-OVER SHOP Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories General Merchandise Telephone 777 SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT SERVICE THAT SATISFIES A. ISSOKSON —EEESSSSS SS °° Te reS= COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS Cc. S. MASON ELIZABETH ARDEN YARDLEY WATCH and CLOCK COTY REPAIRING MRS. WEEKS SHOPS E. Main St. Nye Road Falmouth Phone 109 Falmouth Tel. 113-M PARK TAILORING AND F d CLEANSING SHOP or Weeks’ Building, Falmouth Sales and Service Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait CAPE COD AUTO CO. (Special Rates to Laboratory Members) TEL. 62 DEPOT AVE., FALMOUTH
AWNINGS AND SAILS FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND GILKEY-DURANT CO. HARDWARE CO. TURN LEFT, WHEN LEAVING BOAT Agency for 8 HOMER’S WHARF LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER Tel. Clifford 6775 New Bedford, Mass. Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 260
Visit THE THEATRE UNIT THE COLLECTING NET OFFICE Presents If You Want “LYSISTRATA” A Map of Woods Hole, Interesting Books, AUGUST 8 THROUGH AUGUST 13 Back Numbers of THE NET Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth OR Just Information Telephone 1400 AT LAST SCIENTIFIC WORKERS PAINTS AT FAIR PRICES, AND IN When you come to FALMOUTH NEW BEDFORD SPECIAL FOR ONE WEEK : eat our excellent Pure Orange Shellac.........$2.00 a gal. Spar. Varnish -. 26.4 665 sess cve $1.00 a qt. —— BaOc PUNCH — Myron S. Lumbert GULF HILL PARLORS e CASH PAINT STORE 596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD
QUEEN’S BUYWAY FALMOUTH ( Opposite Library )
Auvcust 6, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 189
TURTOX NEWS RERBOrF UREA APPARATUS
An eight-page publication mailed without FOR DETERMINATION OF UREA
charge every month to over 20,000 biologists. IN BLOOD Devoted to notes of special interest to the Ref.: Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. biology teacher and to announcements of LXXXIII, No. 2, August, 1929. “A Rapid and new teaching aids developed in the Turtox Accurate Method for the Determination of iz , t ata I Urea in Blood.” By S. L. Leiboff and Bernard GU DIO HEIKO HAAS S. Kahn. Our reprint forwarded on request. If you are not receiving Turtox News : DESCRIPTION fie {Pay rt -asifate Seieodl in write Consists of Leiboff Pressure Tubes and a swat S cba HENS fe ce I ene . Compact Oil Bath for heating the tubes. mailing list. Sample copies will be mailed The urea is hydrolized in the presence of to you at once. sulfuric acid, without the use of urease,
under the pressure generated in the Lei- boff Tubes at 150 degrees C.
Direct Nesslerization is possible and the process of distillation or aeration is elim- inated.
Determination requires only 10 minutes.
Write for further particulars
The Sign of the Burton Pledges Absolute EIMER & AMEND
Satisfaction Est. 1851 — Ince. 1897 General Biological Supply House Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Incorporated Chemical Reagents 161-163 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET © CHICAGO NEW YORK, N. Y.
HUETTNER PARAFFIN DESK OVEN
NEW PATTERN
Now being used in twenty-seven institu- tions for cytological and embedding pur- poses. This oven is made entirely of monel metal incorporating many fine new fea- tures which cannot be found in any other apparatus of its type. Some of the fea- tures are—Constant temperature regulator up to 80° C.; Automatic filtration of solid paraffin. Reservoir with outlet for melted paraffin. Drying compartment for slides, and convenient size for research or student use. Measuring 16” x 8” x 6” inside. For further particulars write for circular.
oo Uh rae
Cnet tts SUM ooscsonanosaocbonoog eccadd0uOd nel COD UO mOOUTDnIEDO DOU cecoUUM oO OOO OnOOOe Immediate delivery
Standard Scientific Supply Corporation
Biological, Bacteriological and Chemical Apparatus, Nefuralists’ Supplies, Specimens, Skele- tens, Anatomical Models, Wall Charts, Glass Jars, Microscopes and Accessories. 10-14 WEST 25th STREET NEW YORK CITY Formerly scientific department of Kny-Scheerer Corp.
190 THE COLLECTING NET { Vor. VII. No. 57
A Portable Quinhydrone Hydrogen Ion Apparatus
Portable—light in weight—complete with carrying case with battery Simplicity of Operation After W. J. Youden, Ph.D., of the No technical knowledge or skill is are eh Bad Thy ; = unknown solution in reference tube, adjus e ey oe es rheostat to cause the galvanometer to read zero. The voltmeter reading is noted and the pH for this voltmeter reading is found in a table supplied. Special Features of Superiority Rapid Manipulation. 30 to 40 determinations per hour, more than twice as rapid as any other elec- tro-metric methods. Low Cost. The use of quinhydrone electrodes per- mits using a millivoltmeter of 300 mv. range. Sensitivity. Equivalent to .03 pH—as high as necessary in practical work, and considerably greater sensitivity than the most precise colori- metric methods. Simplicity. Component parts are simple, durable and convenient. No. 5275 Youden Hydrogen Ion Concentration Ap- paratus. Complete with millivoltmeter, galvan- ometer, rheostats, special \quinhydrone electrodes,
(Patent Pending) battery, and chemicals and supplies necessary for
, OPEVAOM) flee epeiemlciemeke eeke tavernas ic ote ietetioteta te rate $95.00 pow Cost and High Precision A Laboratory Set, similar to the portable set except Simple and Rapid Manipulation not mounted in carrying case, can be supplied
Corder NO. (5270) ccs kis ties nossa $85.00
W. M. WELCH MANUFACTURING COMPANY
General Offices: 1515 Sedgwick St., Chicago, Ill., U.S. A. Branches: New York City; Nashville, Tenn.; Kansas City, Mo.; Austin, Tex. Pacific Coast Representatives: Breun-Knecht-Heimann-Co., Ltd., San Francisco, Calif. Braun Corporation, Ltd., Los Angeles, Calif.
PROME ad DROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS
f 4 "lt Saved Us the Cost of Five | Microscopes" Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopie slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used as a microscope and a micro-photographic ap- paratus.
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruc- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, ete.
Lhe se been endorsed by many leading scientists and in-
structors.
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 111, Brick
Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole. Cu AS AA AIMS s Com PANSY
Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material :
PROMAR—A more powerful apparatus with additional features. Information on © p requcntl 117-119 East 24th Street New York, N. Y. .
“Avaust 6, 1932 ] ) /~ THE,COLLECTING NET 191
MASTER MICROSCODE
A New Achievement in Microscope Design
HIE finest and perhaps most precise microscope ever offered to scientific men oy —the new Spencer Research Microscope No. 8. Spencer Lens Company, supreme designer and progressive builder of microscopes for many years, pre- sents four new and original features in this microscope :
1. Variable Inclinocular—you can tilt the body tubes to any angle from vertical to 40 degrees.
2. Concentric buttons on both sides of mechanical stage to actuate its movement.
3. Fine adjustment located low on operator’s side of instrument. You ean operate it with your hands resting on the table.
4. New-features and accessory arrangements on a reverse type micro- scope stand,
we |
BUFFALO Lins NEW YORK
192 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. VII. No. 57
JULY 28th- AUGUST 9th
Under direction of J. A. Kyle
Spalteholz Preparations
Charts: Anatomical, Neurological, etc. Skeletal Material, Human and Zoological
i| Medels, Anatomical and Zoological
“PROMI” and “PROMAR” Microscopic Drawing and Projection Apparatus
€rav-ApAms CompAny
117-119 East 24th Street New York
Biological Life Histories | Botanical Models ‘Brendel’
EXHIBIT IN LECTURE HALL | 1
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable us to send the appropriate
Spalteholz catalog.
Transparent ee
Preparations | Visit our display rooms and — i i Hindan museum. 2 peesat and ;
Zoological —— CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
“ eet J Model of Human Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
Vol. VII. No. 8
PHYTOPLANKTON OF ISLE ROYALE LAKE SUPERIOR (The Seminar Report of Dr. Wilham Randolph Taylor )
A few samples of phytoplankton were obtained by J. L. Lowe during the biological survey of Isle Royale under the auspices of the state of Michigan. These came from small lakes on the island, from narrow arms of Lake Superior pene- trating valleys of the island, and from off-shore in the open lake.
The latter group of samples showed limnoplankton practi- cally unmixed by littoral con- taminations. The population
SATURDAY, AUGUST 13, 1932
AW. B. LY, Calendar TUESDAY,AUGUST 16, 8:00 P. M.
Seminar: Dr. Daniel Raffel: “Gene
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
VITAL COLORATION OF PROTOPLASM Dr. Ropert CHAMBERS Professor of Biology, Washington Square College, New York University The existence of a plasma membrane as a dif- ferentiated layer distinct from the cytoplasm be- neath it has been already fairly well established. Probably the most striking proof is that a dye, such as phenol red, will not penetrate a cell from without but when injected into a cell readily diffuses through it and will not pass out. The plasma membrane is emperme- able to the dye both from with- in and from without while, on the other hand, the internal
was dominated by Dinobryon divergens and D. stipitatum, with an important diatom ele- ment in which Asterionellas, Fragilaria crotonensis and
Mutation in Paramecium aure- lia.”’
Dr. C. B. Bridges: ‘Chromosome Maps of Drosophila.”
Dr. A. H. Sturtevant: “A New Unstable Translocation in Droso- phila.”’
cytoplasm is freely permeable to it.
An additional bit of evi- dence of a more morphological nature is the fact that cells can he, sub-cooled far below their
IRhisosolenia eriensis were sig- nificant; the only other fre- quent types were Botryococcus and /estella. These records for late summer from Lake Superior are apparently un- ique ; comparison with the little know floras of Lakes Michigan and Erie suggests that at time of sampling Lake Superior differed in a greater prominence of Dinobryons.
The samples from the arms of Lake Superior showed a mixture of — (Covitinued on page 194)
orial Lecture: Goldschmidt,
FRIDAY, AUGUST 19, 8:00 P. M.
Lecture: Reynold A. Spaeth Mem- Professor Dr. R. Kaiser Institut fur Biologie, | and Development.”
internal freezing point while embedded in solid ice. Only when a microscopic icicle is introduced into the interior of the cell by means of a micro- pipette will internal freezing take place. Evidently there ex- ists a structure at the surface of protoplasm which prevents
Wilhelm- “Genetics
initiation of internal freezing from the presence of ice on the outside.
It is difficult to determine the consistency of the
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Phytoplankton of Isle Royale Lake Superior,
iSEheboveh 4h (Coors segocanu dan ame oon on 193 Vital Coloration of Protoplasm, De VOVEK Gr CHAMIDELS: mre) assists erets)elsieekainr= is «hs 193
Cytological Fixation with the Lower Fatty Acids, their Compounds and Derivatives, Dr, Conway Zirkle
Review of the Seminar Report of Dr. Zirkle, IBYae (OPP IO OE bbb ake 00) eligi cern ercaote caren: CimePericre 195
Copper Sulphate as an Algacide in Lakes and
Reservoirs), Dry Ge Wi) EReSCOUEL clear 196 Manganese and the Growth of Lemnaceae,
Dre) Albert Sawer eK. areas esecee cee a snsim eater at Og This Year's Eclipse of the Sun, J. Stockley 198 Book Review, Dra KarliSax eee. see ore nee 201 Beach Questions, c.* tia stceei cs eee rata orate ae cesterete 204 JES th aye Aled Gre ON es man on aa ag cs Sneche Desa ere G Ae 206 TVEMISTORMIMUGKESL, tetas ae eisai cts sedtee scarier aie aie aie: 207 News from other Biological Stations ........ 208
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
194
plasma membrane mainly because of the presence of extraneous enveloping materials. These ma- terials not only complicate results of operations with microneedles but also those of treatment with salt solutions. For example, CaCl, has a coagu- lating action on these envelopes while NaCl tends to dissolve them. These salts may have an op- posite effect on the plasma membrane underneath. That this latter assumption has some evidence of being true can be shown in mature, unfertilized sea urchin eggs. With microdissection needles these eggs can be stripped of their extraneous en- veloping materials to the extent of being rendered practically naked i. e., with plasma membrane ex- posed. Immersed in an isotonic solution of Ca Cle these naked eggs can be pulled about, distorted and pinched into segments which instantly round up when released. The eggs and their fragments behave like droplets of oil. With their extraneous envelopes on they would have been stiff and brittle.
On the other hand, NaCl and KCI soften the envelopes and erode the plasma membrane.
The internal cytoplasm behaves like the exter- nal envelopes to CaCly and NaCl.
In studying the permeability of a cell to dye- stuffs one must take into account two factors, (1) selective permeability to the plasma membrane and (2) conditions within the internal protoplasm which may or may not permit the entrance of substances to which the plasma membrane may be
freely permeable. To many dyestuffs the cell be- haves as if there were no intervening plasma mem- brane. For example, the staining of a cell with neutral red appears to depend entirely on the relative acid-base reactions of the cell interior and of the medium in which the cell is immersed. If the external medium is more acid than the cyto- plasm no dye accumulates within the cell, not necessarily because of the plasma membrane hut because the constitution of neutral red is such that between two contiguous phases it tends to accumu- late in the one which is more acid. Methyl red behaves in the reverse manner.
One more condition must be cited, viz., the metabolic activity of the cell. For some reason, at present unknown, the secreting kidney cell is freely permeable to phenol red. This property is unaffected by variations, within limits, of the acidity of the environing medium. However, if the vitality of the cell is reduced, e. g., by nar- cotics, cold, ete., the cells will not take up any phenol red. In contrast to this narcosis does not prevent vital staining of the cells with neutral red.
In conclusion we can state that, although we have strong exidence for the existence of a dif- ferentiated plasma membrane on the surface of protoplasm, we have no right to consider that the selective permeability of a cell is exclusively the property of the plasma membrane.
(This article is based on a lecture presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 5.)
PHYTOPLANKTON OF ISLE ROYALE LAKE SUPERIOR (Continued from page 193)
heleoplankton with littoral elements. Anabaena Lemmermanni, Ceratium hirundinella, Tabellar- ias and D. cylindricum appeared as important ele- ments, but the flora varied considerably im differ- ent localities.
The lakes on the island itself are represented by samples from Wallace and Sargent lakes. These were filled with clear brown water over a muddy bottom with emergent rocks; the first had a floating sedge margin, the latter a shore of sandy mud. The floras were on the whole poor ; samples from the central part of Sargent Lake gave a population which contained elements char- acteristic of heleoplankton as well as of the lit- toral, but with Anabaena Lemmermanni, Ceratium
Iurundinella and Tabellania fenestrata as import- ant constituents. This produced a marked re- semblance with the flora of the arms of Lake Superior.
An inspection of the limited literature shows that critical and frequent analyses of the phyto- plankton are needed, to be made at places which would advantageously disclose any differences in the population throughout the Great Lakes chain.
—Hannah T. Croasdale.
(A summary of a paper presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 2. It was sub- mitted to Dr. Taylor for approval before publica- tion. )
CYTOLOGICAL FIXATION WITH THE LOWER FATTY ACIDS, THEIR COMPOUNDS AND DERIVATIVES
Dr. CONWAY ZIRKLE
Associate Professor of Botany,
Fixation images can be divided roughly into two classes, 1. e, acid images and basic images. In the former the nucleus of the resting cell is
University of Pennsylvama
surrounded by a membrane and consists of a chromatin reticulum about, but not in immediate contact with, a centrally located nucleolus. If the
Avcust 13, 1932 |
THE COLLECTING NET 195
fixing fluid is very acid (pH 1.0-3.0) the nucle- olus will contain vacuoles and will be so fixed that it will not be stained by the iron-alum haema- toxylin technique. In dividing cells the chromo- somes are preserved and mordanted and the spindle fibers are distinct. The cytoplasm fixes as spongioplasm and all mitochondria are dissolved. If NaOH or KOH is added to a 2% solution of H»CrO, until the mixture reaches pH 4.0 the fix- ation images given by the fluid will be as described above except that the nucleolus will be mordanted and will stain as heavily as the chromatin. If more hydroxide is added until the pH becomes 4.8 the entire character of the fixation image is changed. The new image is provisionally labeled “basic” although the fixation occurs on the acid side of neutrality. In the basic image all chroma- tin and spindle fibers are dissolved. The nucleus fixes as a globule of nuclear lymph about and in intimate contact with the heavily staining nucleolus. The cytoplasm fixes as hyaloplasm and mitochondria are preserved. If the solution is brought to pH 4.8 with copper hydroxide the two images overlap and both chromatin and mito- chondria are preserved.
Formaldehyde gives a basic fixation image even when combined with compounds of chromium whose fixation images are normally acid while acetic acid and the acetates, when added to the chromates, produce acid images regardless of the pH of the mixture. In spite of the fact that acetic acid is one of the most destructive of cytologicai reagents it is at present a component of practically all fixing fluids designed to preserve chromatin. The problem arises: Are there acids which com- bine the advantages of acetic acid with none of its disadvantages ?
The following four series of interlocking acids were investigated :
1. Formic-Acetic-Propionic-Butyric-Valeric.
2. Acetic-Trichloracetic.
3. Formic-Glycollic-Glyceric-Gluconic.
4. Glyceric-Lactic-Propionic.
For convenience these acids can be arranged in the order of their fat solubility determined by their partition coefficient between ether and water.
Thus—valeric, butyric, propionic, acetic, formic, trichloracetic, lactic, glycollic, glyceric and glucon- ic. Each acid used alone gives the acid fixation image. Combined with formaldehyde, however, they give two distinct images, i. e. those from valeric to formic give the acid image, those from trichloracetic to gluconic the basic. The copper salts of all of the acids give the acid image, but with formaldehye only those from copper valerate to copper acetate give this image. The salts from copper formate to copper gluconate with formal- dehyde give the basic image. The nickel salts alone are not fixatives, but with formaldehyde give the basic image except that with nickel val- erate and nickel butyrate no mitochondria are preserved.
The copper salts of the acids from valeric to formic when combined with copper bichromate give the acid image. The copper saits of trichlor- acetic and lactic acid with copper bichromate give the basic. The corresponding nickel salts with nickel bichromate give the same images as the copper salts except that in the acid images the material of the nucleolus is mordanted so that with haematoxylin it stains darker than chroma- tin. This image is useful in an investigation of the role of the nucleolus in cell division.
The above images can be explained by assuming that the different components of fixing fluids penetrate at different rates and that the first chemical to reach the cell determines the fixation image. Formaldehyde would then penetrate slower than the acids, valeric to acetic, (formic acid seems to penetrate more rapidly than any other acid) but faster than those from trichlor- acetic to gluconic. The copper salts of the acids, valeric to acetic, penetrate more rapidly than for- maldehyde while the other copper salts penetrate more slowly. Formaldehyde penetrates faster than any of the nickel salts. Copper bichromate pene- trates at a rate between those of copper formate and copper trichloracetate, while nickel bichro- mate penetrates at a rate between those of the corresponding nickel salts.
(A summary of a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 2.)
REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. ZIRKLE Dr. C. D. DarLtincton Cytologist, John Innes Horticultural Institution
Tixatives react with the different cell constitu- ents so as to make them capable of absorbing stains differentially. Dr. Zirkle has shown that the most important discriminating factor in their reactions is the pH of the fixative. Thus with a very acid fixative (pH 1.0-3.0) the chromosomes but neither the nucleolus nor the mitochondria are stained with iron-haematoxylin while with a
fixative more basic than pH 4.8 the reverse is the case. This, however, is only true in the presence of Na and K and CrQy, ions. Other combinations of bases and acids have different ranges in which the opposite “acid’’ and “basic’’ images are given. This seems to mean that the effect depends on the rapidity with which the different ions penetrate the tissues and this, in turn, must vary with the
196 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
material used. Fixatives have usually been de- vised in the past by methods of trial and error. The methods of analysis used by Dr. Zirkle pro- vide the means by which they may in the future
be more systematically compounded, but the enor- mous diversity of materials used for cytological study warns us of the difficulty of any early generalizations.
COPPER SULPHATE AS AN ALGACIDE IN LAKES AND RESERVOIRS Dr. G. W. Prescott Assistant Professor of Biology, Albion College
Since lakes desirable for recreational purposes, and impounded waters for municipal use are fre- quently infested with objectionable algae consider- able recognition is given to copper sulphate as a purifying agent. The effectiveness of copper sul- phate as an algacide was demonstrated some twen- ty-five years ago by the work of Moore and Kel- lerman. Although widely used since its introduc- tion but very little is known concerning the chem- istry involved in the action of the salt and subse- quently formed compounds with protoplasm. Fur- thermore, although many of the factors influenc- ing the efficiency of the algacide have been deter- mined, and although the specificity of certain organisms for different concentrations of copper have been worked out, a great deal of desired information is lacking. There are many physio- chemical and biological factors which should be considered in building an efficient program of treatment and these are not always properly recognized.
That there are significant variations in lakes treat- ed for algae is shown when a comparison is made of the results in written reports of engineers who have employed copper sulphate in various parts of the country. In reviewing these reports on the effectiveness of copper sulphate it is at once ob- vious that required concentrations and methods of introduction may, and should, vary for different lakes. The differences in concentration necessary to adequately care for objectionable algae and the different degrees of success or failure in the use of copper sulphate when it is introduced accord- ing to usual recommendations emphasizes che point that each body of water must be studied and dealt with as a special case. That is, concentra- tions of the salt and methods of introducing which are efficient in one lake or reservoir may fail to give desired results in other, and, it may be, apparently similar lakes. Furthermore, different concentrations are required in the same lake at different seasons of the year.
Fortunately copper sulphate may be used in such dilute concentrations as an effective algacide that it is safe in water for human consumption and, if correctly introduced, is neither detrimental to most kinds of fish nor to fish-food organisms.
The need for considering the physio- chemical and biological conditions of a lake in formulating a treatment program has been emphasized to the
writer by some investigations made during the past two years for the Iowa State Fish and Game Commission. Many of Iowa’s otherwise very beautiful lakes have been almost ruined by super- abundant growths of blue-green algae. One of the lakes has been given copper sulphate treat- ments so that an excellent opportunity has been afforded to compare conditions in treated and untreated bodies of water.
The factors to be considered in determining an efficient copper sulphate treatment for one of Iowa's lakes are as follows:
1. The kind, or kinds, of infesting algae. This is of course always fundamental since organisms are specific for various concentrations of the salt. The recommended concentration may or may not prove successful as determined by other important factors. It may be necessary to experiment with variations from the recommended concentration for treating a specific algal growth, and such is the case in the lake studied.
2. Temperature. The same organism will re- quire a heavier concentration of the salt for its eradication in cold than in warm water. Hence in summer treatments (other factors not inter- fering) the necessary concentration is lower than in winter.
3. Suspended organic matter. Suspended or- ganic debris interferes with the success of a treatment since these particles as well as living organisms take up the copper. Therefore, treat- ments may be more advantageously administered on calm days when the water is less roiled. Or it may be necessary to increase the recommended dosage for a lake which is persistently heavy in suspended matter.
4. Physical behavior of the infesting organ- isms. Since the more serious disturbers are of the so-called “‘water-bloom” type they may form great mats on the surface of the water. Many species normally are concentrated (at least during certain parts of the day) in the upper six inches of water. In treating for such forms it is obvious that a spray method rather than a drag method of introduction is likely to be more effective. In the drag method bags of copper sulphate are towed by boat. Surface organisms are not so efficiently dealt with as by the spray method. In the instance of Iowa lakes the infesting forms congregate at the surface in great ‘patches’ and
ay
Aucust 13, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING
NET 197
are carried across the lake by wind and current, finally heaping on beaches or in shallow water. This behavior means that an area of a lake re- cently treated with copper sulphate may, in a few hours, be infested with a great, putrefying mass of algae. Therefore a localized treatment of these ‘patches’ or ‘banks’ with a small boat, using either the spray or drag method is more efficient than giving the entire lake a general treatment, as is often recommended.
5. Alkalinity. The alkalinity of the water is thought to be highly responsible for the partial failure of the treatment of Iowa lakes. The lakes infested with blue-green algae all have a high pH value. In one lake it is as much as pH 9.6 in the summer period. By laboratory experiment it was demonstrated that an equal amount of copper sul- phate in a series of known pH standards resulted in a distinct gradation in the amount of copper hydroxide percipitation. A pH of 6.0 showed but very little percipitate and this was very hyht and fluffy. From pH 7.0 to pH 9.6 there was a very marked ascending scale in respect to amounts of the percipitate. A tube of lake water was simi- larly treated in the series and the amount of per-
cipitate formed in this tube was consistent with the pH of the sample. By laboratory culture experi- ments and subsequent chemical analyses for cop- per it was found that algae take up the copper hydroxide as well as any free copper. The fact that alkaline water causes a heavy percipitation of copper hydroxide does not mean that this directly interferes with the potential algacide ac- tion of the copper. It does mean, however, that since the percipitate is very heavy that nearly all, if not all, of the copper in an alkaline lake sinks rapidly to the bottom. Therefore, in a highly alkaline lake which is infested with a “water- bloom” organism the efficiency of the copper is manifestly interfered with, particularly if the drag method of introduction is used.
Further experimentation is necessary to learn whether or not or in what degree the concentra- tion of copper sulphate used as an algacide in an alkaline lake behaves as do the high concentra- tions of the salt used in the laboratory experi- ments.
(This article is based on a seminar report present-
ed at the Marine Biological Laboratory on Aug- ust 2.)
MANGANESE AND THE GROWTH OF LEMNACEAE Dr. ALBERT SAEGER National Research Fellow in Biology
Experiments concerned with the mineral nutri- tion of green plants have often given widely varying results. One factor that must be taken into account when synthetic nutrient solutions are used in nutrition work is the presence of small amounts of impurities that may occur in the chem- icals used, in the distilled water, in the culture vessels themselves, or in dust settling from the air. The importance of minute traces of elements not usually added to nutrient solutions intention- ally was pointed out by Mazé (1915) and by many since that time. At present it.is believed that traces of Cu, Zn, Mn, Al, Si, B, As, TI, I and perhaps others may play an essential part in the nutrition of green plants.
Hopkins (1930), growing pure cultures of Chlorella, showed that this alga was unable to grow in the absence of traces of manganese, and later he demonstrated the necessity of manganese for the growth of Lemna minor. Clark and Fly (1930), however, found no evidence that man- ganese was essential to the growth of Spirodela polyrrhiza. Since there was a possibility that there might be a specific difference in the manganese requirements of the Lemnaceae, five species were selected for experiments with manganese: Spiro- dela polyrrhiza, S. oligorrhiza, Lemna minor, L. valdiviana, and L. minima. They were grown ina solution containing Ca, K, Mg, nitrate, phosphate,
*
sulphate, and a source of iron. The chemicals were purified by recrystallization and the water by redistillation. The cultures were transferred to fresh solutions twice a week. Constant temper- ature and illumination were maintained. The growth in controls without manganese was com- pared with that in solutions containing one milli- gram manganese per liter. All species growing in the solutions minus manganese developed typical deficiency symptoms (loss of roots, marked re- duction in leaf area, appearance of necrotic areas on leaves) after from two to eight weeks, and finally growth in the minus manganese cultures ceased entirely. All species recovered when they were again transferred to a solution containing manganese.
It was found later that approximately 0.001 mg. manganese per liter solution (one part per billion) was sufficient to provide for vigorous growth of the species under the specified conditions. When such cultures were transferred to solutions minus manganese, typical deficiency symptoms appeared after about five days.
Traces of copper, zinc, aluminum, boron, iodine, and fluorine could not replace manganese in bringing about recovery from manganese defi- ciency.
Bottomley (1917-1920) had carried out a series of experiments with species of Lemnaceae (duck-
198
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
weeds)—Spirodela and Lemna—in which he showed that the addition of minute amounts of extracts of organic matter to an inorganic culture solution would result in a marked stimulation of growth. His conclusion that traces of organic matter (auximones) were essential in the nutri- tion of green plants could not be substantiated by later investigations (Mendiola, Clark and Roller, Saeger, Wolff). Extracts of organic matter may contain traces of various elements. Manganese-deficient cultures of Spirodela will resume growth when manganese is again supplied. Cultures of S. polyrrhiza showing all the symp- toms of manganese deficiency were used to detect the presence of manganese in aqueous extracts of spinach, digitalis, yeast, carrot, and Lemna. Each of the added extracts was able to bring about recovery of the manganese-deficient plants. The addition of the ash of some of the extracts also resulted in recovery. It is believed that the stimu-
lating effect upon growth of green plants, ob- served when small amounts of plant extracts are added to a nutrient solution, may be due in part at least to the introduction of traces of essential elements into the culture solution. However, it is also evident that this does not entirely explain the marked stimulation observed. There must be other factors that are effective when such extracts are added.
The presence or absence of manganese and its concentration in natural waters is no doubt of importance in the distribution and the rate of multiplication of certain aquatic plants, including algal plankton. Uspenski (1927), in an extensive study of lakes and streams in Russia, has shown that the iron supply in these waters plays a deci- sive part in the distribution of algae. The rela- tion of algal growth to manganese supply in natural waters awaits investigation.
THIS YEAR’S ECLIPSE OF THE SUN James STOCKLEY
Associate Director, The
When the moon, in the course of its monthly circuits around the earth, passes between that body and the sun, producing a total solar eclipse, astronomers are always interested. And when the moon’s shadow crosses a land area where there is a good chance of clear weather at the crucial moment, they do not hesitate to travel long dis- tances in order to make the observations possible only at eclipse time. Thus, in October, 1930, two scientific groups, one from the U. S. Naval Ob- servatory, the other from New Zealand, established themselves at Niuafoou, a nearly inaccessible little island in the Tonga group in the South Pacific Ocean. But total eclipses of the sun are not al- ways visible only from remote parts of the world. In 1918 one was visible in the western United States, and many important observations were made. The year 1923 brought one to Southern California in September, but unfortunately the typically fine California weather failed to prevail. Few observations were made there, though astro- nomical parties in Mexico did have excellent con- ditions. When another eclipse track passed over New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island and Mass- achusetts early on the morning of January 24, 1925, the unexpected again happened, and the weather, along the eastern part of the track, was beautifully clear. An eclipse was visible along a path crossing England and the Scandinavian peninsula in June, 1927. Again, cloudy weather occurred over most of the track, but there were two notable exceptions. A German party in Lap- land was favored with clear sky. In England, at Giggleswick, the point selected by the Astronomer
Franklin Institute Museum
Royal for the expedition of the British Royal Ob- servatory, the day was almost completely cloudy, but a hole appeared in the clouds, surrounding the sun, just before totality. A few minutes after- wards it was raining.
With such interest shown in eclipses, it is not surprising that this year’s eclipse, on Wednesday, August 31, has been eagerly awaited by astrono- mers, and by the general public as well, for many months. For the scientific fraternity, there is the added attraction in the United States of the meet- ing of the International Astronomical Union at Harvard immediately afterwards. This meeting would have been held last year, but was post- poned to make it possible for foreign astronomers to combine it with the eclipse.
On August 31, according to the data published at the U. S. Naval Observatory by the Nautical Almanac Office, of which Professor James Robertson is in charge, the moon’s tapering shadow first touches earth at 2:04.2 P. M., East- ern Standard Time (or 19h 4.2m G. C. T.) ata point in longitude 109° 16’ east of Greenwich and latitude 79° 36’ north. This is in the Arctic Ocean north of the East Taimir Peninsula. Thence the shadow travels northeastward and passes within a few hundred miles of the North Pole. As it then travels to the southeast, at an average speed of about two thousand miles an hour, it sweeps over Melville Sound, Prince of Wales Island, Boothia Peninsula, the District of Keewatin of the Canadian Northwest Territory, Hudson Bay, James Bay, the Province of Quebec and New England. Then it passes to sea and
Aucust 13, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 199
\0
Py we « or
QUEBEC
5 7k 1 Jotmsbur yx”
(Littleren
pWeedsyilie
| «
*Hortyord
New Haven
[Previetncs
R.1.
FIG. 1. PATH OF THE TOTAL ECLIPSE ON AUGUST 31, 1932. The Eclipse will be seen as total from points within the two heavy parallel lines, and will last longest on the center line. The numbers on the center line show the dut)i- tion of totality at that point and the solid lines crossing the path show the time of mid-totality. The long lines crossing the entire map show the times of beginning and ending of the partial phases. Traced from a map issued by the U. S. Nautical Almanac Office.
leaves the earth at 4:02.6 P. M., Eastern Stand- ard Time (21h 2.6m G. C. T.) from a point in the middle of the Atlantic Oceaen with the co- ordinates of 40° 59’ west and 28° 27’ north, where the sun is then setting.
The path of the shadow in southern Quebec and New England is shown in detail in the ac- companying map. Fig. 2 shows the shape of the shadow as it passes over this part of the earth. It is about 60 miles wide and a hundred miles long. In the middle of the eclipse track, where the widest part of the shadow crosses, the total eclipse will last about a hundred seconds. The lines crossing the shadow in Fig. 2, parallel to the edges of the path, are at ten-mile intervals and the num-
bers below indicate the time in seconds which that part of the shadow requires to pass a given point. It will be seen that, while longest dura- tion is at the center, the total eclipse will last at least a minute over a band 80 miles wide.
To an observer in the path of totality, the first warning of the coming event will occur at about 2:20 P. M., Eastern Standard Time, for a point in New Hampshire or Maine. At that time, if the observer looks at the sun, with proper protec- tion, he will see a slight nick in the right-hand edge. The best way to look at the sun is by means of a small telescope, but of course one should never look directly at it. If the telescope is set on a firm support, and pointed to the sun, a
200
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
FIG. 2, MOON'S SHADOW WHEN CROSSING NEW ENGLAND
Reproduced from a Pamphlet Issued by the New England Hotel Association.
piece of white cardboard can be held a few inches from the eyepiece in such a way that a good im- age of the sun is obtained. Focus can be secured by adjusting the telescope eyepiece, or by altering the distance of the card. It is usually necessary to place another card, with a small hole in the center, around the telescope like a collar, in order -to shield the screen from the direct rays of the sun, The sun can be viewed directly by the time- honored smoked glass, but better yet is a dense photographic negative.
The nick which appears in the right-hand edge of the sun at about 2:20 is the moon, which is now starting to come between the sun and the earth. Gradually the nick increases in size, as more and more of the solar disc is covered. Finally, the re- maining part of the sun assumes the shape of a crescent, which continues to narrow. The sun’s light assumes a peculiar yellowish color, because the bluish rays from the inner solar disc, ordinar- ily present in sunlight, are now eliminated. The spots of light under foliage, consisting of solar images made by the pinholes formed by the in- terstices between the leaves, are crescent-shaped, instead of round. Perhaps the shadow bands may appear. These are waves of light and shade which pass across light objects, like the white- washed side of a house, facing the sun. They are caused by streaks of varying density in the earth’s atmosphere, and were very conspicuous in 1925 on the snow-covered ground. At some other eclipses they have hardly appeared at all.
Totality arrives, in New England, at about 3 30 P. M., as indicated on the map. If the observer has a clear view to some distance in the north- west, the moon’s shadow can be seen approaching,
like a tremendous storm-cloud, with awe-inspiring swiftness. At the same time, the last-vanishing sliver of the sun’s crescent breaks up into a series of bright spots—the Baily’s beads, caused by the sunlight shining through valleys on the limb of the moon, while adjacent lunar peaks al- ready have passed the edge of the solar disc. The beads last only a moment, then, completely en- circling the dark disc of the moon, now visible in its entirety, there flashes into view the magnificent corona of the sun, shining with a pale greenish light about half as brilliant as the full moon. The shape of the corona varies in step with the num- ber of sunspots. As they are now at a minimum, the corona should probably have several long streamers, extending out from above the sun’s equator to perhaps several times its diameter. From the poles there may emerge a series of brush-like rays of light. Close to the moon’s disc there may be seen some of the red solar promin- ences, huge flames of hydrogen and other gases. Glancing around the sky, some of the brighter stars and planets can be seen. Jupiter shines brilliantly just to the right of the sun, and Regulus is just below. Still farther to the right is Mer- cury. These objects, and a few others, as they will appear at the time of the eclipse, are shown in Fig. 3, in a drawing prepared by Dr. J. J. Nassau, of the Warner and Swasey Observatory, Cleveland.
But not for long can one enjoy this spectacle of the total eclipse. About a minute and forty seconds after the corona made its appearance, its outer extensions begin to fade away, and the Baily’s beads reappear, this time on the right- hand edge of the sun. The shadow is seen re- ceding rapidly to the southeast. The Baily’s beads coalesce to form a thin crescent of sunlight. Pos- sibly, to a keen eye, the inner part of the corona may hang on for a moment or two after the sun has begun to emerge from the eclipse. The first reappearing bit of the sun, made larger by ir- radiation in the eyes, which have become dark- adapted during the eclipse, looks much larger than it is. Coupled with the continuous circle of the inner corona, the appearance is that of a dia- mond ring, the name coined for the effect when it was noticed by millions in 1925. Then the crescent of sunlight grows larger, as the moon moves off the solar disc to the left. Finally, at 4:34 P. M., the last nick on the sun’s limb van- ishes, and the eclipse of August 31, 1932, is over.
Not until 1963 will American astronomers again have the chance to observe a total eclipse with any probability of success. The next total eclipses of the sun visible at all in the United States are scheduled for July 9, 1945, and June 30, 1954, but these both begin in the northwest at sunrise and pass over into Canada a few minutes later.
Aucust 13, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
201
*
S
FIG. 3.
DENEBOLA “ § LEONIS
¥ LEONIS * ‘@: *JUPITER ba REGULUS CASTOR * MERCURY + POLLUX
ALPHARD
WAKNER ¢ SWASEY OBSERVATORY
STARS AND PLANETS VISIBLE AROUND THE ECLIPSED SUN
ON AUGUST 31.
From a drawing prepared by Dr. J. J. Nassau, of the Warner and Swasey Observatory of the Case School of Applied Science.
On July 20, 1963, there will be an eclipse which seconds, that when speaking of the “path given
almost duplicates the one of this year. It is vis- ible over practically the same path, and lasts al- most exactly the same time. Relying too im- plicitly on the approximate charts published in Oppolzer’s famous “Canon der Finsternisse’’ (Vienna, 1887), astronomers have not generally realized that this eclipse would be visible in the United States. Like the one of this August, it is shown in Oppolzer’s maps as passing through Nova Scotia, completely missing the United States. In his introduction, as Dr. A. C. D. Crommelin has pointed out (Observatory, Vol liii, p. 310), Oppolzer specifically states that the charts are merely approximate, as he has located the two ends and the middle of each track, and con- nected them with circular arcs, a figure quite dif- ferent from the eclipse tracks. The data given in the tables in the same work show a track for this year’s eclipse corresponding within a mile to that computed by the Nautical Almanac Office. Crommelin makes a plea, which the present writer
in Oppolzer,” astronomers should refer to the path computed from his data, and not that in the charts, unless specially designated. The true Op- polzer paths, for eclipses of the present century, are given by Mahler in the Denkschriften der Akademie der Wissenschaften (Vienna) Vol. 49.
After 1963, the next favorable American eclipse will be on March 7, 1970, in Florida. This will be followed by one on February 26, 1979, in the northwestern states along a line parallel to the Canadian border. Two others will come in 2017 and 2022, the latter passing close to New York City. The next eclipse of interest to astrono- mers, in any part of the world after this year, will be in 1934, when one will be seen from the
South Pacific Ocean on February 14. Another will be seen from Japan in 1936, on June 19, and a very long one, lasting seven minutes, from an- other part of the South Pacific Ocean on June S987.
BOOK REVIEW
Recent Advances in Cytology, C. D. DARLINGTON. P. Blakiston’s Son & Co, xviii + 559. August, 1932.
“A vivid imagination is the first requisite for a good
cytologist.”’ Gene O’Mere Darlington’s book, “Recent Advances in Cy-
tology,” appears at an appropriate time. During the past few years, since Belling, Taylor, and
Newton have shown that the smear technique
used by the zoologists can be applied to plant ma- terial, the botanists have made great progress in cytological investigations. The recent cytological studies of taxonomic, genetic, and evolutionary problems have opened up a new field in biology. This work is summarized and reviewed by Dar- lington.
After reading Haldane’s introduction, one might expect this book to be written in the manner of
202
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
the Pope’s “Encyclical” —an unequivocal message from God’s representative on earth. But the first nine chapters show relatively little evidence of the Jehovah complex characteristic of some of Darlington’s earlier publications.
Part 1 of this book deals with reproduction, mi- tosis, meiosis in diploids and polyploids, the evo- lution of polyploids, and the chromosome theory of heredity. These subjects are dealt with in a clear, concise, and comprehensive manner. The discussion of critical points is based on evidence obtained from many sources, as well as on Dar- lington’s own extensive investigations.
The discussion of the function of the nucleolus might well have included Fikry’s (J. Roy. Mic- Soc. 1930) theory that the nucleolus is a product of the chromosome and provides a mechanism for transferring gene products to the cytoplasm. In the second chapter we learn that each chromatid forms an independent coil or spiral in the mei- otic chromosomes. The single coiled chromone- mata described by Sakamura, Kaufmann, and others are attributed to optical illusions. It is to be hoped that some of these “optical illusions” will be demonstrated at the Genetics Congress at Ithaca.
Darlington also assumes that the chromosomes become longitudinally split during the resting stage, and not at the telephase stage, as is main- tained by Robertson, Kaufmann, Sakamura, Ku- wada, Sharp, and McClung. The assumption that the split occurs at the resting stage is es- sential for Darlington’s theory of meiosis. The author does not permit a few facts to spoil a per- fectly logical theory, so the contrary observations are thrown into the limbo of optical illusions.
The chapter on meiosis includes a detailed dis- cussion of chiasma frequency and distribution in many different organisms. The various types of chromosome association in polyploids are also con- sidered in relation to the principles of chromo- some pairing. The description of meiosis in structural hybrids, in the following chapter, deals largely with the segmental interchange hypothesis, although Belling is not given credit for this theory.
The discussion of types of polyploids and their evolution is very clear and comprehensive. The reputed autopolyploid nature of Pyrus is probably incorrect, and the classification of some other gen- era may be questioned. The chromosome theory of heredity is considered briefly.
The tabular summaries of types of chromo- somes, chiasma formation, segmental interchange, chromosome pairing, and the origin of different kinds of polyploids will be useful to both students and investigators.
The second part of the book deals with the mechanism of crossing over, the precocity theory of meiosis, the mechanics of chromosome behay-
ior, the cytology and genetics of sex differentia- tion, mutation, apomixis, and the evolution of gen- etic systems. Here Darlington is at his best. Hampered by a minimum of annoying facts, his imagination is free to develop numerous theories and hypotheses, many of which are perfectly log- ical. But, as has been clearly demonstrated, some of Darlington’s perfectly logical theories are com- pletely erroneous. Nevertheless, this section of the book contains many valuable suggestions, and is well worth reading.
The “partial chiasmatypy” theory of Jannsens is considered as the correct interpretation of crossing over. Each chiasma represents a cross- over which occurred at pachytene, and only pairs of sister chromatids open out together at diplotene. As soon as the resulting chiasmata are formed, they may move along the chromosome so that, in certain regions of the bivalent, non-sister chroma- tids are paired. Both Jannsens and McClung have shown that such an origin of the chiasmata should produce an asymmetrical relation of the chromatids at or near each chiasma. McClung has pointed out that, in most cases, the chromatid re- lations are symmetrical, as would be expected on the “classical theory” of chiasma formation. This evidence is ignored by Darlington, and most of the chiasmata represented in his diagram show a symmetrical arrangement of the chromatids. Some of the relationships of chromatids shown in the diagrams (Fig. 58 Al) are impossible.
According to Darlington’s theory, chromosome pairing at meiosis is dependent on chiasma forma- tion, so that no chromosome can have a cross- over length of less than 50 units. The geneticist will be surprised to learn that the fourth chromo- some of Drosophila may be 50 units long. We are also told that in attached X chromosomes of Drosophila, factors situated more than 50 units from the spindle fiber should be freely assorted as between chromatids, and that Rhoades’ data mean “most probably that a disproportionately high amount of crossing over- occurs between chromatids continuing one another, and therefore passing to the same pole.’’ Both statements are erroneous, as are several other references to Drosophila genetics (p. 396). The absence of crossing over in the chromosomes of the Droso- phila male is not explained.
The theory that crossing over follows chiasma formation, by breaks in some of the chiasmata, is rejected for “five chief reasons,” none of which are critical. The fifth reason is based on an as- sumption so obviously invalid that it seems in- credible that Darlington could have considered it seriously. Belling’s theory of the mechanism of crossing over—which is certainly the most plaus- ible explanation if the partial chiasmatypy hypo- thesis is correct—is not considered seriously by
Aucust 13, 1932 |
THE COLLECTING NET
203
Darlington, and instead the older torsion hypo- thesis is revived. It is significant that no diagrams are included to show how crossing over might oc- cur, on this hypothesis ; why the breaks are so ex- act; and why only two chromatids cross over at any one locus. Darlington’s imagination was evi- dently below par when this discussion was written.
The chapter on the theory of meiosis is brief. The dead body of the telosynapsis theory is buried with little reverence. The precocity theory of meiosis is developed and is based on the assump- tion that at meiosis the chromosomes entering the prophase stage are single and not double, as they are in somatic divisions. The theory is perfectly logical, regardless of its validity.
Considerable space is devoted to terminalisation of chiasmata. It is shown that, in many genera, from two to six interstitial chiasmata are found at diplotene, but at metaphase only one or two terminal chiasmata remain. The interstitial chi- asmata are assumed to move towards the distal end or ends of the chromosome without passing off the ends of the bivalent. If crossing over is at random between chromatids, it is difficult to reconcile this theory with the types of terminal chiasmata actually observed, but Darlington does not discuss this problem. A change in homology of chromosome segments may arrest terminalisa- tion. “Terminal affinity” prevents the chiasmata from sliding off the ends of the bivalent before anaphase.
An interesting discussion of abnormalities in meiosis is presented in connection with the au- thor’s theory of meiosis.
The behavior of sex chromosomes and the in- heritance of ring-formation are discussed under the heading of permanent diploid hybrids. Sev- eral of the assumptions regarding the constitution of chromosome rings in Oenothera are unlikely to be supported by recent investigations, although
Belling’s segmental interchange theory is sound enough. The discussion of sex heterozygotes is good.
The last chapter is written in the manner one might expect after reading Haldane’s introduc- tion. Starting with four apparently sound hy- potheses, a perfectly logical theory is developed which explains evolution, the origin and develop- ment of the sexual cycle, and the fundamental cause of variation in organisms.
The theory is very simple. The original living particle was a “naked gene” which had the prop- erty of division to form many genes. Mutation produced new genes. The genes became ar- ranged in a linear order by the formation of a single chromosome. When this chromosome be- came too long to divide regularly, it broke up into several chromosomes. The length of the chromo- somes is also reduced by “‘a spiral produced by a
state of torsion between the spindle fiber and the chromosome envelope.”
The fusion of two simple organisms would pro- duce a diploid form. Precocity of the prophase stage of division initiates meiosis. Crossing over invariably occurs at meiosis, resulting in an as- sociation of homologous chromosomes by chias- mata. This system is of evolutionary importance because it provides for recombination of genes and structural changes. But this advantage is re- stricted to hybrids,—“hence the countless physio- logical and mechanical devices which have been developed to promote hybridity wherever meiosis occurs.” Meiosis is restricted in time and space to permit the development of the diplophase. Localisation and terminalisation of chiasmata per- mit regular chromosome disjunction.
Differentiation of fusing cells is caused by gen- etic changes in two directions. In the case of diploid differentiation, one of the two kinds of diploids must be heterozygous. One diploid sys- tem is kept in a permanent heterozygous condition by suppressing crossing over between the affected differences,—i. , between the sex chromosomes. Thus the sex Sieaneeen es lose all qualitative re- lationship, and later all quantitative relationship. Since the Y chromosome does not reproduce it- self in the homozygous condition, it will lapse into unimportance and may often be eliminated.
Hybridity is stabilized by apomixis and by seg- mental interchange of chromosomes.
In lower organisms variation is dependent on gene mutation, but in higher organisms where meiosis and hybridisation occur, two other factors are of more importance. These are structural or numerical changes, induced by irregularities in meiosis, and changes in proportions of genes con- ditioned by hybridisation.
This concluding chapter is a masterpiece, and the simple and orderly development of the theories involved is most ingenious. According to Gene O’Mere’s standards, Darlington must be rated as the world’s greatest cytologist.
Before concluding this review, I wish to quote two sentences from Darlington’s book. The first is a quotation from Bacon, found in the Appendix. “The method of discovery and proof according to which the most general principles are first estab- lished, and then intermediate axioms are tried and proved by them, is the parent of error and the curse of all science.’’ The second sentence is from Haldane’s description of Darlington’s method of investigation. ‘As his colleague | can testify that he has investigated an apparently most heterogene- ous series of plants with a very clear idea of what he was looking for in each case, and that on more than half of these occasions he found it.” Arnold Arboretum —Karl Sax Harvard University.
204
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
THE PUBLIC MEETING ON THE BEACH QUESTION
(NOTE: The report of the meeting given below is based upon stenographic notes.
In some cases
the complete statements were not recorded; in many cases it is not unlikely that the wording repro-
duced below has been altered somewhat from tke actual words used by the speakers.
The brief inter-
va) (elapsing between the time of the meeting and the time the compositor required the material) did not permit us to submit the statements that we obtained to the many speakers for correction.)
On Thursday evening a public meeting was held in the Old Lecture Hall of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory to find some method of re- lieving the congestion now prevalent on the Bay Shore bathing beach. About one hundred people were actually present, although this number was greatly increased by the many individuals outside who assembled around the windows of the Hall.
The meeting was called to order by its chair- man, Professor Caswell Grave, shortly after eight o'clock, who introduced the subject.
Dr. Grave : ‘We have been called together to dis- cuss the Woods Hole Beach Problem. The prob- lem dates from 1928 when the Fay Estate deeded to those who make Woods Hole their home the beach rights on Lot (X). That called attention immediately to the fact that a great many people who thought hitherto that they had beach rights were mistaken. Until that deed was made Woods Hole had no beach rights, although they had, since the community was founded, used the Bay Shore as a bathing beach and assumed that they were simply using the rights that belonged to them. Members of the Marine Biological Laboratory had no real beach rights—it was only by tolerance of those who owned the land that they were able to use the beach. Thus it began. As time goes on and as shore property is taken up for various purposes, beach privileges are being withdrawn. The Laboratory, having no beach rights, is in- debted to the kindness of Dr. Strong who bought the lot next to “X” so that laboratory members might have the rights of residents. Lots (1) to (5) are now improved and owners of property on these lots exercise their very proper rights in see- ing that these belong exclusively to them—no one has beach privileges on their lots. This has been the situation since 1928. There has been agitation of the matter ever since. At the time Dr. Meigs bought “Lot X” it was attempted to have some sort of organization to raise money and develop it. Nothing came of that. At its annual meeting in 1930 the Woods Hole Protective Association was asked whether it would assume some sort of responsibility. It decided, however, not to extend its responsibilities to include this problem. Those who were interested stayed in the room after the meeting had adjourned to consider the beach problem. They authorized a committee to be formed; there was no other authorization other than this informal group. This committee had conferences with lot owners. It was suggested that if a satisfactory patrol could be organized
the lot owners would withdraw their restrictions, at least until they saw how this proposition worked out. Next year conditions were different and the lot owners had changed their minds, so nothing came of this effort.
“A similar unauthorized committee was formed last year that decided to present the question to the Marine Biological Laboratory and ask it to assume responsibility for the beach. The Lab- oratory, however, preferred to have nothing to do, officially, with the beach question.
“This year those who had been responsible for presenting the subject to the M. B. L. came to- gether again to consider what next should be done to solve the problem.”
The secretary, Dr. E. R. Clark, was asked to read such portions of the minutes of the initial meeting as he believed desirable. THE COLLEcT- 1NG Net printed an account of this meeting in its number for July 30, and therefore the report will not be duplicated here.
The four plans drawn up by the sub-committee were next presented by Professor H. B. Good- rich as follows:
PLAN NO. 1.
All things considered, such as the paucity of lone sandy beaches in Woods Hole, the encouragement of rapid growth of the summer population, the desira- bility of avoiding great overcrowding at the beach, it seems that there is cause for congratulation that there is an easily accessible bathing beach, the use of which and the right of way to which have been deeded to and accepted by the town, in perpetuity, and that this beach, under private management, has been so excellently conducted that all minor difficul- ties have been greatly outweighed by the many ma- jor advantages. Let us acknowledge the debt which we owe first to the Fay Estate and more recently to Dr. and Mrs. Meigs.
It is not by any means a certainty that a radical change in mangement will result in an improvement of the situation.
There is, however, one matter which is surely be- yond the province of Dr. and Mrs. Meigs to regulate, namely, the rocky condition of the beach between high and low water. There is apparently a very strong probability that a jetty, built out from the shore, would permit the sand to settle over the stones and provide a completely sandy beach front- ing lot X—the bathing beach lot. The construction of such a jetty would seem to be properly a town function, and it is therefore recommended that the town be asked to examine into the matter and to anpropriate funds for the construction of such a jetty—if necessary obtaining an enabling act from the State Legislature to legalize the procedure. Should such a jetty provide a completely sandy beach for the entire 231’ fronting lot X, one of the chief disadvantages of the beach would be met.
To assist Dr. and Mrs. Meigs in handling other
(Continued on the Log: pages 210, 212, 214 and 216.)
AUGUST 13, 1932 | / Pit COLE CRENG Nin 205
THE BAY SHORE BATHING BEACH Above: Looking Southwest over the ‘‘Private’’ Beach. Below: Looking Northeast over the ‘Beach’ on ‘Lot X.”
206
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
sAdoo Ooh nphonUSooUOO OBO Oooo Editor
Assistant Editors Annaleida S. Cattell Vera Warbasse
Contributing Editor to Woods Hole Log T. C. Wyman
Ware Cattell
Salesmen at the Laboratory
Recently a professor of biology who is work- ing at the Marine Biological Laboratory, remarked that efforts should be made to prevent salesmen from disturbing investigators in their research rooms. He said that two persistent individuals had taken much of his time one day that week. If some reasonable regulation could be enforced it would be appreciated by many members of the Laboratory.
There are a great many young research workers at the Laboratory who would value greatly a half- hour’s conference with a senior investigator. However, they naturally refrain from consulting their superiors whom they often have not met. A salesman is not so tactful. We believe that in- vestigators would find it more stimulating to tall to an active graduate student about his research problem, than trying to be polite to an eloquent salesman. Furthermore, after the interview was ended he would have a feeling of having made a contribution to biological research instead of hay- ing forwarded the interests of a commercial firm.
Placing the Old Lecture Hall (for which no charge is made) at the disposal of manufacturers of scientific apparatus was a wise move. Invyesti- gators can look over their products at their con- venience, and we would willingly wager that the average investigator is in a more receptive frame of mind to listen to the merits of products there, than in his research room where he may be im- mersed in some important experiment. Any salesman of merit should be assigned a place in the Old Lecture Hall—none should be allowed to pedal their wares from room to room,
THE CONCERT OF THE CHORAL SOCIETY
The sixth annual concert of the Woods Hole Choral Society ‘takes place in the Auditorium of the Marine Biological Laboratory on Monday night, August 15th at eight o'clock. Admission will be fifty cents and a dollar. The Choral So- ciety was organized in 1927 to give an. oppor- tunity for serious part-singing to those investiga- tors, students and members of the community who were fond of the art. Its director has been Dr.
Ivan Gorokhoff, leader of the Glee Club and choirs of Smith College. Professor Gorokhoff has introduced the Society to some of the wealth of musical literature for which the Russian Church is so famous, and to a few of the boistrous peas- ant-songs of the old Russia. This year’s reper- toire also includes one chorus from Alexander 3orodin’s opera, ““Prince Igor.” Borodin, best known for his short list of musical compositions, was originally a chemist and a medical man. As in other years, the program has been balanced by the inclusion of old English part-songs and choral works of Handel and Palestrina.
The officers of the Choral Society this year have been Dr. E. R. Clark, President ; Dr. Charles Packard, Secretary-Treasurer; Miss Lois Te Winkel, Librarian; Mrs. Bess Kaliss, Accompan- ist; and Prof. Gorokhoff, Director. Over fifty people are members of the Choral Society. After the concert, the Society will continue meet- ing twice a week for the rest of the season, to learn new music. Anyone wishing to join the chorus is invited to consult Dr. Gorokhoff. The rehearsals are held on Tuesday and Friday nights after the lectures are over, in the M. B. L. Club House. —W. B.
The Program for the Concert is as follows:
—
Hellelujah, Amen (from “Judas Maccabaeus”) Handel 2. Hymn to the Mother of God = Tschaikowsky 3. Psalm 148 Gustav Holst 4. Ave Maria Palestrina 5. God is With Us Kastalsky 6. The Day of Judgment Arkhangelsky Intermission. 7. Chorus of Villagers A. Borodin 8. Wassail Song Vaughn Williams 9. My Bonnie Lass She Smileth Edward German 10. Spinning-Top Rimsky-K orsakoff
11. The Gypsy Zolotarie ff CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date A.M. P. M. PNT oem ae 2:14 2:24 Aug. 14. SIL Sell Aug. 15.. 4:03 4:13 Aug. 16. 4:50 YAO Aug. 17. 5:34 5:49 Aug. 18. 6:16 6:33 Aug. 19... 6:57 AMG Aug. 20.. 7338 8 :02 NII Oe 2d ome a ar2il 8:47 The average speed of the current in the hole at maximum is five knots per hour.
Aueust 13, 1932 ]
_THE COLLECTING NET
ITEMS OF INTEREST
Dr. C. D. Darlington of the John Innes Horti- cultural Institution, London, was married recent- ly to Miss Kate Pinsdorf who is instructor in history at Vassar College. The ceremony took place at Hyannis, Massachusetts, in the presence of a few friends.
Dr. Honor B. Fell, Director of the Strangeways Research Laboratory, Cambridge, England, has heen visiting Dr. and Mrs. Chambers for the past week. She will visit the Storrs Agricultural Sta- tion for a few days before attending the Genetics Congress at Ithaca.
Mr. Ellis M. Lewis gave us the following note on Thursday for publication: “Article: To see what action the Town will take to acquire a bathing beach in the Village of Woods Hole, for the Res- idents of the Town and their Guests, also the tax payers; that the Selectmen hold a public hearing in the Village of Woods Hole, for the benefit of all Tax payers, on this matter, said hearing to be held within fourteen days from date of this said meeting ; the Selectmen to report their doings at the next Annual Town meeting.
—Park Commissioner.
In one of our last numbers we expect to have the privilege of printing the lecture entitled “Reg- ulations of Ions in the Body Tissues” which Dr. Rudolph Mond recently presented at the Labora- tory. It was recorded in shorthand by a sten- ographer, and Dr. Mond planned to re-write the typewritten copy on the boat and mail it to us from Hamburg.
Dr. Abraham White has been appointed Porter Fellow for the year 1932-33 by the council of the American Physiological Society.
Last Sunday due to the bad weather the Penz- ance Forum was held indoors. Roger Baldwin, Director of the Civil Liberties Union spoke on the subject, “Is America Headed for Fascism?” Mr. Baldwin said that all the tendencies in the United States. were pointing towards Fascism. Mussolini has contributed one thing to political science — the combination of the economic and political interests into one system. This dic- tator 1s master of italian finance and business as well as of politics. The government in America really is not in Washington but in Wall Street. Mencken proposed J. P. Morgan as the most logical candidate for president. The speaker con- cluded that the fascism to which America will arrive will be a dictatorship by the business classes. —V.W.
THE EDWIN S. LINTON MEMORIAL ENDOW- MENT FUND
Few people realize that there is an Edwin S. Linton Memorial Endowment Fund _ of - $2,500 which provides a scholarship for a student or in- vestigator from Washington and Jefferson Col- lege to work at the Marine Biological Laboratory each summer. The sum of approximately $125.00 is available for this purpose each year. This Spring it was awarded to Mr.C. D. Dieter who has been associated with the college for eleven years. He is now assistant professor of biology at this institution. Mr. Dieter took a course at the Lab- oratory and he is remaining to continue his work in fish embryology. He is especially interested in the behavior of chromatophores in oviparous fish.
Dr. Linton was made emeritus professor of bi- ology and zoology at Washington and Jefferson College in 1920. His son, for whom the endow- inent is a memorial took the course in invertebrate zoology and physiology at the Marine Biological Laboratory about fifteen years ago.
A son, weighing nine and a half pounds, was born to Dr. and Mrs. Lester G. Barth on August 11, in Cambridge.
Between ten and twelve flounders, all of good size, were caught off the steamboat dock last week. Robert Leighton caught the prize fish when he hauled an 814 pound flounder out of the water.
—T.C.W.
In a recent number of Science (July 29) E. Harold Hinman announces the presence of micro- organisms within the eggs of mosquitos. In a limited number of cases he has been able to isolate gram negative and gram positive bacilli, staphyl- ococci and yeast from the ova of Aedes aegypti. In checking his discovery Mr. Hinman used both bacteriological and histological methods. In the concluding paragraph of the article he writes:
“The possibility of hereditary transmission of the etiological agent of either yellow fever of dengue through the mosquito host is of great epi- demiological importance. To date experimental work along these lines‘ has been negative, with a single doubtful exception. Yet if viable bacteria may occasionally be recovered from the ova of Aedes aegypti one might expect that the virus of either yellow fever or dengue would, under cer- tain circumstances, appear in the eggs of infected females.”
THE COLLECTING NET
£ Vor. VI. No. 58
NEWS FROM OTHER BIOLOGICAL STATIONS
SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (Received July 30)
Dr. Ray Carpenter of the Yerkes Laboratory at Yale University visited the Institution this week. Dr. Carpenter is doing research work on the psychology of primates and, as a holder of the National Research Council Fellowship in that field, has been studying the primates (mainly mon- keys) of New World type in Central America. In these studies he has given special attention to play and to other social habits. On Monday even- ing he gave a brief report on the results of his observations.
(Received August 8)
Prof. H. S. Jennings of the Department of Zo- ology in Johns Hopkins University, noted for his pioneer work on “psychology” and conditions of behavior of lower organisms (mostly microscopic ) visited the Institution at the middle of last week. More than twenty years ago he spent a summer at the old laboratory at La Jolla Cove and per- formed his interesting experiments on behavior of one of the local starfishes.
On Monday evening of this week, Prof. A. E. Douglas of the Department of Astronomy of the University of Arizona delivered a lecture on tree rings and their relation to climatic and solar cycles and to human history.
Another visitor was Dr. H. C. Bulger of the Department of Medicine of Washington Uni- versity Medical School of St. Louis, Mo., who visited the Institution on Friday of last week.
Dr. Graham Marks, recently of Stanford Uni- versity, arrived on Monday of this week to serve as assistant to Dr. D. L. Fox in physiology for the rest of the academic year.
Dr. and Mrs. H. R. Byers arrived at the first of this week to spend the rest of the academic year at the institution. Dr. Byers is to act as research assistant in meteorology under Dr, C. F. McEwen.
Dr. C. B. E. Douglas, a mineralogist of Old Mexico, visited the Institution at the end of last week.
Mr. D. W. Gravell returned to Houston, Texas, this week where he is employed by the Gulf Pro- duction Company. He has spent several days at the Institution recently making certain special studies on foraminifera.
NOTES FROM CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Professor J. C. Faure of the University of Pretoria, South Africa, is completing at Cornell and at Minnesota his remarkable studies on mi- gratory locusts. He has proved that the long winged, migratory locusts (AJelanoplus spretus) famous for their ravages and the shorter winged, non-migratory, solitary species (J/. atlantis) hith- erto generally considered distinct are one and the same species. He has produced a migratory form: from eggs of the non-migratory one by crowding. When crowded they continually agitate each other to muscular activity and they grow longer wings and darker colors, and take on all the other dif- ferences hitherto considered to be specific. He has shown that the differences between the two forms result from differences in activity during development. Professor Faure has reared from the eggs of the migratory long-winged form the non-nugratory, short winged one by keeping them isolated. Nymphs of the short-winged form with- out any crowding but with continual agitation have been made to develop the long wings and all the other characters of the migratory form, Thus he has demonstrated that the activity of a species during development may determine the presence of characters hitherto considered specific.
Mr. A. L. Brody is working on the transfer of fowl pox by mosquitoes.
Mr. W. J. Van der Linde is working on the Nematodes that affect root crops in muck soil.
Mr. William ©. Sadler is completing a series of studies on the production of blood worms (larvae of Chironomus) for fish food.
Mr. O. R. Kingsbury is studying the hatchery diseases of fishes.
Dr. J. R. Traver and Professor J. G. Need= ham are working jointly upon a monograph of North American mayflies.
THE MOUNT DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL STATION
Miss Miriam Slack and Miss Margaret Lewis gave a picnic on the shore for the young people, on July 26th. Mr. Gordon Spence brought his aquaplane and a few of the Laboratory boys en- tertained the group by their surf-riding. Tennis, cricket, quoits, sailing, bridge and dancing com- pleted a happy program, music for the dancing be- ing furnished by the famous Slack orchestra.
Aucust 13, 1932 } THE COLLECTING NET 209
MACMILLAN TEXTBOOKS
Woodruff
ANIMAL BIOLOGY
An adaptation of the author’s highly successful “Foundations of Biology” (Fourth Edition) for use in those courses in animal biology and zoology in which plants are considered only
incidentally in their relations with animals.
It combines the
best of the “topic” and the
“type” method by affording a synoptic picture of diverse animal forms as a background and support for the great biological generalizations.
“Tt is a masterly exposition of complicated subjects.
The materials are so skilfully pro-
portioned and presented with such clarity that a reader is likely to take the chapters as a matter of course — until he compares them with the work of some lesser craftsman.”
Fabrikoid, 513 pages
Lindsey A
TEXTBOOK OF
GENETICS
“The Lindsey will serve ad- mirably as a genetics text. It is comprehensive, lucid, and well applied.”
“Complete, up-to-date, very well phrased and illustrated— it is hard to see how any one would want a better reference book on the subject of gen- etics.”
Fabrikoid, 354 pages $2.75
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
More popular
than ever Hegner
COLLEGE ZOOLOGY
Third Edition
Adopted by
377% Colleges
and Universities
this year The text, $3.50 Laboratory Guide, $1.00
—HENsSHAW Warp |
$3.50
Baitsell
MANUAL OF
ANIMAL BIOLOGY
Comprising detailed descriptions of the structure and life pro- cesses of those animal types which long experience hasshown to be best adapted to study in a general course in zoology to- gether with directions for the study of these selected types in the laboratory. Although plan- ned especially for use with “An- imal Biology” its unit organiza- tion and many textbook refer- ences adapt it to a variety of uses.
Fabrikoid, 365 pages $2.60
60 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
: = :
210
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
WOODS HOLE LOG
minor difficulties even to the extent of eventually re- lieving them, if they so desire, of the burden of maintaining the bath-house lot, it is recommended that a Woods Hole Bathing Beach Society be or- ganized, which shall have annual dues, the income from which shall be used to maintain the raft, keep the beach clean and orderly, and perhaps provide a lifeguard at certain hours—all this in cooperation with Dr. and Mrs. Meigs. It is suggested that such a Committee start the raising of funds for future needs.
Regarding the seventy feet of beach facing Lot 6, which is owned by Dr. Oliver Strong, and to which he allows free access for bathers, it is suggested that we express to him our gratitude and apprecia- tion for his far-sightedness and generosity.
Unless Dr. Strong wishes to dispose of his prop- erty it would seem an act of ingratitude to force him to relinquish it. It would be well, however, for the Beach Society, if formed, to obtain the refusal of at least the riparian rights, in case he should at any time decide to sell.
As for the beach fronting lots 1-5, it is believed that the 321’ now available will be adequate, if the entire extent becomes a sandy beach, following the erection of the jetty. The property owners who have built cottages on these lots permitted the pub- lic free use of their property—which extends to the water’s edge—for many years, and for this privilege we should express our hearty thanks. They were entirely within their rights according to the inter- pretation of the laws of Massachusetts in barring the public, which they did only after they had been subjected to disturbances, inconveniences and, at times, insults, which eventually became unendurable. For these we should express our sincere regrets. It is hoped that the action taken in the future may eliminate the objectionable features to such an ex- tent that at least some restricted access may be granted.
ELIOT R. CLARK, July 30, 1932. PLAN NO. 2
That the Town of Falmouth at its next regular meeting be requested to take such steps as may be necessary to acquire possession of lots ‘‘X”’ and “6”; to appropriate such sums of money as may be re- quired to so improve the beach on these lots that its entire extent is made suitable for the legitimate and usual purposes of a bathing beach; these improve- ments to include the construction of a jetty, the re- moval of stones from the beach and moving the bath house to a more suitable and convenient loca- tion on lot (X) and that this beach be legally re- served for the exclusive use of the permanent and Summer residents of the Town of Falmouth.
PLAN 3.
That the Town of Falmouth at its next regular meeting be requested to take the steps ncssary to necessary to acquire possession of lot ‘‘X”’ in entirety including the bath house, and a strip of beach on lots 3 to 6 from low water mark to the stone wall (extended) now standing and that this beach be legally reserved for the exclusive use of permanent and Summer residents of the Town of Falmouth.
PLAN 4.
That the Town of Falmouth at its next regular meeting be required to take the steps necessary to acquire a strip of beach on lots 3 to 6 inclusive in- cluded between low water mark and the wall now standing, thus adding about 280 feet of beach to
the 231 feet on lot “X”’ deeded by the Fay Estate to those who make Woods Hole their home and that this beach be reserved for the exclusive use of the permanent and Summer residents of the Town of Falmouth.
In commenting on them Dr. Goodrich said that, “Plans (1) and (2) differ in that one con- cerns private, the other public control. Plans (3) and (4) make available a wider strip of beach than at present—three lots to be added to that now available, without a jetty. They differ from each other in that No. 4 is probably the least ex- pensive in that lot “X” is not to be acquired, just certain extensions to it as desired. All plans con- template restriction on the beach.”
Dr. Grave: “You now have before you the four plans. Before they are discussed, I should like to state something further about the action of the committee, since the question may naturally come up as to whether we had considered certain other beaches, that is, why has the committee made plans concerning only the Bay Shore lots? It has con- sidered all other possibilities brought to its atten- tion. The Murray Crane beach has been pointed out as a good one, but it is too shallow, too slug- gish, possibly open to contamination by sewage, and it is not especially accessible, furthermore, the beach would then be divided. The Nobska beach was considered ;—objections are that the water is very definitely colder than that on the Bay Shore; it is too deep for children and is therefore dan- gerous ; subject to accumulation of debris; too in- accessible to people without cars. The beach near Gansett is too inaccessible to persons work- ing at the Laboratory or living near it. Another reason why the committee has turned naturally toward the Bay Shore is that it is the beach to which residents, both permanent and temporary, have resorted since people first began coming to Woods Hole—it is the place where the people of Woods Hole desire a bathing beach.
“The whole proposition is: which of these plans settles the question in a satisfactory way; what is meant by an “adequate” beach for Woods Hole. Do plans (1) and (2) give a beach of sufficient area to settle the question for the future?
“The question is now open for discussion.”
Dr, Bigelow: “As one of the oldest members of the group here, I think that I know something about the use of the beach. I should like to make somewhat of a substitute to what has been said. It is true that this beach has always been used by the people of Woods Hole—probably since the time of the aborigines. It was a satisfactory beach then—it is a satisfactory beach now. It would be perfectly adequate now if it were not restricted. For a long time people always had access to this beach; then a subdivision was made and people
Aucust 13, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 211
JOHN P. SYLVIA, JR. COUNSELLOR-AT-LAW
C. S. MASON
Falmouth, Mass. WATCH and CLOCK LLB. Boston University 1903 REPAIRING Tel. Falmouth 46-R or 293 E. Main St. Nye Road Falmouth Tel. 113-M REGISTERED REGISTERED OPTOMETRISTS OPTOMETRIST W. T. Almy ; W. E. CARVELL Wm. D. Hoyt J. F. Arsenault Tuesdays and Saturdays OVER ROBINSON’S PHARMACY JAS. T. ALMY CO. hone 1130 Falmoath 230 UNION ST. NEW BEDFORD
Tel. Clifford 2612 ROOMS IN BAY SHORE BATH HOUSE MAY BE RENTED BY HUBBARD & MORRISON APPLYING TO THE OFFICE OF WALTER O. LUSCOMBE RAILROAD AVE. WOODS HOLE
REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE
Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop. Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
M. H. WALSH’S SONS THE THEATRE UNIT ROSE SPECIALISTS Presents
“DEATH TAKES A HOLIDAY” eS enn a: AUGUST 15 THROUGH AUGUST 20 Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth Telephone 1400
PLANTS — CUT FLOWERS — PLANTING
Church of the Messiah
( Episcopal )
IN BUSINESS BY THE VILLAGE GREEN
The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector SINCE AUGUST 6th, 1821 Holy Communion ................ 8:00 a.m. Morning) Prayer <.2:.0-...-.-.-- 11:00 a.m. The
Evening Prayer .................. 7:30 p.m. FALMOUTH
NATIONAL BANK TENNIS GOODs Falmouth,
Tennis Rackets $1.00 to $10.00. Championship Balls 3 for $1.10. English Balls 25c Each Racket Cases 79c to $1.25 Rackets Restrung $1.75 and up.
24 HOUR SERVICE Capital, $100,000 Hutchinsons Book Store Surplus Fund, $100,000
BOOK STORE BUILDING NEW BEDFORD, MASS.
Massachusetts
ly
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
WOODS HOLE LOG
acquired property rights on the beach. They be- came annoyed by persons who were noisy or of- fensive in other ways. That, however, could be avoided. I propose the following: that the Town of Falmouth be requested to police the beach prop- erly with one of their uniformed policemen, who would appear at unexpected intervals to see that everything is in order, on the condition that the fence be removed. [ should like to substitute this for the other four plans and I move that the Town of Falmouth take over this beach, patroling that previously restricted.”
The objection was made that such a police offi- cer on private property could not be paid with public money.
There was no second to this motion.
Mr. Larkin: “I believe that the town is entitled to have more beach. I can truthfully say that I never realized until recently what a terrible beach we do have. I was down there only last week and found people jammed up against the fence— sixty people in that vicinity and probably that many more in the water. Children playing quietly on the other side of the fence have been ordered off. Plan (4) would obviate a lot of expense— improvement of the frontage on Lot X could be carried out whenever there is money enough. Lot X itself is not large enough. I therefore move that plan (4) be recommended by this meeting.”
The motion was seconded by Mr. Forrest Boyn- ton and the question was opened for discussion.
Mr. Compton: “T want to know whether anyone had considered the possible cost of any of these plans—since a warrant could not be brought be- fore the town without a specific proposal.”
Dr. Grave: “A committee to be appointed by this meeting would draft such an article including cost—which would probably depend on the value of the beach rights. The relative costs of the four plans as very roughly estimated were: (1) $8,000; (2) $20,000-25,000; (3) $16,000; (4) $8,000. The estimate of plan (4) was based on the value of the beach rights of the four lots.”
Mr. Griffin: “The estimated cost of the jetty is based upon the cost of the one built at Falmouth Heights which cost $8,000 and extends 100-150 feet into deep water. This is only a rough guess —the cost of building jetties may be over $50- 000.”
Mr. Lewis: “The Town’s part in paying for the jetty was $4,495—the state paid the rest. This was some years ago—it would probably be much cheaper now.”
Dr. Miegs: “I am opposed to plan (4). As the situation is at present the owners of the beaches, the residents of Woods Hole, and practically, also, all the Laboratory people have the privilege of
bathing in front of lot X and Dr. Strong's lot. Plan (4) proposes that the beach be extended 50 per cent. but at the same time the whole Town of Falmouth be given the privilege of bathing there. We complain that the beach is over-crowded. In- creasing the beach by 50 per cent. and extending bathing privileges to Falmouth and possibly the whole State of Massachusetts would get us no- where. If such a plan were carried through, res- idents and laboratory people would find themselves in the position of the dog who dropped a bone he had in his mouth to pick up the reflection of it he saw in the water.”
Dr. Grave: “‘Inasmuch as it is definitely stated in plan (4) that no improvements are contem- plated, there seems to be no danger that people throughout the State of Massachusetts would use this beach if they could find any other.”
Dr. Clark: “I believe that plan (4) is the most radical of any that have been proposed. If the beach were improved so that we had a good sandy stretch, that is, the three hundred feet that we now have, since Dr. Strong permits free access to his lot, would be adequate. It is not at all un- likely that with a jetty the sand would increase not only the width but the depth of the beach. It might be feasible, therefore, instead of starting this thing which has a good many things tied up in it, to try something else first and see how it works out. As far as jetties are concerned—it would be possible to collect $500—there have been offers of money already—to put up an experi- mental jetty, say to fifty feet, bringing it up to the level of the water between “Lot X” and just west. Leave this for a couple of years and see whether it does not give a good sandy beach—with- out causing any ruption or disturbance—this is a friendly community and we all want to get along without any unpleasantness. Three hundred feet is about as much as the public actually owns in Falmouth. It would be entirely possible to put out an experimental jetty—if that worked it could be extended another fifty feet. It is possible to obtain from the Bureau of Harbors permission to build a jetty as far out as 250 feet, so that in five years, building fifty feet a year, the jetty would be completed. This could easily be arranged by a committee in cooperation with Dr. and Mrs. Meigs. There are some who feel quite guilty in making use of these lots for bathing without con- tributing toward them, and who would be quite willing to contribute a certain amount for this purpose. It would all be taken care of by getting Lot X and Dr. Strong’s lot and have a jetty so that it would grow in depth as well as width. I should like to see the proposition voted on by a rising vote—starting with (4) and working back
Avueust 13, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET _
213
M. B. L. FRIENDS can find a pleasant change at MARGE’S COFFEE SHOPPE Sandwiches — Table d’hote — A la carte
N. E. TSIKNAS
FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable M. DOLINSKY’S
Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE
Telephone 1243
BRAE BURN FARMS
Superior Guernsey Milk and Cream Butter Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HATCHVILLE
Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
Entire line of D. & M: ‘Sporting Goods EASTMAN’S HARDWARE 5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH
Tel. 407
Visit Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth
Phone 116
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and GIFT SHOP Woods Hole, Mass.
Depot Avenue
GEORGE A. GRIFFIN Civil Engineer and Surveyor Assoc. Member Am. Soc. C. E. S. B., Mass. Inst. of Tech., 1907 Tel. Conn. HIGH ST., WOODS HOLE
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANIEL°’S
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES
THE LEATHER SHOP MAIN ST., FALMOUTH A. C, EASTMAN
Shoe Repairing
Tel. 240
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates W. T. GRABIEC, Prop.
JAX
FEMININE FOOTWEAR
$4.50 to $7.50 QUEEN’S BUYWAY Near Filene’s
FALMOUTH
SCIENTIFIC WORKERS
When you come to
NEW BEDFORD
eat our excellent
— 50c LUNCH — GULF HILL PARLORS
596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD ( Opposite Library )
214 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
WOODS HOLE LOG
if that is desired—and see exactly how many are in favor of any one plan. The clause concerning ownership and control by “the Town of Fal- mouth” in proposition No. 1 would be revised. Probably it would take a number of years for them to get going, so that it seems a wiser scheme to start working with private funds right now.”
Dr. Baitsell: “I should like to bring out two points: (1) that the procedure of voting as de- cided upon is correct; that is, voting first on plan (4), and if this is rejected the other plans can be taken up.
“T don’t agree with Dr. Clark when he says that plan (4) is the radical plan, and plan (1) the simple, friendly way out. I believe, on the con- trary, that plan (4) more nearly insures friendli- ness and contentment to the several hundred res- idents of Woods Hole than plan (1) which would benefit directly only a few families.”
Dr. Strong: “The town of Falmouth has not evidenced any desire to bathe here. It might be possible to work on something on the order of plan (1). There is a practical objection in rais- ing money and in the time necessary in the carry- ing out of such a plan. Some other plan could be substituted in the meantime—such as dumping sand to cover the stones which could be done right away.
“T would like to know who owns the tennis lots. If these are taken out under the name of the Laboratory, such ownership, as I understand it, would give everyone working there the right to use lot X.”
Dr. Hill: “The beach courts belong to the Ten- nis Club, and not to the Laboratory.”
Dr. Goodrich: “In discussing these schemes we might weigh the merits of private against public control. I'd like to speak in regard to private ownership. I am doubtful of the value of that plan. We have already experimented twice in a minor sort of way with private ownership and it has not been successful. An attempt by Dr. Meigs some years ago to make a private arrange- ment failed, and the Woods Hole Protective As- sociation also failed. In connection with the Lab- oratory it could be pointed out that other private organizations have succeeded, but these cases have been relatively simple matters, The M. B. L. Club has not been altogether successful—it is difficult for such an informal organization representing such a transient group to function satisfactorily. Even now the raft is not wholly paid for. This sort of affair which is expensive needs an even better organized group. There are difficulties in the way of private control. It is doubtful how easy it would be to raise money. As for the matter of trying out a certain plan for a few
years, I hesitate to continue this agitation. If this plan does not succeed that matter will still need to be settled. It seems to me more desirable to do something which is more likely to be final. The difficulties which are likely to arise usually have fundamental and underlying causes. In this case it is geographical and this fact should be taken into consideration. Town control has been proved to be eminently successful. I made a tour of the Falmouth beaches today. They seem to be excel- lent and are administered in the way in which the people in the particular district desire. Some of them are restricted; others are not.”
Dr. Glaser: “When the matter of cost is being considered, it might be of interest to consider that under plan (4) the community will be concerned ; under plan (1) you can get a great deal more support from certain individuals than for any of the other plans, This might influence the town when confronted with various suggestions.”
Mr. Compton: “Dr. Goodrich is evidently not as good in historical research as he is in biological research. Dr. Meigs had made an effort to get an association to take over the Lot X. Before Dr. Meigs bought the lot a number of Bay Shore lot owners agreed to buy Lot X and the beach from the Fay Estate. Dr. Meigs thought the proceedings would be slow and so bought it him- self from Miss Fay, who, by the way is always being spoken of in the newspapers as doing some- thing for the Town—she has done it at Dr. Meigs’ expense.
“As to the statement about the Protective As- sociation, this did not make any effort at all—it did not think the work was within its province. So there is really no means of knowing that pri- vate ownership would fail. As a matter of fact, before Dr. Meigs bought the lot, two or three of us went around to get subscriptions that am- ounted to $10,000 which would have been im- mediately available at that time. It was not diffi- cult to get—and it was only the Bay Shore lot owners who were asked to contribute; no M. B. L. people were asked.”
Dr, Goodrich: “I believe I was quoting Dr. Meigs. I wish that I might be corroborated or corrected.”
Dr. Meigs: “Both statements are true but per- haps something might be added to the picture of the whole situation. I did not know that so large a sum was available for this purpose. As a matter of fact, it was difficult to decide whether the lot should be transferred to Mrs. Meigs and myself, or to an association of Bay Shore lot owners. It was quite complicated because we wanted the lots reserved in perpetuity, while they
—— —
Aucust 13, 1932 ]
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY Collections Daily
Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories
Telephone 777 SERVICE THAT SATISFIES
___THE COLLECTING NET
eat et ot Aree ES Ree THE NEW DRUG STORE G. R. & H. DRUG CO., Inc. GEORGE TALBOT, Reg. Pharm. MAIN ST. FALMOUTH
COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS ELIZABETH ARDEN
YARDLEY CORY MRS. WEEKS SHOPS Phone 109 Falmouth
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP Weeks’ Building, Falmouth Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait
(Special Rates to Laboratory Members)
WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE WALK-OVER SHOP
General Merchandise SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT
A. ISSOKSON
AWNINGS AND SAILS
GILKEY-DURANT CO. TURN LEFT, WHEN LEAVING BOAT 8 HOMER’S WHARF Tel. Clifford 6775 New Bedford, Mass.
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
E. E. C. SWIFT COMPANY MEATS OF QUALITY
FREE DELIVERY TO WOODS HOLE, MASS. Telephone Falmouth 22-23
Quality Service EVERYTHING IN DRUG STORE MERCHANDISE ROWE’S PHARMACY “The Rexall Store” P. D. ROWE, Ph. C., Reg. Pharmacist FALMOUTH
FALMOUTH TAILORING AND DRESSMAKING SHOP Remodeling aj Specialty CLEANSING and PRESSING
Goods Called For Main. Street and Delivered Tel. Falmouth 1104
SANSOUCI’S BEAUTY PARLOR Frederic’s Permanent Waves
and All Branches of Beauty Culture
FALMOUTH PHONE 19-M
SUZANNE (of Washington, D. C.)
HAIRDRESSING SALON
SECOND SEASON AT WOODS HOLE (Back of Western Union) Tel. Falmouth 1326
Ford
Sales and Service
CAPE COD AUTO CO. DEPOT AVE., FALMOUTH
TEL. 62
FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND HARDWARE CO. Agency for LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER
Tel. 260
Falmouth, opp. the Public Library
RUTH E. THOMPSON Woods Hole, Mass.
DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY SCHOOL SUPPLIES
KODAKS and FILMS Printing — Developing — Enlarging
San Juan, Porto Rico Hyannis, Mass.
MEGILL PORTO RICO SHOP Gifts, Lamps, Bridge Prizes, Baskets, Jewelry MRS. EMMA LOUISE ROSE 24 Queen’s Buyway Falmouth, Mass.
216
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
WOODS HOLE LOG
wished them to run as long as there were re- strictions on the lot—which is until 1961. Miss Tray’s representative finally agreed with my law- yer that the price should be reduced from $10,000 to $8,000 in order that they might have the priv- ilege of bathing there. Owing to poor health I was unable to take an active part. But soon after my recovery I heard from the lawyer that the deed had been put through transferring the lot to us for $8,000 and that at the time he had presented his bill for $1,890. He expressed a great desire to form an association and put stock out, but the bill for transference was a sufficient blow, so we dropped the matter of forming an associa- tion until we could find out how much money was available. My impression was—probably I did not get into sufficient communication with Mr. Compton—that the people who came forward offered much smaller sums than have just been mentioned. If anybody knows a lawyer who would act for a reasonable fee we should be glad to transfer the lot at any time to an association, to the laboratory, or to residents of Woods Hole.
“Tt seems unnecessary to give what we already have in Woods Hole to the Town of Falmouth. lf there is any fear that members of the Labora- tory will not be allowed to bathe there, something could very easily be arranged. It seems to me that to bring the Town of Falmouth into our dis- pute is unfortunate.”
Mrs. Glaser: “A good many of the cottagers are attending the Theatre Unit because it is “Woods Hole night” at Silver Beach and are un- able to attend the meeting. A number of them are not in favor of giving up to Falmouth what already belongs to Woods Hole.”
Dr. Richards: “Tf plan (4) is voted on by this group, it is then recommended to the selectmen to propose to the Town of Falmouth that they take action, is it not? It is then purely a matter of politics. The other scheme would mean ob- taining the permission of the owners and it then would be arranged by those concerned.
Dr. Grave: “It is correct that any proposal in- volving the Town must be passed at the Town meeting—and could, of course, be rejected.”
Dr. Buddington: “The principal objection which I feel to plan (1) is that in the case of private ownership a sense of freedom is lost. ple are sensitive enough to feel they are not free. I-veryone who lives around here should have some place where they could go bathing without feeling that they were trespassing on someone else’s prop- erty. Public beaches in Falmouth have been very successfully managed. The fact that this beach be open to the town of Falmouth would not mean
Many peo-.
that too many people would use it. Each section of Falmouth has its own beach. It seems to us that only people in this vicinity would care to use the Bay Shore beach.”
Mr. Compton: “I should like to ask who is qualified to vote and who authorizes them to.”
Dr. Grave: “As was stated in the public an- nouncements, persons who make Woods Hole their home either permanently or during the sum- mer or who are in attendance at the several bio- logical laboratories, are invited and urged to at- tend a meeting.”
A vote then was taken by a show of hands on the motion before the house—that plan (4) be recommended for adoption at the next Town Meeting. The motion was carried, 30 voting for it and 18 against.
Dr. Grave stated that the necessary means for presenting this action to the Town of Falmouth could be provided by the authorization of a com- mittee, and the meeting voted that such a com- mittee be appointed by the chairman.
Dr. Glaser objected, stating that the meeting should vote on all of the other propositions.
It was maintained that in voting for plan (4) all of the others were thereby rejected.
Mr. Compton objected that the ruling of the chairman that those who make Woods Hole their home and members of the Laboratory have the right to vote excluded other summer residents.
Dr. Grave then asked how many had failed to vote through such a misunderstanding—only two hands were raised which made it unnecessary to vote again on this question.
Miss Tinkham suggested, although plan (4) had been formally adopted, that the meeting be per- mitted to express its opinion on the other propo- sitions.
An informal vote was taken by a show of hands on each proposition. The result was: plan (1) - 18 for, 34 against; plan (2) - 2 for, 39 against; plan (3) - 3 for, 37 against.
Mr, Compton asked the chairman when he ad- dressed the selectmen of the Town with this rec- ommendation whom he would say it came from, and if from a meeting, from a meeting attended by whom, “will you tell them that only thirty persons at a meeting held in this place voted for plan (4) ?”
Dr. Grave assured Mr. Compton that there would be no misrepresentation.
Dr. Manton Copeland said he was certain that the meeting had absolute confidence in its chair- man. This statement met a spontaneous burst of applause.
A motion was then made to adjourn.
AuGust 13, 1932 ] Crib COOLER CHING.
NET
8 Sunplifying Ultramicroscopy
Tien development of Ultramicroscopy from a sub- ject of only theoretical interest to its present day importance in colloid chemistry has challenged the Bausch & Lomb organization to design a con- venient and efficient instrument for this work. The unified Slit Ultra-microscope achieves a new simplicity of operation that will greatly increase the amount of work done in this field.
“ae instrument consists of a rigid optical bench
upon which are mounted the are lamp and con- denser of fixed focus, the illuminating microscope, and micrometer slit, and the adjustable microscope platform. The slit is rotatable thru 90° for adjust- ment of illumination.
HE microscope platform accommodates any standard microscope. Accessories include a three dimensional stage, adequate cells for both liquids and gases, and conventional counting discs.
Cc OMPLETE information must be had to fully ap-
preciate the optical and mechanical advantages of the new B & L Slit Ultra-microscope. Write for it today.
BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY
671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, N. Y.
BINOCULAR ATTACHMENT ““BITUKNI’’
THE Bitukni tube attachment
serves for stereoscopically
viewing microscopic objects with the aid of a single objective. It enables the observer to look
obliquely into the microscope with- out inclining it about its hinge, thus retaining the convenience of a hori- zontal stage for manipulation of the specimen.
Price $86 f.o.b. N. Y.
including one pair of compensating eyepieces. (Gas, Oss; rose 1l'Sp%s,)) Additional compensating eyepieces, $18 a pair.
CARL ZEISS, Inc. 485 Fifth Avenue, New York Pacific Coast Branch:
728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
bdo N
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 58
CAMBRIDGE POT GALVANOMETER
T us galvanometer is an inexpensive instrument with the sensitivity of a re- flecting galvanometer and the ruggedness of a milliammeter. It is accordingly well adapted for Student use.
Fitted with both a pointer and a re- flecting mirror it is particularly suitable for “null” point indications as well as for use with a lamp and scale outfit.
At one meter scale distance, one mi- croampere gives a deflection of 12 mms. The period is 1.3 seconds and the coil resistance 1s 50 ohms.
Send for Literature
CAMBRIDGE
Pioneer Manufacturers of Precision Instruments
3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York
E & A (TESTED PURITY)
CHEMICALS Represent the highest quality c. p. chemicals obtainable. They have been carefully
checked in our testing laboratory and bear labels showing the results of their analyses.
Many are of American origin, but we draw from the best products of the world, insur- ing the user the highest purity at a reason- able price.
For analytical chemicals, “A ) grade Specify E. & A. “
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
Walter O. Luscombe
REAL ESTATE AND INSURANCE
Woods Hole Phone 622-4
Southern Biological Supply Co., Inc.
Living and Preserved Bio- logical Specimens of all Types for the Laboratory Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- iana Forms.
Specialists in Amoeba Cultures, Alligators, Ete. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La.
Best Results Assured with
Best Results Assured with
GOLD
Non-Corrosive Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC
SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog
At your dealer—or write (giving dealer's: name) to
Cray-ApAmMs CoMPANY
117-110 East: 24h Surcet NEW YorRK
Aucust 13, 1932 ] LEE COLLECTING NED Z19
PROMI ad PROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS 1 "It Saved Us the Cost of Five
Microscopes'' Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used as a microscope and a micro-photographie ap- paratus.
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruec- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, etc.
It has been endorsed by many leading scientists and in- structors,
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 111, Brick
: Miss: ; Sea , is Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole. Cu iN y-A\D AMIS Comp ARNT
PROMAR—A more powerful apparatus Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material with additional features. Information on
request. 117-119 East 24th Street New York, N. Y.
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable us to send the appropriate
Spalteholz catalog. Transparent = Preparations | Visit our display rooms and | . z Human museum, oe anneal and Zoological CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
Model of Human Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
220, THE COLLECTING NET _ [ Vor. VII. No. 58
MASTER MICROSCOBE
Announcing: New Spencer Type Research Microscope No. 5 with
LOW FINE ADJUSTMENT
The latest improvement in microscope design—a fine adjustment located low enough to be operated with from hand resting on the table—original—new—efficient—advantageous.
Booklet M-56 Completely describes this and other research microscopes.
—y
=a ict nie BUFFALO Liu YORK.
Vol. VII. No. 9
GERM CELLS IN RELATION TO THE DIF- FERENTIATION OF THE SEX GLAND! Dr. B. H. WILLIER Professor of Zoology, University of Chicago
This report deals with some recent work on the physiology of development of the sex gland of the chick embryo. It has been shown previously that the gonad rudiment of the genital ridge stage (50 s don- ors) when isolated and trans- planted to the vascularized
chorio-allantoic membrane of a Seminar:
SATURDAY, AUGUST 20, 1932
TUESDAY, AUGUST 23, 8:00 P.M. Dr. T. L. Jahn: ‘‘The ef-
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
EULIMA OLEACEA AND THYONE GEORGE M. GRAY Curator of the Museum of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory Many years ago, in the early days of the Marine
Biological Laboratory and the infancy of the Supply Department, when the facilities for col-
lecting were not as good as at the present time, there were occasions when material was needed on short notice. Un- der these circumstances, it was
host embryo, is capable of un- dergoing self-differentiation. This rudiment is thus found to be specifically organized as to sex, and in the case of the female, as to laterality as well. Such results led very naturally to a study of the potency’ of the gonad-forming area ‘in much earlier stages, that is, be- fore the appearance of the genital ridge, and even before there is any sign of a definite germinal epithelium. In such an analysis two topics are of particular interest, namely, (a) ‘the time of the origin of the
specific potencies of gonad, and (b) the relation- ship of the primordial germ cells to the origin (Continued on page 224)
and differentiation
fects of temperature and of cer- tain organic acid radicals upon Euglena gracilis.”
Mr. T. T. Chen: “Nuclear struc- ture and mitosis in Zelleriella (Opalinidae).”
Miss Sabra J. Hook: “Some ob- servations on Spirostomum am- |
biguum.”’
Dr. W. F. Hahnert: “Intensity duration relations in the response of certain protozoa to the elec- tric current.”
FRIDAY, AUGUST 26, 8:00 P.M.
Lecture: Dr. H. H. Gran: Univer- “Problems in the |
sity of Oslo. Study of the Phytoplankton of the Sea.”
but natural that, even though the same animal might be found in a number of different localities, the places where a particular form was more abundant, or more easily ac- cessible, was of paramount im- portance in the saving of time; and such lccalities were kept in mind. In this connection, the observations recorded in this article were made of the common Holothurian, or Sea cucumber (Thyone briareus) of Selenka.
This is most
the largest and conspicuous Holothu-
rian found in the immediate vicinity of Woods Hole, and, with the possible exception of Synapta, the most abundant.
We know of at least seven
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Germ Cells in Relation to the Differentiation
of the Sex Gland, Dr. B. H. Willier........ 221 Eulima Oleacea and Thyone, George M. Gray 221 The Surface Precipitation Reaction in Marine
HES COSECILON wrvcigiels ie aeieders x cesececene aye ln 225 Size of Explant and Volume of Medium in
Tissue Cultures, Dr. Ralph M. Buchsbaum 226 Direct Oral Administration and the Toxicity
of Iodin in Vitamin A Deficiency,
Dre HEME CPUGESUCT cervievaiccousisis/elesene visiehees sted: 227
Review of the Paper of Dr. Chidester,
Drs cA eMC CWS ass slcuswelst ebacneyaeietehe tortels 229 Eclipse of the Sun, James Stockley.......... 230 Book Reviews, A. P. Mathews, R. W. Gerard,
KCB lanchard\..).50 king eile ies steep ee, eusreate 233 Beal Question aectar rai peta. cicue a anensiehe vauel ior ices eee 237 MGitoria) Rare ye ro sthswsneye casks svcteneitorecancnster semen ee 238 Gurrents#insthe-Hole® oo sites aes ree 238 HL CIMISJOLMMUCTESER fy ts eieaeiaie ajc carte tee erate Renee 239
222 THE COLLECTING NET
[Vor. VII. No. 59
places in this region where Thyone have heen noted or collected in more or less abundance. We suspect there are others, as they have been taken rather sparingly on some of the field trips to places other than the seven referred to,
Two only of the seven places mentioned are the constant rendezvous of the Thyone student or collector, and these because of their accessibility or abundance of specimens; and of these two, one bears the brunt of the collecting. Yet, so far as the writer has observed, they are still abundant even though our veteran collector and preparator, Mr. F. W. Wamsley has for years operated prin- cipally in these two particular places.
Of the other five localities, we are concerned in this article with one only. Years ago the writ- er learned from experience that Thyone could be more or less easily collected by hand at almost any tide except perhaps the very highest, in this peculiarly favored spot, while the accessibility was if anything better than that of the other localities.
Perhaps Thyone is on the average smaller in this particular spot and may not be so abundant, as the area is evidently more limited. In cases of emergency, the undersigned has frequently hied to this favored cucumber patch and, regardless of tide conditions, has had successful results. In collecting Thyone on these rush trips to this special place, it was observed that now and then a specimen would have adhering to it a small yel- lowish-white, finely-polished Gastropod. At the time, the writer did not know them. They were for from plentiful, and he considered them very beautiful. In those days there was little time for anything except the actual work in hand, so that little attention was paid to them beyond a sub- conscious mental note, and as we usually collected Thyone when time was available and tide was right, from the regular and well-known grounds, some years passed before any systematic work on these Molluscs was attempted.
In August 1930 circumstances and conditions were such that a trip could be made to this ground for the special purpose of collecting and learning more about our charming little friend of previous years. On reaching the place, work was begun immediately. The tide was low and the Thyone easily seen and procured, rapidly examined and put back in the water, but no molluscs rewarded our search. After a goodly number of Thyone had been thoroughly looked over I was beginning to get discouraged and skeptical about finding them. Fears were entertained that what had been in the years long gone by was not to be at this time, but hope resolved itself into a stubborn per- sistence and Lo! right in hand was a Thvyone with a beautiful specimen of the mollusc attached. What a splendid sight it was to our eyes grown weary with searching. Standing out in bold re
lief on the cucumber, like a Lighthouse on a barren shore, and needless to say just as welcome to us as the light to the mariner. What a joy it was to behold it!
Thus was renewed our acquaintance with this dainty mollusc, Eulima oleacea of Wurtz and Stimpson, but in the list of the Mollusca of New England, published by the Boston Society of Nat- ural History in 1915 by Mr. Charles W. Johnson, the Generic name Melanella is given preference. Mr. Johnson lists five species as living in New Iengland, two of these being found south of Mar- thas Vineyard, two others besides EF. oleacea he- ing found at Woods Hole. We feel convinced that the one found on Thyone is E. oleacea. Ver- rill in his Vineyard Sound Report mentions £. oleacea as generally rare, but in two instances several were found adhering to the skin of the large Holothurian, Thyone briareus, on which it appeared to “live as a quasi parasite or commen- sal.” Sumner, in his ‘Biological Survey of the Woods Hole Region” in 1911 reports that ‘‘speci- mens of Eulima frem various local points were referred by us to Messrs. Dall & Bartsch and were unhesitatingly identified by them as E. con- oidea.” Thus there would seem to be some con- fusion regarding the correct name of the species about which I am writing.
3ut, to return to the thrill and exultation over our specimen, after feasting our eyes on this lone example it was carefully removed to my collecting bottle. Though another might not be found on this trip, there was deep satisfaction in the thought that they were there. Hope and spirits revived and search was vigorously renewed. How much time was given to this search cannot be recalled, but probably between two and three hours.
In this time seven of these “dudes” among the small molluses had been secured and in one (per- haps two) instances, two specimens were found adhering to the same Thyone. In searching for and securing these seven something like 250 Thy- one were examined. This would mean an aver- age of one mollusc to every thirty-five or thirty- six Thyone,—not a large percentage of molluscs.
We have since dredged Eulima very sparingly at scattered stations in Vineyard Sound and in one or two stations in Buzzards Bay. The num- ber collected in dredging in recent years, of which the writer has personal knowledge, must be less than a doze more than eight.
On August 14th last year (1931), another special collecting trip for Eulima was made to the same Thyone ground as mentioned above. No actual count was made of the number of Thyone, examined, but it was possibly 200 or more. Six specimens of Eulima were found— two of thent on one Thyone.
Aucust 20, 1932 ]
When first collecting these snails it was feared that they would be easily washed off or rubbed off of the Thyone and readily lost, but such was not the case, as they evidently penetrated the Thy- one skin. It took some little effort to dislodge them; they had to be pulled from their host, and there was observed a long, fine, whitish, thread- like extension of the Eulima, the proboscis. At first this seemed very unlike a proboscis. It was slowly withdrawn by its owner. At the laboratory several methods were tried to narcotize these snails, but none seemed to work so that they could be killed in an expanded condition. Some- times after doping them they seemed dead and withdrawn into their shells, but after giving them a fresh supply of sea water they quickly revived and started crawling about. Up to date none have been killed properly expanded.
It seemed as though, if the “dope” did not ap- peal to them they would withdraw into their shells and wait until the unpleasantness passed, and if it did not pass and they were given no fresh sea water, they died after a while, with- drawn into their shells. As a rule they were very hardy and some lived for many days in a vial half or two-thirds filled with sea water. Frequently they would crawl up out of the water and adhere to the side of the glass.
In addition to its general attractiveness, Eulima has a thin shell mouth opening, so clear that when it is out walking in its native haunts, free from care or fear of enemies, it thrusts out its tenta- cles and moves along over the bottom with the beautiful and prominent black eyes showing re- markably clearly through the thin transparent shell, giving an effect of daintiness and style to this aristocratic-looking denizen of the sea. The writer at this time does not recall any other gas- tropod of this region which can claim this dis- tinction of having the eyes so clearly seen through the shell. The dark eyes showing through the finely-polished creamy-white shell give to the whole animal a striking and attractive appearance. But only when the tentacles are well extended can be seen the full measure of its beauty, as the eyes do not show in its retracted state.
Since Eulima had been dredged from places where in all probability there were no Thyone, (as the former came up by themselves and the latter not at all), the thought came to me, ‘‘why should not Eulima be found living separately and free from Thyone, even in this especially favorable locality, as well as on Thyone? Did they have to live on Thyone?”
With this in mind a special trip to my loved Thyone ground was made late in the Fall, to test out the idea. A saucepan with a moderate handle was used to take up the mixed sand and mud to the depth of about two inches. This was dumped
THE COLLECTING NET
223
into a series or nest of three sieves, the coarser one at the top and the finer one undermost. At almost the first sifting a Eulima was found free from any Holothurian. The work of digging up and sifting this muddy sand was carried on for about one and a half hours. When the time was up, as a result of this indiscriminate collecting, I had twelve fine specimens of Eulima, eight of which were loose and unattached to Thyone, three of which were taken in one sieving. Sometimes Thyone was accidently scooped up with the soil but on these occasions only four Eulima were found on Thyone and two of these four were found on one cucumber. While sometimes Thyone were in the sieve with the loose Eulima, there was noth- ing to indicate that they had been attached to them, as the sieving was carefully done. When it is considered that only seven Eulima were ob- tained last year in handling 250 cucumbers and this year twelve were secured in much less time and with not more than fifty of sixty Thyone handled, and these taken accidentally, it would seem that there were more Eulima living in the sand or sandy mud free from Thyone than there were attached to them.
This opens up an interesting problem: “When and how did this commensal living begin? Is it another case similar to that of the New Zealand Parrot?” It has been suggested that perhaps Thyone in its moving about came in contact with Eulima and appropriated it as it does sand, dead shells, and small stones, as well as other small molluscs, which are often found attached to it- self by its long suckers or pedicilaria; and thus by accident Eulima may have found the at- tachment served on it, a blessing instead of a handicap. The water at the time of collecting was less than two feet deep, and the tide was fairly well up, so it must be that at a very low tide the flats would be quite bare and that where some of the Eulima and Thyone live they would be quite exposed.
In this last collecting trip a fine living specimen of Scalaria lineata was taken as well as some Tur- ritella (sp. ?), and several dead shells of what seemed to be Scalaria multistriata. This indicates that the field is rich in small molluscs, but at this time being especially interested in Eulima, I con- fined my attention to the latter.
In order to test out more clearly the relations between Eulima and Thyone I carried out the following experiments. I kept a number of the Eulima alive in the laboratory for some time. After several days a live Thyone was put in a finger bowl of sea water which had a little sand in the bottom. Five Eulima were put in at night on the opposite side from the Holothurian. The next morning two or three were on the Thyone and the others were in other parts of the bowl.
224
THE COLLECTING NET _
[Vot. VII. No. 59
The water was changed. I think it was the next day that nearly or quite ali had left the host. They seemed to come and go as the spirit moved them. One day the water was changed and when left there was not more than one Eulima on the Thyone. The next morning the whole five were on the cucumber. They were easily removed from their host, and in no instance were they so firmly attached to the Thyone as when they were originally collected in their native habitat.
It may take more or less time for Eulima to work its way into the good graces of its host, but in the laboratory they seemed quite loosely at- tached, whereas in the field it required a little pull for them to let go, and then with seeming reluc- tance was the proboscis pulled out. Sometimes it seemed to me that the proboscis pulled apart, but of this I was never quite sure.
One morning the whole five were on the Thy- one. The water was changed in the afternoon, and at this time two were under the sand, the others on the Thyone. At night more sand was added and all the Eulima were taken from the Thyone, and they were placed in a bunch together, removed as far as possible from the Thyone.
The next morning three of them were on the Thyone, the other two on the sides of the bowl. Later in the day two were on the Thyone, one was floating on the surface and two were under the sand. They float on the surface of the water very easily, almost as lightly as a feather. They can also move along on the surface of the water with the shell hanging down.
Late in the afternoon two were taken from the Thyone and all laid on the sand in the finger bowl of water. When lifting the cucumber from the water those that were attached would some- times hang down almost a fourth of an inch before dropping off, suspended by their proboscis, which looked like a fine, whitish thread.
The next morning we found four Eulima on the Thyone and one under the sand. In the after- noon they were all on Thyone. The next morn- ing five were on the cucumber. When this Thy- one was disturbed all but one dropped off.
After this experiment they were all changed to a larger, (six-inch diameter) glass dish. More sand and sea water were added. Thyone was
placed on one side of the dish and five Eulima as far removed as possible on the opposite side of the dish, four inches away, on top of the sand.
The cucumber eviscerated the third day, but it seemed all right. After three days, however, the Thyone became unattractive to the molluscs and the Eulima mostly shunned it. I do not wonder at this, as the cucumber became quite unsavory at the last, and lived only a short time after evis- ceration.
I have perhaps gone into a tedious repetition of the habits of Eulima in attaching themselves to, or in leaving its Holothurian host, but I wished to emphasize the fact that Eulima is a free moral agent and is not obliged to live on the Thyone but is independent and moves of its own sweet will to wherever the spirit prompteth. Sometimes it had the habit of resting on a piece of Ulva which was in the dish.
It seems rather strange that, if Eulima is so seemingly fond of Thyone, in the larger fields where the latter is so abundant this molluse has not, to my knowledge, been found. I have ques- tioned our veteran collector, Mr. Wamsley, who is a keen observer and has perhaps collected and preserved more Thyone than any other man, and he does not recall ever seeing this little snail, for all he has handled thousands of Thyone. Even the Invertebrate class of the Marine Biological Laboratory has I believe, no record of taking Eu- lima on its trips to the regular orthodox cucum- ber ground. Yet it has been taken by dredging on either side of the major Thyone fields.
A word in regard to the attaching of this snail to the sea cucumber may not be amiss. In the field the Eulima was always attached to the under- side of the Thyone and among the ambulacral feet. This would seem to indicate that Eulima became attached to Thyone by accident in the latter’s mov- ing about in the sand. From this circumstance may have originated the quasi parasitism of Eu- lima. In the finger bowl in the laboratory they were not so particular, though usually preferring the underside of the Sea cucumber.
More extensive observations are being planned in the study of this mollusc, Eulima, for the com- ing season,
GERM CELLS IN RELATION TO THE DIFFERENTIATION OF THE SEX GLAND (Continued from page 221)
of the sex gland.
For this present series of experiments donor embryos of stages ranging from 29 to 41 somites were used. They fall into two categories: (1) from 29-34 somites—stages prior to the formation
of a germinal epithelium, the prospective gonad area extending from the twentieth to the twenty- sixth somite levels; (2) from thirty-five to forty- one somites—stages at which a germinal epitheli- um has differentiated, that is, the earliest be-
Aucust 20, 1932 |
THE COLLECTING NET
225
ginning of the gonad rudiment. The entire urino- genital ridge was dissected away very carefully from these donors and transplanted to the chorio- allantoic membrane of host embryos of approxi- mately nine days incubation, where they were al- lowed to grow for a period of about nine days. Eighty-five such grafts have been examined his- tologically. Since the entire urino-genital ridge was transplanted, the grafts consist, typically speaking, of mesonephros and suprarenal in ad- dition to gonad or some gonadal component.
With respect to the differentiation of the gonad, the results briefly stated are of two types: (1) a gonad of specific sex (testis, left and right ovary) differentiates in 39% of the cases; (2) a gonad- like body of undetermined sex differentiates in 56% of the cases.
When they do occur, the testes and ovaries are histologically normal in structure although defi- nitely smaller than the normal of a corresponding age. The earliest stage of donor from which a gonad of specific sex (ovary or testis) was ob- tained was thirty-one somites.
The gonad-like bodies of undetermined sex vary considerably in organization from masses of stroma-like tissue containing few germ cells to a rather highly organized body with sex cords of germinal or non-germinal cells, bearing a close resemblance to a specific gonad.
The frequency with which a gonad of specific sex occurs bears a striking relation to the develop- mental stage of the donor at the time of trans- plantation. For example, donors having from 29 to 34 somites, i. e., before the germinal epithelium has developed, give gonads of specific sex in 20% of the grafts while a little later where the ger- minal epithelium has made its appearance—35 to 41 somite donors—the frequency increases to 57%. Still later after the formation of the geni- tal ridge a gonad of specific sex occurs in ap- proximately 100% of the cases. Turning to the gonad-like bodies of undetermined sex, it is seen that they occur with nearly equal frequency be- fore and during the formation of the germinal epithelium, but when the genital ridge stage is reached, they are entirely absent.
It is quite evident, therefore, that there is a progressive change in the properties of the gonad- forming area. This change is interpreted as indi-
cating that the gonad-forming area possesses an organization at the time of isolation, which, pro- vided that conditions are favorable in the graft, may acquire through a series of processes the specific potentialities of sex. If, on the other hand, conditions are not favorable, such processes may be halted at different stages, resulting in var- ious grades of gonads undetermined as to sex. In other words, the process of epigenetic develop- ment continues to a variable degree depending upon the developmental harmony within the im- plant.
In over 80% of the grafts examined germ cells are seen to be extra-gonadal, being found in clus- ters, sometimes quite numerous, either in the mesenchyme itself or in spaces within it. In such germ cells the granules of the cytoplasm are uni- formly distributed, a characteristic of the primor- dial germ cell. It is thus apparent that the germ cell in the mesenchyme has remained undifferen- tiated. The germ cells in the sex cords, on the other hand, have undergone differentiation as is indicated by the localization of the granules in the cytoplasm at one side of the nucleus. The gran- ules of the germ cells are larger in female than in male sex cords. These observations lead to the conclusion that the primordial germ is depen- dent upon a specific tissue environment for its differentiation into specific sex cells.
In two grafts (33—and 37—somite donors) a testis with sterile sex cords has appeared. In both of these cases germ cells were identified in other parts of the graft. For some reason they failed to get into the sex cords. A sterile testis has also been obtained in a small number of cases (4 out of 50) from grafts of whole blastoderms of early somite stages. In these cases the crescentic area anterior to the embryo proper was removed, where according to Swift the primordial germ cells or- iginate. These results appear to furnish proof that (a) a testis may arise and differentiate in- dependently of the primordial germ cells and, (b) the germ cells are extra-gonadal in origin.
1The title of this article was abbreviated. Its full title is “Germ Cells in Relation to the Origin and Differentiation of the Sex Gland of the Chick as Studied in Chorio-Allantoic Grafts.”
(This article is based on a seminar report present- ed at the Marine Biological Laboratory on Aug- ust 9.)
THE SURFACE PRECIPITATION REACTION IN MARINE EGGS D. P. CosTELLo Instructor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania.
If a living cell is torn or crushed, the interior protoplasm streams out, and typically, if sufficient care is exercised in making the injury, a film or membrane forms on the surface of the exuded droplet. The reaction which underlies this film or
membrane formation has been called “the surface precipitation reaction” by Heilbrunn.
A more or less standard procedure was em- ployed in the experiments as follows: a few eggs in sea water were placed on a slide under a cover-
226
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 59
glass, the slide placed on the stage of the micro- scope, and the water drawn slowly from beneath the cover by pieces of filter paper applied at the opposite sides. At the moment that the vitelline membrane ruptured, the filter paper strips were removed, and the outflow of protoplasm stopped almost instantaneously. For eggs of small diam- eter, or with heavy vitelline membranes, the pres- sure required to rupture the membrane exceeded that obtainable by this method. In these cases, additional force was applied upon the coverglass with a fine needle directly above the cell under ob- servation.
A second procedure was employed to determine whether or not the granules contained in the pro- toplasm were causally related to the precipitation reaction. This consisted of centrifuging the eggs until the contained granular protoplasm was strat- ified into layers. The eggs were then removed from the centrifuge tubes and crushed. If one type of granule is a necessary requisite for the precipitation reaction, the reaction should not take place if the vitelline membrane is ruptured at the opposite pole of the egg.
The eggs of Gonionemus, Arbacia, Asterias, Echinarachnius, Cerebratulus, Phascolosoma, Ner- eis, Podarke, Amphitrite, Hydroides, Chaetopte- rus, Crepidula, Cumingia, Mytilus, Chaetopleura and Styela were used in the experiments. In all of the forms except Nereis, Podarke, Crepidula and Styela, the surface precipitation reaction re-
SIZE OF EXPLANT AND VOLUME OF
sulted in the formation of a definite limiting membrane about the exuded protoplasm, similar to those described by Heilbrunn for Arbacia. In Nereis and Podarke the reaction resulted in the formation of precipitated areas of protoplasm. In Crepidula and Styela no typical reaction was ob- tained, perhaps because of the concentration of yoke granules in the cytoplasm. In the latter form surface precipitation membranes were ob- tained from the more fluid protoplasm of the germinal vesicle. These phenomena did not oc- cur in sea water from which the calcium had been removed by oxalate.
In Arbacia, Asterias, Echinarachnius, Cerebra- tulus and Nereis, the formation of the membrane (or precipitate) was accompanied by a breakdown of the protoplasmic granules (yolk granules). In Arbacia and Echinarachnius the pigment granules in direct contact with the injured protoplasm broke down with characteristic color reaction. In all of the other forms no granule breakdown oc- curred.
The surface precipitation reaction assumes a characteristic form for each species studied. Two general types of reaction occur: one which is ac- companied by the breakdown of some type of protoplasmic granule; and the other in which there is no granule disintegration. The presence
of calcium is in all cases a necessary requisite.
(This article is based on a seminar report present- ed at the Marine Biological Laboratory on Aug- ust 9.)
MEDIUM IN TISSUE CULTURES
Dr. RALtpH M. Bucuspaum Instructor in Biology, University of Chicago
Tissue culture provides a method whereby small fragments of the organism may be kept alive, iso- lated from the entire organism in a medium the composition of which may be controlled. Con- sider a small mass of tissue in the intact animal. The cells can neither be seen nor their physio- logical processes measured, except indirectly. The cells are bathed by intercellular fluids which are affected by changes in the blood. The blood is continually altered in composition during its course through the lungs, liver, intestine, kidney, endocrine glands, etc. It is a heterogeneous sys- tem, and tremendously complex. Contrast this with the situation in tissue cultures. A bit of tissue is isolated from nervous elements. It can be analyzed, measured, weighed, or the cell popu- lation enumerated during an experiment. The types of cells may be seen and photographed. The medium, in intimate contact with the tissue mass, is a field of knowable factors which affect the processes of growth, differentiation, senescence, and motion in the culture. These variables are subject to quantitative experimental control.
This paper presents the results of varying the size of explant and volume of medium in tissue cultures (of chick embryonic spindle cells, grown in chicken plasma and chick embryonic extract) noting the corresponding changes in relative in- crease in growth. It has been found that (1) the smaller the explant in the range of 0.1 to 2.5 mm.” of projection area, the greater the relative increase in growth; and (2) the larger the volume of medium (0.02 to 0.12 cc.) the greater the rel- ative increase in growth. Change in size of ex- plant produces a greater change in relative in- crease of growth than change in volume of medium.
These results are considered to be those ex- pected on the hypothesis that with a small explant in a large volume of medium, conditions are most favorable for the cells to grow. With a large ex- plant and a smaller volume of medium, the in- terior cells of the explant are relatively unfavor- ably situated. This may be because of slow dif- fusion to the interior cells with consequent ex- haustion of nutrients and greater concentration
Aucust 20, 1932 }
THE COLLECTING NET
227
of metabolites. Such centrally located cells may thus contribute an inhibiting influence on the more favorably located peripheral cells. Thus the rel- ative increase in growth is thought to be roughly proportional to the length of the edge and inverse- ly proportional to the diameter of the explant, other things being optimum.
Another type of result may have been expected from this experiment. The medium may be slight- ly unfavorable, e. g. slightly off optimum pH. The larger piece of tissue may then have
a greater capacity to condition the medium to its maximum growth than the smaller
piece; hence, it would recover sooner and show a greater relative growth than the smaller piece. Such results have been reported for protozoan, bacterial and yeast cultures. The experiments re- ported here deal only with the most favorable conditions obtainable.
(This article is based on a seminar report present-
ed at the Marine Biological Laboratory on Aug- ust 9.)
DIRECT ORAL ADMINISTRATION AND THE TOXICITY OF IODIN IN VITA- MIN A DEFICIENCY
Dr. F, E. CHIDESTER Professor of Zoology, West Virginia University
In 1912 the writer engaged in a study of the influence of sub-toxic doses of thyroid and other endocrine extracts on fowls, guinea-pigs and rab- bits (1). In 1918, in experiments made at the Wistar Institute, the results of which were not published but recorded in the laboratory notes of Dr. H. H. Donaldson, he showed that heavy doses of thyroid extract and thyroxin (furnished by Kendall) produced resorption of the young in pregnant rats. Pioneer studies of Cameron and Carmichael, (2) ; Carlson, Rooks and McKie (3) ; Hoskins (4) and others had emphasized the tox- icities of thyroid extract and iodin, and the sig- nificant changes in organs induced by heavy dos- age. Besides this the long record of usage of these substances in weight reduction, had indicat- ed the necessity of furnishing experimental ani- mals only with minute doses. In considering the use of iodin compounds in vitamin deficient rats, we had to take certain precautions about mis- handling the animals, and also to observe the dicta laid down by physicians with reference to the administration of drugs, with food, rather than directly to animals that had been starved and were also without food in the stomach when drugged.
Accordingly, after certain preliminary experi- ments, the writer (5) and associates, Eaton, Thompson, Speicher, Bourne, and Wiles, adopted the procedure of administering very weak ferrous iodide indirectly by dropping it into dishes con- taining small quantities of the food given the thoroughly depleted vitamin A deficient rats. This method presumably gave the animals most of the iron, but we were by no means certain about the amount of iodin actually consumed.
Perhaps some of the iodin escaped into the air, and the benefits derived were from furnishing young rats the added iron that they required after the period of suckling, when their iron reserves are known to be very low (6). We conjectured from the results that the small amount of iodin carried
into the animal with its food may have exerted one of several effects: (1) Reactivation of the dormant thyroids, calling on reserve fats; (2) re- activation of the liver in its function of desatura- tion of fats; (3) antiseptic action of the iodin on bacteria, reducing infections and acting indirectly as a sparing agent on vitamin A reserves.
The studies of Reed, Anderson and Mendel (7) have shown that in thyroxin fed rats the depot fat is more unsaturated than in controls. The antiseptic action of iodin in respiratory and di- gestive affections has long been known, and its significance pointed out by McCarrison and others.
Since our results indicated that we were pro- ducing beneficial effects only in the small propor- tion of the rats that had the greatest fat reserves, we cast about for the proper fats (8), until, from the important studies of Burr and Burr (9), we concluded that unsaturated fatty acids such as linoleic acid would best serve our purpose in re- storing the fat-iodin balance, and yet permitting the catalytic activities of the ferrous iron and the iodin. That our successful experiments (10) may ultimately be considered by others is evi- denced by the recent studies of Monaghan and Schmitt (11) with carotin and linoleic acid; they have concluded, apparently without knowing of our findings, that the phospholipids are possibly related to vitamin A formation in the body.
This past year we have demonstrated (report in progress) that the fat content of yeast fur- nished as vitamin B is an extremely important limiting factor in vitamin A experiments.
The amount of vitamin D, given as irradiated ergosterol or in irradiated yeast, plays an im- portant part in recoveries also. This may be on account of the influence of calcium on the thy- roids, as indicated by Hellwig (12), who produced goiter in rats by excess calcium. Perhaps the ex- cess vitamin D induced a calcium-iodin imbalance and our added iodin satisfied the need of the ani- mals, enabling them to manufacture their own vit-
228
amin A.
Recently Mason (13), attempting to utilize fer- rous iodide as a complete vitamin A substitute, but not following our reasoning about the neces- sity for also supplying fats of a certain type (5), has reported results quite at variance with our find- ings. We believe that his explanation of the pos- sible differences in thyroids of the two colonies is not the only one. He reported administration of our dosage of iodin, double the dosage, and ex- cessive dosage. Examination of the testes of his treated animals showed degeneration.
In a personal communication, the writer has suggested to Dr. Mason that (1) lard used in some of his experiments might induce a gastritis in the depleted animals; (2) when greatly de- pleted, sick animals are forcibly drugged, on an empty stomach, the iodin taken into their bodies will probably exceed that obtainable by our method, and will be most likely to induce con- ditions demonstrated by Cameron and Carmichael ; (3) since ferrous iodide is certainly not tolerated by depleted rats in any but minute doses, we could hardly expect that massive doses would pro- duce the beneficial effects desired as even excess vitamin D is deleterious; (4) increased testis de- generation is to be expected with added iodin. We have already reported our thesis that vitamin E effects are probably due to the action of unsatu- rated fats in restoring the fat-iodin balance. (Chi- dester: “Zoology,” Van Nostrand, 1932).
More recently, Miss Cameron (14), desirous of securing glands for study, adopted a method that seemed to her more e-vact than ours in evalu- ating the dose of iodin actually received by A- deficient rats. Using freshly prepared solutions of ferrous iodide similar to ours, she pipetted the dose directly into the mouths of her rats and se- cured no benefits on vitamin A symptoms. Her results, we believe, support our contention, pre- viously published (15), that in Burr’s fat-de- ficiency disease the condition, restored by linoleic acid and certain other fatty acids, but not bene- fitted by cod liver oil (which contains iodin), was one in which unsaturated fatty acids, without iodin, were definitely indicated.
In our own experiments, we were attempting to discover the effects of minimal effective doses, without handling the animals excessively, and without taking a chance on the potency of drugs administered quickly to sick animals in the absence of diluting and guarding foods. Ours, in other words, was not a test-tube experiment. Testing four rats, this past winter, we used a solution of ferrous iodide, only one quarter the strength of the effective one, and by direct oral administration to the depleted animals killed all of them in less than six hours. Using a pipette, delivering 30 drops to a cc., we had previously found that the
THE COLLECTING NET
[Vor. VII. No. 59
addition of five drops instead of three drops to cur food caused many more deaths in our re- covery groups.
Adoption of our method of administration was due in part to long acquaintance with the toxicity of drugs given to depleted animals on an empty stomach and also to other experiments in which we had shown that even in normal animals low dosages of thyroid or iodin will stimulate the ap- petite and increase growth, while heavier doses induce emaciation and changes in the organs.
It is not at all flattering to us to realize that among that large group of vitamin students who have long discredited our suggestions regarding the importance of fat-iodin balance in vitamin de- ficiencies, the only two who have honored us by their interest should have failed to read our later reports (10, 15) attempting to show that catalys- ers such as ferrous iodide do not suffice and that unsaturated fats or hydrocarbons are necessary in aiding the animal to manufacture vitamin A.
Honeywell, Dutcher and Ely (16) have also recognized the probability that vitamin A consists of two factors, although they were not specific with reference to the rdle of unsaturated fats and hydrocarbons (17). :
It is likewise a commentary on the enthusiastic reception of certain papers in the field (that the vitamin enthusiasts will-to-believe) that the only paper which purports to show that fats are not significant in vitamin A recoveries should be based on the studies of Hume and Smedley-Mac- lean (18) made with six animals. Their re- coveries, moreover, were run for only thirty-nine days. Our own experiments indicate that spora- dic improvements in vitamin A deficiency may occur with a variety of treatments, including the addition of vitamin D. They also indicate that great individual differences in storage exist, and that recovery periods must run far in excess of thirty-nine days in order to be acceptable.
We found that ferrous iodide, administered in the food, benefitted some animals as long as ten months. Our experiments were repeatedly checked for more than two years. We conclude that any explanation of the effectiveness of sub- stances that enable animals to manufacture vita- min A in their bodies must consider the réle of unsaturated hydrocarbons and fats in their action on the liver and endocrine glands which will re- store the fat-iodin balance.
Dismissal of our own careful studies, made with large numbers of animals and with the aid of five well trained and highly competent assistants, the results being shown to many observers, can- not be lightly made, even if identical technique were employed. Such technique would include the high temperature essential in treating deplet- ed animals, the extreme care exercised to elimi-
AuGust 20, 1932 | THE COLLECTING NET 229 nate insects and other vermin, the type of sources (5) see nan 1928, 68, 4382; Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. ies Prenat OF = i = F . of vitamins B and D, and most certainly the less (6.) Smythe and Miller, “Jour. Nutr.” 1, 209. exact, but presumably less injurious, method of (7.) “J. Biol. Chem.,” 1932, 96, 313. furnishing the ferrous iodide in small amounts of — (8.) “Coll. Net.,” 1930, 5, 36. food to prevent too rapid reception of powerful wen Me a a ee Corp nae y Soren : ce .) “Anat. Rec.,” aT é oxidizing agents and intestinal antiseptics. (11) “J. Biol. Chem.,” 1932, 96, 387. (12.) “Archiv. of Pathol.,’’ 1931, 11, 709. _ REFERENCES (13.) “Anat. Ree.,” 1931, 51, 57. (Paper on Direct Oral Administration, etc.) (14.) “Science,” 1932, 76, 1957. (1.) “Science,” 1912, 36, 641. (15.) “Med. Times,” 1931, 59, 138. (2.) “J. Biol. Chem.,’’ 1920, 45, 69. (16.) “Jour. of Nutr.,’”’ 1931, 8, 491. (3.) “Am. Jour. Physiol.,” 1912, 30. (17.) “Science,” 1932, 75, 287. (4.) “J. Exp. Zool.,” 1916, 21, 295. (18.) “Lancet,” 1930, 1, 290.
REVIEW OF THE PAPER: “DIRECT ORAL ADMINISTRATION AND THE TOXICITY OF IODIN IN VITAMIN A DEFICIENCY” BY DR. CHIDESTER
Dr. A. P. MATHEWS Professor of Biochemistry, University of Cincinnati
This interesting paper by Professor Chidester is a reply to certain criticisms of the favorable re- sults he and his colleagues obtained in adding fer- rous iodide in small quantities to the food of rats on a diet deficient in vitamin A. The author states that ferrous iodide, in more than minute amounts, is very toxic for such animals and his critics have made the mistake of feeding it direct- ly to the rats, without food; whereas in his ex- periments the substance was added to the food and ingested with it. He now states that farther ex- periments, which are published elsewhere, bene- fitted certain animals enabling them to live for periods much longer than the controls and ‘“‘some animals for ten months.” He lays stress upon the necessity of providing the rats with unsatu- rated fatty acids in the diet as well as with some ferrous iodide.
To what extent ferrous iodide may enable a rat to manufacture vitamin A, or in other ways to withstand deprivation of this vitamin, can only be established by experiment; and calls for no com- ment except experimental work. But the author in this and previous papers has raised the very interesting question of the manner in which vita- min A acts in the body. He and his co-workers have attempted to bring it into relationship with the iodine metabolism of the body, and so with the thyroid gland and its internal secretion; and through this relationship with the whole question of fat metabolism, which is one of the most ob- scure chapters of the chemistry of the body. Al- so he connects it with McCarrison’s work on goitre and the iodine—fatty acid—phospholipid— and calcium balance in the body. Carotin is the precursor, or a precursor, of vitamin A. This carotin is a highly unsaturated, aliphatic com- pound with eleven double bonds. Like all such compounds it has the property of taking up iodine
at these bonds. Cod liver oil, which contains vit- amin A, also contains small amounts of iodine. The feeding of thyroxin, the active principle of the thyroid, greatly increases the oxidation of fats and, since desaturation is an indirect result of oxi- dation, or rather the expression of an oxidation, it increases also the amount of desaturation of the fatty acids in the fat depots of the body. It has been shown also that the spontaneous oxidation of linoleic acid is stimulated by the presence of small amounts of the oxidation product of carotin. It is also established that vitamin A is necessary for the health of the intestinal epithelium; and that it may play as important a part in the ab- sorption of iron from the intestin as vitamin D does in the absorption of calcium. All of these facts, together with others which indicate that the liver which is the great store house of vitamin A in the body is also of importance in the oxidation of fatty acids indicate that vitamin A may play a very important part in fat metabolism and be one of the factors, together with iron and thyrox- in, in this metabolism. Dr. Chidester’s suggestion that the favorable effects of ferrous iodide in vit- amin A deficiency are to be thus explained has, hence, much in its favor. He seems also to have made out a strong case for the beneficial action of ferrous iodide, a remedy long used in medicine. This work of Dr. Chidester, and in particular the several important suggestions made by him in the course of the work, such, for example, as that “iodine may be important in the prevention of tumors,” may have important practical results. It emphasizes, for example, the importance in thera- peutics of the iodine contained in cod liver oil; a therapeutic possibility hitherto almost completely overlooked. Indeed so extensive has the adver- tising of vitamin D become that the erroneous no- tion is apt to become prevalent that cod liver oil
230
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 59
can be replaced therapeutically by pure vitamin D preparations. While the iodine in the oil is in small amounts, it may, indeed must, be of value to the body. The unsaturated acids and above all vitamin A are also of importance in considering the action of the oil. Furthermore the work may ultimately be brought into connection with the disturbed metabolism, and in particular with the phospholipid metabolism, of malignant growths ; it thus touches the important work of Professor Mayer, Professor Schaeffer and Terroine in France on phospholipid metabolism; and that of
Professor Tashiro and his pupils in this country on bile salt metabolism and its relation to phos- pholipid metabolism and stomach ulcer.
In fact it is curious to reflect that vitamin A and minerals may have somewhat the same rela- tion to the burning of fats in the body that tur- pentine has in every paint mixture; and that the painter in adding turpentine to hasten the oxida- tion of his linseed oil is doing essentially the same thing that the biochemist does in adding carotin, a substance which so easily passes into a terpene, to the food of his rats.
THIS YEAR’S ECLIPSE OF THE. SUN JAMES STOCKLEY Associate Director, The Franklin Institute Museum
(Continued from the last number )
It is doubtful, however, if any eclipse, for many years to come, will be seen by as many astrono- mers and lay observers as the one this year, as- suming that favorable weather conditions permit it to be seen all along the track. A preliminary list of the expeditions, prepared by Dr. Frederick Slocum, chairman of the American Astronomical Society’s eclipse committee, supplemented by sev- eral others known to the writer, shows twenty institutions represented, at nine separate points along the path of totality. The locations selected by three of the groups is unknown at the time of writing. Also, several other institutions, that frequently observe eclipses, have not yet an- nounced their plans, and it is certain that a num- ber of other parties will be present.
Northernmost of the stations will be Parent, P. Q., a small town on the Canadian National R. R. The Royal Observatory at Greenwich, under Dr. John Jackson, chief assistant, and the Do- minion Observatory at Ottawa, under Professor R. Meldrum Stewart, the director, will combine forces at Parent. Montreal, though it is near the edge of the path, has the advantage of a per- manently established observatory at McGill Uni- versity, and this will be used by Professor A. S. Eve, of that institution, and also by Professor A. Fowler, from the University of London. At Magog, P. O., the party from Cambridge Uni- versity, under Dr. F. J. M. Stratton, will be joined by Dr. S. A. Mitchell’s group, from the McCor- mick Observatory of the University of Virginia. Professor C. A. Chant will head the University of Toronto’s expedition, at St. Alexis, P. OQ.
Coming into the United States, the Sproul Ob- servatory of Swarthmore College will erect its equipment, including the 65-foot eclipse camera, at a point in northern Vermont. At Lancaster, N. H., will be the Mt. Wilson Observatory as-
tronomers, under the direction of Dr. Walter S. Adams. A group representing The Franklin In- stitute, Philadelphia, under the writer's direction, will be located at Conway, N. H., with a coelostat camera of 85 feet focal length, as well as smaller instruments. Dr. Frederick Slocum, of the Van Vleck Observatory, Wesleyan University, has chosen Center Conway. Across the state line, at Fryeburg, Maine, ‘will be a concentration of sev- eral parties. These will include groups from the Lick Observatory, yhder Professor J. H. Moore; Georgetown University, under Rev. Paul A. Mec- Nally, S.J.; the University of Michigan Observa- tory, under Professor H. D. Curtis; and the Dearborn Observatory of Northwestern Univer- sity, under Professor Oliver J. Lee. The Per- kins Observatory of Ohio Wesleyan University, under Dr. Harlan T. Stetson, its director, and the Warner and Swasey Observatory of the Case School of Applied Science, under its director, Dr. J. J. Nassau, will combine forces at Douglas Hill. Maine. At Biddeford, Maine, will be the group from the Deering Observatory, headed by Mr. Frank Deering. In addition, the Kwasan Ob- servatory of the Kyoto Imperial University, jap- an, and the Russian National Observatory, at Poulkovo, have announced plans to send expe- ditions, the former in charge of Professor Issei Yamamoto, and the latter of Professor A. Belo- polsky.
Practically all these parties will make direct photographs of the corona, and a few, like the party of The Franklin Institute, will specialize in this field. Besides the photographs with the long focus cameras, smaller instruments will be em- ployed, some to make a motion picture record, others, for special purposes, such as photographs in natural colors. Attempts will be made to pho- tograph the moon’s shadow from an airplane. If the edge of the shadow can be photographed on the ground, together with recognizable landmarks
Aucust 20, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
231
whose position can be accurately determined, a very precise determination can be made of the relative positions in space of the earth, moon and sun. Still other photographs will be made of the partial phases, and possibly of the shadow bands, if they appear.
At least two prominent artists will paint the eclipse in oil, a method that has been found to give a more accurate record of how an eclipse really looks than any of the photographic pro- cesses. At York Harbor, Me., Mr. Howard Rus- sell Butler will make a painting from his own summer home. Mr. Butler has painted the last three eclipses seen in the United States, but to do so he has had to travel to Oregon in 1918, to California in 1923, and to Connecticut in 1925. The paintings are now hanging in the American Museum of Natural History, in New York. But now the mountain actually comes to Mohammed ! Mr. Charles Bittinger, of Washington, D. C., and Duxbury, Mass., is also known as a painter of scientific subjects, and has already done the solar spectrum and the zodiacal light. He will paint the eclipse as a member of the party to Conway from the Franklin Institute.
Perhaps the most important eclipse observa- tions, however, are those made with the aid of the spectroscope, particularly of the so-called “flash” spectrum, an observation that forms the specialty of Dr. H. D. Curtis and of Dr. S. A. Mitchell. Just as the last shred of the solar disc appears at the beginning of totality, and just as it first reappears at the end, the sun’s atmosphere shines unmixed with light from the inner region. Its spectrum is a series of bright lines, unlike the dark line spectrum of ordinary sunlight, and pho- tographs of this spectrum yield much important information about the sun’s constitution. Other spectrum photographs, made during totality, re- veal the make-up of the corona. Photographs made with the interferometer tell how the ma- terial in the corona is moving.
Despite the question raised recently by Profes- sor Erwin Freundlich, of the Einstein Tower at Potsdam, regarding the validity of determinations of the Einstein shift of starlight passing close to the sun, as measured on eclipse photographs by Eddington, Campbell, Trumpler, Chant and oth- ers, it is not expected that any plates to confirm this effect will be made this year. The sun is ina poor field, with no bright stars nearby. Professor James Robertson, the director of the Nautical Al- manac, has called attention to the good star field that will surround the February 14, 1934, eclipse, so probably that will be used for the purpose.
Away from the path of totality, of course, the effects of the total phase will be missing, but the partial eclipse will be interesting to watch. This will be visible over the entire continent of North
America. The closer one is to the total eclipse track, the larger the partial eclipse will be, but as far away as southern California the moon will cover nearly a third of the sun’s diameter when the eclipse is at its maximum. [ven at this dis- tance, the crescent-shaped spots of light will be noticed under trees. At points as close as Den-
ver, Colorado; Helena, Montana or Juneau, Alaska, the eclipse will be about fifty per cent. total. Atlanta, Georgia, will get 73
per cent., Chicago, 79 per cent., and Richmond, Virginia, 87 per cent. Philadelphia will get 93 per cent., New York 95 per cent. and Boston 99 per cent. In places as close as the last three, the peculiar yellowish color of the sunlight may be noticed, and it is possible that, where the eclipse is as much as 95 per cent. total, the shadow bands may be seen. In 1925 they were noticed at places a considerable distance from the path of totality. Also in these places, as at locations within the path, the chickens and other birds may be observed going to roost, as the darkness increases.
To the amateur astronomer, or photographer, the eclipse offers an unusual opportunity, especial- ly if he be in the path of totality. While he can not hope to equal the work of the large cameras of the scientific parties, the amateur with a hand camera can make a very interesting record of this striking event. With a lens of 10 inches focus, the sun’s image is a little less than a tenth of an inch in diameter, and if the picture is sharp, it can be enlarged considerably with quite satisfac- tory results. If a longer focus lens is available, it should be used. With a lens of not more than twenty or thirty inches focal length, and an ex- posure of not more than five seconds, the sun’s motion will not be appreciable, and there is no need to mount the camera to follow the earth’s diurnal motion. If the lens has a relative aper- ture of approximately F. 8, an exposure of per- haps two seconds can be given, though it is al- most impossible to give a wrong exposure for such pictures. The inner corona is so bril- liant that even an exposure of a fraction of a sec- ond will record it, while one of longer duration will overexpose the region, but will record the outer corona. Another interesting camera record can be made by taking a series of pictures at reg- ular intervals such as every five minutes, of the partial phases and of the corona, on the same plate. If one has a 16 mm. motion picture cam- era, it would be of interest to use it also.
But whether or not-one goes to make any ob- servations, amateur or professional, it should be remembered that Wednesday, August 31, brings the chance of a lifetime to observe an impressive and beautiful natural phenomenon, and no one interested in such things should miss it if he can possibly avoid doing so.
232 THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 59
BOOK REVIEWS
Nucleic Acids, P. A. LEvENE and L. W. Bass. 321 pp. Monograph Series, American Chemi- cal Society. The Chemical Catalog Company, Inc. New York, N. Y.
This extremely valuable, timely, and useful book is owing to a combination of efforts on the part of the authors, of the Rockefeller Institute, and of the American Chemical Society. Each de- serves a portion of the great praise which the book merits. In the first place Mr. John D. Rockefeller, by his foundation of a great research Institute, the Rockefeller Institute, provided the place, the funds, the assistance, and the living of the investigators who have made the greater part of the contributions to the chemistry of nucleic acids recorded in the book. To Dr. Simon Flex- ner must be given the credit of the wisdom of the appointment of Dr. P. A. Levene to the position he has held in the Institute. That appointment Dr. Levene by his industry and genius has far more than justified. To those who have assisted Dr. Levene in his investigations and to his co- author, Dr. Bass, must be assigned their meed of praise. But in addition to these who have con- tributed so much, especial mention must be made of the officers of the American Chemical Society and in particular of Dr. Chas. L. Parsons, the efficient secretary and moving spirit of the or- ganization, for the part that organization played in arranging for the publication of a series of chemical monographs, many of which have already appeared, and of which this book is the latest and one of the very best. By means of this series American chemistry has taken its place beside German chemistry, as a leader in the diffusion of chemical knowledge. America has at last won its independence from Germany in chemical mat- ters. We may well congratulate ourselves, in fe- licitating the authors, on the magnificent achieve- ment represented by this volume.
The authors have not only given accurate de- scriptions of the nucleic acids and their consti- tuents, such as nucleotides, nucleosides, the pyri- midine and purine bases, with methods for their preparation, but they have also given the history of their discovery and identification and proof of their structures. It was particularly pleasing to the reviewer to see the pioneer work of Miescher given its full measure of praise. Miescher was a biochemist of the first rank whose importance in the science is not always properly appreciated.
The book is written in a very easy and interest- ing style, the history introduced adding much to the reader’s pleasure. The type is large and clear and the graphic formulas very well done.
There are one or two slight omissions which might be noticed. For example the very important reaction known as the ‘nucleal’ reaction discovered by Feulgen is not referred to in the index, and, so far as the reviewer could discover, in the text either, under this name. It is called in the text ‘Feulgen’s reaction.’ It would no doubt be a con- venience to have it carefully described and in- dexed, for its importance in identifying the thy- mo-nucleic acids iri the cell is very great. But the most surprising and, in the reviewer’s opinion regrettable omission is the lack of any special consideration of the physiological action of the nucleic acids and their decomposition products. It is true that some such observations are scat- tered here and there through the book, as, for ex- ample, the observations of Doyon and Vial on the powerful anti-coagulant action of a nucleoside. But it would have been a great convenience, espe- cially for pharmacologists and pharmaceutical chemists, had there been a chapter in which the observations of physiological action were brought together. Perhaps in a new edition this lack could be supplied.
The reviewer does not regard the first sentence of the book to be an accurate statement of fact. That sentence reads: “The sugars entering into the structure of nucleic acids, d-ribose and d-ribo- desose, belong to the group of pentoses.” So far as d-ribose is concerned there is no criticism to offer; but as regards the d-ribodesose there is still doubt in the reviewer’s mind, perhaps unjustified, whether this sugar preexists in the nucleic acid molecule. There are two facts which have not yet been explained by that assumption and these must be explained before complete proof is given that this sugar exists as such in thymic acid. One of these facts is the lack of agreement between the results of analysis of the preparations of thy- mic acid with the theoretical requirements if this sugar be present. But the second and more im- portant failure is the lack of any explanation of the considerable amounts of formic acid which are set free at the same time that levulinic acid arises when the acid is decomposed by mineral
acids. There is no doubt that deoxy-d-ribose has »
been isolated from nucleic acid. The only ques- tion is whether this is the substance in the nucleic acid itself. The formic acid must be accounted for. Might it not be that the sugar is a 3-deoxy- hexosone which decomposes into 2-deoxy-ribose and formic acid? The authors have insisted throughout the book on the necessity of the most rigid proofs and the explanation of every fact before accepting a conclusion; and on the basis
sa a ee
oe
Auéusr 20, 1932 |
THE COLLECTING NET
233
of this insistence they give far greater credit, in the reviewer's opinion, than he deserves to E. Fischer for his purine work. Although he is of course deserving of great praise for that work. But they should apply to themselves the same rigid requirements ; and it is only fair to say that this they have in general done. The reviewer hopes that they may be able to remove his doubt on this one point. Perhaps they have done so somewhere in the book and he has overlooked it. But the physiological importance of nucleic acid is evi- dently so great as to warrant the effort to estab- lish its constitution beyond all question. And it must not be forgotten that hexose nucleosides are known to occur in nature. In the light of these facts I believe the wording of the first sentence should be modified.
Aside from these unimportant criticisms the book is deserving of the greatest praise. No where has our knowledge of nucleic acid been brought together so clearly and fully as here. In a sense the publication rounds out the life work, so far accomplished at least, and we hope there will be much more, of Dr. P. A: Levene. The book should be a great and legitimate source of pride to him and Dr. Bass as it is to every American. —A. P. Mathews.
Chenucal Embryology, J. NeepuAM. 3 vols., pp. xxi + 2021. Cambridge: The University Press; New York: The Macmillan Company. $35.00. 1932.
Joseph Needham has clearly had in mind, in preparing and writing this exhaustive treatise, the intent of founding with a classic a new segregate of science, and I for one cry “Success!” Even to one unacquainted with Needham or his ante- cedents it must be at once apparent that this is the mature product of a scholarly and industrious mind. The bibliography alone, almost 250 pages of titles, 35 or more to a page, which the author has actually consulted and the substance of which is handled in the text very largely in a critical manner rather than in the form of a compendium, attests the enormous labor behind this work. A small personal experience gives me reason to know the care expended, for a tale concerning Egyptian experiments on fetal development which came to me in anecdotal fashion and which I re- peated to friends at Cambridge several years ago reached Needham’s ears and elicited from him a letter requesting sources and authority, (which I unfortunately could not trace).
The great bulk of the volumes is devoted to a minute consideration of the static and dynamic chemistry of the egg and developing embryo, and includes a vast amount of detailed information, both in text discussion and numerous summary
-
tables and charts. Such subjects as the general metabolism, energy relations, carbohydrate, pro- tein, lipoid, mineral and other special metabolisms are given separate treatment. Further, the in- fiuences upon embryonic development of enzymes, hormones, vitamins, physical agents and the like are fully considered. Sections on the chemistry of the placenta, its role as a barrier, the amniotic fluid and of the more developed fetal tissues com- plete this portion of the work.
In connection with each type of approach to his more immediate material the author gives briefly the general relations and data on many other tis- sues and forms. Thus, for example, in the chap- ter on embryonic growth one meets an adequate discussion of much of the work of Crozier on temperature effects, Carrel’s studies on tissue cul- ture, Scammon’s treatment of growth curves, and the like; while the succeeding chapter, discussing particularly differentiation, leads one far into the work of Child on gradients, the field of genetics, experimental embryology, and the like. Since the egg is a cell and one of the most convenient to use in attacking all manner of biological prob- lems, Needham, in attempting to marshall all ma- terial on eggs, has left hardly any phase of biology untouched, and I doubt if one could browse in this work without finding much of interest to him, whatever his specialty be. One might mistrust the accuracy of handling material by one man over such a huge front, but a list of many dozen experts who have individually checked the por- tions impinging upon their immediate fields is considerably reassuring.
Not least interesting to the scientific reader is the 200 page section dealing with the history of knowledge and ideas regarding generation and ontogeny. To those acquainted with Needham’s chart illustrating the history of biochemistry and physiology, no more need be said regarding this section.
To mea very real value of this work lies in its viewpoint and general treatment. Science in these days is following all too closely the general ac- celeration and impatience of daily life, and it is very refreshing to sense the tranquil scholarship, rooted deeply in the past of Cambridge University, flowing through these pages. From the Latin in- troduction, through a consideration of the under- lying philosophical problems of biology, nowhere more acutely present than in a consideration of growth and differentiation, and through the ex- amination of the development of his subject, Needham exhibits a serene mastery of his ma- terial and has expressed himself in charming pas- sages.
Detailed criticisms can of course be made, and many will take issue with his mechanistic (but
234
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 59
not materialistic) approach to the great problem of differentiation, but few will fail to obtain profit and pleasure from an examination of his ideas and material. I am certain that all biologists would like, and many are able, to share the hope expressed in his closing paragraph. “The day may already be said to be in sight when the laborious description of embryonic conditions in verbal terms will be superseded by elaborate yet succinct nomograms, illustrating graphically all the stages or processes through which the organism passes or may pass. Fixture lists of the activities, chem- ical and morphological, of the fcetal organism, will reveal the exact point of action of lethal genes, and the master catalysts of growth and of differentiation will be found in bottles upon our shelves. The morphology and the biophysics of the developing embryo will merge into one single quantitative science, which shall show us how the metrical aspects of the finished living organism are derived from the metrical aspects of its egg.”
—R. W. Gerard.
Vegetable Fats and Oils. GroRGE S. JAMIESON. Pp. 444. New York: The Chemical Catalogue Company, $6.50. 1932.
In this volume the author has brought together a great deal of useful information concerning the vegetable fats and oils, especially those of eco- nomic importance. The book begins with a brief discussion of the occurrence, extraction and refin- ing of oils. The discussion of these topics is very general but this in no way detracts from the value of the book, since these same topics are again dis- cussed in detail in conjunction with various im- portant oils. This method of presentation is de- sirable for in actual practice the methods of treatment vary somewhat, depending upon the nature of the substance from which the oil is extracted.
The introductory chapter is followed by three chapters concerning the properties, analytical con- stants, composition and utilization of tue oils. This discussion, which constitutes the major por- tion of the book, is replete with references to both the data recorded in older compilations and those to be found in recent papers. For convenience
the author has divided the oils, as is customary, into three classes: the non-drying, semi-drying and drying oils. Under each of these headings the oils are discussed in alphabetical order.
The fifth chapter of the book is devoted to a discussion of the various components found in oils including sterols, hydrocarbons, and phosphatides. This is the weakest chapter of the book; in sev- eral instances the author has contented himself with a mere listing of the occurrence and a few properties of these substances, although appro- priate references to the original literature are given. For some curious reason he has included data concerning the hydrocarbons found in animal fats and oils (pages 318-319). While welcome to the reviewer, one would not expect to find such data in a monograph devoted to fats and oils of vegetable origin.
The last chapter of the book is devoted to an excellent and detailed description of the analytical methods utilized in the study of the substances under discussion. For the most part the author has limited this discussion to those methods which he has found applicable in the numerous investi- gations conducted in his laboratory. This is dis- tinctly advantageous since it permits of their critical evaluation in a manner which would otherwise be impossible.
In the appendix one finds a useful compilation of the analytical constants of the fatty acids, pure glycerides and naturally occurring oils. This is followed by a tabulation of the botanical names of the oil-bearing plants and their trivial equivalents in common usage. Two indices are included, the first an index of botanical names and the second a general subject index. The latter suffers from a lack of completeness and a lack of cross indexing.
Numerous typographical errors have escaped the proof-reader. This is extremely unfortunate in a book of this nature, since so much of its value depends upon the accurate presentation of a considerable amount of numerical data. Other- wise the book evidences most careful preparation and is to be highly recommended to anyone in- terested in the field which it covers—Kenneth C. Blanchard.
THE CLAMBAKE!
An Heroical ballad inspired by a recent event 3y E. E. CoRNWALL
A bunch of famous scientists
Did come from far away,
Frou Europe and points East and South, To Beantown on the Bay.
(Now Beantown is a prideful town, Where people sit and think;
Its favorite fodder being beans ;
3ut nary drop to drink).
For one long week they lingered there, In sessions scientific,
With no chance for a real good time. The heat it was terrific.
Discussions, papers, speeches, talks, From morning into night—
It certainly was much too much; They were not treated right.
im
Aucust 20, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 235
Now when it was becoming plain “These famous foreign scientists
That something must be done “As molluscs know our brood ;
To ease the situation and ; “But being scarce in their home towns, Supply a little fun, “We are to them strange food.
An invitation came to them From a place beside the sea, Where science flourishes indeed, But not so seriously;
“Not knowing how we should be et, “How needful ‘tis to chew us,
“Some of them may swallow us whole; “And that’s when they will rue us.
Where staid professors often sport
Beside the sportive wave, “My proposition then, is this: While in the Lab. the starfish waits, “Let old, tough, volunteers F And doomed sea urchins rave. “Die for the Cause—put themselves in the way
“When the clamdigger appears. Here, they were told, to honor them, A clambake on the sand Would be prepared—a wonderful feast, They were given to understand.
“It is very good form, as you know, to die
“For any popular cause.
“And these martyrs will get, where the brine is wet,
With shouts of joy they all accept, “Posthumously, applause.”
Feeling much elated. From Harvard to the welkin far
f old the scientists, The echoes reverberated. And now behold the scie
The much distinguished band, Some with whiskers, some without,
They don’t know what a clambake is, g ; Foregathering on the sand.
But it means a holiday, And getting away from program stuff,
And having a chance to play. Along with appetite and hope Anticipation ran;
Now rumors of these goings on, And all their tongues were hanging out,
Of this festivity, They shouted as one man:
Spread o’er the land and through the sand,
And far out in the sea. “We're here! We’re here! Bring on the cheer! “We're dry, and hungry too.”
It roused especially in the clams The Committee replied, pointing with pride:
An interest intense, “Now see what is waiting for you!”
For this gay party plainly was
To | heir ex , i ance expense They look around the festive ground,
Habituated to their fate, And this is what they wee bat
They murmured not nor wept. Heaps on heaps of roasted clams,
At cultivating stoic calm Grinning maliciously.
The clam is an adept. ; With shells agape; and on the side,
But a certain clam there was who, when Corn on the cob in stacks. He heard of this jamboree, (Green corn is an ally of the clam Had an idea, and to the rest In his vicious attacks. )
These stirring words spake he;
The feast is spread, and all is set. Thereafter what befell,
Must now be guessed. And so the rest I will not try to tell:
“Some of us are doomed to grace “This horrid holiday.
“Now I have a plan by which we can “Make a grandstand play,
“An th me tim 1The “recent event” refers to the clambake spon- TaN : a . SES ah d eS res. sored by the Marine Biological Laboratory for the “ pace ok Wass SB Nces : members of the XIIIth International Physiological
For the outrages science wreaks Congress. The verses are reprinted from ‘The Med- “On the denizens of the sea. ical Times”, November, 1929.
236
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vow. VII. No. 59
FOG — Don’t Be a Snob
(It seems quite appropriate at this time to reprint a little article which was contributed to THE COLLECTING NET in 1928 by a Trustee of the Marine Biological Laboratory. )
Don't be a snob! If you feel any of the symp- toms coming on take a stiff dose of Huxley and Darwin, equal parts, or a liberal potation of Claude Bernard. If these fail there is a possibility in Christian Science. Try every resource; for snobbishness is a pernicious disease which saps the intellectual system and leaves the individual friendless and alone.
There are many manifestations of the disease some of which are easily recognized, others more subtle. The social snob is perhaps the most com- mon and most easily recognized. His malady is usually complicated by an inordinate tendency to climb; and he becomes a specialized gymnast on the social ladder patronizing and even contemptu- ous toward those below him, obsequious to those above. In consequence he is scorned for in reality he is lower than all.
Another type is the intellectual snob. He prides himself on his erudition; he scorns the hum drum topics of daily life and converses freely only with those whom he secretly believes know as much as he does. He may tolerate the ordinary type of conversation but he holds himself aloof from any part in it and as soon as possible gets into a cor- ner with someone to whom he can demonstrate his great store of knowledge. He is a bore.
The sporting snob is rather a harmless type and may outlive his disease. He must be doing some- thing; tennis, golf, sailing, canoeing, horse shoes
and in inclement weather he must play bridge. Activity in a physical sense is his obsession, for, if idle, there is the horrible possibility that he may have to read or be caught in the act of con- templation and reflection.
The most insidious type of the disease is man- ifested by the specialist snob. He is not uncommon here at Woods Hole and can be easily detected by his superior bearing towards those who are not doing his own type of work. He is interested only in his own line and speaks sneeringly of work in other fields. His friendly interest in others is shown by remarks such as “Why do you work in that subject, why don’t you do something worth while.” His is the most dangerous type of snob- bery and the victims should be avoided, particu- larly by the young investigators, for there is danger of loss of confidence and of aimless wan- dering in the domain of research.
All of these types are in the fog—they can’t see beyond a few feet from themselves; they hud- dle together in like groups and come to believe that the world is bounded by their special horizon. When you hear the fog horn sonorously filling the air, it is sometimes Nobska.
Let in the sun of humanity which will soon dis- sipate the fog. Look for something good and in- teresting in everybody and everything; smile and be a human being worth while. Don’t be a snob!
—G. N.C.
THE REELFOOT LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION Dr. JAmMeEs B, LACKEY Professor of Biology, Southwestern College, Member of the Executive Committee of the Station.
Reelfoot Lake, in the extreme north west cor- ner of Tennessee, is a large, shallow lake formed by the New Madrid earthquake of 1812. Recent- ly the State of Tennessee has taken it over as a hunting and fishing preserve, and one of the club- houses formerly belonging to a hunting and fish- ing association, together with ten acres of land, has been presented to the Tennessee Academy of Science for use as a biological station.
The station is near a small bayou tributary to the lake, and is at the end of a gravel road; the nearest village is several miles distant, but an ex- cellent hotel adjoins the laboratory property, and workers may either camp or board at the hotel which offers special rates to laboratory people.
The building has been brought into an excellent state of repair and besides living quarters for a limited number of people will have four labora- tories equipped with standard furniture and each accommodating three or four workers. Micro- scopic equipment, chemicals and apparatus should be brought by the individual investigator. Those desiring to work at the station should get in
touch with Dr. A. Richard Bliss, Jr., President of the Academy and Chairman of the Executive Committee of the station, who may be reached at Memphis. A consulting staff has been appointed and workers may confer with such of these as are interested in their field.
The lake is nowhere very deep; there is clear water in the middle, but throughout most of its area great cypress stumps protrude above the water, and near the shore great patches of lotus and other vegetation afford food and shelter to a varied animal life. There is a border of cypress trees around the lake. A wide variety and abun- dance of fish, amphibian, reptile and bird life is to be found. Ecologic and taxonomic problems both in zoology and botany may be advantageous- ly studied here, due to the richness of the flora and fauna, and the unusual life communities which one may encounter in a tramp of a mile or so from the tops of the nearby forested hills over a hundred feet above lake level, down to the marsh and the lake itself.
Aucust 20, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
237
A STATEMENT PREPARED BY THE COMMITTEE APPOINTED TO FORMULATE AN ARTICLE FOR THE TOWN WARRANT ASKING TOWN OWNERSHIP OF A BEACH IN WOODS HOLE
In the following paragraphs is given a copy of the memorandum prepared for submission to the Board of Selectmen in connection with an article framed for inclusion in the Town Warrant, for action at the next Annual Town Meeting.
In preparing this article and this memorandum, it should be understood, first of ail, tat the sole end in the mind of all its supporters is the pro- vision of reasonabie, adequate beach privileges at present and in the future for the summer and per- manent residents of Woods Hole in the Town of Falmouth.
It is true that a portion of this population, lib- erally estimated at a possible fifty percent., pos- sesses private beaches, has joint rights with others in a near-by shore, or has access to the private bathing facilities of friends. But this request, its supporters have abundant reason to believe, ex- presses the conviction of the remaining estimated fifty percent. that its beach freedom is limited in a decidedly unfortunate manner; this belief is shared by numbers whose personal requirements are already assured otherwise,—this attitude being one in support of public welfare. Of course, the fact 1s that no bathing facilities have as yet been provided by the Town for Woods Hole save as it has accepted the generous offering of the Fay estate of 200 feet.
It would be a satisfaction to all interested if the Town's officers could, at this time (inspection at the time of the winter Town Meeting being of little value) visit the beach now used, note its con- dition and restrictions, and use their unbiased judgment as they contemplate this request
(An invitation to make such an inspection will be tendered the Board of Selectmen by the Com- mittee presenting this request. )
TO THE BOARD OF SELECTMEN, FINANCE COMMITTEE, OR OTHER GROUP OF EXECU- TIVE OFFICERS OF THE TOWN OF FAL- MOUTH, before whom this request may come:
The undersigned names are those of a group ap- pointed by vote of a community meeting held in Woods Hole August 11, 1932, to draw up and submit an article for inclusion in the Town War- rant, for action at the next Annual Meeting.
It is the thought of this group that a few facts and circumstances leading up to this move may be informing and helpful to those concerned. We therefore submit the following items:
1. Availability: The Bay Shore Beach is the only one situated conveniently to a majority of
those living in Woods Hole, either permanently or during the summer.
2. Area: Years ago through the generous cour- tesy of the Fay family, the entire strip of beach, some 600 feet in length, was freely used by all in the community.
Through the subdivision of this shore property and its sale in small parcels, the legal right to free use of this beach has been reduced about 65%, so that now (but again by the generosity of the Fay Estate and that of Dr. and Mrs. Meigs) only some 200 feet are left freely accessible to residents of Woods Hole or their guests. Through the cour- tesy of Dr. Oliver S. Strong (but only through courtesy) 64 feet more is now used, a total of 264 feet.
3. Population: In the meantime the number of people spending a part or all of their summer in Woods Hole has increased by several hundred, probably by 500. In round numbers, an approxi- mation to the fact could be thus stated; while the population is three times greater than formerly the available Bay Shore Beach has shrunken to one-third its original size.
Furthermore, due to increase of stones not over one-half of the present 264 feet affords sand for comfortable bathing purposes. Not infrequently over 100 people use this area simultaneously, three quarters of them huddled onto the sandy end. Recently one of our group counted 97 people at 5:30 P. M. Two years ago, fully 300 people occasionally used this beach at one time.
4. Responsibility: It is felt that no one is blame- worthy for the present circumstances. It would indeed have been fortunate if the Town of Fal- mouth had appropriated this beach at once when the Fay Estate decided to release the property; but at that time no such growth of the community, stimulated in part by an unexpected enlargement of the Marine Biological Laboratory, was predict- able.
5. Preparation of Petition: Feeling the urgency of the situation an informal meeting of those specially interested was called, and a special com- mittee of five with Professor Caswell Grave elect- ed as chairman, was delegated to look into all ob- vious aspects of the situation, confer with those owning property on the Bay Shore Beach or near- by, investigate the question of private and public rights and other related matters. Their report was submitted at an open community meeting, notice of which was spread to people in the com- munity several days ahead, by word of mouth and
( Continued in Woods Hole Log section: Page 244 )
238
THE, COLLECIING NET
[Vor. VII. No. 59
The Collecting Net
A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS. Wriatrer@a Ciel) cejcict cine wiscetetoras isrereyeiae ovo resecen Editor
Assistant Editors Annaleida S. Cattell
Contributing Editor to Woods Hole Log T. C. Wyman
Vera Warbasse
The Last Number
This number of Tur CottectinG NET is four pages larger than usual. The next,—the last is- sue for the season,—will contain still more extra pages. If it turns out feasible, we plan to in- clude very brief summaries of all the research papers which are scheduled to be given at the general all-day meeting on Friday, September 2. This arrangement would probably involve a delay of several days in bringing out the number.
The Laboratory and the Beach
The following seemingly unrelated statements are not without interest:
(1) Last September the Executive Committee of the Marine Biological Laboratory went on rec- ord as being opposed to the Laboratory taking any part in the discussion on the beach question.
(2) In July of this year the Executive Com- mittee again decided that the Laboratory should take no part whatever in the beach discussion.
(3) Last Monday evening Dr. Gary N. Calkins gave a talk before the Rotary Club in Falmouth. He departed from the subject of his lecture long enough to express his opinions on the beach ques- tion. We believe that there were members of the audience who understood him to state that the more influential people at the Marine Biological Laboratory were opposed to town ownership of a beach in Woods Hole.
(4) Dr. Calkins is a Trustee of the Marine Bi- ological Laboratory and is secretary of its Board of Trustees. Last year he resigned his position as clerk of the Corporation—a position which he had held for a great many years. He has often served on the Executive Committee.
BOOK REVIEWS Last year an investigator initiated the plan which he had suggested the previous Fall for re- viewing books. He offered to obtain reviews for Tue Cottectrnc NET providing all the books re- ceived from the publishers for this purpose were
turned over to the library of the Marine Biological Laboratory. This plan worked very well and THE CottectinG Net and the library are under great obligation to this individual for the many valuable reviews that he obtained.
He was unable to give the required time to this work again, and the gap that he has left is evident if one compares the number of book reviews which we had the privilege of printing last year with the relatively few of this season. He found, as we have done, that obtaining worthwhile reviews is a time-taking task.
This Spring we learned that a number of in- vestigators felt that if they gave their time to re- viewing a book that they ought at least to be “paid” by being allowed to keep the books. They wanted to give them to the library, but it seemed to them that poorly paid investigators deserved the books more than an endowed institution. Therefore, we have adopted the policy of giving the book to its reviewer.
We have been severely criticized for not con- tinuing to give review copies to the library. We consider this criticism unjust. It is difficult to ob- tain a good review of a book. That burden is lightened if the person who is asked to review the book knows that it will become his property. Even the gift of a copy of the book that he reviews is meager pay. Any arrangement which will make it possible to increase the number and worth of the book reviews in THE CoLLecTING NET is not only justified but essential from the editorial point of view as well as from the standpoint of the pub- lishers who have a right to expect reviews of merit.
CURRENTS IN THE HOLE
At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound:
Date A.M. P.M. PNT eA hos ssnecce nee 7:38 8:02 Segue, PM cee 8:21 8:47 AWC Ee ee 9:05 9 :36 We 23k ec: | OO hOEZS Auge 24... 10:42 11:24 Aug. 25. 11:38 — INTO AO )raseesccn8 12:22 12:34 ING Paha at rts 1:18 1:29 Aug. 28. 212 2:22
In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. It must be remembered that the schedule printed above is dependent upon the wind. Prolonged winds sometimes cause the turning of the current to occur a half an hour earlier or later than the times given above. The average speed of the cur- rent in the hole at maximum is five knots per hour.
Auéust 20, 1932 |
THE COLLECTING NET
239
ITEMS OF INTEREST
THE OFFICIAL MEETINGS OF THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
The annual meeting of the Trustees of the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory was held on Tuesday, August 9,
Dr. T. H. Morgan and Dr. H. B. Goodrich were elected to fill the vacancies which occurred in the Executive Committee by the expiration of the terms of Dr. A. C. Redfield and Dr. W. C. Curtis. This committee now consists of the fol- lowing individuals :
Edwin G. Conklin................ Class of 1933 @harlessPackard. 2.0... Class of 1933 Isle 184, (Grovorsbenelin oe essen. Class of 1934
Meck. Mor ganvincen cect Class of 1934 irae Lelie AC OWS: aecgcecy teed cccesseseeres Ex-Officio
(pease eillie sence Meteo s eons 2h. p es Ex-Officio Wawrason (Riggs v2.0... Ex-Officio
Thirteen investigators were elected to member-
ship in the Corporation:
P. B. Armstrong J. M. Johlin
L. G. Barth G. de Renyi
R. H. Cheney A, E. Severinghaus Kei Cole L. B. Sayles
B. R. Coonfield R. M. Stabler
R. B. Howland (Gz dal, Wei, |p
S. H. Schrader
The nominating Committee (appointed by the Trustees) consisting of Dr. Gary N. Calkins, chairman, L. V. Heilbrunn, Leigh Hoadley, H. H. Plough and A. C. Redfield, brought in the following nominations which were approved by the Board:
Vacancies
Treasurer L. Riggs
Clerk C. Packard
Trustee, 1932 R. Chambers s i W. C. Garrey i * C, Grave 2 e M. C. Greenman s : Rk. A. Harper s s A. P. Mathews ys eo G. H. Parker 2 ue C. R. Stockard o. 1934 M. M. Metcalf
si 1935 H. G. Bumpus
Cause of Vacancies By Expiration
Nominations L. Riggs
of Term C. Packard
a R. Chambers
a W. C. Garrey
C. Grave
* M. C. Greenman
fe H. B. Bigelow
ee A. P. Mathews
se G. H. Parker
: C. R. Stockard Resignation F. Schrader Retirement W. C. Allee
The replacements made were necessary because Drs. Bumpus and Harper had reached the age limit of seventy, and Dr. Metcalf no longer wished to serve on the Board. These three men were nominated for the class of Trustee Emeritus.
In accordance with the change in the By-laws
the meeting of the Corporation was called for 11:30 A. M. instead of 12:00 N. The group elected all of the men nominated without com- ment. In fact, the non-trustee members of the Corporation adhered to the time-worn custom of saying nothing but “I.” That they did very well.
Dr. E. C. McClung, Professor of Zoology at the University of Pennsylvania, carried on his research work this summer at the Rocky Moun- tain Biological Laboratory (near Crested Butte, Colorado) until August 1. He is now continuing his work at the University of Colorado in Boul- der.
Dr. and Mrs. Winterton C. Curtis sailed Aug- ust 8 from Los Angeles to Honolulu. After a short visit there they will go to Tokyo, Japan. Dr. Curtis is to deliver lectures on subjects of gen- ‘eral biological interest at the Keio School of Med- icine in Tokyo during the coming year.
Miss Suzanne Smith sailed August 11 from Los Angeles to Tokyo where she will continue
her work with Dr. Curtis. Last Spring Miss Smith received her Master’s degree at the Univer- sity of Missouri and was appointed instructor in zoology at this institution.
Dr. Karl Sax, of the Arnold Arboretum drove down from Cambridge on Friday to take Dr. C. D. Darlington and his bride back with him as his guests.
The M. B. L. Club is very much indebted to Mr. Nicol, the florist, for being so kind as to fur- nish the Club with flowers for the Saturday Night Dance held on August 13. The flowers were re- marked upon by many for their beauty and fra- grance, and they contributed much to the success of the party.
240 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 59
CLEANING AND PRESSING OF Men’s Suits Ladies’ Suits
Topcoats $1 0 Ladies’ Coats Overcoats ° Plain Silk Dresses
Call Falmouth 430 CAHOON GnIN SI, FALMOUTH
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL Southecop volo ica Supply Co., Inc.
Living and Preserved Bio-
logical Specimens of all Types for the Laboratory Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- = iana Forms. Specialists in Amoeba Cultures, Alligators, Ete. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La.
Dealer in
FISH AND LOBSTERS
Best Results Assured with
Best Results Assured with
Non-Gorrosive
Tel. Falmouth 660 and 661
MICROSCOPIC
WOODS HOLE,
MASS. ” SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES
Do Not Fog At your dealer—or aiFite! (giving dealer’s name) to
= Eray-AvAmMs COMPANY
197-110 East 24th Sircet ‘ NEW WORK
TEXACO PRODUCTS
Union St., at 250 New Bedford, Mass.
NORGE REFRIGERATORS Specializing
— in —
ibrataea te Outer Apparel GARAGE COMPANY pees
Distinctive Character Opposite Station for Women
“Dobb’s Hats”
Aucust 20, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
A New Achievement in Microscope Design
aes finest and perhaps most precise microscope ever offered to scientific men —the new Spencer Research Microscope No. 8. Spencer Lens Company,
supreme
designer and progressive builder of microscopes for many years, pre-
sents four new and original features in this microscope:
di
A &
Variable Inclinocular—you can tilt the body tubes to any angle from vertical to 40 degrees.
Concentric buttons on both sides of mechanical stage to actuate its movement.
Fine adjustment located low on operator’s side of instrument. You can operate it with your hands resting on the table.
New features and accessory arrangements on a reverse type micro- scope stand.
BUFFALO
242 THE COLLECTING NET
THE NEW
Turtox Biological Red Book
is now in press and will be distributed September first.
This Catalog contains the most complete listing of biological supplies ever offered to the teacher. Profusely illustrated with original photographs, drawings and color plates, it presents the materials used in the biology laboratory in a well organized and concise form. Reduced prices lower the cost of high grade material to the 1932 level.
Write to us now giving your school address and your copy will be mailed to you September first.
The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction General Biological Supply House
Incorporated 761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO
Patent Applied For
No. 5277
W. M. WELCH MANUFACTURING COMPANY
General Offices: 1515 Sedgwick St., Chicago, IIl., U.S.A.
Branches:
New York City; Nashville, Tenn.; Kansas City, Mo.;
Austin, Tex.
Pacific Coast Representatives: Braun-Knecht-Heimann Co., Ltd., San Francisco, Calif. Braun Corporation, Ltd., Los Angeles, Calif.
A.P.C. PHOTOELECTRIC APPARATUS
The new A.P.C. Photoelectric Counter oper- ates on any 110 volt outlet and counts passing objects at any rate up to 360 per minute.
Write for A.P.C. Bulletin No. 261
A.P.C. Bulletin No. 262 describes the new A.P. C. Photoelectric Relay. This likewise con- sumes very little current and is used for il- lumination control, opening doors,‘and similar operations,
A.P.C. Bulletin No. 271 gives details of new A.P.C. Type A Projector for throwing a con- centrated beam of light over a considerable distance.
A.P.C. Bulletin No. 104 describes the A.P.C. Color Comparator which is used for comparing similar solutions of different strengths.
For further information re the above or other forms of laboratory apparatus, write ad- vising requirements.
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
The Newest Development In Hydrogen Ion Concen- tration Measurements
A Glass Electrode pH Apparatus A high degree of accuracy. No ‘“poisonings’’ or other limitations as to solutions.
Quartz insulation throughout.
Adequate metallic shielding prevents static disturbances.
Potentials measured with a Lindemann quad- rant electrometer.
Method of substitution prevents possible termin- al errors.
Small amounts of solutions may be measured— as small as 0.001 m.!.—Just enough to fill a very fine capillary tube.
Complete with electrometer, microscope, alu- minum. shielding box with switches, rheo- stats, double scale millivoltmeter, and com- plete glass electrode assembly including cal- omel half cells.
This new development will make possible a higher order of accuracy and a new and powerful tool for those requiring measurements of hydrogen ion concen- tration. Such a set has never before been available
and has only been used in advanced research problems.
Send for Complete Description of this New Development.
—
[ Vor. VI. No. 59
August 20, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET 243
Scientists and Students Find the LEICA a Valuable Pocket Companion
LEICA is always ready for use, outdoors or in the lab- oratroy, under any light con- ditions. You can photograph minerals, biological and bot- anical specimens, etc., with the LEICA Camera and the LEICA Focusing Copy At- tachment which is perfect- ly adaptable for microscope
use. You can use _ the LEICA, with its inter- changeable lenses, as a micro camera, a_ Clinical
camera, even a stereo cam- era,
LEICA Negatives Can Be Printed on Positive Film for Projection
Valuable for demonstrations and lectures. The new UDIMO Film and Glass Slide Projector is now ready. When using this new pro- jector there is no danger of seratching or overheating positive film during projec- tion. Write for Booklet No. 1209—"'Projecting Leica Pic- tures.””
FOCAL
CAMERA
REG, U.S, PAT. OFF:
> New BUILT-IN do) RANGE FINDER
Gives Faster and More Accurate Focusing LEICA again revolutionizes Camera Design with its new built-in range-finder which is coupled with lens for automatic focusing. No more guesswork in focus- ing. You see your picture in correct focus right up to the moment of exposure. LEICA The Pioneer of Precision Small Cameras Lens and range-finder work together. If your view is clear, your focus is right. So quick to operate that even speed pictures can be caught instantly with perfect focus. The extremely accurate short base range finder requires only slight turning of lens mount to keep action and still subjects in continual focus at any distance. More accurate than ground-glass focusing. 7 Interchangeable Lenses LEICA is so small you can carry it in your pocket, yet is instantly convertible into a speed camera, aerial camera, telephoto camera, portrait camera and many more just by substituting one LEICA lens for another. You can even make night pictures with LEICA’S new 73 m/m f1.9 HEKTOR lens. Economical—36 pictures on a single roll of cinema film, easily loaded and unloaded in daylight. All metal case) prevents exposure of shutter and working parts of camera to dust and moisture at any time. Enlargements up to 12 x 18 inch are perfectly sharp and clear. Used and endorsed by scientists, explorers, newspapermen, sportsmen. At your Dealer's or Write for Free Illustrated Booklet No, 1205—‘‘The New Autofocal LEICA” EK. LEITZ, Inc., Dept. 144. 60 East 10th St., New York, N. Y.
DISSECTING SCALPELS WITH DETACHABLE BLADES
( BARD-PARKER TYPE ) ——
These scalpels are the most practical type with detachable blades
The blades are easily changed by a single motion, hold tightly, and make an ideal instrument for dissecting purposes.
Price: Handles Rustless, small or large Blades, six to a package, any style
. ss = =
hk oan Rap OE $1.00 each PeleoOepenndz.
Our general dissecting set contains eleven items complete with Bard-Parker knife
and six blades at $4.00 each.
( Write for our descriptive circular. )
Standard Scientific Supply Corporation
Biological, Bacteriological and Chemical Apparatus, Naturalists’ Supplies, Specimens, Skele- tons, Anatomical Models, Wall Charts, Glass Jars, Microscopes and Accessories.
10-14 WEST 25th STREET
NEW YORK CITY
Formerly scientific department of Kny-Scheerer Corp.
244
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VIT. No. 59
WOODS HOLE LOG
( Continued from Page 237. ) by notices posted prominently on the Bulletin boards in the Woods Hole Post Office and at the Marine Biological Laboratory.
Procedure thus leading up to the present mes- sage to you has been orderly, unhurried, and open to the entire community for thought and discus- sion. The petition herewith presented as an article for insertion in the Warrant was given a clear majority vote of 30 in favor to 18 against (See Cottectine Net issue of August 13). Over 100 were in attendance at this meeting.
6. Other Plans suggested: At the Community Meeting on August 11th, four plans of action were submitted by the committee mentioned in the preceding section. The plan adopted and em- bodied in the Article suggested for inclusion in the Town Warrant was Plan 4+. Three other plans were briefly as follows:
PLAN I
That a Woods Hole Bathing Beach Society be or- ganized, which shall assess annual dues, the income from which shall be used to maintain the raft, keep the beach clean and orderly, and perhaps maintain a life-guard at certain hours,—all this in co-operation with Dr. and Mrs. Meigs, the present owners of Lot X.
This plan was rejected by a vote of 18 in favor to 34 against.
PLAN II.
That the Town of Falmouth at its next regular meeting be requested to take such steps as may be necessary to acquire possession of Lots X and 6; to appropriate such sums of money as may be required to so improve the beach on these lots that its entire extent is made suitable for the legitimate and usual purposes of a bathing beach; these improvements to include the construction of a jetty; the removal of stones from the beach, and moving the bath-house to a more suitable and convenient location on Lot X, and that this beach be legally reserved for the ex- clusive use of the permanent and summer residents of the Town of Falmouth.
Rejected by a vote of 2 for and 39 against.
PLAN III.
That the Town of Falmouth at its next regular meeting be requested to take steps necessary to ac- quire possession of Lot X in entirety, including the bath-house and the strip of beach on Lots 3 to 6 from low water mark to the stone wall (extended) now standing and that this beach be legally reserved for the exclusive use of permanent and summer res- idents of the Town of Falmouth.
This plan was rejected by a vote of 3 for to 37 against.
7. Reasons for Action Now: Aside from pres- ent overcrowding of the unrestricted area other reasons for early action are: :
(a.) At present only two cottages abut on the
strip of beach asked in this petition.
(b.) Rights in front of these properties can be
secured at less expense now than at a later time
after the owners may have spent larger sums
on their land or buildings.
8. Improvements and Expense: The petition adopted at the Community Meeting specified that the town would be asked for additional space only at this time,—no improvements being urged. This was favored, in part at least, because it was felt that not more than necessary should be asked when financial demands on the town may be larg- er than sometimes, atid its income less certain.
The fact should not be unmentioned however, that this beach has been becoming increasingly stony in late years, and at some future time it may become necessary to petition the town for help in its improvement in a manner similar to that successfully employed at Falmouth Heights.
9. A Community,—not a limited party or group Interest: Finally, may we point out that this is not a petition from any special party; particularly do we mention that it is not sponsored by the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory as such. It is sub- mitted, as you will see, by a very considerable number of people, — permanent residents, and many others who make Woods Hole their place of work or vacation during the summer.
Opposition to the petition is natural and expect- ed; the request however is submitted by people who feel that the general public should be pro- tected in its reasonable expectation of shore privi- leges. We sincerely regret that the pleasure and rights of anyone may be usurped or injured if this petition is granted; but it seems that such injury would be much less now than it might become at a later date. Such a concession while somewhat injuring the property of five owners will bring legitimate pleasure to hundreds.
To the Honorable Board of Selectmen Falmouth, Massachusetts.
WuereEas, the undersigned residents and voters or taxpayers of the Town of Falmouth, located in Woods Hole, are of the opinion: That the beach used for bathing purposes at Bay Shore, Woods Hole, is so restricted as not to accommodate the number of permanent and summer residents who should be entitled to use the same.
Now THEREFORE, we respectfully petition the Board of Selectmen that there be inserted in the Town Warrant of the Town of Falmouth for action at the next Annual Town Meeting, an article substantially as follows :—
That the Town of Falmouth acquire by pur- chase, or taking, or otherwise, at the Bay Shore
3each, so-called, at Woods Hole, that strip of beach located between the waters of Buzzards Bay ( Continued on Page 248. )
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 246 and 248 )
Aucust 20, 1932 ]
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY Collections Daily
Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories Telephone 777 SERVICE THAT SATISFIES
COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS ELIZABETH ARDEN YARDLEY COTY
MRS. WEEKS SHOPS
Phone 109 Falmouth
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP Weeks’ Building, Falmouth Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait (Special Rates to Laboratory Members)
WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE WALK-OVER SHOP
General Merchandise SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT
A. ISSOKSON
AWNINGS AND SAILS
GILKEY-DURANT CO. TURN LEFT, WHEN LEAVING BOAT 8 HOMER’S WHARF Tel. Clifford 6775 New Bedford, Mass.
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
E. E. C. SWIFT COMPANY MEATS OF QUALITY
FREE DELIVERY TO WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Telephone Falmouth 22-23 421-W
RUTH E. THOMPSON Woods Hole, Mass. DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY SCHOOL SUPPLIES KODAKS and FILMS Printing — Developing — Enlarging
THE COLLECTING NET
meee
Quality Service
EVERYTHING IN DRUG STORE MERCHANDISE ROWE’S PHARMACY “The Rexall Store” P. D. ROWE, Ph. C., Reg. Pharmacist FALMOUTH
THE NEW DRUG STORE
G. R. & H. DRUG CO., Inc. GEORGE TALBOT,
Reg. Pharm. MAIN ST.
FALMOUTH
FALMOUTH TAILORING AND DRESSMAKING SHOP Remodeling a| Specialty CLEANSING and PRESSING
Goods Called For Main. Street and Delivered Tel. Falmouth 1104
SANSOUCI’S BEAUTY PARLOR Frederic’s Permanent Waves and All Branches of Beauty Culture
FALMOUTH PHONE 19-M
Walter O. Luscombe
REAL ESTATE AND INSURANCE
Woods Hole Phone 622-4
L
Ford
Sales and Service
CAPE COD AUTO CO.
TEL. 62 DEPOT AVE., FALMOUTH
FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND HARDWARE CO. Agency for LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER
Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 260
San Juan, Porto Rico Hyannis, Mass.
MEGILL PORTO RICO SHOP Gifts, Lamps, Bridge Prizes, Baskets, Jewelry MRS. EMMA LOUISE ROSE 24 Queen’s Buyway
Falmouth, Mass.
246
THE COLLECTING NET
[Vor. VIL. No. 59
WOODS HOLE LOG
DR. GOLDSCHMIDT TALKS ABOUT GERMANY
Dr. Robert Goldschmidt, member of the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute, Berlin, spoke at the Sunday Penzance Forum on “The Present Political Situa- tion in Germany.”” Clear and to the point always, he gave an unbiased account of the puzzling situ- ation over there.
Dr. Goldschmidt briefly summarized the politi- cal history of Germany during the past thirty years, explaining the socialist revolution, the treaty of Versailles, the period of inflation and the depression that followed. The Social Democrats who were the party in power at the time were held responsible for Germany’s downfall and hu- miliation. To offset this a movement was formed which was only for the “Vaterland,” and was not imperialistic. Its adherents were the bourgeousie, the cultured intellectual class who had lost every- thing they owned.
The second group were the “youth” who had been through the agonies of the past war period. They had no joy, no future, and they believed that their misery was caused by those who wrote the Versailles treaty.
Hitler attracted these two disillusioned groups to him. He is not an intellectual but is an ex- tremely clever propagandist. He gave the youth an ideal patriotism and nationalism not one of monarchism. He promised to re-create a power- ful Germany, to do away with the politicians, and to get a powerful central government. The prin- ciples of his party, which officially is called the “National Social Workingmen’s Party,” were state socialism versus private property and capital- ism. Hitler organized the army purely for show, to please the people by parades and uniforms. He also used it to protect public meetings and to keep down rowdyism.
There must be a great charm and personality to Hitler for already forty per cent. of the Ger- man voters are Hitlerites; eighty per cent. of the youngsters from twelve to twenty-five and most of the intellectuals follow him.
Dr. Goldschmidt then turned his attention to the last elections. The main feature was the growth of the Hitlerites. Ex-chancelor Bruening is by far the best political mind in Germany. He has been the able leader of the Catholic, or Cen- trist, party. However, Hindenburg felt that the best way to stop Hitler was to substitute for Bru- ening’s leadership a conservative non-partisan ministry. Therefore he asked Von Pappen to be chancellor. Hitler has been asked to join this cabinet for they felt that if he could be forced to share the responsibility, he would no longer be in the strategic position of “the opposition,’ but
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log
would have to assume joint responsibility. He would not be able to carry out his extravagant promises and he might be shown up as the real political charlatan that he is.
The speaker modestly admitted that his opinions of the present situation might be wrong and that Hitler might do something surprising: “Just read the papers and you yourselves may be able to figure the outcome.”
Few questions were asked from the hundred- odd people present, possibly because Dr. Gold- schmidt’s discussion was so clear and explicit that there was nothing more that could be added.
—V.W.
AN ACCIDENT AT THE MARINE RAILWAY
On July 30 an unfortunate accident occurred at the marine railway of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Witnesses described the incident as follows: At a few minutes after six o'clock in the evening Mr. Alfred M. Hilton removed the pin which allowed his motor boat, that had been undergoing repairs, to coast down the track and plunge into the water. It dashed into a lightly built tender, smashing its side, sending its single occupant into the ocean. Fortunately the water was only a few feet deep and the old man was. able to extract himself from the debris in which he found himself and make his way safely to the shore. Although suffering from shock and a badly scraped hand, he was remarkably calm and deliberate. His hand was temporarily dressed with the first aid kit in the Laboratory carpenter shop and then he was quickly driven to Falmouth where Dr. Tripp dressed the wound. He was then rowed out to his luxurious catboat anchored in the middle of Eel Pond where he was able to change his dripping clothes.
The old man turned out to be Captain A. E. Harding who is a disabled world-war veteran. He was Lieutenant-Commander of the Leviathan dur- ing the war until he was permanently injured by a torpedo explosion. Before the war he had been Captain of Mr. Vanderbilt’s vessel which has taken many scientific cruises.
Those who saw the accident believe that the owner of the railway was responsible for the accident. It is true that its employee could not see the skiff when he started the boat down the inclined tracks; it is also true that it is safer not to row over the tracks of a marine railway, even in the evening. However, Captain Harding was on “navigable waters” and therefore had every legal right to be where he was at the time of the accident.
will be found on pages 244 and 248 )
Avcusr 20, 1932 | THE COLLECTING NET 247
JOHN P. SYLVIA, JR. C. S. MASON COUNSELLOR-AT-LAW WATCH and CLOCK Falmouth, Mass. REPAIRING Ee eos Sa emi ereaL ya Ae 08 E. Main St. Nye Road Falmouth Tel. Falmouth 46-R or 293 Tel. 113-M REGISTERED REGISTERED OPTOMETRISTS OPTOMETRIST W. T. Almy W. E. CARVELL Wm. D. Hoyt J, F. Arsenault Tuesdays and Saturdays JAS. T. ALMY CO. OVER ROBINSON’S PHARMACY 230 UNION ST. NEW BEDFORD *hone 1130 Falmouth Tel. Clifford 2612
ROOMS IN BAY SHORE BATH HOUSE
MAY BE RENTED BY HUBBARD & MORRISON
APPLYING TO THE OFFICE OF REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE WALTER O. LUSCOMBE Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop. RAILROAD AVE. WOODS HOLE Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
M. H. WALSH’S SONS ROSE SPECIALISTS WOODS HOLE, MASS. PLANTS — CUT FLOWERS — PLANTING
THE THEATRE UNIT
Presents “DEATH TAKES A HOLIDAY” AUGUST 15 THROUGH AUGUST 20 Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth Telephone 1400
Church of the Messiah
IN BUSINESS
OEpiscopal:) BY THE VILLAGE GREEN The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector SINCE AUGUST 6th, 1821 Holy Communion ................ 8:00 a.m. Morning Prayer .................. 11:00 a.m. The
Byvening Prayer ences. 7:30 p.m. FALMOUTH
NATIONAL BANK For the Bridge Player Falmouth,
Packs Playing Cards........ 29¢e to 85¢ Pack Massachusetts Suede :Top Cover Waterproof for Card DOOGS “aodooncondonsge, pesudoadone $1.00 Tallies 35c Doz. Score Pads 10c to 25c Taylor’s Quick Scorer for Contract 25¢ p Culberson’s Contract Scoring Pencil..... $1.00 Capital, $100,000 e Hutchinsons Book Store Surplus Fund, $100,000
BOOK STORE BUILDING
NEW BEDFORD, MASS. EE
248
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 59
WOODS HOLE LOG
THE MACONIKEY INCIDENT
There have been many rumors going around Woods Hole about a party of young people who went on a picnic at Maconickey Heights on Mar- thas Vineyard. The facts are placed on record here: Four sailboats, holding eighteen young people sailed over to Maconikey a week ago Wed- nesday. After picnic supper they went up to the old hotel, which has been deserted for ten years, for the purpose of playing “murder” in a “haunt- ed” house. The young people had horns and managed to make a great deal of noise. Contrary to the rumor that they broke everything in sight practically demolishing the building, they upset a telephone booth, broke six window panes, messed up a box of post cards, broke off a board barrier which was across some stairs and banged up and down some iron beds doing no harm to them at all, only making more noise.
When the party returned to the beach a state trooper was there and took the names of its mem- bers. The boats then sailed home all returning before midnight. On Friday the owner and his lawyer pressed charges for $700.00 threatening criminal prosecution if the amount was not 1m- mediately paid. Not desiring to go to court the young people handed over the required sum. After the news of this event became known, a Boston reporter inquired of the owner what he would sell the property for; the owner replied $700.00. The reporter then called on the owner’s lawyer and asked how much damage had been done, and was informed that it did not amount to more than $50.
These picnickers have all learned a lesson to re- spect other people’s property and they hope that others will also profit by their experience—/’. IV’.
The steamer Nantucket, which had its bow smashed when it collided with its sister ship, the Marthas Vineyard, returned to its regular run last Wednesday.
Although the Marthas Vineyard was put back in service shortly after the accident, she has now been sent to Quincy for further repairs. At the time of the mishap temporary repairs were rushed so as to have as little interruption of the sched- ule to the Islands as possible, but now the Marthas Vineyard is to be put in shape for her winter ser- vice between the Islands and the mainland.
—T.C.W.
Friday, August 19, at the home of Mrs. Geof- frey G. Whitney, Little Harbor Farm, Woods Hole, there was an all day exhibit and sale of articles representing the handiwork of the blind.
The Woods Hole Yacht Club has had a series
of “bad breaks” in trying to hold its annual cruise. Last Thursday the weather was bad and the cruise was postponed a day. To all appear- ances Friday seemed to be the perfect day. At noon the smaller boats started to race from Woods Hole to the Weepeckets; from there they were going to continue to Quick’s Hole which is at the further end of Naushon. However, a bad wind arose causing such high seas that many of the boats could not make any headway and were in danger of being swamped. Most of them were taken in tow and safely taken into Hadley Har- bor. The others were turned back and just as the last boat reached safe waters a terrific thunder storm broke. After it had let up a bit the boats were towed home and the cruisers spent a com- fortable night in their own beds. It is hoped that the Club will hold a cruise before the summer is over, for such a sojourn is exceedingly popular among the younger members. Next Thursday there will be a treasure hunt under the auspices of the Yacht Club and made up by Mrs. J. P. War- basse. —V.W.
The Coast Guard has received a letter from the 3everly Yacht Club of Butler’s Point, Marion, Mass., asking for a boat to patrol the Yacht Club races for the Sears Bowl, on August 29. It is an- ticipated that quite a large number of spectator and excursion boats will attend these races since the Sears Bowl is emblematic of the Junior Cham- pionship of the Atlantic Coast. The Coast Guard has accordingly promised to send a boat. —M. L. G. Mr. Goffin of the Bureau of Fisheries has re- cently returned from a collecting trip in the new Phalarope II with Dr. Parr from the Bingham Oceanographic Laboratory at Yale. The new boat is working very well although it needs a little seasoning to put it in perfect condition —WM. L. G.
THE BEACH QUESTION (Continued from page 244)
and the stone wall now standing in front of Lots 3 to 6, inclusive, as shown on the plan of Bay Shore Lots, thereby acquiring about 280 feet of beach North of the Lot X bathing beach, said strip of beach to be used for a proper municipal purpose; that provisions or regulations be made so that the use of this beach shall be exclusively reserved for permanent and summer residents of the Town of Falmouth; that legislation be ob- tained if needed; that a sum of money be raised and appropriated for said purposes; and that the proper authority be given the Board of Selectmen to carry out these matters; or act anything else concerning the same.
( Other pages of the Woods Hole Log will be found on pages 244 and 246 )
THE COLLECTING NET 249
| A Simple Easy-to-use Timesaver for Graphical Differentiation .....
Aucust 20, 1932 ]
THE WISTAR INSTITUTE
BIBLIOGRAPHIC SERVICE
ISSUES
AUTHORS’ ABSTRACTS
of all papers appearing in the journals listed below prior to publication of the articles in full.
By this advance information biologists may familiarize themselves with con- temporary research in a minimum of time.
Advance Abstract Sheets are issued twice a month, each sheet containing ten or more authors’ abstracts. Sub- scription rate is $3.00 per year.
Bibliographic Service Cards, follow- ing the Advance Abstract Sheets, also are issued twice a month. In addition to the authors’ abstracts, the cards pro- vide subject headings and complete bibliographic reference. The cards are convenient for filing and library rec- ords. Price, $5.00 per year.
At regular intervals the authors’ ab- stracts are assembled and published in book form with complete authors’ and analytical subject indices. Price, $5.00 per volume. Liberal discount to sub- scribers to the Bibliographic Service Cards.
Journal of Morphology
Tke Journal of Comparative Neurology
The American Journal of Anatomy
The Anatomical Record
The Journal of Experimental Zoology
American Anatomical Memoirs
American Journal of Physical Anthro- pology
Journal of Cellular and Comparative Physiology
Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan)
Physiological. Zoology (Chicago, Il- linois)
Stain Technology (Geneva, New York)
Ecological Monographs (Durham, North Carolina)
The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology
Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A.
Y-AxIS
ie aie
The B&L Richards-Roope Tangent Meter
IRECT measurement of the tangent to a curve
at any point can be quickly accomplished with this simple device. Maxima, minima and points of inflection can be found without reference to the rest of the curve.
The biologist may use the instrument in de- termining the rate of growth of an organism, at any time, from the plot of the growth curve. Ob- jective analysis of the graphic of any equilibrium of a living system becomes possible directly with- out other information than the original graph of the observations. The saving of the investigator's time is apparent because it is possible subsequent- ly to measure rates at intermediate intervals with- out repeating laborious numerical computations.
The Tangent Meter consists of a 6 inch square, transparent Zylonite base upon which is mounted a revolving, graduated metal disc. The center of the disc is of glass and carries a right angle, isosceles prism. The laterial edge of the prism is directly over the center indicated by two crossed lines. This center is placed over the point on the curve at which the tangent is to be measured, with the axis of the instrument parallel to the axis of the curve. The metal disc with the prism is re- volved until the image of the curve through the prism is a continuous line. The tangent to the point selected on the curve may then be read on the tangent scale, or the angle which the tangent makes to the x axis may be read on the protractor scale. Tangents to unity (45°) may be read direct- ly to two parts in one hundred and may be readily estimated to one part in one hundred.
Send coupon for complete details.
Bausch & Lomb Optical Company 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. Send me complete details and price on the Rich- ards-Roope Tangent Meter. INFO oe conc SOOOUDEOGE HOOUOUD OOD CODUT.UG DA MOOG o0
250
THE COLLECTING NET
[Vot. VII. No. 59
M. B. L. FRIENDS can find a pleasant change at MARGE’S COFFEE SHOPPE Sandwiches — Table d’hote — A la carte
N. E. TSIKNAS
FRUITS and VEGETABLES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
LADIES’ and GENTS’ TAILORING Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable
M. DOLINSKY’S
Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752
IDEAL RESTAURANT
MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE
Telephone 1243
BRAE BURN FARMS
Superior Guernsey Milk and Cream Butter Selected Eggs Ice Cream
HATCHVILLE
Falmouth 278 Osterville 378
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods EASTMAN’S HARDWARE
5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
Visit Malchman’s
THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD
Falmouth Phone 116
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and
GIFT SHOP
Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
GEORGE A. GRIFFIN Civil Engineer and Surveyor Assoc. Member Am. Soc. C. E. S. B., Mass. Inst. of Tech., 1907 HIGH ST.,
Tel. Conn. WOODS HOLE
FOLLOW THE CROWD TO
DANEIEL’S
HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, DELICIOUS SANDWICHES
COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
Automobile Top Repairing
SHOES
THE LEATHER SHOP
Shoe Repairing
MAIN ST., FALMOUTH A. C. EASTMAN
Tel. 240
TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates
W. T. GRABIEC, Prop.
JAX FEMININE FOOTWEAR $4.50 to $7.50 QUEEN’S BUYWAY
Near Filene’s FALMOUTH
SCIENTIFIC WORKERS
When you come to NEW BEDFORD
eat our excellent —= 00: LUNCH — GULF HILL PARLORS
596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD
( Opposite Library )
Aucust 20, 1932 ]
MINOT
MO
11882
Designed by the late Dr. Charles S. Minot; entirely of metal construction ; very compact, occupying much less space made throughout and neatly finished on out-
than wooden cabinet, strongly side in maroon-colored japan with bronze stripes, inside heing finished in black japan; contains 30 japanned metal trays, each holding 24 glass slides, 75 x 25 mm. Trays are
provided with convenient
knobs and card-holders. | New and im- proved construction of trays holds each slide independently in place, preventing shaking or slipping when trays are re- moved. Cabinet is furnished with brass lock. | Outside dimensions: height, 1414 inches; depth, 13 inches; width 7 inches; capacity, 720 slides; furnished complete with 30 trays. oe
11882 MINOT SLIDE CABINET
as described above............... $35.09
WILL CORPORATION
LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS
ROCHESTER, N.Y.
THE COLLECTING NET 2
SLIDE CABINET
on —
THREE SPECIAL APOCHRO- MATIC OBJECTIVES
Each of these three objectives represents an out- standing achievement in the special field for which it is intended.
Price f.o.h. New York
Apochromat 5.n.a. 0.15 $ 34.00 Apochromat 60 n.a. 1.4 oil im. 108.00 Apochromat 120 n.a. 1.3 oil im. 95.00
..Apochromat 5 was introduced to meet the demand for a highly corrected objective of low magnification. To obtain corrections. of the desired high order it was necessary to increase the length of the objective to an extent that it cannot be made par-focal with other objectives.
Apochromat 60 n.a. 1.4 is a homogeneous immersion system of highest numerical aperture. It is recom- mended for examinations calling for greatest re- solving power in the objective. Apochromat 60 n.a. 1.4 should be included in the equipment of every high grade research microscope. The front lens is more firmly mounted than that of Apochromat 90 n.a. 1.4, and its relatively great working distance provides for comfortable use. With reasonable care it can be safely employed in routine work.
Apochromat 120 n.a. 1.3 is of interest to those who require an objective with exceptionally high primary magnification. The corrections of this ob- jective are such that, given a suitable specimen and proper illumination, an ocular magnification of 30 x can be employed without the image showing disturb- ing defects. A magnification up to 3600 x is useful at times for special purposes such as counting, mak- ing camera lucida drawings, etc. This magnification is far in excess of the so-called “upper limit of use- ful magnification.”” and it is to be noted, finer de- tails can be resolved with an objective having an n.a. of 1.4.
A copy of Micro catalogue 367 containing detailed data for objectives and oculars will be supplied upon request.
CARL ZEISS, INc.
485 Fifth Avenue, New York
Pacific Coast Branch: S 728 South Hill Street Los Angeles, Calif.
Pale Pibks he TIE COLLECTING NET _ [Vor. VII. No. 59
PROMI ad BPROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS
F 1 "It Saved Us the Cost of Five Microscopes'' Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used aS a microscope and a micro-photographie ap- paratus.
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instruc- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, ete.
s been endorsed by many leading scientists and in-
PRICK: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- Necting mirror and micro-cuvette. xtra equipment prices on request,
Prospectus Gladly Sent
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 111, Brick Gn Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole. CAN. P (DAMS | Com PANY Cr =| AINYf arpa Nal at Lea , PROMAR—A more powerful apparatus Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material
with additional features. Information on
request. 117-119 East 24th Street New York, N. Y.
Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable us to send the appropriate
Spalteholz = catalog. Transparent Preparations . . Human museum. ae. as ae re 0 ick Zoological CLAY-ADAMS COM PANY
Skeleton of Fish in Case | Models, Specimens, | [mel
E Visit our display rooms and |
Model of fis Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
Vol. VII. No. 10
CYTOPLASMIC STRUCTURES CON- CERNED IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARLY EMBRYO Dr. A. R. Moore Professor of General Physiology, University of Oregon The theme of my talk as announced is on the results of development without membranes in Echinoderm eggs. This has a number of ramifi-
cations and relates to the com-
SATURDAY, AUGUST 27, 1932
Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cts.
GENETICS AND DEVELOPMENT REYNOLD A. SPAETH MEMORIAL LECTURE Dr. RrcHARD GOLDSCHMIDT Kaiser Wilhelm-Institut fiir Biologie
It is one of the sad privileges of men advanc- ing in age to be eligible to the honorable task of delivering lectures dedicated to the memory of a much younger friend whom fate has not per- mitted to fulfill the great expectations held for him by those who knew him
paratively simple fact that has been noticed by other investi- gators, namely, that if no mem- : branes are present the cells do not follow their normal course
MM. B. LT. Calendar
TUESDAY, AUGUST 30, 8:00 P.M. Seminar: Dr. A. W. Pollister: “The
best. In accepting the honor to deliver this memorial lec- ture, I quite naturally recall the Woods Hole days sixteen years ago, when Reynold A.
but form bizarre groups and tend to fall apart. This I have found to he the case with four or five different Echino- derms in this country and in Europe.
In its more general aspects, the problem before us is to determine the part played by membranes and _ cytoplasmic connectives in the mechanics of the development of a multi- cellular animal from one cell. It is instructive to consider a plasmodium. These simple animals in dividing give rise
only to similar cells, i. e., each daughter cell is If the plasmodium (Continued on Page 262)
exactly like the mother cell. is filtered through
Development of Leucopoietic Tissue in Amblystoma puncta- tum’.
Dr. W. H. F. Addison and Dr. Doris A. Fraser: “Pigmentation in the Hypophysis and Parathy- roids of the Gray Rat’.
Dr. George F. Laidlaw: ‘The Dopa Reaction and the Problem of Pigment Formation in Mam- malian Skin”.
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 2
General Scientific Meeting: Session
beginning at 9:00 A. M., 11:00 A. M. and 2:00 P. M. Full pro- gram will be found on page 297.
Spaeth was one of the few with whom I used to discuss certain questions which then were uppermost in my mind. The selection of this evening’s topic is therefore influenced by these recollections. | During the summer 1916 I had the honor to deliver right here in the old lecture hall an evening lecture, in which I tried to ex- plain the experimental results of my work on intersexuality, a term which I had introduced only a year before. I pro- ceeded then to derive from the
facts a general theory of sex-determination, which I had developed since 1911 but which had not yet come to be known in this country, a theory which
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Genetics and Development; R. A. Spaeth Lecture,
Comments on the Seminar Report of Mr.
ler Richard) Goldschmidt fh cis. 26. le ee 253 Chen, Dr. Maynard M. Metcalf............ 271 Cytoplasmic Structures Concerned in Develop- Intensity Duration Relations in Response of
ment of Early Embryo, Dr. A. R. Moore. . .253 Certain Protozoa to Electric Current...... 271 Surveying in Northern Labrador, Dr. Forbes 264 Regulation of Ions in the Body Tissues...... 273 Changes in Susceptibility of Drosophila...... 266 The Development of Leucopoietic Tissue in Gene Mutations in Parmecium Aurelia...... 267 Ambystoma Puctudtuml 02 9... see. seule 275 A New Unstable Translocation in Drosophila.268 Pigmentation in the Hypophysis and Parathy- Effects of Temperature and Certain Organic POLASHOL UneR Cre yaEVeLUy. urate hetereite) adevera etevenenete 277
Acid Radicals on Euglena Gracilis........ 269 Log of the Invertebrate Course...,......... 277
Nuclear Structure and Mitosis in Zelleriella..270
Heath Hen Report-1931-1932, Dr. A. O. Gross 278
254
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 69
nowadays is called the theory of the genic balance of the sex genes. At the end of this lecture I hinted with a few words at further consequences of the analysis of intersexuality. | According to the printed report in the American Naturalist of 19161, I said: “Very important new facts will be published later which will probably enable us to replace the symbolistic Mendelian language, used here, by more definite physico-chemical concep- tions.” And further: “I am rather optinustic in regard to the general conclusions which might be drawn from these facts, as well as regards the sex-problem as on some fundamental questions of heredity. Combining these facts with the work on hormone action as related to sex, we can, I think, form a pretty clear idea about sex differ- entiation and determination. If we put them in line with the facts of experimental embryology concerning the determination problem we see the outlines of a promising theory of heredity.”
During the many years which have since passed, I have tried to formulate the conclusions at which I hinted then, and to find new experimental evi- dence on which to base them. And still after much thinking on the subject I stand by the words quoted from 1916, namely: “I am rather optimis- tic in regard to the general conclusions, etc.” The more facts are being accumulated and the more I try to coordinate them and to see a simple guiding idea behind their diversity, the more I am con- vinced that my method of general approach, which has been highly praised by some and severely criticised by others, is the only one which leads to a deeper insight into the process of heredity. This then is the reason why I have not chosen to present here today some of my recent experi- mental work, but rather to continue some of the general reasoning from the point where | had left it in my lecture of sixteen years ago.
The decisive step in the analysis of intersexu- ality, which geneticists often found difficult to understand though physiologists were usually will- ing to accept it, was that step which led from the static Mendelian analysis of the problem to the dynamic viewpoint of the physiology of develop- ment. Here then is found the natural point of departure for our discussion. The limits of or- dinary Mendelian analysis, as known at that time, were first reached when it was shown that the experimental facts regarding intersexuality could be expressed not by a simple Mendelian formula, but only by assuming that two genes or completely
1 Experimental intersexuality and the sex-problem. “Am. Nat.” 50, 1916.
2The problem whether only individual sex-de- terminers or a completely linked group of such are involved in our case, has been repeatedly discussed, e. g.; Untersuchungen uber Inter-sexualitat V, “Zs.
indukt. Abstl.” 56, 1930; Analysis of Intersexuality in the Gipsy moth. “Q. Rev. Biol.” 1931.
linked sets of genes?, those for femaleness and maleness, controlled the result according to their quantitative relation or balance. The simple Men- delian formulation was thus enlarged by a new conception, namely that of a quantitative relation or balance of genes working together towards the production of a phenotype, the character of which was in some way proportional to that quantitative relation of the genes in question—or in other words, their amount of balance or unbalance. This new conception, which had to be added to the general Mendelian formulation and which had given me the clue to the whole analysis already at the beginning of the work between 1911 and 19148, could still he expressed in the old Mendel- ian language, if the gene in favor of which the balance acted was called epistatic to the other and if the different degrees of this balance, to which corresponded the sexes and the different types of intersexes, were expressed in terms of degrees of epistasis, which might be measured by some unit. Thus the formulae with numerical values of the genes, symbolizing the grades of their effect, had to be introduced. It took many geneticists a long time to understand this.
3ut still another extension of Mendelian lan- guage was necessary to cover the facts. If the different amounts of the unbalance of male and female genes were to stand for the normal sexes as well as for the different degrees of intersex- uality it followed necessarily that a certain min- imum value of this balance had to exist below which one of the pure sexes was determined, and another maximum value, above which the other sex was determined, the intersexual stages lying between. These limiting values for the balance of female and male genes were accordingly called the epi- static minimum, a term which again meant a necessary extension of ordinary Mendelian con- ceptions, in order to describe the experimental facts still in the language of static Mendelism. This was the point reached in 1912, a point which was situated at the utmost limits of purely Men- delian conceptions. This became clear when the fact was considered that there existed two com- pletely different types of intersexes, namely male and female intersexes, which replaced in the re- spective experiments the gametic males or fe- males. Now the Mendelian formulation which had covered the case thus far by the introduction of the principle of genic balance and of the epi- static minimum could describe adequately the pro- duction of a series of intersexes between the two normal sexes, that is the two limiting minima, but it could not explain why the same ratio between
3The whole literature on the subject is found in the author’s book: “Die sexuellen Zwischenstufen”’ J. Springer, Berlin, 1931; further in the paper quoted in foot-note 2.
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
255
male and female determiners, say the one midway between the ratios for the normal sexes, deter- mined in one case a medium grade female inter- sex, and in another case the completely different medium grade male intersex. Here then was the point at which the power of static Mendelism ended and further progress was only possible by the transition to a dynamic point of view; in other words, the genetic explanation was to be followed by one based upon the physiology of development.
This step to which I had hinted in the previous- ly mentioned evening lecture given here at Woods Hole, could be taken when it was found what these intersexes really were. It became apparent first in 1916 (and as a matter of fact I do not understand now why I had missed this point in the preceding years) that in a series of inter- sexes connecting the two pure sexes step by step, such organs which are the last to differentiate in development are the first to assume the character of the opposite sex in the case of low grade inter- sexuality, and that, vice versa, the organs which are the first to differentiate in development are the very last to change towards the other sex in high grade intersexuality. From this rule it followed that intersexes are to be considered as individuals which have begun their development as of one sex up to a certain turning point and have finished it as of the opposite sex after the turning point*; further that male intersexes begin as males and end as females and that female intersexes be- gin as females and end as males; and further that the different grades of intersexuality are a func- tion of the position in time of the turning point ; earlier turning point—higher grade of intersexu- ality. This solution which I also had the pleasure to announce first in this country, namely, at the 1916 meeting of the American Association, has meanwhile been tested by extensive embryological study and found to be an actual fact. It opened now the way to the solution of the whole problem by connecting a definite embryological process
_with a definite genetic condition.
The situation was this: on the genetic side we had first a gene or genes for maleness, second a gene or genes for femaleness and both in a series of different conditions, found in different races; further we knew that the phenotypic effect of these genes, namely, maleness, femaleness and all degrees of intersexuality, was proportional to the amount bf balance or unbalance of these genes. On the embryological side, we had the occurrence of the turning point for sexual differentiation at a definite time, and combining now the genetic
4 As a matter of fact, Baltzer had found already two years before the same for the intersexes of Bonellia, a fact which had escaped me for a long time.
side with the embryological side, we were facing the fact that a series of increasing values for the unbalance or abnormal ratio of the sex genes has its effect in a series of corresponding changes in the time of incidence of the turning point, which occurs earlier and earlier. Here then was an op- portunity to connect the action of definite genes, present in different ratios, with an embryological event, occurring at definite and proportionally different times. Whereas we have genes for both sexual differentiations simultaneously present, and whereas the control of actual sexual differentia- tion belonged first to one and later to the other gene or set of genes, and whereas this control changes at a definite time, which is conditioned by and proportional to the unbalance or ratio of these genes, there is left only one way of linking these facts together ; namely, by concluding first, that the genes in question are producing each in- dependent chains of reaction which lead at a cer- tain threshold to the production of the something which controls sexual differentiation; second, that the amount of unbalance of the two genes or their ratio results in corresponding different velocities of the two chains or reaction; third, that the re- action of. higher velocity controls the sexual dif- ferentiation; and fourth, that the turning points therefore must be the points at which this con- trol changes, which means graphically points of intersection of the two respective curves of re- action. Standing in this place here I cannot help recalling Jacques Loeb’s excitement when I told him this story and some of the consequences re- garding a general theory of heredity. I have since discussed this point with other great physiologists who agree with me that there is no other way of representing the actual facts from a dynamic point of view. Thus I concluded that here a case was found in which the action of definite genes could and had to be interpreted in terms of speed of re- actions and that it might be possible to base a theory of genic action upon this interpretation. Also this conclusion I had the pleasure to an- nounce in this country at the said 1916 meeting of the American Association.
There was also another conclusion which had to be drawn from the same facts, and with this we are getting into deep waters. The phenotypic re- sult (male, female, male intersex, female intersex of any grade) was found to be dependant upon a quantitative relation, balance or ratio of male and female sex genes, and the genetic results showed and have ever since shown that only one female and one male gene are involved. But of each of these sex-genes a considerable number of conditions, in genetic language of multiple allelo- morphs, were found which gave typical but dif- ferent effects. These conditions, which proved to be absolutely constant in all experiments in-
256
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
volving the same genes might be termed the strength of action, or the potency or the valency of these genes, and thus the phenotypic result in regard to sex was dependant upon the relative valencies of the female and male determiners present at fertilization. Then it turned out that one of these determiners, namely, the one for maleness, was situated within the X-chromosome, the other one for femaleness, being outside the X-chromosome. This meant that the always con- stant genes for femaleness were faced either by one or by two genes for maleness. Thus on one hand, the genotypic effect was produced by the relative valencies of the two types of sex-genes; on the other hand, two of the possible phenotypes, namely the pure sexes, were dependant upon the ratio between the always constant female genes and the male genes present in one or two quan- tities. In these limiting cases, then, the pure sex- es, the relative valencies, responsible for the phe- notype, were obviously identical with relative quantities of these genes. But the normal sexes were only two points in a continuous series of sexual conditions, all dependant upon different relative valencies of these genes. The conclusion therefore was not only logical but also inevitable that all the other conditions for the sex-genes, their different degrees in strength or valency were also in reality differences in their quantity. Thus the quantitative relation or balance of these genes finally was resolved into the ratios of actual quan- tities. And the former conclusion which showed that the sex-genes acted through chains of re- action of different but typical velocities could now be enlarged by the addition that the speed of these chains of reaction is proportional to the quanti- ties of the genes in question.
It is a strange fact that this conclusion was re- garded by some orthodox geneticists as a most condemnable heresy. To be sure they could not give a different explanation of the facts and they could not contest the logic of the analysis. There- fore they simply declared it to be inadmissible— this word has actually been used—to assume that a gene may have a definite and fixed quantity as one of its properties and that the effect of a gene might be in some way proportional to its quantity. In our object, there was no possibility to dem- onstrate visibly such a difference in quantity, be- cause in our case everything happened within the normal diploid number of chromosomes. But some experiments have since been performed with our material, besides the visible demonstration in triploid intersexuality, discovered by Stanfuss and since analyzed in moths and in Drosophila. Our experiments in question demonstrate clearly the logic and the soundness of the conclusions’. To mention only one: two X-chromosomes and there- fore two male genes (in the case of female het-
erogamety) are determining the male sex. If, however, I combine female determiners coming from a strong race, that is genes of high valency, with the two X-chromosomes derived from races of very low valency of the sex-genes, the result- ing individual will be a female in spite of its two X-chromosomes. By appropriate crosses I might now build up individuals which contain the same strong female determiner as before, one X-chrom- osome with the very low male determiner as be- fore but the other X coming from a race with a little higher grade of valency of the male de- terminer. The individual thus composed will be a little more male than before, and this is a high grade intersexual male, very near to complete transformation into female. Now I continue re- placing the second X-chromosome by one derived from a still stronger and stronger race; corres- pondingly, the individual in question will be less and less intersexual, so that when a certain com-
bination is reached it will be a normal male.
The following table gives an actual experimental result. Now this experiment and its easily imagin- able variations show that the action of the two male genes which are present in any case is proportional to the sum of the valencies of the two genes. Asa matter of fact we ought to be able to calculate from a series of such experiments the relative valencies of all these genes in some arbitrary units, because these experiments furnish a number of equations which may be solved. Thus we have a number of differently active genes and any two of them act to- gether always in proportion to their sum. I can draw from this no other conclusion but that it is the quantity of the thing in question which deter- mines its action.
I have never been able to understand why this conclusion which safely rests on experimental’ facts, has been considered by some as offensive. The number, the size, and the shape of the chro- mosomes are constant ; the size of cells is constant and often their number in a given organ; the number and size and arrangement of blastomeres are constant, the number of segments, of bristles, and I know not what else. Orderly development of a given organism requires a wonderful amount of quantitative constancy from the organ down to the chromosome. Why then should exactly that bit of substance which after all is responsible for all the rest be required to produce its wonderfully typical action of an unique sameness on the basis of a negligible quantity? To my mind, even apart from all the evidence produced, the first require- ment for something like an understanding of the action of a thing like a gene, would be its presence in typical quantity at the onset, because the mass of a reacting substance is always the first variable to be considered. If in addition, the facts reveal such a simple relation as that between the quantity
5 Details are found in: “Untersuchungen uber
Intersexualitat” I-V. “Zs. indukt. Abstl.” 1920-30, see especially Nr. V.
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
257
of the reacting gene substance and a correspond- ing velocity of reaction, I am ready to consider this as a fundamental insight, upon which one ought to be able to build a theory of the genic action, a theory of heredity.
I have tried now to show how step by step the results of my experiments forced me first to stress the purely Mendelian conceptions by introducing the idea of genic balance and of the epistatic minimum and then to go beyond the limits of static Mendelian conceptions towards the goal of a dynamic understanding of a gene-controlled de- terminative process. The next step to take was naturally to try to apply the fundamental con- ceptions to the elaboration of a general theory of heredity, based on the principle of coordinated re- action velocities, as announced in my lecture here sixteen years ago. It is only recently that I learned® that a few years before I had derived my conclusions and had embarked upon their general- ization, Professor M. F. Guyer had already ar- rived at a similar conception which, though no experiments were available at that time, was de- veloped by him in a very ingenious way. I am glad to make use of this occasion to pay my re- spects to Professor Guyer’s intuition and to quote some of his sentences, namely :
“Tf in the comparatively simple cases of associat- ed simultaneous reactions with which we are ac- quainted in non-living matter, relative velocities may so modify the results, we can readily realize of what tremendous importance regulation of this matter must become in living protoplasm where doubtless vast numbers of chemical reactions and interactions are going on at the same time. In fact, could we locate such a time-regulating factor in the germ-cell it would seem that we had ac- complished a long stride toward an understanding of the controlling and coordinating mechanism which insures the appearance of just the proper substance at the right time in morphogenesis. It would con- stitute a qualitative as well as a quantitative regu- lator, for by determining quantity at any given time it determines what the next chemical reaction will be, and hence in the very doing of this, it neces- sarily conditions the chemical outcome of that re- action.”
There can be no doubt that these sentences con- tain already the essence of the theory of the order- ly arranged, interwoven and balanced velocities of reaction. Returning now to the further develop- ment of my own work, I obviously continued arguing the following way: determinative proces- ses in regard to sex have to do with almost any type of morphological and physiological differen- tiation occurring in development. If, for example, we turn our attention to a single organ like the genital armature in insects, which exhibits dif- ferences in the two sexes, of a degree, which might be compared to the differences in structure of two far distant organisms, we realize the am-
6 Guyer, M. F.: The germinal background of so-
matic modifications ‘Science’ 71, 1930.
ount and diversity of specific differentiation which may be brought about by such a simple system of coordinated reaction velocities as that which had been actually demonstrated. And if we include in this deliberation all the complex forms of one and the same organ which are obtained in a thoroughly orderly fashion in case of inters«-:uality, which means in consequence of a change in the coordina- tion of the system of reaction velocities, we come to the conclusion that a similar conception ought to be applied to all types of morphogenetic pro- cesses, that is, to development in general. Develop- ment ought to be disentangled into a series of co- ordinated reactions of definite velocities, produc- ing at a certain threshold a certain event, say the appearance of embryonic hormones or of de- termining stuffs, thus securing the order and seriation of developmental processes. And just as in the intersexuality experiments the genes in question controlled the respective speeds of re- action, so in normal development would the genes also control the speed of reactions with which they are concerned. Expressed more specifically, the genes must be things which produce their typical effects by catalyzing chains of reaction, the speed of which, ceteris paribus, and given the specific substance of each gene and the plasmatic substrat- um, is proportional to the quantity of the gene and therefore fixed within the entire system of simultaneous coordinated reactions of different speed’,
We have tried since to demonstrate in detail how such a system accounts not only for numer- ous genetic facts, but also for facts of experi- mental embryology ; and indeed even sheds light on evolutionary questions. I shall not try now to develop these conclusions, as it is my intention this evening to discuss in the first line the experi- mental and logical basis of the whole argument. The principle will moreover be visible incidentally if I continue relating the actual sequence of find- ings which helped to shape these ideas. The dif- ferent sex genes of typical valency or quantity behaved in the experiments as a series of multiple allelomorphs, of which 8-10 members have been isolated by now8. Simultaneously I was studying another series of multiple allelomorphs which per- mitted the analysis of the effects of the genes within this series in a dynamic way, because the effect of these genes became visible in the larvae
7 These views and their consequences have been developed in: Die quantitativen Grundlagen von Vererbung und Artbildung. “Roux’s Aufs. Vortr. Entw. mech.” 24, 1920; A more detailed account, leaving out the evolutionary side, is found in: ““Phys- iologische Theorie der Vererbung.”” Springer, Berlin 1927.
8 Final data in: Untersuchungen zur Genetik der geographischen Variation III. ‘‘Roux’s Arch. Entw. mech.” 1932.
258
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
ofLymantria’. There were found races in which young caterpillars were dark and remained so through all instars. There were others which had light markings and which remained light through all instars. And there were again others which were light in the young stages and turned dark in later instars. Between these extremes all transi- tions were found as the curves of pigmentation show, and each of these types is produced by a member of a series of multiple allelomorphs. A closer study of the facts then reveals that each allelomorph of the series is responsible for a pro- cess of accumulation of dark pigment on the basis of light markings, a process which proceeds with a definite velocity which is typical but different for different allelomorphs of the series, 48 may be demonstrated in a diagrammatic curve (9). Here then we found again a series of multiple al- lelomorphs connected with a series of reactions of different velocities, and we concluded that also this series, and, perhaps, most similar series, must consist in one and the same gene in different quantities. In this case, of course, the conclusion rests on analogy, and no way to prove it is appar- ent. This case, however, furnished another fact which pointed in the direction of the general theory. If we cross the always light race with the always dark race the young first generation cater- pillars are first light, but later they become dark. In Mendelian language, light was first dominant and lat-r dark.
If we remember the last curves, it is clear that the curve which is midway between the ones of the light and dark races, has exactly this type, first light, later dark; and as a matter of fact, the inter- mediate allelomorphs of the series also produce the same effect as observed here in the hybrid.
This then shows clearly that dominance, reces- sivity and change of dominance are here the phe- notypic effects of the type of reaction curve with- in the whole system. From this fact then may be derived a few theoretical cases which simultane- ously are apt to serve as a model for the whole generalization.
Let us consider what dominance might mean within a system of genes which are responsible for reactions with velocities in proportion to the quantity of the genes.
The diagram (10) assumes that we consider two allelomorphs, each producing a reaction of different velocity represented by straight lines. At a certain level or threshold marked by the line M, the de-
9 Short accounts of the main facts were published in: A preliminary report on some experiments con- cerning evolution. ‘Am. Natur.’’ 52, 1917; and ‘Die quantitativen Grundlagen, etc.” (see note 7). A de- tailed report is found in: Untersuchungen zur Gen- etik der geographischen Variation. I. ‘““Roux’s Arch. Entw. mech.” 101, 1924; dto. II Ibid 116, 1929. Con- sult this for photographs and curves.
10 Taken from “‘Physiologische Theorfe der Verer- bung” 1927.
terminative reaction takes place. Let us now as- sume that we are dealing with the size of an organ which is the result of a given number of successive cell-divisions. The reaction in question may stop the cell divisions and therefore the resulting size of the organ will be smaller and smaller, the more early the reaction curve reaches the level M. If the cell divisions proceed with equal time intervals and if the reaction velocity for the heterozygote is per definitionem intermediate between the two parents, the size of the organ will also be intermediate. Let us now assume that the cell divisions in question proceed first slower and then faster, as represented on the line M,; the same system leads then to almost complete dominance of the greater size; if, however, cell divisions proceed first faster and then slower as represented on line M,, we find almost complete dominance of the smaller size.
I think that this diagram which follows immedi- ately from the preceding analysis, is rather instruc- tive. It demonstrates a simple interpretation of dominance; furthermore, we have to assume that the three forementioned types of cell division are themselves determined directly or indirectly by the action of other genes, which in genetic language are usually called modifiers. Dominance then is the re- sult of the interaction in time of the heterozygous main gene with a number of others, the modifiers. Those among you who are acquainted with Fisher’s so-called theory of the origin of dominance will real- ize at once that only such a system, as presented here, will allow that dominance is changed by se- lection of modifiers. Moreover, the diagram may be used as a model for all possible determinations of developmental processes into which the embryology of an individual might be dissolved. By changing the meaning of the variables, introducing new ones, or other threshold conditions, similar models might be derived for all kinds of facts relating differentiation to genic action. Finally, the diagram may show that it is of no use to discuss the problem of the quantity of the gene without considering the cor- responding reaction velocities through which alone the assumption of different but typical gene-quanti- ties becomes important; because without this con- nection we have only a sterile hypothesis.
Let me illustrate finally this point by an actual case. Dobzhansky! some time ago set out to dis- prove the quantitative nature of multiple allelo- morphs in the following way: he argued that if we consider a series of multiple allelomorphs which produces manifold phenotypic effects in dif- ferent organs, these effects must show always a parallel seriation in different combination of these allelomorphs, if the genes in question form a quantitative series. A study of the facts did not prove this to be the case, and therefore he con- cluded that the allelomorphs cannot be of a simple quantitative nature. As a matter of fact, the premises of this argument are already wrong, be- cause the main point has been neglected: namely, the system of reaction velocities. This will be evi-
11 Dobzhansky, Th.: The manifold effects of the genes stubble and stubbloid in Drosophila melano- gaster. “Zs, ind. Abstl.” 54, 1930.
Goldschmidt, R.: ‘“Bemerkungen zur Kritik der quantitativen Natur multipler Allele.” ‘“Philiptschen- ko Gedachtsnisband,” Leningrad 1932.
Avucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
259
dent at once if we consult again a similar diagram as before. We have represented three allelomorphs by their reactions of different velocities which lead to a determinative effect at a certain threshold after the time I, II, II]. Let us assume again a very simple type of effects, namely, the cessation of growth of an organ at the time in question. Each organ of which the size is influenced by the series of allelomorphs may, of course, have its own curve of differentiation which is determined independently of the allelomorphs in question. In order not to complicate the diagram, some of the such possible curves have been drawn below. The size of the or- gan reached at the decisive times I, II, III is then represented by the verticals Ph.I, II, III. In the first case, the organ shows a steady increase with the three allelomorphs in question; in the second organ the first two allelomorphs produce the same effect; in the third organ the effect is identical for the second and third allelomorph. The fourth case represents the growth of an organ in two dimen- sions represented by a length-breadth index. L is the curve for a constant growth in length, W, the curve for intermittent growth in breadth, and the propor- tion of the two verticals at time I, IJ, III, the re- spective index of the resulting phenotype. In the case which is represented, this index is first high then low and then again higher. This simple dia- gram shows then how in such a system of timed re- actions a series of causes of a definite order, for ex- ample, a set of different quantities of a gene, might produce effects of a very different order in different organs.
A third example of the application of the gen- eral idea might be discussed which is to be re- garded as representative for a certain group of problems. The wing of butterflies and moths constitutes after a certain critical period, which is situated towards the end of the larval stage, a self- differentiating system. A nice demonstration of this I was able to give many years ago! when I showed that it is possible to change the speed of differentiation of one wing without altering the other wing of the same individual at all, namely, by blocking the blood supply to a certain extent. We may have side by side the normal wing which almost has finished its differentiation and the operated wing of the same animal which shows structure and coloration of an earlier larval period. (These experiments, by the way, have anticipated the general type of some recent experiments per- formed on amphibian eggs with local temperature changes). This self-differentiating system of the wing pattern is finally determined during the criti- cal period. At this time when the wing is a simple epithelial sac showing no visible differentiation on its surface which would correspond to a later pattern, the future pattern is already completely laid out. How this is done we do not yet know. But two significant facts have come to light which may be regarded as the beginning of an under- standing. One related to the wing of intersexual
12 Untersuchungen zur Entwicklungsphysiologie
des Flugelmusters der Schmetterlinge. ‘Arch, Entw. mech,” 47, 1920.
males of the gipsy-moth. Such a wing exhibits the characteristic mosaic streaks of white female color upon the brown male wing. If these white patches are large, it can be shown that they have also a different rate of growth from the brown areas. At the time of pupation, of course, no such structure can be seen on the epithelial wing, but in some cases the wing-mosaic may be faintly but clearly seen on the pupacase, which has been secreted by the wing epithelium. This shows that the pattern is already present in the form of some difference in regard to the secreting activity or some other process involved in the formation of chitin by the wing-surface. A little later, how- ever, but a long time before any pigment appears, the difference in question can be made visible, and it may be shown in what it really consists. That is, the prospective white parts of the wing are far in advance of the later dark parts in re- gard to the differentiation of the scales. This may be made visible by drying the wing that has been taken out of the pupa. The prospective white parts carry well chitinized scales which remain erect when drying ; the future dark parts, however, are still carrying younger soft scales which col- lapse in drying, so that on a wing treated in such way the future white parts stand out in relief!®. This then shows in one case that the primary pat- tern formation consists in producing areas with a different speed of differentiation. These find- ings in the intersexual wing proved further to be in full harmony with other results in regard to the development of the wing pattern, which had been found in other objects. I could show that the normal wing pattern in many different types of butterflies and moths is laid down in the same way!, namely, as regions of different speed of differentiation.
The following slide showed a swallow-tail Thais polyxena with its characteristic pattern and besides a wing taken from a pupa, before any pigment be- comes visible. In drying the wing, the ghost pat- tern becomes visible because the future light scales remain erect, but the future pigmented scales col- lapse. The photograph does not allow it to be dis- tinguished clearly, that no pigment at all is involved in this picture. This is more easily visible in an- other picture representing an unpigmented pupa wing of a cecropia moth. The white margin of the eye spot is easily seen as a group of erect scales, whereas those of the dark spot are collapsed.
The second important fact has recently been
13 For particulars and discussions see: Untersuch- ungen uber Intersexualitat. II. “Zs. ind. Abstl.” 29, 1922; Einige Materialien zur Theorie der abgestim- mten Reaktionsgeschwindigkeiten. “Arch. Entw. mech.” 98, 1923. The majority of the extensive studies of the author and his former student F. Suffert have never been published. The same prin- ciple has been always found at work.
14 Papers quoted in note 12 and 13, see further; Physiologische Theorie der Vererbung,
260
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
found by a student of Professor Kihn™. In the larval wings of the meal-moth at about the critical period he found zones of intense mitotic divisions, which corresponded to later elements of the wing pattern, elements which later follow the same law which we just described. Though it is not yet possible to coordinate and to understand all these facts, they might be represented in general terms at present in the following way: in the critical period which corresponds to the time of irreversi- ble determination found in each study of develop- mental physiology of any organ, a pattern appears of physiologically different areas on the wing, dif- ferent in regard to their growing activities and to their relative speeds of differentiation. This sug- gests the appearance and typical distribution of something like a growth hormone. All the rest of the differentiation of the pattern, however, is nothing but the consequence of a coordinated sys- tem of reaction velocities in regard to differentia- tion and also to chemism.
The following diagram (3) may serve as a model for the whole process which might be varied in- definitely to fit individual cases. We assume that the wing area differentiates during the critical period into three different parts, according to what we have seen before. Each of these areas I, II, III begins to differentiate at a different rate represented by the three curves T,, T,, T,. At the level of the points 1, , , the respective scales have reached the stage or threshold which permits of the deposition of pigments. We then see three independent gene- controlled chains of reaction which are supposed to result in the formation of some component, requi- site for the final deposition of yellow, red, and black pigment respectively within the scales at the times Tp,, Tp., Tp.. Now at the time Tp, only the area I is ready to receive the stuff P,, and therefore only this area will contain yellow scales; similarly for the two other areas. It is clear that this diagram which is based on the actual facts, may be varied to fit any type of pattern, pigment, etc., and that it might be as well used as a model for many processes of determination which after all are nothing but for- mations of patterns.
Only one of the consequences may be men- tioned, partly because it is connected with some of our own work, partly because it opens up vistas in another direction. The classic temperature ex- periments with butterflies have shown that it is possible to change the inherited wing pattern by applying extreme temperatures and other extreme conditions to the animal within the critical period, the duration of which has been exactly de- termined!®, One of the well known results of this old work, which we have repeated on a large scale, is the fact, that in a number of cases it was possible to produce in the temperature experi-
15 Kohler, W.: Die Entwicklung der Flugel bei der Mehlmotte Ephestia Kuhniella Zeller mit besonderer
Berucksichtigung des Zeichnungsmusters. “Z. Morph. Oekol.” Tiere 24, 1932.
ments forms as non-heritable modifications, which are phenotypically identical with well known geo- graphic sub-species, a fact which plays a consider- able role in Lamarckian discussions. A typical case is the case of Vanessa urticae from the Euro- pean continent and the subspecies ichnusa from Mediterranean islands; the phenotype of the lat- ter is exactly reproduced in the temperature ex- periments with the former. Many similar cases are known.
The following diagram (4) gives the type of ex- planation of such cases, I repeat, the type, because no actual analysis has been made, which would show which individual reactions are concerned with the special case. The diagram therefore does not claim to cover the actual case but to represent the type of explanation which-has to be applied, all details being indefinitely variable to fit the individual case. We assume that the phenotypic differences of the two forms in question are differences in the area which one definite element of the pattern occupies. This relative area is determined during the critical period which is supposed to end at the time Se-Se. One of the simplest possibilities for the determina- tion of the size of this area is, that it is propor- tional to the time which is available from the be- ginning of its formation to its final determination with the end of the critical period. Both of these points are, of course, determined independently and genetically, and we express this by assuming a gen- etic chain of reactions AA which reaches its active minimum at the level W, and a second chain S which determines similarly the time at which the critical period ends Se-Se. The distance between the two times, 9, then is proportional, to the area of the pattern element in question. Now we might have another race in which genetically the curve AA is replaced by A,A,, and therefore the area of the pattern in questidn is proportional to the distance q,, that is, bigger. If I perform now a temperature experiment during the critical period, and the S and A chains have a different temperature-coefficient, I might shift Se to Se,, without touching A. Now our area is proportional to the distance qt which is equal to q,, and the phenotype is exactly identical with the one of the race A,. Speaking generally, we learn from this diagram that it may be possible within a system of timed reactions to produce a certain new phenotype by shifting one of the re- actions, by changing its velocity. This shifting, however, and therefore the same effect, may be due either to an external agency like temperature, or to a mutation of the gene which lies at the basis of the reaction in question.
There is one consequence of these considera- tions, which seems rather important. In such a system of timed reactions, there are not many de- grees of freedom imaginable for the individual re- action, which would not upset the whole system. Therefore viable mutations are limited, and furthermore within such a system viable muta- tions are only imaginable, the phenotype of which
16 The well known work of Standfuss, Weismann, Fischer, Merrifield. Determination of the critical period by my former student F. Suffert: Bestim- mungsfaktoren des Zeichnungsmusters beim Saison- dimorphismus von Araschnia levana prors. “Biol. Centrbl.” 44, 1924.
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
261
might theoretically also be obtained by proper ex- ternal action as modifications. This means that if we know the proper agents and the proper criti- cal periods, we ought to be able to produce also the phenotype of every imaginable or known mu- tation in the form of a non-heritable modifica- tion. Putting aside the manifold obvious cases of this type in quantitative characters like size, I might mention that I succeeded in producing the exact phenotype of a considerable number of Drosophila mutations as non-inheritable modifica- tions through the action of extreme temperatures at different critical periods. It is very significant that in such experiments usually the modification in question appears simultaneously in a series of degrees, paralleling exactly series of known or also not yet known multiple allelomorphs!”. If we remember what we heard before about such series and the reaction velocities, the wonderful consistency of all the facts and their connection through a rather simple idea becomes once more apparent.
I do not think that much imagination is needed to apply the different models of the argument, which have now been discussed, to any imaginable process of differentiation which proceeds orderly with time, and I believe that the relation between the gene and that part of the process of embryonic differentiation which belongs to the dimension of time is adequately explained by the system of timed reactions and what belongs to it. This, however, is only a part of the problem of embry- onic determination. There is in addition the dif- ferentiation of the substratum in the three di- mensions of space without which the reaction sys- tem which produces the right thing at the right time, could not be imagined to produce it also in the right place. There can be no doubt that the spatial differentiation of the substratum is also produced at definite times by the same system of genic and timed reactions. Under normal con- ditions, a certain embryonic area, say a limb-bud, is equipotential up to one moment and differenti- ated into parts of different potency from that moment on. And this time of determination may be different but genetically fixed in nearly related species. We discussed this point already in re- gard to the wing pattern. Further, all the ele- mentary facts of experimental embryology, be- ginning with the analysis of the different types of eggs in regard to determination prove that the progress of differentiation may be dissolved into a series of exactly timed events, consisting mainly
17 Only a short notice has been published, though a considerable material has been accumulated. Jollos, who has repeated the experiments with the same results, is preparing a communication which relieves me from publishing the details of my re- sults.
in some diversification of the substratum, be this the egg which is to be regarded as an individual system, be it progressively smaller and smaller areas of the embryo, now to be regarded as the in- dividual systems, which change at a certain moment from a monophasic to a polyphasic condition!, The causation of this change still belongs to the domain of physiological genetics, and is adequate- ly understood by the system of timed reaction ve- locities. But in what this change consists and what are its consequences in regard to determina- tion, this is the proper domain of experimental embryology. The experimental facts have been described under many headings since the days, when He first understood the problem with a really prophetic vision. Organ forming stuffs, chemo- differentiation, embryonic segregation, and the or- ganizator are all terms for the observed facts of the same order. The organizator conception in addition has led an important step further, be cause it connects the facts of the diversification of the substratum with former causative events and therefore opens the way for a dynamic under- standing of a sequence of events, which has been started at one point. And the theory of the metabolic gradients, which constitutes the physio- logical corrollary to the morphological organizator- concept, makes visible one of the ways for a causal explanation of the whole process. Whatever this process of the diversification of the substratum, or in one word, including all vis- ible types, the process of stratification, might be, its meaning within the genetic system of timed reactions is clear. It allows the products of the genic reactions to act or not to act or to act dif- ferently on different areas of the germ; it creates secondary and tertiary systems, influencing the course of the genic reactions differently in the different regions, allowing one and the same or- iginal chain of reactions to lead to different con- sequences in the different areas, and the same over and over again up to the end of differentiation.
It would be pleasant to point to a few of the consequences which might be derived from such views as the ones presented here, consequences in regard to special and general problems of genetics, problems of mutation, evolution, the understand- ing of rudimentary organs or embryonic recapitu- lation. But these conclusions may be easily drawn by anybody who is willing to accept the soundness of the basic idea?®.
18 Detailed discussion in ‘Physiologische Theorie der Vererbung.” .
19Some of them have been presented in “Die quantitativen Grundlagen, etc.,” ‘Materialien zur Theorie etc.” and “Physiologische Theorie, etc.” quoted before, others have meanwhile been drawn by other authors, who accepted the general trend of our ideas.
262
Ladies and Gentlemen! A few years ago, one of the leading biologists of this country professed right here his opinion that the time has not yet come for genetics to join hands with experimental embryology. Permit me to conclude this lecture by expressing most emphatically my conviction
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
that not only this time has long since come, but also that the foundations for an understanding of development from the standpoint of physiological genetics have already been laid. Indeed a con- siderable part of the frame-work stands ready around which to erect a good building.
CYTOPLASMIC STRUCTURES CONCERNED IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
EARLY EMBRYO ( Continued from Page 253 )
cotton wool, the material passing through will re- form as a plasmodium; that is, there are no spe- cific structures in the protoplasm aside from the nucleus. Such an organism therefore does not contain within itself the cytoplasmic structures which make possible a multi-cellular animal, i. e., differentiation into something dissimilar to the mother cell. Such cytoplasmic structures appear as a rule in the case of the metazoa after the fer- tilization of the egg. It is on these structures, which seem to be comparatively simple chemical compounds, that the development of the blastula and subsequent larva depend. If we take away certain of these structures, or weaken them, the larvae cannot develop normally.
In the Coelenterates the eggs have no mem- branes. The ‘blastomeres are held together by cytoplasmic processes. Metchnikoff (1884) showed that this was the case in Medusa; later Hargitt found the same to be true of the Pennaria at Woods Hole.
Most of our experiments have been with the Pacific Coast sea urchins. The fertilized egg of Strongylocentrotus has a fertilization membrane and a hyaline membrane closely investing the blastomeres. If the eggs are put into calcium-free sea water the hyaline membrane disappears. If the fertilization membrane is broken and the ihya- line membrane then made to disappear, the cells divide but do not form a blastula. The mem- branes are therefore mechanical essentials in the transformation of dividing eggs into blastulae.
It can be shown that the hyaline membrane be- haves like a calcium proteinate, in the following way. If eggs are treated with sea water at a pH 4.0, the hyaline layer rounds up into droplets, absorb- ing water from the perivitelline space. If the eggs are now centrifuged, the physical connections of the droplets with the:egg are severed. Upon re- turn to normal sea water a new hyaline membrane is exuded from the egg. The larvae resulting from such an egg will be perfect but will be smaller by the amount lost in the reformation of the membrane. The hyaline layer cannot there- fore exist in an acid solution. It can on the other hand, be strengthened in sea water at pH 8.0, by adding calcium chloride to the sea water. If this be done the hyaline layer becomes tough and comparatively indestructible, retaining the
blastula within its shell for as long as a week.
The formation of both fertilization and hya- line membranes is easily prevented by treating the unfertilized eggs with a solution of non-elec- trolyte. Five to ten seconds is a sufficient length of time in the non-electrolyte solution. They are then returned to sea water and fertilized. They divide normally and form loose clusters of cells held together by strands which we term primary cell bridges. Eggs of the sand dollar, Dendraster, which have been treated in this way, if shaken when they are in the four cell stage, are extended into chains. If such a chain be watched till the micromeres form, it will be seen that the end cells go to form the animal pole, and the two in- side cells, the vegetal pole of the blastula. Sub- sequently cell plates and half blastulae form, which later disintegrate. For a simple physical reason, therefore, the lack of confining membranes makes it impossible for the larva to form, because for this a closed cavity (the blastocele) is neces- sary. The situation is different in the European sea urchins. In Paracentrotus and Echinus, with the formation of micromeres the blastomeres are drawn together and later form a blastula. If, however, these larvae are put into calcium-free sea water, the blastomeres fall somewhat apart and numerous strands can be seen connecting them. These strands later break and the cells fall entirely apart. Such strands we speak of as sec- ondary cell bridges. Droplets run along them very much as in strands connecting mesenchyme cells.
If the eggs of Paramecentrotus lividus are ex- posed for a few minutes to an isosmotic solution of glycerol to which has been added sodium chloride in total concentration .05 M, only the hyaline membrane will form after fertilization,
and the resulting blastomeres will fall apart a little. If the concentration of sodium chloride
is increased to .10 M, the fertilization membrane is formed but not elevated, and the result is ar almost solid blastula. After a still greater in- crease of the salt to .14 M, the fertilization mem- brane is formed and elevated and the result is a normal blastula. It was found in the case of these eggs that the complete membrane-forming func- tion can be saved in an isosmotic solution of gly- cerol containing either magnesium, strontium, cal-
Aucust 27, 1932 }
THE COLLECTING NET
263
cium or barium ion in .002 M concentration; like- wise if the solution contains lithium, sodium or caesium ion in .14 M concentration, the mem- branes are saved.
The question as to how the non-electrolyte works became important to consider. A series of experiments was carried out with the eggs of Strongylocentrotus purpuratus, using isosmotic glycerol as the non-electrolyte solution. The ef- ficiency of the solution in suppressing membrane formation was tested for different pH’s. The ex- periment was made by putting a drop of eggs in 25 cc. of solution and agitating. Every five sec- onds some of the eggs were removed to a watch glass containing sea water, and fertilized. Thus the minimum time was determined for the sup- pression of the membrane formation. The rate is the inverse of the time. The shortest time and highest rate for the effect was found to be at pH 9.0 with a slight falling off down to pH 5.5, after which the curve dropped abruptly to a theoretical zero at pH 4. The graph of this reaction is a broken curve. Just what this means we do not know, but it may indicate an iso-electric point. A second experiment showed how the action of hy- droxyl ions in destroying the pre-membrane stuff is inhibited by Ca ion.
These effects are somewhat similar to those ob- tained by Gray on the solution of the intercellular matrix of Mytilus epithelium. That worker has found that if such epithelium is put into a solution of urea or even NaCl, the cells fall apart when the matrix dissolves. There is a striking similar- ity between the curves of Gray’s results and of mine for the solution of the pre-membrane stuff.
A third cytoplasmic system which behaves like a protein is that of the egg core. If the unfer- tilized eggs of the sea urchin are put in a non-elec- trolyte solution at pH 4.0, they begin to disin- tegrate. If the cells are observed under high power the granular mass inside the cell becomes suddenly active showing Brownian movement, finally ending in the granules pouring out as though grain froma sack. The reaction depends upon the electrolyte and the pH of the solution. If the pH of the solution is 7.0 or 8.0, the cells remain unharmed for an hour at a time; while if the solution is acidic, they fall apart in one or two minutes. The center of the cell is thus labile only at an acid pH in the absence of metallic ions; it is stable with an excess of hydroxyl ions alone and with metallic ions. The core thus dif- fers from the hyaline membrane which is labile in an acid medium (pH 4.0), even if the medium contains metallic ions. The core and hyaline mem- brane thus differ strikingly from the fertilization pre-membrane since the latter is stable in the presence of hydrogen ions and labile in the pres-
ence of hydroxyl ions, provided metallic ions are not present.
As to the part played by the structures we have considered in building the blastula, it is clear from the experiments that the blastomeres must be held together either by outside membranes or by pro- cesses connecting them or by both, in order to form larvae. The effect of the outside membrane in holding the blastomeres together can be fur- ther tested without destroying it. For example, if starfish eggs after fertilization are exposed to a solution of a non-electrolyte, the fertilization membrane will be pushed out. The normal di- ameter of the membrane is .21 mm.; after it has been thus treated, it reaches .27 mm. The result of this extension is that the blastomeres in the expanded room tend to fall apart and bizarre gas- trulae result. It was found possible to make an artificial substitute for the membrane, showing that its effect is mechanical in nature. We first tried setting membrane-free eggs to develop in holes in a paraffin plate. This did not work be- cause it was impossible to make the holes suf- ficiently exact. Finally the membraneless eggs of Dendraster were found to develop well in a solu- tion of agar in sea water. If the agar was stiff enough the blastomeres were held together so that they formed closed blastulae. A half per cent. solution was not firm enough but three-fourths and one per cent. gave excellent results, i. e. closed blastulae and later gastrulae.
An experiment of a different type deserves brief mention in this discussion of cytoplasmic structures and embryonic development. It con- cerns the relative parts played by nucleus and cytoplasm in determining the segmentation rate of dividing eggs. In Pacific Grove there are two Echinoderms which readily hybridize but which have widely different segmentation times. Dend- raster eccentricus, the sand dollar, accomplishes its first division at 20° in about 57 minutes and each subsequent division in 28 minutes. The eggs of Strongylocentrotus, the sea urchin (2 species), divides in 95 minutes after fertilization and subse- quently every 47 minutes, approximately. In cross fertilized eggs the segmentation time is always the time characteristic of the egg. One cannot, how- ever, conclude from such an experiment that the cytoplasm of the egg alone is concerned since the egg nucleus is present and may effect events re- mote from itself. It therefore became necessary, in order to solve the problem, to remove the egg nucleus, afterward fertilizing the enucleated cyto- plasm with the foreign sperm. By means of a micro-dissection needle the nucleus has been re- moved from the eggs of Dendraster, sometimes with a small amount of cytoplasm, sometimes the egg was simply cut in two. The pieces were then
264
fertilized with the sperm of Strongylocentrotus franciscanus. The result in all cases was that the enucleated piece of Dendraster egg divided in the time characteristic for Dendraster, and there was no difference in tempo between the piece contain- ing the egg nucleus and the piece containing none. The experiment proves then that the segmenta-
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
tion time in these echinederms is a function of the maturated cytoplasm alone. In the case des- cribed, the cytoplasm forced the slow sperm nu- cleus to perform its division in a little more than half its normal time.
(This article is based an a lecture presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 18.)
i SURVEYING IN NORTHERN LABRADOR Dr. ALEXANDER FORBES Associate Professor of Physiology, Harvard Umiversity Medical School
Dr. Jacobs has asked me to tell you something about our cruise in Northern Labrador. This cruise originated in a suggestion made several years ago by Sir Wilfred Grenfell. He said, “Tf you like cruising, why don’t you come up and map one of the uncharted fiords in Labrador.” The prospect was intriguing. Most of the coast of Labrador is very crudely charted and was un- surveyed in the northern part, which included high mountain ranges, containing the highest peaks on the Atlantic coast. So the plan developed.
It seemed worth while also to look into the natural history—there were some very interesting geological problems. There are remains of glaciers from an old ice age—also problems concerning the configuration of mountains in relation to glacial history were to be solved. To what extent the ice sheet had covered the mountains remained to be determined. Certain flora can be found in parts of Newfoundland, which have sur- vived the Wisconsin ice sheet. This last ice sheet, which covered the northern country about 25,000 to 50,000 years ago, left a certain area un- touched, as shown by plants which date back be- yond that age—so-called “conservative plants.” Geological evidence supports the same conclusion. Dr. Fernald believed that the same picture might be found in the mountains of northern Labrador. Therefore it seemed worth while to have a geo- logical and botanical objective to the expedition as well as a geographical one.
It was suggested that we use an airplane for this work, and after comparing the relative ef- ficiency of airplanes and human legs in doing sur- vey work in a rugged country, we decided that certainly it would be a waste of time and energy to attempt such a project without an airplane. It would be impossible to take a land plane because there is no place to make a landing in a country with such jagged peaks and rough terrain; so a seaplane was required. An aerial surveying cam- era was hired.
We then needed someone competent to take charge of the surveying and mapping. It was a fortunate coincidence that Mr. Miller, instruc- tor in the American Geographical Society’s School
of Surveying, had just developed a new method of making maps by means of aerial photographs. The Byrd expedition had just returned, and with the aid of Miller’s method their photographs fur- nished a good map of the Queen Maude moun- tains. Mr. Miller had had no opportunity to or- ganize a survey to demonstrate his new method, and was therefore eager to experiment with it.
There are several methods of mapping from aerial photography. One is to have the plane fly over the country and take over-lapping vertical photographs ; this is very good for shore line worl and may be used for topographical relief mapping. If stereoscopic methods are used, the heights of mountains can be determined — there are very elaborate machines for this in Italy. The method of using vertical pictures was much too detailed and expensive for the large area to be covered and with the time at our disposal—like doing gross anatomy with a high power microscope. Another method, used in Canada, is the grid method. The plane takes oblique pictures including the horizon, and a perspective grid is drawn on the photo- graph; the features are then redrawn on a cor- responding rectangular grid. Miller’s method is essentially one of triangulation: two different photographs are taken which contain certain points of known position, and by a system of triangula- tion it is possible to determine the exact position of the plane in the air when the picture was taken, and then to determine the location of any other unknown point which appears in both photo- graphs, provided they contain also the two known points and the horizon. He was very keen to put his method into practice, and the American Geo- graphical Society directed him to go with us and take charge of the survey.
The Labrador coast can be divided into three sections. To Indian Harbor it is fairly accurately charted. From there north it is unsurveyed, and very sparsely settled, though there are Eskimo villages. From Cape Mugford north there is hardly any human life. There are three ranges of mountains, the most dramatic being the Torn- gat Mountains, which according to Eskimo legend are inhabited by evil spirits. At Hebron is the
st 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
265
last Moravian mission, and beyond that there is no human kfe. It is a mountainous region cut by magnificent fords.
The first item to be considered was a good boat. We got the schooner that Captain Iselin had built for oceanographic research and which was called the Atlantis. This name was wanted very much for the new boat down here; so the new name Ramah, was given to our boat, and she was fitted out with an auxiliary engine, which burned oil for fuel. We obtained an old Fairchild plane which had been used by the Telephone Company for scientific work, and another smaller one, a Waco biplane.
In the middle of June, 1931, we left Boston for Sydney, Nova Scotia. Thence we proceeded to St. Anthony, the headquarters of the Grenfell Mission. We set sail from St. Anthony on July 2, and on July 4 reached Gready, a typical Lab- rador settlement. We anchored there in a “tickle,” which is a narrow passage between two islands. We discovered that the tide always runs south in this “tickle”—probably because of the Labrador current. There was a fair-sized iceberg not very far away and some of the boys went out to get ice for the refrigerator.
The next stop was Indian Harbor, which is the site of the northernmost of the Grenfell Hos- pitals. A large fishing fleet was anchored there. Here our surgeon was much in demand, since the doctor at the Grenfell Hospital has to divide his time with a settlement some distance away and there were a number of ailments which had ac- cumulated during his absence.
The charts we had supposed to be accurate as far as Indian Harbor; and, as a matter of fact, their accuracy stopped right in the middle of the harbor. Relying on a harbor chart to show the depth of water, we started out only to run aground almost immediately,
Mr. Miller and I went up in the plane to look out for pack ice, since the route we should take might depend upon its presence or absence.
We went into Hopedale for fuel and here the charts were very confusing. We were told we should have a local pilot on account of the shoals, but we had a device which enabled us to get through without a local pilot on our already crowded boat—a sort of submarine kite, devised by Magoun. Two of these with a wire drag be- tween, were towed ahead of us by the tender, at a greater depth than our keel.
At Hopeland we took on all the gasoline we could stagger under, because no more could be obtained beyond there. We planned to put out to sea here, but were fortunate in running across Captain MacMillan who offered to guide us through the inside passage up to Nain. He took us through a labyrinth of barren, rocky islands
covered with spruce or fir.
We put out to sea at Port Manvers and sailed to Cape Mugford—a region of volcanic rock, in- cluding peaks over 3,500 feet high. We anchored here in order to give Odell and Abbe an oppor- tunity to explore the mountains, some of which had never been climbed before, for items of geo- logical and botanical interest,
At Hebron the Hudson Bay Company and the Moravian Mission occupy the same quarters: one takes care of the food, the other of the social and religious problems.
Our main base was laid at Kangalaksiorvik. We reached it in a dense fog, aided by photo- graphs which Miller had taken on a preliminary reconnaisance flight. From there Miller did the major triangulation. Kangalaksiorvik means “place where you can hunt deer while they are changing their hair.’ This country is covered with fireweed and dwarf willows. One species of dwarf willow has leaves about one inch in diam- eter and grows about six inches above the ground. We used twigs of this for firewood. Another species has leaves one-fourth inch in diameter and grows one-half inch above the ground. It would not appear to be a tree to the uninitiated but Abbe assured us that it was so technically.
It was found that the highest peaks were about 5,000 feet high rather than 7,000 as had been stated heretofore.
A very ingenious dark room was set up by the mate, who was an architect. We had supersensi- tive films; so the room had to be absolutely dark. Water was brought in by hose from a brook and a trough was constructed for washing the large rolls of film. A drying frame was set up and protected with an awning and mosquito netting. The water from the brook had to be heated on an improvised stove to make a developer warm enough to work.
In the Komaktorvik valley salmon were abun- dant, but they would not touch a hook, and had to be shot with a gun.
At Ryan’s Bay we were surprised to find two tents on the shore. Two Eskimos came out in their sealskin kayaks. They were obviously very healthy, much more so than those we had seen farther south. The reason probably is that those in the south live a life to which they are not adapted, subsisting on the flour and canned sup- plies distributed to them by the Hudson Bay Com- pany, while the nomadic Eskimos eat little but raw cod, seal and caribou, which are teeming with all the vitamins of the alphabet. Their teeth are better, their physique is much better, and there is a great deal less tuberculosis. They were very intelligent in studying the photographs of the region which we had, and identified some of the places for us—we took down the names phonet-
266
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
ically and later learned their meanings from a missionary. They were not so intelligent, how- ever, in providing for themselves. Someone was very much attracted by their bone-tipped paddles, and on being offered Ingersoll watches in ex- change, they gladly handed them over. They had to be towed ashore in consequence, and it turned out that there was nothing there with which to make more paddles, and it is difficult to see how they would have been able to get food. One of the men took pity on their plight and returned one paddle.
From Ryan’s Bay we sailed north to Ekortiar- suk, in Latitude 60°, our farthest north. Here Miller made a separate triangulation, but tied it to the main triangulation with points intersected from both. Thus he established an extensive ground control which will serve as a skeleton for the map.
In fifteen hours of flying time, about 550 pic- tures were taken which covered an area of 4,000 square miles. Several months’ work will be re- quired to complete the final map.
CHANGES IN SUSCEPTIBILITY OF DROSOPHILA EGGS DURING EARLY DE- VELOPMENT TO HARD AND SOFT X-RAYS, GAMMA RAYS OF RADIUM AND ALPHA PARTICLES Dr. P. S. HENSHAW
Biophysicist, Memorial Hospital (New York)
The experiments to be discussed here deal with the effects of different kinds of radiation on Dros- ophila eggs in the early stages of development. They are mainly exploratory in nature and were performed originally as a foundation for other work in which Drosophila eggs were used as test material. The results when obtained, however, indicated that the methods of investigation used might also be useful in studying certain factors influencing development. Attention will first be called to some of the changes which take place in the egg during early development, after which a brief description will be given of certain responses to the radiations.
The Drosophila egg is centrolecithal in type. The egg and sperm nuclei unite near the cénter of the egg and the early cleavages, nuclear only, take place synchronously in the central region at the rate of 1 in 10-12 minutes at room tempera- ture, 22-25° C. At about the eighth or ninth cleavage, the nuclei begin to migrate to the peri- phery where cell membranes are formed around them and where they arrange themselves in a single cellular layer to form the blastoderm. This thickens by continued mitosis and very soon, gas- trulation begins by invagination.
Attention may be called more specifically to cer- tain functional activity which is going on at the different stages in the eggs. Since cleavage is syn- chronous among the cells (or nuclei) it is clear that the total number of cells is doubled with every cleavage. Accordingly, at the ninth cleay- age when the nuclei are moving toward the peri- phery, 512 cells are present. The next cleav- age takes the number to 1024, the next to over 2000 and the next to more than 4000, etc. From this it is evident that one of the first steps at the beginning of differentiation is a slowing of the rate of multiplication of cells. By careful ex-
2000
w
1200
600
400
amination of the process at the beginning of gas- trulation (which is also the beginning of somatic differentiation), it is apparent that mitotic activ- ity is momentarily limited to those few cells in- volved in the formation of the initial bud. Where a total of more than 1000 cells was active just before gastrulation, the number is reduced to a very few at the time of gastrulation—a tre- mendous reduction in percentage of cells active. The remarkable uniformity of activity among the cells gives way to diversity and specialization. It becomes clear, therefore, that the beginning of gastrulation is a time when extensive changes in the regulative control of development takes place. Other investigations have indicated that organ- isms are the most susceptible to radiation when mitotic activity is the highest, and that the time
Hine
600
Bie
arte
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
267
of gastrulation is a particularly resisant stage in many organisms to depressing agents in general. It is of interest therefore to compare the radio- sensitivity of Drosophila eggs at the various stages in development.
40 K. V. X-rays, 200 K. V. X-rays, gamma rays of radium and alpha particles are the dif- ferent kinds of radiation which were used. The first three forms, for purposes here, may be con- sidered electromagnetic in nature, differing only in wave-length. Alpha particles, however, accord- ing to the Rutherford-Bohr theory of the struc- ture of the atom, are corpuscular in nature, be- ing identical with the helium atom stripped of its two planetary electrons. In comparing penetra- tion characteristics only, gamma rays are capable of penetrating fifteen cm. of lead, 200 K. V. x- rays are stopped by a few millimeters of lead, 40 K. V. x-rays are stopped by a few millimeters of aluminum and alpha particles are completely stopped by a single thickness of ordinary writing paper. The first three forms are therefore capable of penetrating uniformly to all parts of the Drosophila egg, but as shown by certain tests (which will not be described here) alpha particles do not. Since the results obtained for the different radia- tions are essentially alike except for alpha par- ticles and since this difference can be accounted for entirely on the basis of penetration, experi- ments with alpha particles will not be considered further at this time.
For the other radiations, the results obtained are concisely summarized in the accompanying figure. The average age of egg samples from time of fer- tilization is shown on the abscissa. The solid line
GENE MUTATIONS IN
curve indicates the quantity of radiation, shown in roentgens on the ordinate, required to cause mortality in 50 per cent. of the eggs before hatch- ing. Sections of a large number of eggs at dif- ferent ages were prepared and with these it was possible to correlate the stages in development with the changes in radiosensitivity. This is shown at the base of the figure. It is seen that during cleavage, the time when the total number of cells is increasing rapidly, there is a slight in- crease in sensitivity to the radiation, but that at or near the time of gastrulation there is a sudden and extensive rise in resistance. As pointed out above, this is a period during which the total num- ber of cells active in mitosis is very low. As the initial apical bud gets under way and others are formed, the total number of cells active is built up rapidly again and there is a corresponding in- crease in sensitivity. Thus it is seen that here again the radiosensitivity seems to follow in gen- eral the mitotic rate and that gastrulation in the Drosophila egg is a particularly resistant stage to radiation which is capable of penetrating uniform- ly to all parts of the egg (i. e. so far as mortality before hatching is concerned).
In closing, it may be pointed out that penetrat- ing radiation is a particularly good type of agent to use in studying developing organisms. It pene- trates uniformly and instantaneously to all parts and acts only during irradiation. Moreover rel- ative dosages can be determined with a high de- gree of precision.
(This article is based on a seminar report present ed at the Marine Biological Laboratory on Aug- ust 9.)
PARAMECIUM AURELIA
Dr. DANIEL RAFFEL National Research Fellow, Yale University
This investigation was undertaken to test the hypothesis advanced in my recent paper! that gene mutations occur not infrequently in Paramecium aurelia, Evidence of mutations both in the mac- ronucleus and the micronucleus was found.
In this investigation care was taken to eliminate all environmental differences. The technique em- ployed was that described in an earlier paper?. This included the use of a sterile salt solution as a culture medium with pure cultures of an alga and a bacterium as food organisms, the cultiva- tion of the organisms on sterile slides in sterile Petri dishes, the daily transfer of the organisms
1 Raffel, D. 1932. Inherited variation arising during
vegetative reproduction in Paramecium aurelia.
“Biol. Bull.,” 62:244-257.
2 Raffel, D. 1930. The effect of conjugation within
a clone of Paramecium aurelia. “Biol. Bull.” 58: 293-312,
to fresh medium with sterile micropipettes, and a constant temperature. In this investigation a fur- ther modification was introduced which consisted in standardizing the quantity of bacteria added each day. In this way not only were all the lines sub- jected to the same environment, but each line was cultivated on successive days in the same medium. The success of this modification was evident from the regularity in fission rates manifested by the different lines.
Since conjugation within a clone of Paramecium is genetically equivalent to self fertilization, re- cessive mutations which occur in the micronuclei can be accumulated during long periods of vege- tative reproduction. Since the micronuclei do not function except at conjugation and endomixis when they give rise to the new macronucleus which is formed at that time, mutations which occur in the micronuclei would not manifest them-
268
selves until after either conjugation or endomixis. If the mutations are recessive they would only produce their effects after conjugation when indi- viduals homozygous for such recessive mutations would be produced. In this investigation a clone was tested and found to contain one recessive lethal gene as at conjugation it produced 25 per- cent. non viable progeny. Then branches of this clone were cultivated for about 70 days and each of five such branches was inbred. The results of these inbreedings showed that the branches con- tained 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9 such recessive lethal genes. Hence, in these 5 branches of a single clone be- tween 3 and 8 mutations had occurred. That the mortality was produced by genetic factors is evi- dent from the fact that the same clone produced only 25 percent. non-viable individuals in the be- ginning and also from the results of conjugation in another clone (22a) at the same time that the conjugants were obtained from the five branches of the clone tested for accumulated mutations. In clone 22a only about 20 percent. of the progeny were non-viable. Also conjugation was induced in one of the branches twice within about two weeks and in the experiments the amount of mor- tality was nearly the same.
Mutations occurring in the micronucleus if dom- inant or if recessive in pairs of genes already heterozygous would be expected to manifest them- selves after endomixis when the macronucleus is replaced from one of the micronuclei. In this investigation persistent changes occurred after en- domixis which were obviously due to such changes. The amount of mortality which occurred after endomixis differed in different lines. This was apparently due to the numbers of recessive lethal genes which they already contained and for which mutations would produce homozygosis. The line (clone 22a) which suffered the least mortality after endomixis was shown by conjuga- tion to contain only one recessive lethal gene; while other lines which suffered more mortality were shown to contain between 4 and 9 such re- cessive lethals.
Most of the lines were uniform and constant in their rates of reproduction; but three of the lines became permanently altered after endomixis. Conjugation experiments indicated that one of the lines which remained uniform was heterozygous for only one pair of genes affecting fission rates as about 69.3 percent. of its viable progeny were alike and similar to the original. The mortality
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
due to lethal genes made it impossible to deter- mine the degree of heterozygosis for genes af- fecting fission rates in these lines.
Dominant mutations or recessive mutations in pairs already heterozygous occurring in the mac- ronucleus should manifest themselves immediate- ly. Their effects should persist until endomixis after which the normal characteristics should re- appear. Among 144 lines which were cultivated at 32°C. for a week, five became altered in their fission rates. These were cultivated until the next period of endomixis. At this time one of them reverted to its normal fission rate as would be ex- pected if the original change was due to a muta- tion in the macronucleus. The four other altered lines died at this time indicating that lethal mu- tations had occurred in their micronuclei in addi- tion to the apparent mutations in their macro- nuclei.
Experiments were also carried out which indi- cated that in Paramecium as in other organisms a higher temperature increases the mutation rate.
That the changes observed in this investigation are due to gene mutations is supported by the fact that (1) they are not environmental effects because the experiments were carried out under constant and controlled conditions; (2) they are not cytoplasmic changes because they are repro- duced at ordinary fission in all the progeny; (3) many of them appear only after conjugation by which homozygosis for recessive mutations is pro- duced, i. e., they are transmitted by individuals which do not themselves manifest the affects of the mutations. The last point is best illustrated by the case already published (Raffel 1932) and the lethal mutations which produce non-viable in- dividuals after conjugation in a normal line.
The occurrence of gene mutations in Parame- cium explains many of the phenomena which have hitherto been inexplicable such as the increased variation found after endomixis by Erdmann (1920) the ‘“dauermodifikationem” of Jollos (1921), the effectiveness of selection Parker (1927), the continued heterozygosis found by Jennings (1913), the mortality after endomixis (Woodruff and Erdmann 1914), the mortality in vegetative reproduction which occurs in all iso- lation culture work, and the question of senes- cence which was a center of controversy for many
years. (This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 16.)
A NEW UNSTABLE TRANSLOCATION IN DROSOPHILA Dr. A. H. StuRTEVANT Professor of Genetics, California Institute of Technology
Approximately one hundred cases of rearrange- ments of parts of chromosomes have been studied genetically in Drosophila—most of them induced
by X-ray treatment. As a rule the new arrange- ment has been found to be quite as stable as the typical one from which it arose; but there is a
Aueust 27, 1932 } .
THE COLLECTING NET
269
small class of unstable types, in which the new attachments break repeatedly.
The paper was a preliminary report on an in- completely analyzed member of this unstable group. This is a translocation of a piece from the extreme left end of the X chromosome onto the small fourth chromosome. The most impor- ant new point is that the resulting composite chromosome is unstable in two ways. The at- tached portion of the X is frequently lost, both somatically and germinally. In the germinal cases, at least, the fourth chromosome is not lost when this happens; but in other germ-cells a part at
least of the fourth chromosome may be lost while the attached piece of X is still present. In this latter case the piece of X is still lost somatically with about the same frequency as when it is at- tached to an entire fourth chromosome.
A hypothetical diagram of the nature of the at- tachment was presented; but this must be con- sidered as useful only for the purpose of helping to visualize the results, since the case is still not fully understood, and several complications re- main to be investigated.
(This paper is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 16.)
THE EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE AND CERTAIN ORGANIC ACID RADICALS ON EUGLENA GRACILIS Dr. THeEo. L. JAHN National Research Fellow, Yale University
The present paper is an attempt to study the effect of lethal and non-lethal temperatures upon Euglena gracilis. The literature contains practi- cally no definite information concerning this ques- tion. Euglena gracilis may be cultivated free from bacteria on agar or in broth in the same manner in which bacteria are cultivated. The method of cultivation and a counting method for determin- ing the amount of growth in various cultures has been described previously (Jahn, 1929-1932).
The first group of experiments is based on the conception of thermal death times. As defined in bacteriological literature, the thermal death time is the time necessary to produce complete steril- ization of a culture when the lethal temperature, the age of the culture, the kind and pH of the medium and other variable factors are given. In- itial experiments showed that 40°C. was a con- venient temperature for experimental purposes, the cultures being rendered sterile in about 45 minutes. These experiments also showed that for death the temperature characteristic is very high.
It can be demonstrated that the sterilization time is affected by pH, and that in the medium used the organism is most resistant at pH 5.0. The resistance at pH 5.0 is twice as high as at pH 8.0. This maximum of resistance is-at a distinct- ly different pH from the pH of maximal growth in the same medium. The optimal initial rate of growth is at pH 6.7 but the cultures exhibit a type of Tammann effect in that the maximal am- ount of growth shifts with time to the alkaline range.
The sterilization time is also affected by the number of organisms per cc., the more concen- trated cultures, in general, requiring a longer time to be rendered sterile. However, some of the dil- ute cultures, apparently a random selection, re- quire as long a time for sterilization as the more concentrated ones. This is explained as heing due
to a very wide distribution of resistances among the organisms. The general relationship of steril- ization time and concentration of organisms can be explained without the assumption of a pro- tective secretion of the type that has been pro- posed by Dr. Allee for similar phenomena. De- ductions based on the law of mass action and on the wide distribution of individual resistances can easily explain this relationship in Euglena gracilis, and also in the case of bacterial cultures (Jahn, 1929-1932).
The second group of experiments concerns the growth of Euglena gracilis in the dark at different temperatures. Ina medium of hydrolyzed casein the optimal temperature is 10°C., and growth is very slow (less than one division in three weeks). However, when sodium acetate is added, the growth rate is greatly increased (to more than one division every two days), and the maximal amount of growth occurs at 23°C. instead of at 10°C. Without acetate, encystment occurred at 15°C. and above, but in the cultures containing acetate no encystment occurred during the time of the experiment.
In a series of experiments performed to deter- mine the optimal concentration of ammonium ace- tate, it was found that the optimal concentration was different in the light (M/1280) and in the dark (M/160). It was also found that the opti- mal concentrations in the light and in the dark are higher for sodium acetate than for ammonium acetate, due to the lower toxicity of the sodium ion. :
Further experiments showed that the acetate radical could be replaced by proprionate and better still by butyrate, but not by formate, lactate, citrate, oxalate, succinate, or tartrate.
(A summary of a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 23.)
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
NUCLEAR STRUCTURE AND MITOSIS IN ZELLERIELLA (OPALINIDAE) T. T. CHEN Instructor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania
During the last few years, I have been inter- ested in the mitosis and chromosome behavior among the opalinids which are a group of ciliates living in the large intestines of frogs and toads, although some species have been described from fishes, salamanders and reptiles. They are par- ticularly interesting because ciliates in general possess two kinds of nuclei—the micronucleus and the macronucleus, but in the opalinids there is only one kind. There have been greatly divergent ideas concerning the nuclear structure and mito- sis. It seemed necessary to work over the whole subject with an abundant supply of favorable ma- terial. Since the size of the nuclei in these ani- mals varies a great deal in different genera and different species, it would seem best then to work on a species with very large nuclei so that the chromosomes and their behavior could be worked out in detail.
At the University of Pennsylvania, under the direction of Prof. Wenrich and Prof. McClung, I have obtained and studied opalinids from dif- ferent parts of this country as well as from Mex- ico, Naples, Bermuda, British West Indies, and different parts of Asia. It was our intention to find a species with nuclei which would be large enough for our work and at the same time find living material which could be obtained in great abundance. After spending much time, we have finally discovered a species from the southern part of this country which seems to have fulfilled the purpose. A report is given on this form—a species of Zelleriella (opalinidae), although I have also studied other forms.
The main part of this paper is devoted to the behavior of chromosomes and chromosome indi- viduality. Here we have a case in which the be- havior of chromosomes in a Protozoan cell is most strikingly similar to the behavior of chromosomes ina Metazoan cell.
NUCLEAR STRUCTURE
During interkinesis or the resting stage, the nucleus is spherical, oval, or slightly elongated. There are three essential structures of interest in the nucleus: (a) The nuclear membrane which is persistent throughout mitosis as in the majority of Protozoa. (b) The chromatin reticulum which gives rise to chromosomes during mitosis. (c) Masses of material, which stain intensely with hematoxylin during interkinesis and in all stages of mitosis but disappear with Feulgen’s technique. The nature of this material is not known.
NUCLEAR DIVISION (1) Prophase. At early prophase, the fine
chromatin reticulum begins to condense and trans- forms gradually into a fine spireme. At this stage, if not carefully studied, it might give one a false impression that it is a continuous thread. How- ever, when it is examined carefully, the spireme appears to consist of a number of threads or chromosomes. Each chromosome could be studied, traced, mapped, and drawn. The chromosomes condense and become thicker and shorter as mitosis goes on and can be counted and studied more easily. At late prophase or early metaphase, the chromosomes tend to collect at the equator of the nucleus and aggregate there, meanwhile the nucleus has already become elongated.
(2) Metaphase. On account of their extreme condensation, the chromosomes in metaphase are the thickest and shortest and most intensely stained. The chromosomes do not seem to ar- range themselves in a definite equatorial plate as in some animals but they do arrange themselves at the equator of the nucleus. Later, the longi- tudinal split of the chromosomes shows clearly and the chromatids or the daughter halves of each chromosome can be identified. At a somewhat later stage, the chromatids appear to be quite far apart from each other.
(3) Anaphase. In anaphase, the daughter halves of each chromosome move toward opposite poles. The daughter chromosomes do not reach the poles at the same time but apparently a num- ber of them may be ahead of others in approach- ing the poles.
(4+) Telophase. After reaching the poles, the chromosomes remain there and they become more irregular in arrangement, while the nucleus with its persistent nuclear membrane begins to con- strict at the middle and as a result a dumb-bell shaped nucleus is formed. Constriction of the nucleus continues until two daughter nuclei are formed which are at first connected by a thread. The chromosomes in the meantime have been gradually transforming into chromatin reticulum within the daughter nuclei. At a later time, the connecting thread between the two daughter nuclei disappears, resulting in the formation of two free spherical nuclei.
Among the 24+ or 25 chromosomes found there are certain individuals which could be readily rec- ognized in every nucleus on account of their dif- ferential size. They are the six shortest chromo- somes in the whole series. They are very much shorter than any other chromosomes in the whole group and hence they could be readily recognized.
In the resting stage, the masses of material
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET _ 271
within the nucleus may assume spherical, oval, elongated or similar shapes. There is no definite- ness in shape and the number varies a great deal, from two to twelve in each nucleus. There are also considerable variations in size. Such varia- tions in shape, size, and number may occur within the two nuclei of the same animal, either during the resting stage or mitosis. In no _ stage, do they show positive reaction with Feuglen’s technique.
In the early prophase, a striking change takes place. They tend to become greatly elongated. In a late prophase, however, they seem to condense and shorten until they become very much con- densed in the metaphase. In the anaphase, they become elongated again and constrict and divide in the middle. Division may be equal or unequal. Approximately half of the daughter masses go to each pole where they become elongated and later transform into spherical, oval, or elongated bodies in the resting stage.
DIVISION OF THE CELL BODY
Division of the cell body may take place in the metaphase, the telophase, or in intermediate stages. Nuclear division is usually accompanied by the division of the cell body but there are cases in which the division of the body is delayed, thus giving rise to specimens with four nuclei. There were cases in which the four nuclei were seen in division but no animals with eight nuclei have been observed.
SUMMARY (1) A species of binucleated Opalinid has been studied with reference to the nuclear structure
and mitosis, especially the behavior of chrom- osomes and chromosome individuality. During interkinesis, the spherical or slightly elongated nucleus contains a chromatin reti- culum, which later gives rise to chromosomes, and a few masses of material which stain in- tensely with hematoxylin but disappear with Feulgen’s technique. The nuclear membrane is persistent throughout mitosis as in the ma- jority of Protozoa.
Mitosis, which is similar to that of Metazoan cells, involves a transformation of the chro- matin reticulum into a spireme, condensation and shortening of chromosomes, their collec- tion at the equator of the nucleus, longitudi- nal splitting of the chromosomes, movement of daughter halves of chromosomes toward opposite poles and the gradual transformation of daughter chromosomes into chromatin ret- iculum of the daughter nuclei.
There are certain masses of material in the nucleus which stain intensely with hematoxy- lin but disappear with Feulgen’s technique. There is no defniteness in shape, size, and number in the resting stage or in any stage of mitosis. They show considerable reorgan- ization during mitosis.
Division of the cell body may take place at the metaphase, the telophase, or in intermedi- ate stages. Cases in which the division of the cell body is delayed were also observed.
(4)
(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on Aug- ust 23.)
COMMENTS ON THE SEMINAR REPORT OF MR. CHEN
Dr. Maynarp M. METCALF
Research Associate in Zoology,
For Mr. Chen’s paper on Zelleriella I have only words of admiration. He has used methods of preservation and of staining which seem entirely satisfactory for the chromosomes, and they were the structures which he was studying. His re- sults outclass those previously reported and one feels complete confidence in them.
There is much further in the cytology of the opalinids to be studied. There is hardly a struc- ture in the body which should not respond illumin- atingly to such adequate technique as that Mr.
Johns Hopkins Uniwersity
Chen has employed for the chromosomes, though each structure may call for its own special meth- ods. One waits with eager interest, for example for the report of the behavior of the several struc- tures during the life history, especially during its presexual, sexual and post-sexual phases. But it will require much time to give such careful study to all of this. The nature and meaning of at pres- ent problematic structures may receive much light from their behavior.
INTENSITY DURATION RELATIONS IN THE RESPONSE OF CERTAIN PROTOZOA TO THE ELECTRIC CURRENT Dr. WittrAm F. HAHNERT Johnson Foundation for Medical Physics, University of Pennsylvania
When a galvanic current is passed through a solution containing protozoa, most forms respond in some characteristic way. In Amoeba proteus, the outstanding reaction consists in orientation and migration toward the cathode. It is known
that one of the main factors involved in locomo- tion of Amoeba is the continuous transformation of plasmagel to plasmasol at the posterior end and of plasmasol to plasmagel at the anterior end of the organism. One may ask, therefore; does the
272 THE COLLECTING NED
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
galvanic current, in causing this orientation and °
migration toward the cathode, act by changing the rate of the gel-sol transformation?
The Amoebae used were removed from a stock culture, washed several times in a synthetic solu- tion, allowed sufficient time for adjustment, and then transferred to the solution in a rectangular glass trough, through which a galvanic current of known and readily controlled strength could be passed.
An attempt was made first to ascertain the in- tensity-duration relations in response by the effect produced on the rate of locomotion in Amoebae moving toward the cathode. The rate of locomo- tion of specimens was obtained by measuring the distance between outlines drawn by means of a camera lucida. The results obtained on ten speci- mens show (1) that the continuous passage of a very weak current caused an increase in the rate of locomotion which persisted for several minutes and then a decrease, and (2) that the stronger the current, the shorter the period of increased rate. The results obtained on ten other specimens show (1) that the sudden make of the current causes
within 15 seconds a decrease in rate at the anter- ior end and increase in rate at the posterior end, resulting in contraction of the organism and (2) that the stronger the current, the greater the de- gree of contraction. These results do not show the effect of duration of stimulus on response.
In normal locomotion and in the experiments described above, the flow of the plasmasol was uniformly forward. However, if the current is made so that Amoeba moves toward the anode, the direction of flow of plasmasol is reversed at the cathodal end. The time which elapses between the stimulus and response (reversal of flow) is called the reaction-time.
A detailed study of the relation between current strength and reaction-time shows (1) that the re- action-time decreased as the current strength in- creased, (2) that a curve through the experimen- tally determined points (reaction-time) closely simulated an hyperbola, (3) that the quantity of current (it), where i is intensity and t duration, remained practically constant throughout the range of current strengths tested, and (4) that the value of the expression, i\/t, was not constant as re- quired by Nernst’s law of electrical excitation for striated muscle but increased as the current strength increased. Nernst’s law states that for equal stimulating effect the product of the inten- sity of the current and the square root of its dur- ation is constant, (i\/t=K). Experiments in progress show that the reaction-time is affected by such environmental factors as temperature, hydrogen-ion concentration, ete.
Knowing now that Amoeba has a reaction-time, the question arises: how long must the current
pass in order to obtain a response? The reaction- time in numerous specimens was ascertained with various combinations of intensity and duration of stimulus. The results obtained show that the per- centage of trials yielding response decreased as the duration of stimulus decreased and that the duration of stimulus needed to produce a certain percentage of response decreased as the current strength increased. They show also that the re- action-time was constant regardless of the dura- tion of the stimulus and that the reaction-time was composed of two parts: a stimulation period, a time during which passage of current was neces- sary and a latent period, a time during which pas- sage of current was not necessary in order to ob- tain a response. A study of the different phases of the reaction-time shows (1) that both the re- action-time and the stimulation period decreased as the current strength increased, whereas the latent period remained constant and (2) that the quantity of current (it) passed, remained practi- cally constant throughout the range of current strengths tested. It seems, therefore, that a defi- nite amount of current (it) is required to initiate response and that then a definite amount of time (latent period) is required to bring it to expres- sion. Here again the value of Nernst’s equation, i\/t, was not constant but increased as the cur- rent strength increased.
The intensity-duration relations in the response of Spirostomum ambiguum to electrical stimula- tion are similar to those of Amoeba. When a gal- vanic current is passed through a solution con- taining Spirostomum, the forms lying parallel to the direction of the current, contract sharply. Owing to the almost instantaneous nature of the response, the reaction-time was not ascertained, but certain other relations were studied with vari- ous combinations of intensity and duration of stimulus. The results obtained show in Spirosto- mum, as in Amoeba, that the percentage of trials yielding response decreased as the duration of stimulus decreased and that the duration of stim- ulus needed to produce a certain percentage of response decreased as the current strength in- creased. They show also, as noted above for Am- oeba, that the stimulation period decreased as the current strength increased. In Spirostomum, however, the quantity of current passed did not remain constant as in Amoeba but decreased as the current strength increased. Furthermore, the value of Nernst’s equation does not remain con-
stant; neither did it increase as the current strength increased as noted for Amoeba, but
rather it decreased as the current strength in- creased. Apparently, the case with Spirostomum is more complex than that with Amoeba.
It appears therefore that in Amoeba we may be dealing with a basic protoplasmic response un-
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLEECTING NET
273
affected by specialized conducting and contracting elements, perhaps with a colloidal gel-sol trans- formation, whereas in Spirostomum we may be dealing with a similar basic protoplasmic response, or with a response conditioned by specialized con-
ducting and contracting elements, or with a com- bination of both. More extensive experiments on these problems are now in progress.
(This article is based on a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 23.)
REGULATION OF IONS IN THE BODY TISSUES! Dr. Rupotr Monp University of Kiel, Germany
The regulation of ions in the body tissues is a problem to be developed from two fundamental facts in comparative physiology. We know that the composition of ions in the body fluids is nearly constant. We find appreciable differences between the mineral content inside the cells and that of the outside solution. Furthermore, the composition of mineral substances varies in cells belonging to different organs so that we may say that the out- side solution is in equilibrium with different solu- tions inside the cells. We know, further, from much experimental research that relatively small changes in the ionic composition of the outside so- lution lead to considerable changes in the function, or may even lead to the death, of the cell. Not only is the presence of certain mineral substances necessary to maintain life, but also a certain con- stant mixture of these ions is necessary for the maintenance of life and function. It may be con- sidered that the supply of mineral substances from without in the higher animals, especially in man, is rather irregular, therefore, we must assume that there is a certain regulatory mechanism which keeps up the store and distribution of ions in the body.
‘Lhe question arises as to what kind of regula- tory mechanism accounts for this. First of all the excretory organs, the kidney in particular, can play an important part by increasing or decreasing the excretion of certain ions, but the power of these organs is limited. They may be able to reg- ulate the whole store of mineral substances but they cannot influence directly the distribution of ions between the body fluids and tissues. Here we have to assume special kinds of regulatory sys- tems. Not much is known on this question and we may better start with some general assump- tions, the limits of which should include every- thing that may happen.
Three kinds of such regulatory systems may be described as follows: (1.) a regulation of ions based upon certain chemical properties of the fluid, i. e., a regulation of ions in a liquid system, based upon buffer substances; (2.) a system of two solutions separated by a membrane, i. e., the
inside solution of the cell and the outside solu-
1 This article came from Germany late last week, and Dr. Mond asked us to edit it. We are under obligations to Dr. Robert Chambers who went over the manuscript for us.
tion separated by the cell membrane; the distri- bution of ions may be due to the structure and permeability of the membrane which leads to cer- tain ionic equilibria between the solutions; (3.) the exchange of ions between a liquid and a solid phase—hbetween either the solution inside the cell and the cell structure, or the outside solution and the surface of the cell.
The regulation of the H ions in the blood based upon the buffer substances belongs to the first kind of regulatory system. It may be emphasized that this regulation must be completed by the action of the respiratory centre and the evidence leads to the assumption that also other regulatory mechan- isms require a certain physico-chemical system connected with a special metabolism reaction to complete them.
The regulation of potassium by the muscle be- longs to the second kind of system. I found that potassium enters the muscle if the concentration in the outside solution exceeds the normal thresh- old value, and that it leaves the muscle if the out- side concentration is smaller than the normal value in the blood. The outside concentration of potas- sium therefore is regulated by the muscle. The muscle fiber is permeable to potassium and H ions and impermeable to Na, Ca and Cl ions (Mond and Amson). Every explanation of the regulation of K by the muscle has to deal with the fact that the concentration of K inside is about 20 times
as high as that on the outside, and that K enters the muscle against the concentration gradient.
Netter gave a sufficient explanation of the distri- bution of K inside and outside the muscle when he derived from model experiments in which he worked with artificial membranes of a similar per- meability to the muscle fibers. The principle of such a distribution of ions against the concentra- tion gradient under certain conditions applies to any system which consists of two solutions separ- ated by a membrane which is selectively perme- able only to one kind of ion. For instance, if blood corpuscles are suspended in a mixture of isotonic sugar and NaCl solution, the ratio of C1 inside over the Cl outside becomes greater than one. Sugar does not enter the erythrocytes, but keeps up the osomotic pressure in the outside solu- tion. Chloride ions cannot leave the blood corpus- cles in spite of the high concentration gradient be-
BS
THE, COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
cause the membrane is impermeable to cations. Only an exchange of Cl ions against other cations is possible and the ratio of anions on the inside over those on the outside follows the Donnan equilibrium. The value of this ratio depends upon the amount of sugar in the outside solution.
In the same way, if muscle fibers are surround- ed by a solution of NaCl and small amounts of KC1, the osmotic pressure of the outside solution is chiefly accomplished by the NaCl which does not penetrate. K and H ions which are able to enter the muscle will be distributed according to Donnan’s law: Ki/Ko=Hi/Ho. This ratio has normally a value of about twenty. If we increase the concentration of K in the outside solution, the equilibrium is disturbed and a new one has to be established by exchange of K outside against H ions inside. The opposite reaction occurs if we decrease the outside KK concentration. The shift of potassium between fibre and surrounding solu- tion leads to an effect which can be compared with the action of the buffer substances in the blood. The former value of the K concentration can be approached by the exchange, but a complete regu- lation cannot be accomplished by the physico- chemical system alone. This can be made possible either by increasing the H ion concentration in- side, so that the ratio of H inside over H outside becomes greater and more K ions are able to enter the muscle in exchange with H ions, or by de- creasing the H ion concentration inside, thus en- abling more K ions to leave the muscle. Chemi- cal reactions are known which may increase or di- minish the H ion concentration inside the fibre, i. e., the formation of lactic acid, or the breaking down of phosphocreatine.
The explanation of the regulation of the K ions is based upon the experimental discovery that in perfusing experiments K is regulated by the muscle, and on the conclusions drawn from ex- periments by Netter in which he investigated the distribution of ions between two solutions separ- ated by a membrane with the properties of the muscle fibre boundary. However, it is necessary to show the quantitative exchange of K and H ions between muscle and surrounding fluid. We tried to perform that by perfusing frog muscles with unbuffered Ringer solution and analysing simultaneously the K and H ion concentration of the solution. We failed to find a quantitative re- lationship. The reason is that there is another buffer system between the muscle fibre and the outside solution which we did not expect and which makes it impossible to measure directly the amount of shifting H ions. If we perfuse with unbuffered Ringer’s solution, the fluid coming out contains fairly large amounts of bicarbonate. The cation belonging to the bicarbonate is sodium which has been found by investigating the changes
of the contents of ions in the perfusion fluid and in the muscle.
These results lead to a kind of ion distribution between cells and surrounding fluid quite differ- ent from the shift of K and H between muscle and blood. A relatively small amount of Na, up to about 30 mgr. per cent., belongs to the muscle fibre. There is, as we found, no relation between the Na concentration inside the muscle fibre and the outside concentration, which makes it impos- sible to assume that the distribution of sodium be- tween muscle and outside fluid is a problem of diffusion and permeability. There is still another fact which is incompatible with the assumption of diffusion. It is that K penetrates the fibre. If Na was also able to enter the muscle we should expect an equal distribution of K and Na between muscle and outside fluid, but this does not occur. So we have to conclude that the sodium of the bicarbonate in the perfused fluid cannot come from the inside of the muscle but must come from the surface. It may be bound there in some chemical compound that is as yet unknown.
The physiological significance of the shift of sodium between muscle and blood seems to be that under certain conditions Na leaves the muscle as sodium bicarbonate. This reaction seems to be specific, so that buffer substances in the blood is increased. We found, further, that appreciable amounts of Na can be bound by the muscle, this reaction being connected with those chemical re- actions which occur during recovery after exer- cise. If muscles are stimulated through the nerve until fatigue sets in, no changes occur in the Na content of the muscle during stimulation or for some time after. Lactic acid leaves the muscle as free acid and is bound by the buffer substances of the blood. During recovery the amount of sodium of the muscle increases. This can be explained on the basis of those chemical reactions which are connected with the recovery process. Lactate enters the muscle from the blood. A part of this is oxidized producing CO». which leaves the mus- cle. If we suppose the Meyerhof quotient, 1. e., that the ratio of the whole amount of disappearing lactic acid over the amount of oxidized lactic acid, has the value of six, then six mols of entering lactate leave behind in the blood six mols of ca- tions which are chiefly sodium. If one mol of lac- tic acid is burned, three mols of COz are pro- duced and diffuse into the blood, where they be- come bound to three mols of the cations to form sodium bicarbonate. This leaves an excess of three mols of cations which, either makes the blood more alkaline or is bound to some corpus- cular elements. We found an increase of the Na concentration of the muscle during recovery and the connection of the shift of sodium between muscle and blood with these reactions seems to be
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
275
reasonable. If the value of the Meyerhof quo- tient becomes three, no change of the sodium am- ount of the muscle is to be expected, because as much lactate disappears as CO» is produced. If the quotient becomes smaller than three, more CO, is formed than lactic acid disappears, and it may be possible that now a certain amount of Na would be removed from the muscle as sodium bi- carbonate.
Our knowledge about the regulation of ions in the tissues is still in the beginning stages. The experimental results are at present not sufficient to state a general theory. But it seems to be that every regulatory mechanism consists of a certain physico-chemical system connected with a special cell reaction. The finding of these quantitative connections would lead to a better understanding
THE DEVELOPMENT OF LEUCOPOIETIC
of the relations between ion effects and metabol- ism. REFERENCES
Mond, Umkehr der elektiven Anionenpermeabilitat der roten blutkorperchen in eine elektive Durchlas- sigkeit fur Kationen. “Pflug. Arch.’’ 217, 618, 1927.
Mond und Amson, Uber die Ionenpermeabilitat des quergesteiften Muskels. “Pflug. Arch.’, 220, 69, 1928.
Netter, Uber Elektrolytgleichgewichte an elektiv ionenpermeablen Membranen und ihre biologische Bedeutung. “Pflug. Arch.” 220, 107, 1928.
Gehorcht die Ammoniakverteilung auf Blutkor- perchen und Serum den Membrangleichgewichten. “Pflug. Arch.”, 222, 724, 1929.
Mond und Netter, Andert sich die Ionenpermea- bilitat des Muskels wahrend seiner Tatigkeit. “Pflug. Arch.”, 224, 702, 1930.
Mond und Netter, Uber die Regulation des Natri- ums durch den Muskel. “Pflug. Arch.’’, 230, 42, 1932. (This article is based upon a lecture presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 15.)
TISSUE IN AMBYSTOMA PUNCTUATUM
Dr. ArtTHUR W. POLLISTER Instructor in Zoology, Columbia University
The leucocyte of the urodele Amphibia displays in the finer details of its cytoplasm a striking type of organization. The most obviously distinctive feature is an aster, present in the non-dividing cell, which has at the focal point of its rays a some- what vaguely delimited body, the centrosome, and near this, but not at the focal point, two small, sharply defined granules, the centrioles. |The more central part of the aster is demarcated from the periphery by a distinct line, the capsule, and this whole region inside the capsule is sometimes termed the sphere. The Golgi apparatus con-- sists of a number of plate-like bodies on the sur- face of the sphere. The chondriosomes are long slender filaments, and, where adjacent to the aster, they are oriented radial to its center. There are two variations of the leucocyte structure des- cribed above, the polymorphonuclear neutrophile with an irregularly lobed nucleus and paler cyto- plasm, and the eosinophile, so-called from the staining reactions of the small spheres that are closely packed in the cytoplasm outside the aster. These two are probably developed as specializa- tions of the first type, which in the adult is rela- tively much more numerous in the centers of leu- cocyte formation than in the connective tissue and the blood stream. In the present study the pres- ence of an aster with capsule and centrosome have been relied upon for identification of cells differ- entiating along the line toward definitive leuco- cytes, a criterion which seems perfectly reliable since no other amphibian tissue cell contains this structure. In the adult Ambystoma leucocytes are normally formed largely in a thick layer of tissue just under the capsule of the liver, but there is also another locus of considerable extent along the aorta,
The earliest cells that are the progenitors of leucocytes are found in embryos of Harrison’s stages 34 and 35, before the beginning of circula- tion. They occur in small number all along the body at the level of the lower border of the somite either actually within the somite or just outside it below the ectoderm. They are distinguished from other cells of the somite by being nearly spherical and containing an aster with typical centrosome and capsule. These cells, which may be provision- ally termed primitive myeloblasts, are the only loose cells in the segmented part of the body of the embryo, with the exception of a few neuroblasts, The primitive myeloblasts digest their yolk grains and become actively amoeboid cells capable of phagocytosis of yolk grains and may then be termed the earliest functional macrophages. This stage is completed early and by stage 38 the em- bryo has very few primitive myeloblasts remain- ing. Progressive multiplication in later develop- mental stages decreases the size of these cells in common with those of all other tissues. These smaller cells of the macrophage, or mononuclear, type are capable of giving rise, by stage 40, on the one hand to eosinophiles or by differentiation in another direction to the polymorphonuclear leuco- cyte, the third adult type.
The primitive myeloblasts are probably derived only from differentiation of cells of the ventro- lateral border of the somite, and the distribution of leucopoietic tissue in the later embryo and early larvae varies at different body levels according to the history of this part of the somite. In addition to cells that can differentiate into primitive myelo- blasts, this region of the somite contains potential fibroblasts and chromatophores that are later to be located in the dermis, so that the term derma-
276
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
tome often applied to it is appropriate. During stages 36-38 the cells of the dermatome region loosen up and begin active proliferation by mito- sis. Asa result there is developed a sheet of cells, at first but one cell thick, extending ventrally from the outer ventral corner of the somite along the body wall, just below the ectoderm. Within this sheet and continuous with one another are fibro- blasts, chromatophores and primitive myeloblasts. Other myeoblasts work their way from the somite to a position between the aorta and the cardinal veins, where in later stages they multiply to give rise to the aortic zone of leucopoietic tissue.
In a more anterior part of the body, at the level of the heart, liver and pronephros, there is a de- velopment of a similar sheet of cells on each side from the dermatome part of the somite. During stages 37 to 39 the myeloblasts, and their descend- ants, the early macrophages, multiply especially rapidly in the more ventral part of the sheet of dermis so that this region becomes what may be regarded as the first very active center of leuco- poiesis. It continues to function in this manner up to stage 46, a time after other centers have de- veloped, but in later larvae there is no greater con- centration of leucocytes here than in other parts of the dermal connective tissue. This center of leucocyte formation in the dermis is directly in contact with the liver where it is opposite that organ, and at about stage 40, the actively amoe- boid macrophages begin to migrate from the der- mal leucopoietic center to the immediately ad- jacent position under the liver capsule. Here they apparently encounter conditions particularly fav- orable to their multiplication. Mitotic activity is very rapid and soon, by stage 46, there is formed a band of leucopoietic tissue several cells in thick- ness along each side of the liver. At about stage 40 in all parts of the embryo where leucocyte pro- liferation is proceeding rapidly the eosinophilic and polymorphonuclear types begin to differentiate from the earlier type, the macrophage, so that al- most from its earliest development the perihepatic region is producing the same three types of cells that it develops throughout the life of the animal. In later larval life the two bands of perihepatic tissue extend toward each other ventrally and dor- sally and ultimately form practically a continuous layer, but even in a larva a month after hatching the capsule is still much thicker at the sides, the points of its earliest origin.
The development of the dermatome part of the somite is somewhat different in the tail region and is especially deserving of attention since the only other observations on the development of leuco- cytes in urodele Amphibia have been made on this part of the embryo. The intermediate and lateral plate mesoderm cease abruptly at the posterior limit of the cloaca and the only mesoderm growing
out into the developing tail bud belongs to the somites. The early tail, stage 35, contains at its growing tip the neural tube and notochord and, immediately below the latter, a solid plug of endo- derm tissue, continuous with that of the gut an- teriorly. The somites of the two sides form solid masses and are continuous ventrally below the strand of endoderm and in close contact with it. The region where the somites of the two sides are continuous includes those cells which are the equivalent of the ventro-lateral (dermatome) region of more anterior somites and it is accord- ingly destined to form the same tissues in the tail. As the tail flattens out, stage 36, this ventral region breaks away from the rest of the somite and remains in contact with and partially sur- rounding the mass of endoderm. Later, as we should expect, fibroblasts, chromatophores, and primitive myeloblasts differentiate from this tissue surrounding the plug of endoderm under the not- ochord. Dr. and Mrs. Clark have studied what I consider must be this region in the Axolotl larva and have noted in the living animal the breaking away of cells from this ventral strand and their differentiation into these three types. Further- more they have followed the development of the primitive myeloblasts as they lose their yollx and become actively amoeboid, functional macro- phages.
Although before stage 46 the embryo contains probably thousands of the three definitive adult leucocyte types in the dermis, around the aorta, and in the periphepatic zone the blood stream has been almost completely deficient in them. But at about this time the macrophages, polymorphonu- clears and eosinophiles suddenly begin to enter the blood in considerable number so that very soon they constitute from 1-2% of the cells of the blood, a condition approximating the adult blood picture.
In conclusion let me briefly point out the fea- tures of this study that are perhaps of consider- able significance to the general problem of blood cell formation in vertebrates. The leucocytes arise before circulation has begun in a region re- mote from the ventral blood island region, where the erythroblasts are developing, and far distant from any blood vessel anlage. Their place of or- igin in the somite is practically identical with that of the connective tissue cells of the dermis and for some time they proliferate only in the region of the dermis. Only after thousands of these leucocytes of the three specialized definitive adult types have been developed extravascularly do they enter the blood stream and mingle with the eryth- rocytes, which have always been intra-vascular. This sequence of events perhaps suggests that the leucocyte is primarily not a blood cell but a con- nective tissue element that is only secondarily in-
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
Lid
side the blood stream. Furthermore, these obser- vations on leucopoiesis in the embryo and early larva offer no support for the widely prevalent view that in the Amphibia leucocytes and erythro-
cytes are derived from an identical stem cell, the hemocytoblast.
(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- ain the Marine Biological Laboratory on Aug- us ;
PIGMENTATION IN THE HYPOPHYSIS AND PARATHYROIDS OF THE GRAY RAT Dr. WittrAm H. F. Apprson and Doris A. Fraser, University of Pennsylvania
Melanotic pigmentation of internal organs is a comparatively rare phenomenon in mammals. In the gray rat, both wild and captive, there is melan- otid pigment in the hypophysis in the majority of cases studied, and occasionally in the parathyroids. In the hypophysis it is never equally distributed throughout all regions of the organ, but is usually restricted to one part. This is most commonly the
pars intermedia. In some cases it is found only in the pars distalis glandularis. The parathyroids may be pigmented in the presence or absence of pigment in the hypophysis. A more complete ac- count will appear in the August number of the Journal of Comparative Neurology.
(An abstract of a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 30.)
LOG OF THE INVERTEBRATE COURSE
The student who has met the marine inverte- brates through a study of preserved specimens has had but an incomplete picture of the group, a blurred glimpse through a keyhole. The aim of the course in invertebrate zoology at Woods Hole is to introduce the student to the living forms in the laboratory, and to the animals in their native habitats. For him who uses seeing eyes, these in- vertebrates soon become living, active organisms busy about securing food, dwelling amicably with or protecting themselves against their neighbors, overcoming or adapting themselves to barriers, in- suring themselves against extinction, repopulating the waters with their kind. In the laboratory, through the study of fundamental similarities and superficial differences in a wide variety of genera in each class, the entire group gradually assumes a phylogenetic significance, so that the interre- lationships of invertebrates through time as well as their present-day diversity and distribution in space appear in proper perspective.
Dr. Elbert Cole, as successor to Dr. J. A. Daw- son, has managed the course this year, retaining the former staff with the addition of Dr. S. A. Matthews, as junior instructor. The class has numbered fifty-five. Dr. B. R. Coonfield opened the course with a two-day study of Protozoa, which, in spite of its brevity, gave opportunities to observe many fresh, brackish and salt-water forms. The Suctoria, Acineta and Ephelota, and several of the Heliozoa and shelled Rhizopoda proved themselves, as usual, to be general favorites. The next day, following a lecture on marine ecology by Dr. L. P. Sayles, the class enjoyed the treat, given this year for the first time, of a field trip to Cuttyhunk, where some of the names on the check-list began to call forth images of living ani- mals.
The group Porifera was introduced by Dr. L. P. Sayles. Living Grantia and Leucosolenia we-e
studied, and regeneration in Microciona was watched from cells which had been dissociated by squeezing the sponge through bolting cloth. Dr. O. E. Nelson, who had charge of the work on the Coelenterata, gave out nine hydroids as “un- knowns” with a key by which they could be identi- fied. Then came the trip to Vineyard Haven, where the class rowed among the wharf-piles, saw through glass-bottomed buckets the Mytili, Me- tridia, hydroids, Bryozoa, and Protochordates in their brilliant natural clusters, scraped the piles and went ashore to examine the scrapings. In the laboratory, giant Metridia were available for ob- servation while contracting or expanding, moving their tentacles, feeding or rejecting food, and shooting out acontia when irritated. Living Goni- onemus excited its usual share of admiration, and Mnemiopsis proved, to some at least, to be as interesting when viewed by day as by night.
To continue our studies Dr. A. W. Pollister presented the class with a variety of Platyhel- minthes including Planaria to be cut for regenera- tion experiments, Bdelloura, Trematode in various stages of development from redia to adult; sco- lices, proglottids and hexacanth embryos of Ces- todes; and Metenchalaimus, as an active repre- sentative of the Nemathelminthes.
As a break in this intensive work in the labora- tory, the class spent a busy day at Hadley Har- bor, where students made the acquaintance of some of the mud, sand and rock-dwelling associa- tions, brought up populated stones en route through the gutter, hunted on hands and knees for Melampus, and appreciated the famous Mess sandwiches. The shovels moved fast in quest of Diopatra and Arenicola; sieves were shaken vig- orously; hand-nets scooped up crabs and other Crustacea; the Thyone bed was visited and left undisturbed ; and the arks were brought back well filled, with a total of 155 different species. From
278
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
the fruits of this trip an exhibition was set up in the lobby of the Brick Building of the Marine 3iological Laboratory. Almost as many forms were taken at Kettle Cove, where the shore is more exposed than at Hadley Harbor and where brackish pools are teeming with oysters, hermit- crabs and worms. On this trip some of the more venturesome students made their way out to “Nel- sen’s Island,” a group of large rocks covered with starfishes, sea urchins and corals.
Three days were spent on the study of the An- nelida, under the direction of Dr. Sayles. Twenty- one different species of worms, unlabelled and ac- companied by a key, were available for identifica- tion, for observation of swimming movements and tube-building, and for a comparative study of heads. Dissections of fresh specimens of Areni- cola cristata gave a conception of an intricate blood system in action.
The calmness of the Vineyard Sound made the dredging trip a pleasure, for even the most land- loving could watch the dredge at work and ex- amine the material in physical comfort. Some of the typical. deep-water forms were met here: Pseudopotamilla, the parchment-tube worm ; Dod- ecaceria and other annelids; Modiolus modiolus ; Barentsia, a rather rare bryozoan; the bizarre crab, Heterocrypta granulata. The prize find of the day was Corynitis, a tiny hydroid which lives
in association with Schizoporella.
With Dr. T. H. Bissonnette, the class spent one day on the Bryozoa, identifying different species by means of a key and studying their structure and activities. The Echinoderms also are being presented by Dr. Bissonnette, who has again re- paired the clay models of the water-vascular sys- tem and of Aristotle’s lantern. In this labora- tory work, many people have met for the first time the star-fish, sea urchin and brittle-star in action, watched their ways of feeding, of righting them- selves, of moving from place to place. It has been a privilege to know living Thyone and Lep- tosynapta.
Three groups remain to be studied before the close of the course, the Arthropoda, given by Dr. Cole, the Mollusca by Dr. A. E. Severinghaus and the Protochordata by Dr. Coonfield. Trips. to Nobska and North Falmouth, and of course, the class picnic, are still in anticipation. Under the management of Dr. Cole, and with the weather kindly disposed toward field trips, the course has progressed smoothly. Without doubt, all of those who have been privileged to meet the marine in- vertebrates in this way will leave Woods Hole feeling that they have broadened their acquain- tance with these animals, and have come to know, at least, some of them, in an intimate way.
—E. K.P.
HEATH HEN REPORT — 1931-1932 Dr. ALFRED O. Gross Professor of Biology, Bowdoin College.
The following report of the heath hen situa- tion for the year 1931-1932 is made under the auspices of the Massachusetts Division of Fish- eries and Game.
On April 1, 1931 the last heath hen was trapped on the James Green farm and marked with two metal bands. An aluminum band number 407,880 was placed on the left leg, and a copper band, number A-634,024, was fastened to the right tar- sus. The bird returned to the vicinity of our blind on the following day apparently none the worse for its experience and continued to visit the traditional “booming or courting”’ field at reg- ular intervals until May 9, 1931. The bird failed to make its appearance during the remainder of the year. On February 9, 1932 the bird unex- pectedly and dramatically appeared on the Green farm after an interval of nine months, to an- nounce to the world that it was still alive. There- after the bird was seen at regular intervals until March 11, 1932, but it seldom came to the ex- posed center of the field as it did in the past years and consistently kept itself close to the dense scrub-oak cover. Perhaps a harrowing experience with some predatory hawk or mammal has made
this wary creature even more cautious. Thomas A. Dexter of Edgartown claims to have seen the bird when he passed the Green farm on the morn- ing of April 6 and Edward T. Vincent also of Edgartown reported it as being in the scrub oaks two miles east of the Green farm on July 18. Neither of these two reports have been substanti- ated. This “last bird’? has been alone since December 1928 and is at least nine years old as there have been no young heath hen since the summer of 1924. The history of the heath hen and the var- ious factors involved in its decline have been fully considered in previous reports, but it will be of interest to those who have not followed the status of this species to review the numbers of birds as recorded in the annual official census reports. The birds were at their height in 1916 as far as their recent history on Marthas Vineyard is concerned. In the early Spring of that year over 800 birds were counted and an estimate as high as 2000 was made by the warden in charge. The following table reveals the rapid decline of the heath hen from 1916 to the present time.
1916, 800 birds; 1920, 314; 1921, 117; 1922,
Aueust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY CHEMICAL ROOM
Formulae and Methods II.
Edited by Oscar W. RICHARDS
This supplement to the original list! gives cor- rections to that list and additional formulae and information. The material is planned for the use of the staff of the Chemical Room and is col- lected and prepared by various members of the staff. We are indebted again to several investi- gators for additional formulae and helpful advice regarding the material. The favorable reception of the previous list has encouraged us to publish occasional supplements and the editor wishes to extend an invitation to the biologists of the M. B. L. to bring to his attention any errors in the published lists and any formulae and methods that might be included in future supplements.
CORRECTIONS to the original list.
Table 2, Benda’s Fluid—aq. dest. 15 cc., glacial acetic acid 3-6 drops, chromic acid 0.15 g., 2% osmic acid 4 cc.
Table 3, van’t Hoff Sol. Artificial sea water. sodi- um chloride 19.0 g., magnesium chloride 2.4 g¢., magnesium sulphate 1.5 g., potassium chloride 0.53 g., calcium chloride 0.37 g., anhyd. salts dissolved and made up to 1000 ce. with glass distilled water.
Table 6, 3. Normal Sodium Hydroxide 1000 ml. contain 40.01 ¢. .
NEW MATERIAL Table 1, GENERAL INFORMATION.
Accuracy and errors. Absolute errors 1\-V are deviations from the correct values and their sign is important for correct statement. They are expressed as correct to two decimals, or to the nearest million, ete. Absolute errors are more important in addition and subtraction; e. g., In a column of figures the absolute errors in the third place of a sum or a difference may be great enough to make the second place unre- liable. Relative errors (4,-X )/X are connected with the number of significant figures and are usually expressed as percentages. These errors are important in multiplication and division. In a product or quotient the number of significant figures is equal to the number in the weakest factor. Many solutions need not be prepared
1 Copies of the original list Collecting Net Suppl. V. Aug. 30, 1930 may he obtained from the Collect- ing Net office,
more carefully than 5% while others must be made with care to insure sufficient accuracy. If in doubt as to the precision required consult with the investigator or with the person in charge. This information and that given pre- viously (q. v.) is to be used as a guide by the staff in the use of the equipment in the Chemi- cal Room.
A molal solution (m) contains one gram-molecu- lar weight dissolved in 1000 grams of solvent. For ordinary aqueous solutions 1 ml. of water is used as | gram. For other solutions calcu- late according to density at the temperature used.
A molar solution (/) contains one gram-molecu- lar weight in one liter of solution. Dissolve the material in less than one liter and make up to one liter in a volumetric flask.
A normal solution (titrametric) contains one hy- drogen equivalent of the active reagent in grams in one liter. The equivalent in grams may be defined as that quantity of the active reagent which contains, replaces, unites with, or in any way, directly or indirectly, brings into reaction one gram-atom of hydrogen. It may or may not be the same as a molar solution.
Percentage solutions. Percent. means parts in one hundred parts. These solutions may be made up according to weight, volume, or any combination of these. Many substances, e. g. alcohol, vary in strength according to percent by weight or by volume. Many aqueous solu- tions used by biologists can be made by adding 100 ml. of water to the weight of the solute without serious error although the resulting solution is not accurate. This should not be done when the resulting error is greater than 3% (Cf. sections on accuracy). Percentage solutions (by weight) may be prepared con- veniently with a solution balance. Place the bottle, or bottle and funnel, on the pan and bal- ance by means of the weight on the ungraduat- ed beam. Set the weight on one of the grad- uated beams and weigh out the solute, then set for the amount of the solution and add the solvent until the scale is balanced. The beams are graduated to facilitate the preparation of percentage solutions but the balance may he
280
DLE, COLLECTING NET
[ Vou. VII. No. 60
used to advantage for the preparation of other solutions.
The dilution of percentage solutions (aqueous solutions by weight ) can be accomplished easily by taking the number of ccs. (or multiples thereof) of the stock solution equal to the strength solution desired and adding enough distilled water to make the total number of ccs. equal to the strength of the stock solution. Ex- amples: (a) to prepare 7.1% from 18% stock solution use 7.1 ccs. of the stock sol. plus 10.9 ccs, water which makes a total of 18 ccs. (0) To obtain a 0.02% solution from a 0.4% stock solution use 1 cc. of stock solution (50 x .02) and 19 cc. water (50 x .38) making 20 cc. (50 x .02+50 x .38)=(50 x .4) of the required solution.
Table 2, KILLING AND FIXING FLUIDS.
Copper acetate formalin — Saturated cupric acetate in 40% formaldehyde. Dilute to about 4% for preservation of green algae.
FAA (General Biological Supply House )—50% alcohol 100 cc. 40% formaldehyde 61% cc., glacial acetic acid 2'4cc.
Navaschin’s Fluid—10% chromic acid 1.5 cc., glacial acetic acid 1 cc., formaldehyde (40%) 0.83 cc., aq. dest. 32.67 cc.
Susa—aq. dest. 80 cc., mercuric chloride 4.5 g., sodium chloride 0.5 g., trichloracetic acid 2.0 g., formalin 20 cc., glacial acetic acid 4 cc.
Worcester’s fluid. 10% formalin saturated with mercuric chloride, 90 cc., glacial acetic acid, 10 ce.
Table 3, GENERAL FORMULAE.
Brodie’s sol. aq. dest. 500 cc., sodium chloride 23 g., sodium choleate 5 g., 1% methylene blue 3 cc., thymol 0.1 g.
Cement—Beeswax 58%, rosin 29%, Venetian turpentine 13%.
Chalkley’s medium. aq. dest. 1000 cc., sodium chloride 0.1 g., potassium chloride 0.004 g., cal- cium chloride 0.006 g.
Fieser’s fluid. aq. dest. 100 cc., sodium hydrosul- phite 16 g., sodium hydroxide 13.3 g., sodium anthraquinone ( sulphonate 4 g.
Glycerine jelly—water 42 cc., gelatin 6 g., gly- cerine 50 cc., phenol (cryst) 2 g. Soak 30 min., dissolve with gentle heat, add 5 cc. egg white and heat to 70°. After ppt. albumen removes the dust etc. filter through moist hot flannel. Add glycerine and phenol and stir while warm not over 75°) till homogeneous.
Green filter solution—water 300 cc., copper sul- fate 35 g., potassium dichromate 3.5 g., sulfuric acid cone. 1 cc.
Heat absorbing fluid—water 1000 cc., Mohr’s salt (ferrous ammonium sulfate) 200 g. Dis-
solve and filter and if not perfectly clear add 1.7 cc. conc. sulphuric acid.
Ripart-Petit medium—camphor water (not satd.) 75 cc., aq. dest., 75 cc., cryst. acetic acid 1 g., copper acetate 0.3 g., copper chloride 0.3 g.
Table 5, STAINING SOLUTIONS.
Borrel—A. 1% aqueous magenta (basic fuch- sin). B. 1 g., indigo carmine, 60 cc. dist. water, 30 cc. satd. picric acid.
Table 7, HYDROGEN ION STANDARDS AND BUFFER SOLUTIONS?2. Prepared by Epwin P. Lauc. 7. Indicator Solutions
0.04% 0.1N NaOH dye Soln. Indicators pH Range . per per gramdye 10ml. buffer Thymol Blue 12-2:8 ZieSuml> Onl Brom Phenol Blue 3.2-4.6 14.9 0.5 Brom Cresol Green 3.8-5.4 14.3 0.5 Chlor Phenol Red 5.0-6.6 23.6 0.5 Brom Cresol Purple 5.4-7.0 18.5 0.5 Brom Thymol Blue 6.0-7.6 16.0 0.5 Phenol Red 7.0-8.6 28.2 0.254 Cresol Red 74-9.0 26.2 0.254 Meta Cresol Purple 7.4-9.0 26.2 0.5 Thymol Blue 8.0-9.6 21.5 0.5
3 The preparation of these solutions is given in the previous edition: section 1, p. 10.
4Be sure to mark conc. of solution on these sets since these indicators are often diluted to 0.02%.
s. Clark and Lubs’ Phosphate Buffers pH 5.6— 8.0
Ref.—Clark, W. M., The Determination of Hy- drogen Ions, 3rd Edition. Chapter IX, Table 35.
Ordinarily the stock solutions consist of 0.200 M KH.PO, and 0.200 M NaOH, to be mixed in appropriate proportions and made up to 200 ml. Since large quantities of these buffers are used, it may be convenient to prepare 500 ml. instead of 200 ml. For this purpose the stock solutions of NaOH and KH.POx, are made 1.000 M re- spectively and the table recalculated on this basis. Stock Solutions
(a) 1.000 M NaOH for preparation cf. table 3.
(b) 1.000 M KH2PO,. Dry Merck’s Potas- sium Phosphate, Monobasic, Anhydrous in an oven for 2 hrs. at 110° C. and place in a dessica- tor. Weigh out accurately 136.160 gms., dissolve, and dilute to exactly 1 liter in a volumetric flask. Mix as indicated in the following table and dilute to 500 ml. in a volumetric flask. 2 This corrects and extends the same table of the previous edition. ¢.f. the introduction to this table
in the earlier pamphlet for assignment and gen- eral comments.
Aucusr 27, 1932 } THE COLLECTING NET 281 pH 1.000 M KH,PO, 1.000 M NaOH pH 1.000MNa,HPO, 0.5000 M Citric 5.8 25 ml 1.63 ml Acid 6.0 25 2.82 2.2 0.80 ml. 39:2 mi.
6.2 25 4.275 2.4 2.48 SWB 6.4 25 6.30 2.6 4.36 35.64 6.6 25 8.87 2.8 6.34 33.66 6.8 25 11.80 3.0 8.22 31.78 7.0 25 14.77 3.2 9.88 30.12 7.2 25 17.45 3.4 11.40 28.60 7.4 25 18.67 3.6 12.88 LN 7.0 25 21.37 3.8 14.20 25.80 7.8 25 22.585 4.0 15.42 24.58 8.0 25 23.425 4.2 16.56 23.44 4.4 17.64 22.36 9, Clark and Lubs’ Borate Buffers pH 7.8—10.0 4.6 18.70 21.30 Ref. - Clark, W. M., Ibid. 4.8 19.72 20.28 Stock Solutions 5.0 20.60 19.40 (a) Mixture of 0.200 M Boric Acid’ and 0.200 5.2 2144 18.52 M Potassium Chloride. Boric Acid is best dried 5.4 22.30 17.70 in thin layers over CaCly in a dessicator. The 5.6 23.20 16.80 KCl may be dried in the oven at 120° C for 4 5.8 24.18 15.82 hours. Weigh out accurately 12.4048 gms. Boric 6.0 25.26 14.74 Acid and 14.912 gms. KCl, dissolve and dilute to 6.2 26.44 13.56 exactly 1 liter in a volumetric flask. 6.4 27.70 vel (b) 0.200 M NaOH. This is best prepared by ee Ba faa diluting 1 part 1.000 M NaOH with 4 parts CO2 70 32.04 6.06 free water. Mix as indicated in the table (section 72 34.78 eee 5 p. 11) in the previous edition, and dilute to 200 7 4 36.34 2 66 ml, in a volumetric flask. 76 37.46 254 10, Mcllvaine Buffers pH 2.28.0 a 7305 a
Ref. - Clark, Ibid. Page 214.
Ordinarily the stock solutions consist of 0.200 M Disodium Phosphate and 0.100 M Citric Acid to be mixed in the appropriate proportions to give 20 ml. buffer. Since larger quantities of these buffers are used, it is advantageous to prepare 200 ml. instead of 20 ml. For this purpose the stock solutions of Citric Acid and NasHPOy, are made 0.500 M and 1.000 M respectively and the table recalculated on this basis.
Stock Solutions.
(a) 0.500 M Citric Acid. Weigh out 105.055 gms. Citric Acid (CgHgO;H2O). Dissolve and dilute to 1 liter in a volumetric flask and stand- ardize with 1.000 M NaOH. The titration is carried to a distinct red color of the phenolphtha- lein indicator.
(b) 1.000 M NasHPO,. Dry Merck’s Sodium Phosphate, Secondary, Anhydrous in an oven for 2 hrs. at 110° and place in dessicator. Weigh out accuracy 142.0275 gms., dissolve and dilute ex- actly to 1 liter in a volumetric flask.
Mix as indicated in the following table and dilute to 200 ml.
5 Boric Acid should not be heated in the oven above 50° C, otherwise it loses ‘‘water of constitution.”
Table 8, PHOTOGRAPHIC SOLUTIONS. For further information see ‘Elementary Photo- graphic Chemistry” published by the Eastman Kodak Co.
Acid hardener stock solution (F-la) — water (52°) 1700 cc., sodium sulfite 480 ¢., glacial acetic acid 420 cc., potassium alum powd. 480 g., cold water to make 4 liters. Use 1 part hardener stock to 8 parts of 25% hypo solution. Stir while adding.
Chromium intensifier (In-4)—potassium bichro- mate 90 g., hydrochloric acid conc. 64 ce., water to make 1000 cc. Bleach negative in 1 part stock soln. to 10 parts water, wash 5 min. and redevelop in strong light with D-72 diluted 1:2. Then wash thoroughly.
Clearing solution—3% citric acid. Use just be- fore the completion of washing the negative. Film cement—amy] acetate and acetone in equal parts. May be used on both acetate and nitrate
film.
Fine grain developers. (Agfa 12) water 960 cc., metol 8 g., sodium sulfite (anhyd.) 120 ¢., sodium carbonate (monohyd.) 6 g., potassium bromide 2.5 g. Develop 15-17 min. at 18° C. (Gs 185)
282
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VIL. No. 60
Fine grain developer (Agfa 14)—water 960 cc., metol 4.9 g., sodium sulfite (anhyd.) 90 g., potassium bromide 0.5 g., sodium carbonate (monohyd.) 1 g. Develop 12 min. at 18° C.
Fine grain developer (DuPont NF1)—metol or elon 2.5 g., hydrochinone 3 g., sodium sulfite (anhyd) 75 g., borax 5 g., water to 1 liter. Develop 8-12 min. at 18°.
Fine grain developer (DuPont NF2) — Para- phenelenediamine 11 g., sodium sulfite 60 g., borax 27 g., trisodium phosphate 23 g., water to 1 liter. Develop 20 min. at 19°.
Fine grain developer (Gevaert GD203)—metol
1.2 g., sodium sulfite 60 g., hydrochinone 1.7 g., resorcine (metadioxyd benzolum) 1.2 g., borax 1.2 g., water to 600 cc. Sol. 1. Dissolve metol in 120 cc. water at 50°. Dissolve 13 g. of anhyd. sodium sulfite in a separate 120 cc. of water, to which the hydrochinone and resorcine are added. This last solution is then added to the metol solution. Sol. 2. The rest of the sulfite and the borax are dissolved in 210 cc. of water at 70°. When cold this solution is poured slowly into solution 1 while the latter is stirred. Then add water to bring the bulk up to 600 cc. Develop 8 min. ay IASG
Fine grain developer (Gevaert GD-205)—metol 2 g., sodium sulfite 135 g., hydrochinone 6 g., borax 2 g., water to 960 cc. Develop 20 min. at 20°.
Glycine developer— water 1000 cc., sodium sul- phite (dry) 6.2 g., glycine 2.1 g., sodium car- bonate (dry) 6.2 g. Develop 30-35 min.
Positive film developer (DuPont )—sodium sul- fite 60 g., metol 1.4 g., hydrochinone 4.8 g., sodium carbonate 48 g., potassium bromide 1.6 g., water to 1 liter. Time 4-6 min.
Positive film developer (D-11) — water (53°) 500 cc., elon 1 g., sodium sulfite 75 g., hydro- chinone 9 g., potassium carbonate or sodium carbonate 25 ¢., potassium bromide 5 g., dis- solve in order and then add cold water to make 1000 ce. Develop 4+ to 6 min. For less contrast dilute one-half and increase time of develop- ment.
Proportional reducer (R-5)—A. water 1000 cc., potassium permanganate 0.3 g., sulphuric acid cone. 16 cc. B. water 3000 ce., ammonium per- sulfate 90 g., Use 1 part A to 3 of B. Clear negative after suitable reduction in 1% sodium bisulphite and then wash.
Statn remover (S-6)—A. potassium permangan- ate 5.3 g., water to make 1000 cc. B. sodium chloride 75 g., sulphuric acid (conc.) 16 cc., water to make 1000 cc. Use equal amounts of A and B. Bleaching should be complete in 2-4 min. Immerse in 1% sodium bisulphite to re- move brown stain. Rinse well, develop in strong
light with D-72 diluted 1: 2.
Table 9, OSMIUM AND PLATINUM CON- TAINING FLUIDS® Prepared by JAMEs B. LACKEY
Osmium and platinum fixatives are costly and often do not keep well. Few cytologists use the same formulae, each usually wanting his favorite formula, hence it is best to keep on hand certain stock solutions, among which are small amounts of osmic acid and platinic chloride. Below are listed certain fixatives containing one or both of these reagents, also a list of stock solutions. The makeup of the fixatives from the stock solutions is given in parts by volume, and the amount de- sired by an investigator can be made up to the nearest multiple of the total parts indicated.
Stock Solutions Acetic acid, glacial Osmic acid, 2%? Chromic acid, 1% Picric acid, sat. aq. soln. Chromic acid, 1% in -Platinic chloride, 10% 1% NaCl Potassium dichromate,
Formic acid 10% Mercuric chloride, sat. soln. in hot water Mercurie chloride, 0.5% in 1% chromic acid Fixatives
Some of the fixatives listed below keep well and may be kept for a long time. Those which deteriorate are noted. All of these formulae are from Lee’s Vade Mecum 9th ed. unless otherwise stated.
In making Osmic acid wash off the paper cov- ering of the glass ampoule; rinse in distilled water, and file notches around the tube. Drop the ampoule into a clean, glass stoppered bottle of a capacity greater than the amount of osmic desired. The tube of osmic crystals may now be broken open with a heavy glass rod. As many tubes as wanted may be crushed inside the glass bottle but not over 200-300 c.c. of 2% should be kept in solution.
All osmic acid and fixatives containing it should be kept in bottles with well fitted glass stoppers. Osmic acid reduces slowly in the light and at high temperatures ; when it is issued it should be in a brown bottle or the bottle should be covered with black paper to protect the contents from the light. The labels should be in India ink or pencil and not paraffined. When issuing these fixatives the label should indicate definitely which one it is, or its composition; since there are at least four Flemming’s and three vom Rath’s solutions.
6 Tables are numbered consecutively with the pre- vious list.
7In some laboratories (U. of Penn.) the osmic is made up in chromic acid solution and then will not deteriorate. This will change proportionately the amounts given in the table.
283
Aucust 27, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET o © yo x 3 a) ) Ae | or I S 3 9 om o o S me cle & co} ee = ey 2 oon Te 5 3 N 5 is Ke A co} FS < z i a” fe cc| a ne eee ae a = enews ey S) 16) o amore 5 eres x ro) <4 © iS) 2e 3B 43 =“ sgt foo a 2 a] a7 = 2 Bp) Ay uy oH 2) o i 2 q g | Hos “ef QS) 5 ERO bre a r=] 2 FI 3 S) oe at | 3 3 oF af =I G3 wW a Ss 5 F| wD 6 te) 8 © 80 8 Dios ov oO Z = OR OW eerie & << n svi} re Composition in Parts by Volume Altman 56 1 0 05 ie a Best prepared when ready = = for use. Benda ma 4 oc 15 re a -. 3-6 tt eek ee nds Drops a Keeps well Champy 3 4 Bn a oa 4 . ac Keeps well Guthrie ae 4 or 15 xe site al Will only keep .: A weet z a few hours. Hermann! 13.5 4 1.5 5.0 on sve) 30 1 Will keep indefinitely. Hoehl 21 5 a ie Ou 24 O60 1 Doesn’t keep very well Strong Flemming aa 4 3 15 os a ie 1 Keeps for weeks. Both Flemmings frequently made without acetic as. acid2 Weak Flemming3 70 5 As 25 ce $0 oe 0.1 Lindsay Johnson OF. 2 3 ai “9 tf oie 1 Add acetic or Formic just x before using. Lee -. 12% 5 ae = ad oe 1 100 Keeps well Merkel, Smith’s mod.4 99.5 0.5 10 ie 20 me 5 None too stable Merkel4 34.5 e085: 5 a0 a0 ue dic Meves we 4 03 oe 15 cic} a 3-4 Drops Nassonow eae 2 Bf 2 aie 24 .. a5 ae Podwyssozki on 4 on 6 rene “aers .. 68 15 .. Keeps well Drops Vom Rath eo 10 50 O46 oe ae ae 1 50 50 Keeps well Vom Rath3 oa 6 ae a0 ae ae ae i100 Keeps well Vom Rath oo ot -5 a6 oo an 50 1 100 Keeps well
1 Guyer, M. F., Animal micrology 1927 gives a different formula.
2 McClung, C. E., Microscopical technique. 1929. gives a different formula.
3 This is the more commonly used formula. 4From McClung2.
Table 10, MISCELLANEOUS INFORMA- Carbon dioxide. TION
Tanks painted with aluminum
paint. Available in 20 Ib. cylinders* at 1000 1. Compressed gases.® Ibs, sq. in. “truck size tanks” with 12 cu. ft.
and “lecture bottles
An asterisk (*) indicates that special valves and
”
with about 4 oz. of gas.
fittings are required which are to be obtained from These last two are filled to about 800 Ibs. pres-
the Apparatus Room, 216 Brick Bldg. The purities
are taken from letters received from the manufac- 8 The distinguishing colors given hold only for the turers and indicate only average purity bcause of M. B. L. and for the companies mentioned and are
the variation in different lots of gas.
not used universally in the U. S. -A.
284
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
sure at the M. B. L., do not require any special reducing valve and are issued with hose nipple and handle lever. From Liquid Carbonic Corp., 136 Broadway, Cambridge, Mass. Purity 99.9% COs, 0.1% air. Moisture 0.01% and acidity as HC1 less than 0.001% by weight. Hydrogen*. Tanks painted black and with square bases contain 140 cu. ft. at 1800 lbs pressure*. From Ohio Chemical and Mfg. Co., 231 East 5ist St., N. Y. C. Purity 99.9+% He with slight impurities of oxygen and water vapors.
around top (water pumped) contain 110 cu. ft. at 1800 lbs. pressure*. From Linde Air Pro- ducts Co., Elizabeth, N. J. Purity 99.7% plus or minus .1% Noe, impurity mainly Oz with a trace of other gases found in air.
Oxygen*. Tanks painted green contain 110 or
220 cu. ft. at 1800 lbs. pressure*. From Linde Air Products Co., 538 East 1st St., Boston, Mass. Purity 99.5% Oz with traces of nitrogen and argon. “Dental size No. 3’* contain 20 gals. at 1000 lbs. pressure, from S. S. White
Hydrogen may not be sent by boat freight.
Nitrogen*. Tanks painted grey with black band
Dental Supply Co., 120 Boylston St., Boston, Mass.
2. Strength of Stock Acids
Per cent. Specific Molecular Molarity Molarity by Substance composition Gravity weight Calculated actual titra- tion PNGetien (glacial) lose. -e.- 99.5% 1.05 60.04 17.36 17.40 Teli (che(o(el love. Graeesocnaeneeheee Se 1.20 36.47 11.50 11.25 IDES GS ae onset erence ee 85. Al 90.06 E25 9.4. UN Erg City. ees enc vtpseareaves 10 1.42 63.02 15.82 15.80 [PSG FOL NLS ececopee ey kere a Some 1.70 98.06 14.75 —— Salita Cee earaceee eters: 967 = 1.84 98.08 18.01 17.95 3. Strength of Stock Alkalies : Ammonium hydroxide .... 28% (NH3) 0.90 35.05 14.7 14.3 Potassium hydroxide (Saturated solution) ...... 52% 1.54 56.11 14.2 14.7 Sodium hydroxide (Saturated solution) ...... 46% 1.50 40.01 17.25 17.0
Table 11, SOLUBILITY OF COMPOUNDS most frequently used in this Laboratory.
Solubility is expressed in grams of Solute per 100 ml. of Solvent at 20° C.
Formula
Water M. W. Sol.
of ae eaies Crystalization H,O Remarks? Acid,
citric H3CgH5O7 -H2,O 210.11 133
oxalic (COOH )2 .2H2O 126.06 10
picric CoH2(OH)2(NOz2)3 229.08 1 S: 6/A.
pyrogallic CoH3(OH)3 126.08 61.5
tartaric CsH»s(OH)2(COOH)» 150.07 139
trichloracetic CC13;COOH 163.40 1000
boric HgBO; 61.84 7 S:4x H.W Aluminum
chloride A1Cl3 133.34 69.87 Alum
amm., iron Feo(SO4)3(NH4)2SO4 .24 HO 964.40 124
potas. chrom. Cro(SO4)3KoSO4 24 HsO 1,006.51 20
potas. alumin. Alse(SO4)3KeSO4 .24 H.2O 948.77 5.2 Amidol diaminophenol HC1 197.01 20.5 Ammonium
acetate NH4C2H302 77.06 148
nitrate NH,NO3 80.05 abt. 120
chloride NH,Cl 53.50 38
oxalate (NH4)2C2O4 125.06 4
sulfate (NH4)2SO4 1325147 375
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
Barium chloride hydroxide
Calcium chloride chloride
Chromium oxide!?
Copper acetate (ic)
chloride (ic) sulfate (ic) chloride (ous)
Dextrose (glucose)
Elon Glycine Hydroquinone
Iron chloride (ic) sulfate (ous)
Kodelon Lactose (milk sugar)
Lead acetate chloride
Lithium chloride
Magnesium chloride sulfate
Maltose (Malt sugar)
Manganese chloride
Mercury chloride (ic)
Metol
Osmium tetroxide!?
Kodelon Photol
BaCly Ba(OH)2
CaClo CaCle
CrOsz
Cu (CyH302) 2
CuCl 2 CuSO, CusCle
CoH1206
nis
XG.
H,0 H.20
t
to
-H20
monomethyl-p-aminophenol SO,
CH.NH2COOH
CoHs(OH) 2
FeCl3 FeSO,
p-aminophenol oxalate
Cy2H 22014
Pb ( C2H302 ) 2
PbCly LiCl
MgCl,
Cy2H22011 MnCl. HgCl2 (see elon)
OsO4
(see elon.) (see elon.)
3H2O0
244.32 Sian
110.98 219.09
100.01 199.63 170.52
249.71 198.05
198.14 344.31
75.04 110.08
270.31
278.02
360.19
379.30 278.11
42.40
203.33 246.50
360.19
197.91
2/ 1.52
254.80
285
39:7 Ss 4 x EW: 5.6 S: 300x H.W.
74.5 100
170
Nn
Zi le We
SoZ cabins
ST fenes La LN Nc
H.W. x
ARE + 2.5) xtEeWe
: inf. x H.W.
Bo Tal NWN >: 4x H.W.
:4x H.W. : 33/100ml A.
+ in Ax
286 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 60
Potassium
bromide KBr 119.01 63 carbonate K»sCO3 138.19 93 bicarbonate KHCO3 100.10 27 chloride KCl 74.55 32 cyanide KCN 65.10 abt. 50 dichromate KeCry0; 294.21 24 ferricyanide K3Fe(CN)¢ 329.18 40 ferrocyanide KyFe(CN )¢6 3 H,0 422.32 30 S: 3x HW. hydroxide KOH 56.10 110 iodide KI 166.03 140 nitrate KNO3 101.10 60 S? 423 EW oxalate KeC.O4 Als x@) 184.21 33 permanganate KMnO, 158.03 10 phosphate KH.2PO,4 136.14 33 sulfate KeSO4 174.26 11.7 thiocyanate KCNS S7AZaes Quinhydrone CoH4O2.CsH4 (OH) 2 218.08 s.s. Silver nitrate AgNOs 169.89 288 S:3x H.W. Sodium Acetate NaC.H30 3 H.O 136.06 v.s. borate, tetra or bi- NazByO7 10 H,O 381.43 2.8 carbonate NazCO3 105.99 14.8 carbonate NasCOs3 10 H,O 286.15 100 bicarbonate NaHCO; 84.01 9.9 chloride NaCl 58.46 36.5 chromate NaeCrO4 10 H.O 342.16 abt. 120 S: if. x H.W. citrate NasgCgH;O7 5 2 H.O 294. 10 50 cyanide NaCN 49.01 50 hydroxide NaOH 40.01 103 nitrate NaNOs3 85.01 93 oxalate NavC204 134.01 3.7 phosphate NazH PO, 142.05 14 phosphate NasH PO, 12 H.O 358.24 17 K tartrate NakCyH4Og¢ 4 Hy 282.19 60 sulfate NavSO, 142.06 14 sulfate NapSO,4 10 H.O 322:22) 735 sulfite NasSO; 126.06 16.5 bisulfite NaHSO; 104.07 25 thiocyanate NaCNS 81.07 v.s. thiosulfate NavS.O03 Seldic@) 248.20 120 Sucrose (saccharose ) CyH 22011 342.18 200 Thymol CgH3(CHs3) (OH) (CsH7) 150.16 .09 Urea CO(NHsz)2 60.05 100 %s=solubility. A=alcohol. H.W.=hot water. inf.=infinitely soluble or in all proportions, a
4 x H.W.=4 times more soluble in hot water,
10Forms the acid when added to water,
Avéust 27, 1932 }
THE COLLECTING NET
287
75; 1923, 28; 1924, 17; (including 3 females) (This is the last year when broods of young were observed and reported), 1927, Spring 13 birds (Including 2 females), Autumn 7 birds (All males) ; 1928, Spring 3 males, Autumn 2 males. December 8, 1 male. 1929, Lone male studied and photographed during April. Seen on the Green farm until May 11. Appeared again in October and was seen throughout the winter. 1930, Bird again observed and photographed during April and reported on the Green farm until the middle of May and again during the autumn and winter months. 1931, April 1, trapped and banded. Seen at Green farm until May 9. 1932, February 9. Seen regularly until March 11. April 6 reported as seen on the Green farm. July 18 reported two miles east of Green farm.
Proposed Introduction of Prairie Chickens
As in former years earnest requests have come from organizations as well as from individual sportsmen and bird lovers, to introduce the prairie chicken, a western sub-species to mate with the closely related heath hen, for practical or purely sentimental reasons. Interest in this experiment was revived on February 23, 1932 when Mr. W. I’, Grimmer of the Wisconsin Conservation De- partment offered to furnish the live prairie chick- ens and to pay all expenses of transportation to Massachusetts. Mr. Loyd Taylor and other inter- ested persons of New York generously offered to provide additional funds as might be needed to carry out the experiment. The Marthas Vineyard Rod and Gun Club voted to favor the introduc- tion and the Vineyard Gazette, the local paper of the Island took a decisive stand for the project. In view of the local as well as national interest in the experiment the offers made by the State of Wisconsin and the New York gentlemen were again submitted to the Massachusetts Division of Fisheries and Game. After a thorough considera- tion of the matter the State Department of Con- servation refused to issue a permit for the intro- duction of the birds. Mr. Raymond J. Kenney, Director of the Division of Fisheries and Game issued the following statement,—
“The Commissioner of Conservation and the Director of the Division of Fisheries and Game have given very careful consideration to the matter of liberation of western prairie chickens on Martha’s Vineyard. They consult- ed leading ornithologists and sportsmen in Massachusetts and obtained the sentiment of representative citizens of Marthas Vineyard and the majority opinion opposed the ex- periment. As this is purely a local matter in Massachusetts a final decision not to import prairie chickens was made on the basis of the foregoing.”
In connection with the suggestion of the intro-
duction of the prairie chickens the following state- ment was made in the heath hen report for 1931- 32:
“In the past many attempts were made to in- troduce the prairie chicken, the close relative of the heath hen, to Pennsylvania and the plains of New Jersey, Long Island, and Massachusetts, in- cluding Martha’s Vineyard. Although these in- troductions were made in large numbers and with great care, every one of them resulted in fail- ure. Likewise introductions of the heath hen, when these birds were abundant on Marthas Vineyard, made to Long Island and the main- land of Massachusetts, never proved a success. All attempts to rear the birds in captivity failed. It is apparent that Pinnated Grouse (heath hen and prairie chicken) do not lend themselves to such methods of conservation and are very sen- sitive to any change in their environment. They are not adaptable and are totally unlike the hardy pheasant, which can be readily tran- splanted from one part of the country to an- other. But grant that an introduction of prairie
-chickens to Martha’s Vineyard would be success- ful, there would be only the remotest chance that the last heath hen would mate successfully with the prairie chickens. One reason of the failure of the heath hen to raise young since
1924, when there were still a number of females
present with the males, was the fact that ex-
cessive interbreeding had brought about declin- ing sexual vigor and sterility.’
The atrophied sex organs of several males ex- amined in 1925 gives strength to the view that our last heath hen is sterile. Furthermore orni- thologists are not interested in a hybrid and the introduction of prairie chickens, a sub-species so similar in appearance to the heath hen would be- cloud and obscure the final chapter of the heath hen.
The wide spread publicity that has been given to the last bird of its race is in itself evidence of the interest that the public has maintained for the vanishing heath hen on Martha’s Vineyard Island. In the complicated and perplexing prob- lems of conservation with which so many persons are concerned there is destined to be diverse and discordant opinions and the case of the heath hen has not been an exception. The Massachusetts Department of Conservation fully realizes that it has in the heath hen a responsibility and a trust that is not limited to the state but which is nation- al in scope. In dealitig with this problem the De- partment has not followed its own inclinations but at present as in the past it has sought the ad- vice of the leading sportsmen, ornithologists and conservationists and has closely adhered to what appeared to be the best policy for the majority concerned.
288
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VII. No. 60
BOOK REVIEWS
The Invertebrata, by L. A. Borrapatte, F, A. Potts, L. E. S. EAstHam, and J. T. Saun- DERS. 645 pp. $5.50. Cambridge: The Uni- versity Press. 1932.
Teachers and students of invertebrate zoology have for some time been feeling the need for a textbook which would provide a more detailed and mature treatment of the subject than is found in the elementary textbooks generally used in our universities. In this new “Invertebrata,” the au- thors have in a praiseworthy manner filled this long-felt need. The book is expressly intended for senior students, who are already familiar with the basic principles of invertebrate zoology, and therefore the authors have wisely refrained from giving a detailed account of the types generally dealt with in elementary textbooks. They have made a generous selection of examples, which are well chosen and carefully described. In their treatment they have kept an even keel, giving as much attention to the function and operation of the various organs as to their development and structure. Classification is sanely dealt with and ably used, the authors keeping within the limits of orthodoxy and yet giving life to the presenta- tion of the characteristic pictures of the groups discussed. “The term ‘Invertebrata’ is retained to cover all the non-chordate phylo and the chor- dates other than the Vertebrata. In that sense it is used in this book. Only the Cephalochorda (amphioxus), which, though they are not verte- brates, have much in common with those animals, are left aside as best studied with them.”
The authors are particularly to be commended for their treatment of the crustacea (chapter XII), a group which has not before been so ade- quately and clearly presented in so relatively brief a space, and which students have commonly found it difficult to thoroughly understand. Here mat- ters of importance are discussed with competence, lucidity, and an understanding of the difficulties students often encounter in grasping the struc- tural interrelationships of the members of this phylum.
The book is satisfactorily illustrated, contain- ing 458 clear and accurate figures. The index has been carefully prepared and contributes to the use- fulness of the book as a work of reference. The major part of the book has been written by the senior authors, L. A. Borradaile and F. A. Potts, both specialists of high standing in the field of in- vertebrate zoology. Chapters have been contrib- uted by L. E. S. Eastham and J. T. Saunders, who have also shared in the preparation of the book as a whole.
“Invertebrata” should be eagerly welcomed by students specializing in this field, and should also appeal to those who for lack of inspiration have not heretofore been especially interested in this branch of zoology. —Roderick Macdonald.
THREE TEXT BOOKS OF ZOOLOGY
(1) Zoology, F. E. Cumester. 581 pp., 268 il-
lustrations. $3.75. Van Nostrand. 1932.
(2) Animal Biology, L. L. Wooprurr. 513 pp.,
296 illustrations. $3.50. Macmillan. 1932. (3) Manual of Animal Biology, G. A. BAITSELL.
382 pp., 12 illustrations. $2.50. Macmillan.
1932.
These books represent three ways of presenting zoology to college students. The first is system- atic and encyclopedic, the second treats of general principles of biology as applied to animals, and the third considers in more detail certain types of the animal kingdom. All three are well illustrated and provided with bibliographies and indices, and (1) and (2) have also a glossary.
(1) Chidester’s “Zoology” contains a vast am- ount of information arranged in chapters each dealing with a phylum or a class of animals. There is an introductory chapter dealing with the general properties of living things and giving an outline of the classification, and the book closes with two chapters of a general character, one on the social life of animals and the other on evolu- tion, heredity and eugenics. The chapters form- ing the greater part of the book are much alike in their treatment of the subject. For example, the one on the Amphibia begins with a very useful summary of the characteristics of the class. Then follow brief descriptions of orders and families with specific examples. The next eighteen pages are devoted to the anatomy and physiology of the leopard frog taken as a type of the Anura. The chapter closes with “General Consideration of the Amphibia,” which includes distribution, anatomy, physiology, embryology, parental care, experi- mental embryology, habitat, fossil relatives, eco- nomic importance, and resistance to poisons—all treated briefly.
Two chapters are devoted to the Mammalia: one on the natural history, including Man both fossil and recent, and the other on physiology, in- cluding histology and anatomy. In a work of so wide a scope the treatment is often necessarily sketchy and it is not always easy reading. But the attention is held by numerous odd and unex- pected bits of information, for example, the use of scallop shells as a badge by the Crusaders.
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
There are paragraphs one would like to rewrite and some inconsistencies, as the differences of the name of the Xth nerve in figs. 115 and 252. Haeckel’s old plate, reproduced on p. 530, may be criticised as misleading in some respects. An un- usual and very valuable feature of the book is the frequency of reference to original sources. If properly used, these will impress the student with the idea that zoology is a living subject and stimu- late in him the spirit of research.
(2) In the “Animal Biology” of Woodruff the emphasis is on the physiological side. The book begins with four chapters on the scope of biology, cellular organization, protoplasm, and metabolism. Then follow six chapters on the natural history and anatomy of animals arranged in the larger groups. The next section, also divided into six chapters, gives an outline of vertebrate physiology. The remainder of the book, more than half its bulk, is devoted to general principles, including the origin of life, development, inheritance, adap- tation, evolution, contributions of biology to hu- man welfare, and finally a valuable chapter on the history of biology. An outstanding feature of the book is the excellence of the illustrations, largely the work of R. E. Harrison. The bibli- ography contains an extended list of treatises use- ful for collateral reading. The book may be es- pecially recommended to students who are taking a single course in biology.
(3) Baitsell’s “Manual” is a guide to an intro- ductory course in zoology with laboratory in- struction. It is intended to be read with (2), to which reference is made for figures ; it can be used also with other textbooks, likewise referred to by pages, at the close of each chapter. The first chapter describes the structure and activities of animal and plant cells, and refers particularly to certain types of the latter. The following chap- ters contain descriptions of sixteen typical animals, including five protozoa, two ccelenterates, and two insects, and the final chapter is a brief sketch of the development of the frog, chick, and mammal. The style is straightforward and clear. The book is remarkable for the absence of figures that students may substitute for laboratory work. Fig. 12 is a reproduction of the frontispiece from Har- vey’s “De Generatione Animalium” with the in- scription “Ex ovo omnia.” The other illustrations, well adapted to excite interest, are from beauti- ful drawings by R. E. Harrison. Unfortunate- ly in some cases the magnification is not clear- ly indicated. For figures showing details of struc- ture there are frequent references to Woodruff. In all the chapters physiological activity is kept in mind in connection with structure. The chap- ter on the frog is the most extended, and is com- parative with reference to other vertebrates and to man, It is prefaced by a systematic account of
THE COLLECTING NET
289
the classes of Chordata and the orders of Mam- malia.
Part II of the manual consists in detailed dir- ections, rather too helpful perhaps in places, for the laboratory study of the types described in Part I, including some mammalian structures.
The three books together form an interesting group. No one of them gives a complete picture of the animal kingdom. But if all three were read, with a judicious omission of overlapping parts, the entire animal kingdom when seen from the three points of view would emerge in a rather nice perspective. The reviewer feels, however, that these books, like many others of recent issue, at- tempt too much and too little. The field covered is too great for the beginning student to grasp, and the treatment is too brief for the adequate presentation needed by the advanced student. The “Manual” (3) is the least open to this objection. Yet perhaps a more intensive study of fewer types would be better adapted to awaken interest and il- lustrate the method of research in zoology. After all, for elementary students it is the method of science and interest in its pursuit, rather than con- tent, that is important. IRIE, 1B,
A Textbook of Genetics by ArtHur Warp LinpsEy. pp. xvi + 354. 128 figs. $2.75. The Macmillan Co. 1932.
This new textbook of genetics is a somewhat simplified exposition for college classes. It makes no excessive demands on the mentality, yet it is a well balanced account covering all of the more interesting and most of the important recent de- velopments in the field. The sections on genetic data and principles form only about one half of the book, while the remainder deals with those applications which are usually most interesting to the general student.
The author indicates that he himself is chiefly interested_in the bearings of genetic data on the problem of evolution, and this section is an ex- cellent brief treatise. Certain other parts seem somewhat less fortunate, as for instance the chap- ter on biometry which seems to be included from custom rather than because it is definitely related to the genetic study of quantitative characters. The chapters dealing with human heredity offer no very critical discussion of this much discussed subject.
If a new book in this rather crowded field is justified, this will be found to be one of the best written and most usable of college texts. The questions and problems, and the well chosen ref- erences at the ends of the chapters, should be use- ful for teachers not actively interested in genetics, and for students who have no access to original data. —H. H. Plough.
290
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vot. VII. No. 60
Tropical Medicine. Sir LEoNARD Rocers, C.I.E., M.D., B.S., Physician and Lecturer, London School of Tropical Medicine, and J. W. D. Megaw, C.I.E., V.H.S., B.A., Major-General, Indian Medical Service. 536 pp. 77 illustra- tions, 2 in color. $4.00. P. Blakiston, Phila- delphia, 1930.
These prominent authorities have produced a handbook which should be adequate for the phys- ician who is confronted with any pathological con- dition likely to be encountered in the tropics. This work, however, is far more than a practical hand- book. Each chapter contains sections devoted to the history, incidence, and prevalence of a disease, as well as to its diagnosis and treatment. This in- formation is presented in a very readable manner, and there is much of general interest in the book.
Chemotherapy receives adequate recognition, but its limitations are quite properly stressed. Thus, quinine is contra-indicated in black-water fever, and arsphenamine would appear to be poor- ly tolerated by syphilitic lepers.
An interesting discussion of the colubrine and viperine types of snake-venom is given. The au- thors point out that a vast amount of research has yielded results of greater scientific than therapeu- tic value. It is impressive to note that 600 to 800 ce. of anti-venine intravenously would be re- quired to neutralize a full dose of king cobra venom,
Typographical errors are few and unimportant. One which should be corrected in future editions is Hydrocarpus, which is used several times for Hydnocarpus. —Thomas B. Grave.
Colloid Chemistry, Theoretical and Applied. Vol- ume IV. Second Series of Papers on Technical Applications. Edited by Jerome ALEXANDER. 734 pages. Price, $11.50. Chemical Catalogue Co., Inc., New York, 1932.
The appearance of this volume brings to a close the effort begun by Mr. Jerome Alexander some six years ago to collect a series of papers by inter- national authorities on the various phases of col- loid chemistry. The completion of this self-al- lotted task well testifies to the perseverence and houndless enthusiasm of the editor, and American chemists owe him a vote of gratitude for the col- lection and codrdination of the vast amount of in- formation presented in these volumes.
The present volume is entirely devoted to papers dealing with the application of colloid facts and theories to various phases of industry, running from those of cellulose, paper and wood to brew- ing, laundering, and synthetic mother-of-pearl. The wide range of topics considered precludes an adequate review by any one individual, particular- ly by one not well versed in the particular indus-
tries considered. At first glance one might conclude that this volume contains little of interest to the biological investigator. A more careful examina- tion, however, discloses much of general interest. Thus the chapter on synthetic mother-of-pearl contains much of interest relative to the natural formation of this substance, and the chapters on dyeing contain suggestions which may be of in- terest to’ those seeking to improve present day methods of staining tissues.
It has long been recognized that in many re- spects the industrial applications of colloid chem- istry have far outstripped the results of the lab- oratory investigators. This is quite evident throughout the text, and in many instances the reader is introduced to important findings which have not as yet found their way into the text- books of colloid chemistry.
—Kenneth Clark Blanchard.
Agricultural Biochemistry. R. ApAMs DUTCHER and Dennis E. Hatey. $4.50. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1932.
The text opens with a concise history of the major developments of agricultural chemistry. The succeeding chapters are divided into three groups dealing respectively with general biochem- ical topics, the plant and the soil, and animal nu- trition. The chapters of the first group follow rather closely the conventional treatment to be found in most textbooks of biochemistry.
These chapters constitute the weakest portion of the text. In many instances, important concepts are treated sketchily and often with an approach similar to that to be found in general science texts written for secondary schools. Perhaps this is necessary for classes of agricultural students—if so, it is unfortunate.
On the other hand the discussion of certain topics such as pH, buffers and colloids, is present- ed in such a fashion as to be useless to both the novice and the well-trained student. Further, this portion of the text suffers from a distinct lack of balance in the space devoted to various topics: for example, two and one half pages are devoted to phospholipins and three and one half to es- sential oils. In the chapter devoted to carbohy- drates, the 2:4 oxide structure is assigned to nor- mal fructose (page 46), and it is somewhat start- ling to find a statement that the carbohydrates as a class are amphoteric (page 36). The formula for furfural given on page 55 is wrong. The chapter devoted to the proteins is poor, as is chapter VI, entitled “The Physical State of Mat- ter.” The latter chapter of 15 pages, is a discus- sion of solutions, surface tension, osmosis, theo- ries of membrane action, properties of fluids, buffers and colloids, seryed up as a sort of phys-
Avcust 27, 1932 ]
DEE COLLECTING NED
291
ico-chemical hash of little or no intellectual nour- ishment. Likewise, chapter VII, devoted to the enzymes, is rather unsatisfactory, as it contains no discussion of any importance relative to the kinet- ics or theory of enzyme action.
These shortcomings suggest to the reviewer that despite the extensive experience of the authors in agricultural chemistry they are rather poorly in- formed as to the nature and utility of many im- portant biochemical facts.
In general this criticism is applicable through- out the book, although as soon as the authors enter upon the home territory—that is, the dis- cussion of applied agricultural chemistry,—this sense of insecurity to a large extent disappears. The treatment accorded seeds, soils, fertilizers, in- secticides, and the nutrition of plants and farm animals is for the most part sound. The profes- sional biochemist will, however, question some statements included in the otherwise excellent dis- cussion of some of these topics. Thus on page 375 we are informed that guanidine will combine with acetic acid to form guanido acetic acid, and on page 378 that 2 mols of urea and 1 mol of lactic acid may be caused to unite in the laboratory to forma purine. This evidences a lack of knowl- edge of the guiding principles of organic synthesis. On page 383 the authors subscribe to Martin Fischer's theory of muscle contraction, but pay no attention to present day knowledge of the chem- istry of muscular activity. The discussion of fat synthesis, and the accompanying diagram on page 386 carry no information of value.
Chapter XXV is devoted to “Energy Metabol- ism,” and contains a catalogue-like description of the apparatus used in the measurement of the gas exchange although no mention is made of the methods of calculation employed in indirect calori- metry and the conclusions which may be drawn from the results of such calculations. Apparently the authors are not acquainted with that funda- mental and useful quantity, the heat of formation of a compound, for on page 399 they assure the reader that “When hydrocarbons are burned, the amount of heat is practically equivalent to that which would have been obtained if the carbon and hydrogen equivalents had been burned separately.”
Certain topics which one would expect to find in a textbook of agricultural biochemistry are missing. For example, the reviewer has been un- able to find any mention of the importance of cellulose fermentation in the nutrition of farm animals. A number of other criticisms might be made if it were not for the limitations of space imposed upon this review.
The text is profusely illustrated with photo- graphs, charts and tables, although many of the first contribute nothing to the clarity of the dis- cussion. —Kenneth Clark Blanchard.
Chemical Analysis by X-Rays and Its Applica- tions. GEORG von Hevesy, Professor of Phys- ical Chemistry, University of Freiburg. Vol. 10 of the George Fisher Baker Non-resident Lectureship in Chemistry at Cornell Univer- sity. 333 pp. 101 figures. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. 1932.
In this book the author presents an exceedingly interesting exposition of the principal methods of X-ray analysis and many of the results which have been obtained by the use of X-rays. The book is divided into three parts, the first deal- ing with the technique of chemical analysis by X-rays. Beginning with an historical introduc- tion, 1t continues to a description of apparatus re- quired and then outlines analysis by means of primary omission and absorption spectra and by secondary radiation methods, giving numerous specific illustrations, and in particular, the com- plete analysis, both qualitative and quantitative, of thucolite. The relative merits of X-ray and opti- cal methods are discussed. Here, within 119 pages, one obtains a concise introduction to the subject of X-ray spectroscopy as applied to chemi- cal analysis. Many phases of X-ray spectroscopy which are of use to the chemist as well as the physicist such as crystal structure are beyond the scope of this book and as the author indicates in his preface, “Successful chemical analysis by means of Rontgen rays demands that the analyst possess some previous knowledge of X-ray spec- troscopy.” An appendix of 35 pages of tables of spectral lines under various useful classifica- tion follows.
Part II gives an authoritative and inspiring ac- count of the discovery of hafnium. The chemis- try of hafnium and its compounds is taken up. Zirconium, which is chemically similar to hafni- um, necessarily receives considerable attention. This part of the book is an excellent illustration of the application of the scientific method show- ing the small place chance occupies in modern physical research and discovery.
In Part III, problems concerning the chemical composition of the earth and the solar system, and the abundance of the elements are dealt with. Various methods of attack are outlined including a study of igneous rocks, meteorites, the velocity of seismic waves, and the solar spectrum. Here, as in Part II, it is shown how X-ray methods often offer the most convenient and sometimes the only means of analysis, especially where elements of high atomic number are to be determined. A use- ful index of names and subjects is included.
Altogether it is a very readable book and should prove instructive to the lay:nan as well as valu- able to the man engaged in this special field of work. —P. M. Roope.
292 HE COREE CRING SN Ea:
[ Vou. VII. No. 60
RESEARCH REPORTS OF INVESTIGATORS HOLDING SCHOLARSHIPS
Last Fall the five Cottectinec Net Scholar- ships of $100.00 each were awarded to the fol- lowing students:
Name Course Vireo elspa CG Ot a capers eeestes cae Botany Miss Helen M. Lundstrom.... Physiology Wibes (Co INIT, TPtey eaves tah easy gsencscecon es Zoology Mr. Thurlo B. Thomas............... Zoology Mr: George D! Youns................ Zoology
Mr. Young was unable to come to Woods Hole this summer Miss Lundstrom’s report, which did not arrive in time to be included in this number, will be printed next year.
We print below a brief outline of the work ac- complished by the three investigators who have carried out their work at the Marine Biological Laboratory during the present summer with the assistance of the grant from THE COLLECTING Net Scholarship Fund.
ISOELECTRIC RANGES OF GAMETES AND ZOOSPORES OF MARINE ALGAE J. R. JACKSON Graduate Assistant in Biology, University of Missouri.
Anattempt is being made to differentiate between the male and female gametes of some of the ma- rine algae by the use of a staining method de- veloped by Naylor (Am. Jour. Bot. 13:205-275, 1926). Naylor stained sections of killed and fixed plant tissue with acid and basic dyes and washed them in buffers of known hydrogen ion concen- tration. He demonstrated that the nuclei of cells of such plants as corn and soy beans have an ap- parent isoelectric range alkaline to that of the cytoplasm of the same cells.
The author (Science 68: 89-90, 1928) applied the same method to the male gametes of one of the ferns (Pteris longifolia) and found that the cytoplasm of these cells had an isoelectric range comparable to that of the cytoplasm of the cells studied by Naylor. The nuclei, however, behaved as though they had an isoelectric range acid to that of their cytoplasm. These results indicated a possible interpretation of the function of the male gamete in fertilization which might be har- monized with the results of artificial activation of the eggs of some of the marine animals (F. R. Lillie, ‘Problems in Fertilization,” University of Chicago Press, 1919).
Recent studies by the author (unpublished ) have confirmed the acid isoelectric range of the male gamete nucleus and have demonstrated that the nuclei of the vegetative cells of the gameto-
phyte of Pteris longifolia have an apparent iso- electric range alkaline to that of their cytoplasm. Nuclei of the female gametes have an apparent isoelectric range alkaline to that of their cytoplasm and slightly alkaline to the range for the nuclei of vegetative cells. Thus the nuclei of the male gametes of this plant have an isoelectric range more acid than that of any other gametophyte structure. It seems probable, therefore, that the apparent acidity of the male gamete is connected with its function in activating the female gamete to development.
These results suggest several questions. Does this difference between the isoelectric ranges of the nuclei of the gametes exist in plants other than ferns? If so, does it exist only in those plants which produce gametes which are morphologically unlike? Is there a similar difference between the nuclei of those gametes which are alike morpho- logically but unlike physiologically? Is there a comparable difference between gametes and zo- ospores and, if so, does the zoospore resemble the male gamete, the female, or neither in the isoelec- tric range of its nucleus? When, in the ontogen- etic development of the plant, does this difference between gametes arise? Is this difference in ap- parent isoelectric range an evidence of a difference in metabolic activity between gametes of different sex or is it an evidence of some special material present only in the nucleus of the male gamete?
The investigation in progress was attempted with the hope of obtaining data which would sug- gest answers to the first four questions.
The following material has been collected and is being examined by the methods used by Naylor (1926) and Jackson (1928): receptacles, male and female gametes, stages in fertilization, and young sporelings of Fucus vesiculosus; gametes, stages in fertilization, zoospores, and gamete bear- ing tissue of Ulva lactuca, Enteromorpha intesti- nalis, and two species of Ectocarpus.
Considerable difficulty has been experienced in getting well fixed material and consistant staining reactions. Therefore it is not possible, at present, to give definite conclusions. Results indicate, how- ever, that there is a difference between the iso- electric ranges of the nuclei of the male and fe- male gametes of the anisogamous alga, Fucus. Such differences have not been satisfactorily dem- onstrated in Ulva, Enteromorpha, and Ectocarpus. However, conclusive evidence should be obtained for these species when the material already col- lected has been examined completely and critically.
This work has been made possible by a Cot- LEcTING Net “Fellowship” for which the author wishes to express his most sincere appreciation.
—_—=), ve
August 27, 1932 ]
A STUDY OF THE CYTOLOGY OF HEART AND SKELETAL MUSCLE THURLO B. THOMAS Department of Zoology, Oberlin College
As a recipient of one of the CoLtectinG Net Scholarships for the summer of 1932 the writer was enabled to spend approximately two months at the Marine Biological Laboratory. The time thus far has been devoted to a comparative study of the cytology of heart and skeletal muscle from Limulus, the striated portion of the adductor of Pecten, and the retractor and radial muscles of Thyone. Several additional forms will be studied in the remaining time. The usual techniques for the demonstration of the chondriome and “Golgi apparatus” are being employed. It is hoped that through this preliminary study the writer will be- come familiar with the cytological picture pre- sented in muscle tissues of various animals, as well as with the literature on the histogenesis of muscle. The work done this summer at the Lab- oratory will serve as an introduction to the prob- lem of the cytoplasmic inclusions of developing muscle which it is hoped may be continued this fall under the direction of Dr. A. B. Dawson at Harvard University.
NOTE: We have also found it necessary to postpone printing the report by Mr. Pomerat until next year.
SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY
On Tuesday of this week Dr. and Mrs. L. C. Marshall of the Division of Radiation and Or- ganisms of the Smithsonian Institution, Washing- ton, D. C., arrived at the Institution for a stay of six or eight weeks. Dr. Marshall is aiding in the installation of new equipment at the Torrey Pines Field Station of the U. S. Department of Agriculture which is to be used in very accurate studies of the effect of light (“especially ultra violet and infra red”) on growth of plants. He will make his headquarters at the Institution while this work is being done and make considerable use of its laboratory, in addition to having consulta- tion with Professor Burt Richardson, who is do- ing Institution work of similar character.
Dr. F. M. Gilchrist of the Department of Zool- ogy of Pomona College visited the Institution last week to make inquiry about places favorable for collecting young stages of development of one of the common jelly fishes. He was accompanied by two of his students. On Monday of this week they returned in order to use laboratory facilities of the Institution for several weeks while making special investigations of these animals.
Mr. R. S. Stewart of Ventura, California, vis- ited the Institution last week to get information
_THE COLLECTING NET
293
about ocean temperatures to use in connection with his studies on foraminifera.
Mr. Max Greenberg returned to the University of California at Berkeley last week after spending the summer on special researches in chemistry. He will go from Berkeley to the University of Texas Medical School where he holds an appoint- ment as tutor in biochemistry.
Last week Director T. Wayland Vaughan re- ceived a letter from Rear Admiral G. H. Rock of the Bureau of Construction and Repair of the United States Navy in which there was a strong expression of appreciation of that Bureau of the importance of the work in the study of “fouling organisms” conducted at the Institution pier in cooperation with Prof. W. R. Coe of the Osborn Zoological Laboratory of Yale University. Ad- miral Rock especially stressed the value of inves- tigations of this kind in relation to practical con- ditions of operation of naval and commercial ves- sels, saying that increase in knowledge of the habits of the organisms gives aid in devising measures for their partial control or avoidance.
A recent letter to Director T. Wayland Vaughan from Mr. George Steiger of the U. S. Geological Survey at Washington states that he will under- take to make spectrographic tests for the heavy metals (e. g. tin, copper, and zinc) in samples of marine bottom deposits recently sent to him by the Institution. He also states that he can easily make identifications of certain other substances at the same time. These determinations will give ma- terial aid in studies of bottom deposits now in progress at the Institution.
SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (Received August 22)
Last week Director T. Wayland Vaughan re- ceived a letter from Rear Admiral W. R. Gher- ardi of the Hydrographic Office of the U. S. Navy at Washington in which the institution was thanked for the offer of a loan of two reversing thermometers and a supply of water sample bottles. The letter states that the offer is being accepted and that the instruments will be used (probably) by the surveying vessels Hannibal and Nokomis in operations toward or about the region of Panama. With these thermometers tempera- tures will be taken at a number of depths mostly between the surface and 1200 meters. Director Vaughan was requested to suggest stations to be investigated.
On Friday of last week Miss Frances Charlton left the Institution after spending three months in special study of foraminifera.
294 __THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VIL. No. 60
KARL BELAR
Ausust 27, 1932 ] THE
COLLECTING
NET 295
KARL BELAR
Dr. Karl Belar, who carried on work in the Marine Biological Laboratory during the summer of 1929, died as the result of an automobile ac- cident on the 24th of May, 1931. He came to America on the invitation of the California In- stitute of Technology as visiting professor for one year, which was extended to a second year. He had expected to return to Germany during the summer of 1931, by way of the Orient.
Dr. Belar was born in 1895, and at a very early age showed exceptional interest in microscopic technique. He began his serious work, partly in a private laboratory, and partly at the University of Vienna. His studies were interrupted by the world war, from which he returned in 1918, and in the following year he received his doctor's de- gree. He acted at that time as assistant to Pro- fessor Hartmann of the Kaiser Wilhelm-Institut in Berlin-Dahlem, and at the same time became Privat-dozent at the University of Berlin. He be- gan work on the nuclear and cell division of the Protozoa, which he carried out for several years. The results appeared in a series of important papers. In 1926 he published a book on the changes in form of the nucleus of the Protozoa, which contained a review of the extensive litera- ture up to that time. Following this early work on the Protozoa he undertook an extensive study of the mechanism of cell-division, both in plants and animals. He brought forward a working hy- pothesis concerning the role of the spindle fibres in relation to the movement of chromosomes hased
on some ingenious experimental methods on living materials. He continued work of a related kind during the two years he was in Pasadena, es- pecially on eggs of the marine worm, Urechis. He had accumulated a large amount of material, but had not put his results in final form when the unfortunate automobile accident ended his career. The material and notes have been sent to Ger- many, where, with the assistance of Mrs. Karl Belar, it is hoped some of his results may be re- covered.
3elar had developed a remarkable technique as a result of his wide experience. He impressed all who came in contact with him not only as an exceptionally fine technician, but also as an acute observer. He had, in addition, a very unusual talent for drawing, and the figures that illustrate his papers and books bear testimony to his skill in representing microscopical preparations, as well as the artistic feeling with which they were pre- sented. Belar was, however, much more than a successful manipulator and acute observer. He was extremely critical, not only with regard to his own work, but also of the work of other observers, as illustrated by the admirable reviews which he published from time to time, both as summaries of a larger field, and as reviews of individual papers and books. This is especially illustrated by his last article on “Befruchtung,” in The Handwerter- buch der Naturwissenschaften.
His early death was a great loss to science, and a personal loss to a wide circle of friends.
— ew ewe
A WOODS HOLE RECORD OF THE TROPICAL FISH, PSEUDOPRICANTHUS ALTUS' Epwarp L. CHAMBERS and BRADFORD CHAMBERS j Woods Hole, Mass.
. This beautiful little fish of burnished gold is only a little longer than it is deep. . It is shaped somewhat like a freshwater sunfish, but it is more heavily built. The specimen shown in the photo- graph is very young, less than one and one-half inches long; but in its normal habitat an adult grows to a length of eleven or twelve inches.
The fish is tropical, living off the coast of Bra- zil, and extending as far north as South Carolina. However, young specimens are sometimes carried long distances by the gulf stream. This specimen probably got into the stream in its larval stage, and grew as it was carried northward along with Sargassum weed and jelly fishes. Finally a favor- able wind wafted it to the shores of Buzzards 3ay on our bathing beach.
In the summer of 1899 several specimens were caught here, and exhibited in the U. S. Fisheries. At that time Mr. C. R. Knight made a water color
painting of one which he has kept in his private collection.
It is a rare fish, even in its native haunt, and in scientific literature its vivid coloration has never been adequately described. Descriptions have been made from preserved specimens im which the coloring, especially of the brilliant spots, is gone.
The general color of the body is dusty red, due to an uneven distribution of both red and black microscopic pigment spots. The head is heavy and thick with a snobbishly upturned mouth. The eyes are very large and shiny black, surrounded by a thick margin of orange. Extending down the sides of the body are three streaks ‘of pale
1A rare fish was discovered Tuesday by one of our youngest Woods Hole Investigators, Bradford Chambers, son of Dr. Robert Chambers. On empty- ing the water out of his boat on the buzzards Buy beach, he was attracted by a brilliant rcd body bob- bing about in the boat.
296 THE
COLLECTING
NET [ Vor. VII. No: 58
THE TROPICAL FISH
This picture shows the brilliancy of the eye, the black ventral fin and the long dorsal fin with the three rows of vivid red spots. The red body and the red spots show black in the photograph.
pink, deepening to red lower down, so as to dis- appear into the general red color of the body. These streaks resemble rays of sunlight.
The dorsal fin is long, extending from a little behind the head almost to the tail, its outer edge appearing serrated. When closed the fin lies in a groove. The fish when excited opens it up and
thus produces a brilliant effect, because of the fin’s extraordinary coloration, The tips of the fin are bright yellow. Below are three rows of bril- liant orange discs like peacock eyes outlined by black circles against a white background. Along the base of the fin is a row of similar discs but broken. The posterior or soft part of the dorsal fin is almost wholly transparent with a number of very small scattered black spots.
The tail is pearly white at its base, the remain- der being scattered with very small black spots, similar to those on the soft part of the dorsal and anal fins.
The pectoral fins are completely transparent, ex- cept for a few black spots.
The pelvic or ventral fins are relatively large and have dusky markings, like the orange discs of the dorsal fin.
The spiny part of the anal fin is covered with the characteristic orange spots. | However, the whole fin is dusked and the edge is darkened by a thin line of black pigment. The posterior or soft part of the anal fin completely resembles that por- tion of the dorsal fin in being colorless.
We take this opportunity of expressing our ap- preciation to Dr. Schroeder of the Oceanographic Institution, who identified the fish and has helped us in describing it.
LOW TIDE AT BAY SHORE BEACH showing the path which Dr. Linton has kept open for so many summers. print a later photograph of the team of horses dumping sand from Dr. Glaser’s beach over the stones
above high tide mark on “Lot X”.
We hoped also to be able to
However, the time was too short to have the half-tone plate made.
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
297
GENERAL SCIENTIFIC MEETING Friday, September 2, 1932. MORNING
Mr. C. M. Goss, Mr. Bruce Hogg and Dr. Kenneth S. Cole, ‘Tissue Culture Action Potentials.”
Dr. Ethel B. Harvey, “Effects of Centrifugal Force on Fertilized Arbacia Eggs, as Observed with the Microscope Centrifuge.”
Dr. P. S. Henshaw, “The Comparative Radiosensi- tivity of Marine Invertebrate Eggs.”
Dr. Margaret Sumwalt. “Anomalous Potential Dif- ferences across Frog Skin.”
Dr. Walter S. Root, ‘“‘The Carbon Dioxide Dissocia- tion Curve of Frog’s Skeletal Muscle.”
Mr. S. A. Corson, ‘‘The Effect of Acid and Alkali on the Plasmogel of Amoeba proteus.”
Dr. F. J. Brinley, ‘The Action of Salts on Fundulus Embryos.”
Intermission
Dr. Oscar W. Richards, “The Estimation of the Growth of Yeast Populations with a Photo-electric Cell.”
Dr. George A. Baitsell, “A Simplified Technique for the Cultivation of Tissues in Vitro.”
Dr. T. M. Sonneborn, “Some Genetic Consequences of Self-Fertilization and Cross-Fertilization in Paramecium aurelia.”
Dr. E. R. Clark, Mrs. E. L. Clark and Dr. E. A. Swenson, “Motion Pictures Showing the Contrac- tion of Arterioles in the Rabbit’s Ear.”
Dr. C. C. Speidel, ““Moving Pictures of the ‘Fast Mo- tion’ Type of Various Cells in Living Frog Tad- poles.”
AFTERNOON
Mr. L. V. Beck, “The Effects of Penetrating and Non-Penetrating Acids and Bases on the Oxida- tion-Reduction Potential of Asterias Ova and of Asterias Sperm.”
Dr. G. H. A. Clowes, Miss Anna K. Keltch and Miss Ilene Harryman, “On Inhibition of Maturation of Starfish Eggs by Acids and Acid Producing Agents and the Reversal of this Process by Alkalies.”
Miss Anna K. Keltch, Miss Lucille Wade and Dr. G. H. A. Clowes, ‘On the Contrasting Sensitivity of Eggs and Sperm to Various Chemical Agents.”
Miss Ilene Harryman, Miss Lucille Wade, Miss Anna K. Keltch and Dr. G. H. A. Clowes, “On the Ac- tion of Soaps of the Oleate and Ricinoleate Series on Arbacia Sperm.”
Dr. R. Chambers, “On the Formation of the Seg- mentation Furrow in the Sea Urchin Egg.”
Dr. C. G. Pandit, “pH of the Arbacia Egg”. (Pre- sented by Dr. R. Chambers)
Dr. Dorothy R. Stewart and Dr. M. H. Jacobs, ‘‘The Influence of Temperature on the Permeability of the Arbacia Egg to Ethylene Glycol.” (Presented by Dr. Dorothy R. Stewart)
Dr. Dorothy R. Stewart and Dr. M. H. Jacobs, ‘The Permeability of the Egg of Asterias to Water.” (Presented by Dr. M. H. Jacobs.)
Mr. Otto Meier,, Jr., ‘The Use and Cost of Electrical Energy in Relation to Investigators in Attendance at the Marine Biological Laboratory.”
LIBINIA, THE SPIDER CRAB Libinia, Libinia, the Spider Crab, Sat among the rocks of the bathing beach And watched the toes of men go by. “They are a queer looking lot,”’ She cannily thot,
And who would have thunk she thot. Libinia, Libinia, the Spider Crab, Reflected, McInnis, McNaught,
And the rest of the lot ought to be taught I ought not be caught
So,she spitefully thot.
And who would have thunk she thot. Libinia, Libinia, the Spider Crab, Scientifically watched among the frothing rocks “Fives, always fives, this must be stopped’ She drastically thot
And experimentally tried her cheliped
And who would have thunk she thot.,
McInnis with sarcastic remark,
And epithet gay, limped away,
But they say to this day
He lets Libinia stay
Among the frothing rocks—
And who would have thunk she thot. Embryology Student, °31.
THE PACIFIC BIOLOGICAL STATION
Among the summer Investigators at the Pa- cific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada, are :-—
Professor R. A. Wardle, Department of Zo- ology, University of Manitoba: Cestode para- sites of Pacific coast fish. Mrs. Ella Kuitenen, graduate student, is associated with him in the investigation.
Dr. F. D. White, Department of Biochemistry, University of Manitoba: Chemical analyses of certain fish of commercial value.
Dr. W. Freudenberg, Department of Chemis- try, Iowa State College: Investigation of glyco- gen of oysters and clams.
Dr. W. A. Riddell, Department of Chemistry, Regina College: Method of determination of nitrate values in seawater.
Dr. D. C. B. Duff, Department of Bacteriology, University of British Columbia: Certain epidemic diseases of trout and young salmon.
Mr. G. H. Wailes, Vancouver: Marine Proto- zoa.
Mr. D. C. G. MacKay, graduate student, De- partment of Zoology, Stanford University: The life history of the commercial crab.
Mr. S. H. McFarlane, graduate student, De- partment of Zoology, University of Illinois : Trem- atode parasites of Pacific coast fish.
Mr. G. V. Wilby, graduate student, Depart- ment of Biology, University of Toronto: The life history of the ling cod.
Dr. Beall, Department of Chemistry, University of British Columbia: Chemical analysis of the waste effluent of pilchard reduction plants.
Mr. E. C. Black, University of British Colum- bia: Breeding periods of the pile borer, Bankia, on the coast of British Columbia,
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VIT. No. 60
The Collecting Net
An unofficial publication devoted to the scientific work at Woods Hole.
WOODS HOLE, MASS. WRG RORELONS 6a) erates aia eieip vin e)e viel eieietaywie(aiayer=y Editor Assistant Editors
Annaleida S. Cattell
Contributing Editor to Woods Hole Log T. C. Wyman
Copyright, 1932
Vera Warbasse
The Collecting Net Scolarships
The staff of the course in physiology has award- ed its CottectinG Net scholarship of $100.00 for the summer of 1933 to Mr. Iping Chao who is a graduate student in the Department of Physiology at the University of Chicago. Next summer Mr. [ping will continue his work on the effect of elec- trolytes on the Limulus heart. Mr. Herbert L. Eastlick—a graduate student in the Department of Zoology at Washington University — was awarded a similar scholarship by the staff of the course in embryology. Mr. Eastlick will make a cytological study of striated and smooth muscle fibers in Pectin gibbus. The other three courses have not yet awarded the scholarships which go to their students.
We wish to acknowledge the many gifts that we have received which have made it possible for us to accumulate the sum of a little over $600.00. Especially do we wish to extend our thanks to the Penzance Players who contributed $76.00—a sum made up from the proceeds of their 1931 play, “The Queen’s Husband.” We are grateful, too, to Dr. Ralph Cole, proprietor of the variety store in Falmouth, who every year contributes $10.00 to Dr. and Mrs. Alfred Meyer who for two years in succession have given $25.00, to Dr. James A, Dawson for his gift of $15.00, and to many others for their smaller contributions.
The Penzance Players have produced plays for five years, last year the play being Sherwood’s “The Queen’s Husband.” Those taking part in it were: King Erie VIII .. Alfred Compton, Jr. Princess Anne (his daughter)......Vera Warbasse Frederick Granton (secretary) Frederick Copeland OgeensManthatn erases teens Margaret Kidder General (Nosthirp csr-ps-cee scree Tom Ratcliffe Lord Birten (advisor) Prince William of Greck
(Anne’s suitor)
Phipps (butler). ee ree Arthur Meigs Major Blent ......... William Woglum Soldier oi s.nkd eee eee John Frost Dr. Fellman (communist) ...... Preston Copeland Laker (communist ) George Clowes
Miss Sheila Balfour directed the group with the aid of Alfred D. Compton, Jr.
Phosphorescent Screens
Earlier in the season a man representing a firm in Holland visited the laboratory for several days in order to sell certain phosphorescent screens which enable one to make a reproduction of a page from a manuscript or book without the use of a camera. He exhibited orders from many bi- ologists of standing, and through “a winning per- sonality” and “high-power salesmanship” finally persuaded the Marine Biological Laboratory to purchase a set of screens on condition that they could be submitted to thorough tests before pay- ment for them was made.
In describing the process of reproducing pages from a publication without a lens, Nature writes ina recent number. ‘The paper is then exposed for a short time to the light from any convenient or- dinary source of white light of low power”. Con- cerning the patented screens for this purpose they remark “However, while these phosphorescent screens are sometimes convenient, they are costly and unnecessary.”
Editorial Notes
The Reynold A. Spaeth Memorial Lecture on “Genetics and Development” by Dr. Richard Goldschmidt will be printed in an early number of the Biological Bulletin Its publication in this number of THE CoLLectinG NET is made possible through the courtesy of the Bulletin, and we wish to express our appreciation for this privilege which has been extended to us.
The Falmouth Enterprise is to be congratulated for presenting so fairly in its recent numbers the news and statements concerning the beach ques- tion. The way in which they are handling the situation is appreciated by people on both sides of the fence.
We wish to express our thanks to Mrs. Ruth E. Thompson, owner of the Quality Shop, who has allowed us to use her telephone during the summer.
THE CottectinG Net has a great many good books for sale in its office on Main Street. The prices for them have been reduced by thirty to sixty per cent.
Avéusr 27, 1932 ]
THE COLLECTING NET
299
ITEMS OF INTEREST
THE BEACH QUESTION
The fact that the people of Woods Hole ap- preciate a sandy beach is evident by their distribu- tion on the Bay Shore Beach. Formerly they huddled on Dr. Strong’s beach against the fence— now they are scattered more or less evenly over the improved portion of “Lot X”. One of the lot-holders stated in the Falmouth Enterprise that “the number of people using the beach scarcely reaches fifty at even the most popular hours.” They gave that as a reason why no more beach area was needed. Did it occur to that writer that the reason so few people bathed there was because there was so little sand! One day last week there were 126 individuals at one time on the sand on “Lot X” and Dr. Strong’s lot.
Everybody is grateful for the improvements which are now being made on the Bay Shore beach by the lot-holders. They have given most of the money for the work and Dr. and Mrs. Glaser have contributed sand from their own beach. There is ample room just now to care for all those who wish to use the beach.
Valuable as these improvements are, they must not be allowed to obscure the fact that more fun- damental changes must be made. It is not un- likely that winter storms will carry away much of the sand which is not actually held in place by stones. In our opinion the money which was col- lected should have been saved so as to make the improvements next June when we would have had full benefit from them. The work is not yet com- pleted and the season is so nearly over that many people have left for their winter homes.
The work is not yet completed and the season is so nearly over that many people have left for their winter homes.
Perhaps money could be collected every Spring to improve the beach in the manner that it is now being done, but we are not sure that this plan would be entirely satisfactory. Children of all ages, and adults as well, will flock to the sandy beach. If the sand is above high tide mark it will not be cleansed twice a day by incoming tides, like that of the beach in front of the lots to the northwest. Is it not possible that the sand will finally accumulate so much dirt and debris, thereby becoming more or less unsafe from the standpoint of public health? There have been cases of whooping cough and measles in Woods Hole this summer. Last week children with con- tagious skin diseases — tinea trichophytina, (ring worm). and impetigo (barber’s itch) were ob- served playing in the sand.
A permanent and satisfactory solution must be found. We still feel that it would be a gracious
gesture for the lot-holders to take down the fence. If they do not choose to do so, we hope that the town of Falmouth will assume control of the beach in front of their sea wall. Suitable restric- tions could easily be made—even to the extent of allowing only the residents of Woods Hole and their guests to use it.
The price of the book by Dr. Parker on “Hu- moral Agents in Nervous Activity with Special Reference to Chromatophores,” which was re- viewed by Professor Bard in the July 9 issue of Tue CoLvtectinG NET, is $1.75. The book is dis- tributed for the Cambridge University Press by the Macmillan Company in this country.
CORRECTIONS
In the article on “Eulima oleacea and Thyone published in the last number of Tur CottecrinG Ner the statement was made that the eyes of Eulima do not show in its retracted state. I have since found that they show as little black dots, but in thickened or eroded shells they may not be seen. —G. M. Gray.
The motion made to me, but not seconded, was not as reported in THe Cottectine Net of Aug- ust 13, p. 212, “that the Town of Falmouth take over this beach”. The motion was to substitute for the four plans presented by the Committee the one that I had outlined. This was to petition the Town for police protection of the beach in return for the removal of certain restrictions. It seems to me unnecessary to deprive anyone of his property rights. —R. P. Bigelow,
BOOKS AT THE M. M. L. CLUB
A lending library has been established at the M. B. L. Club and a few of the latest books have been purchased and others donated. These are now available to club members. The charge for each book is ten cents for three days and twenty- five cents for one week. Some of the books available now are: Dimmet, “What We Live By”; Zweig, “Letters from an Unknown Woman”; Brown and _ Jeffcott, “Beware of Imitations”’ ; Willa Gather, “Obscure Destinies”; Walling, “Murder at Midnight”; Buck, “Good Earth”; Nash, “Nothing but Wodehouse”; Morgan, “The Fountain”; Webster and Hopkins, “Tell Your Own Fortune” ; Massoer, “Within”; Stuart, “Pig- eon Irish’; “Andree’s Story—A Complete Rec- ord’; Huxley, “A Brave New World”; Guenther, “A Naturalist in Brazil’; McSpadden, “To the Ends of the World”; Wassou, “Columbus Came Late”. These books are available on the mantel piece at the M. B. L. clubhouse. More books are being acquired. —V.W.
300
THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VIL. No. 60
WOODS HOLE LOG
THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE WOODS HOLE PROTECTIVE ASSOCIATION
The annual meeting of the Woods Hole Pro- tective Association was held in the Old Lecture Hall at eight o’clock, August 11. After the re- ports of the secretary and treasurer by Miss Tink- ham, the nominating committee, consisting of Dr. P. H. Mitchell, chairman, Miss Compton, and Mr. Charles Taft, was asked for its recommendations. Dr. Mitchell reported that the committee proposed for re-election for 1932-1933 those persons hold- ing office during the past year, namely, Dr. Bait- sell, chairman, Mr. Addison, vice-chairman, Miss Tinkham, secretary-treasurer, Dr. Edwards and Mr. Sam Cahoon, members at large, all of whom, with the exception of Miss Tinkham, have held office for only one year. It was voted unani- mously to accept the committee's recommendation.
One of the chief projects of the Association is the maintenance of an inspector to take care of the property of association members during the winter. Miss Tinkham reported that the in- spector’s work has been unusually light this last year ; there was much less damage done by storms and very few houses entered. A detailed report is given to Miss Tinkham covering the work done by the inspector who visits each property once a week, or more often in case of bad storms.
The Association has also undertaken the re- sponsibility of spraying the trees in Gansett Woods in an effort to get rid of the gypsy moth. This moth has increased a great deal during the last year all over the Cape—it is said to be the worst in twenty years. Due to the early spraying, however, the oak trees in the Gansett Woods have done remarkably well this year,
The Woods Hole Yacht Club is turning into a thriving club when one realizes that it had been forgotten for almost fifteen years. In 1930 the young people of Woods Hole wanted to have a Yacht Club and started to organize one. They found that in 1897 such a club had been founded but in the course of. time had died out, and that the laboratory had bought the yacht’s club house and turned it into the M. B. L. Club. The old yacht club was brought up to date and a few races were held at the end of that summer. Last year the club had really become a firmly established or- ganization. This year not only does the yacht club hold races for different classes, unite with other yacht clubs to hold joint races, but also has fes- tivities here in Woods Hole.
THE BAY SHORE BEACH IMPROVEMENTS
A hundred and eighty-eight loads of sand have been hauled by team from the beach in front of Dr. Otto Glaser’s lot and dumped on top of the stones above high tide mark on “Lot X” beach. This work has been made possible by contribu- tions from Dr. Strong, Dr. Meigs, Dr. Glaser, a $25.00 gift from a member of the laboratory who prefers that his name be unknown, and a couple of smaller contributions. It is understood that this improvement of the “public” beach was brought about through the initiative of Dr. Strong.. The group is planning to have most of the smaller stones between the high and low tide marks re- moved and to use them to build a wall well back from the water to prevent the earth on Dr. Strong’s lot from becoming mixed with the sand immediately in front of it.
THE PENZANCE FORUM
Mr. Frederick Howe, sociologist, spoke last Sunday at the Penzance Forum on “Our Chang- ing World.” He gave some illuminating views on our depression, the current political situation, and the future. He said that we should turn our hands to form a new standard of living, of am- usement and of business. Mr. Howe prophesized that there would be vast armies of men this winter seeking relief. Congress is the only possible Santa Claus and it can not borrow more. Nor can it raise taxes because people have not money to pay them. There may be a universal movement against taxes for already a million farms have been sold because of their non-payment, and for default of interest. Mr. Howe is not as cynical as it might appear—he has merely become wise from observing the affairs of the world. —V.W.
Last Tuesday Mr. J. A. Sither, who is work- ing for the Supply Department, left Woods Hole in a sailing dory for Cuttyhunk to collect some rare tunicates. Off Juniper Point he was carried towards the reef and as he attempted to avoid the rocks the boat jibbed and capsized, the ballast causing it to sink immediately. Fortunately a fishing boat picked him up, but not until the tide had carried him beyond Nobska. He was taken to the fish market in an exhausted condition where he quickly recovered. —V.W.
Miss Edwina Morgulis was awarded the Ann Radcliffe Fellowship by Radcliffe College, and will spend the coming year in study at the Sor- bonne in Paris. Mrs. Morgulis is going to ac- company her daughter to Paris and plans to re- main there with her during the year.
Aucust 27, 1932 ] THE COLLECTING NET 301
THE WELCH TRIPLE BEAM TRIP BALANCE
Sensibility 0.05 g. Capacity with extra weight
UO ers SPECIALLY SUITED FOR BIOLOGICAL Greater LABORATORIES— Accuracy Cappcity convenient for weigh- Greater ing potted plants, small ani- Capacity mals, etc.
No. 4040 THIS BALANCE HAS THREE TIMES THE BEAM CAPACITY OF DOUBLE BEAM TRIP SCALES.
Specifications Front beam weighs from 0-10 grams by 0.1 gram Total capacity with extra weight 1,010 grams Center beam weighs from 0-500 grams by 100 grams Sensibility 0.05 gram
Third beam weighs from 0-100 grams by 10 grams Honed knife edges rest on agate planes
Total capacity on beams 610 grams Pan made of molded Bakelite
No. 4040 Triple Beam Balance, Harvard Trip Scale construction. Capacity @10 grams, sensibility 0.05 gram. Complete with sliding weights on the beams, each................+...0+--- $12.00 NIM O USE LOLOL eI OLE wee Clits siretere oe letote rate a levet ete ole eles ehefalialist al at steve eierelleyieto: elajie etoy.e “ent/e ale) #"a)isie loueleel eae 9.09
No. 4040 W Extra Weight, to increase capacity to 1,010 grams .............. 06. e eee eee eee arts)
W. M. WELCH MANUFACTURING COMPANY General Offices: 1515 eetewacls St. Chicago, Ill, U.S. A
Brenches: New York City; Nashville, Tenn. Kansas City, Mo.; ; Austin, ‘Tex. PACIFIC COAST REPRESENTATIVES: Braun-Knecht-Hiemann-©o., Ltd. Braun Corporation, Lid. San Francisco, Calif. Los Angeles, Calif.
SCIENTIFIC WORKERS
Cleaning and Pressing
When you come to
OF NEW BEDFORD Men’s Suits Ladics’ Suits Topcoats $1 0 Ladies’ Coats eat our excellent Overcoats Plain Silk Dresses 30: LUNCH — Call Falmouth 430 GULF HILL PARLORS Or egon Dye House 596 PLEASANT ST., NEW BEDFORD MAIN ST., FALMOUTH ( Opposite Library )
Visit SAMUEL
Malchman’s LAHOON |
THE Dealer in LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE FISH AND LOBSTERS ON CAPE COD Tel. Falmouth 660 and 661 Falmouth Phone 116 WOODS HOLE,
MASS.
302 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 60
PROTOZOAN CULTURES LIVING MATERIAL
FOR CLASSROOM OR RESEARCH WORK We are equipped to offer cultures of living protozoa which are guaranteed to arrive alive and in good condition. These cultures contain the best specimens for classroom work, and in pure cultures. New cultures are innoculated every two weeks insuring virile specimens. The live animals such as frogs, crayfish, snails, earthworms, ete. are freshly caught (in season) and are not kept under artificial conditions for more than one week, thereby insuring healthy specimens. We have supplied thousands of frogs annually to various institutions.
CULTURES Amoeba proteus per 25 students............$2.25 Hydra per dz. eb Oie st wm Be, ABIZD => 100 Euglena viridis 25 Ne ee ee 1.50 Planaria per dz. = SO os Be eee a0) “100 Paramoecium caud. “ 25 ze pene OO Earthworms, living, per 100 “10 rs eee cope | beh) Drosophila Melanogaster, various types Vorticella pet en e200 per culture 9" 5/9 pees 2.00 OOM ah ee IS Erogs, 3/*body,speridzs ss sa 2.50 ** 100" eee 15.00
Other cultures on order—Please send orders stating date when to be used and we guarantee
shipment to arrive on time.
Standard Scientific Supply Corporation
Biological, Bacteriological and Chemical Apparatus, Naturalists’ Supplies, Specimens, Skele- tons, Anatomical Models, Wall Charts, Glass Jars, Microscopes and Accessories.
10-14 WEST 25th STREET NEW YORK CITY
eas §~= UR NEW BIOLOGICAL CATALOUGE
3efore placing your order for your requirements this fall, you undoubtedly will want to consult the latest and most complete catalogue on biological supplies pub- lished to date. Our Catalogue No. 7 is a 300-page illus- trated book, which we distribute without charge to edu- cational institutions.
You will find this book of incalculable value when selecting your materials and equipment. The descriptions are complete, permitting of no misunderstanding. The range of items included is more extensive than in any other catalogue of its kind ever published, describing models, museum preparations, lantern slides, charts, pre- served and living material, microscope slides, laboratory apparatus and supplies, books, and chemicals and reagents. Prices are as low as it is possible to make them for materials of high quality, and it is our primary aid to render the best service possible at all times.
Be sure to have a copy of this catalogue at hand for ready reference.
K LY Fr) ES ts: he is bs iS F is is S 5 IS
o0O0o——
NEW YORK BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO.
GENERAL SUPPLIES FOR THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 34 UNION SQUARE NEW YORK, N. Y.
Aucust 27, 1932 } THE COLLECTING NET 303
MASTER MICROSCOPE
New
Spencer Type
No. = with
LOW FINE ADJUSTMENT
ROMINENT and unusual is the latest Spencer improvement in microscope
design—the low fine adjustment. This new fine adjustment is located at the
base of the arm so the microscopist can operate it with his hand resting easily on the table.
The new Spencer Type Microscope No. 3, equipped with the new low fine adjustment, is large and beautiful in proportion, sturdily designed for extra years of service, and precisely built to meet the needs of the practical research worker.
A new booklet M-56 completely describes this new microscope. It is yours— free. Write for it now!
7
ad
BS Company
NEW YORK
Rene aie
304 THE COLLECTING NET _ [ Vor. VII. No. 60
TWIN DOOR THE NEW DRUG STORE G. R. & H. DRUG CO,, Inc 1G) i Ue 4 R PATRONAGE . iy 52 E Vi SOR ou GEORGE TALBOT, \ ] r ial t Take Advantage of the Special Rates Res enaecs W. T. GRABIEC, Prop. MAIN ST. FALMOUTH Quality Service IDEAL RESTAURANT EVERYTHING IN DRUG STORE MERCHANDISE MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE ROWE’S PHARMACY “The. Rexall Store” Telephone 1243 P. D. ROWE, Ph. C., Reg. Pharmacist FALMOUTH FOLLOW THE CROWD T BRAE BURN FARMS ssa: Superior Guernsey Milk and Cream DAR E Eaics Butter Selected Eggs Ice Cream HOME-MADE ICE CREAM, HATCHVILLE DELICIOUS SANDWICHES Falmouth 278 Osterville 378 COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES
M. B. L. FRIENDS FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
can find a pleasant change HARDWARE CO. at Agency for MARGE’S COFFEE SHOPPE LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER Sandwiches — Table d’hote — A la carte Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 260
The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY Collections Daily
N. E. TSIKNAS
FRUITS and VEGETABLES Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories Telephone 777 SERVICE THAT SATISFIES
Falmouth and Woods Hole
E. E. SWIFT COMPANY MEATS OF QUALITY
FREE DELIVERY TO WOODS HOLEWiiss
Telephone Falmouth 22-23 421-W
Aucust 27, 1932, He
JOSE SEIN
305
FEMININE FOOTWEAR $4.50 to $7.50 QUEEN’S BUYWAY Near Filene’s
FALMOUTH
MRS. H. M. BRADFORD Souvenirs and Jewelry DRESSES, MILLINERY, HOSIERY and
GIFT SHOP
Depot Avenue Woods Hole, Mass.
RUTH E. THOMPSON Woods Hole, Mass. DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY SCHOOL SUPPLIES
KODAKS and FILMS Printing — Developing — Enlarging
DRESSMAKING SHOP Remodeling aj Specialty CLEANSING and PRESSING
Goods Called For and Delivered
Main. Street Tel. Falmouth 1104
COSMETICS and TOILET PREPARATIONS
ELIZABETH ARDEN YARDLEY COTY
MRS. WEEKS SHOPS Phone 109 Falmouth
PARK TAILORING AND CLEANSING SHOP Weeks’ Building, Falmouth Phone 907-M Free Delivery We Press While You Wait
(Special Rates to Laboratory Members)
WHEN IN FALMOUTH SHOP AT THE WALK-OVER SHOP
General Merchandise SHOE REPAIRING DONE WHILE U WAIT A. ISSOKSON
AWNINGS AND SAILS
GILKEY-DURANT CO. TURN LEFT, WHEN LEAVING BOAT 8 HOMER’S WHARF Tel. Clifford 6775 New Bedford, Mass.
Entire line of D. & M. Sporting Goods EASTMAN’S HARDWARE 5 and 10c department
FALMOUTH Tel. 407
FALMOUTH TAILORING AND
Ford
Sales and Service
CAPE COD AUTO CO.
TEL. 62 DEPOT AVE., FALMOUTH
TEXACO PRODUCTS
NORGE REFRIGERATORS
WOODS HOLE GARAGE COMPANY
Opposite Station
Clever Shoppers Visit the
SILHOUETTE GOWN SHOPPE !
MAIN STREET, FALMOUTH Prices: $5.00, $5.95, $6.95, $10.50 and $15.00 Tel. 935 EDNA B. SMITH
San Juan, Porto Rico MEGILL PORTO RICO SHOP Gifts, Lamps, Bridge Prizes, Baskets, Jewelry MRS. EMMA LOUISE ROSE 24 Queen's Buyway Falmouth, Mass.
Hyannis, Mass.
Mechanical Books
We kave a large assortment of MECHANICAL AND PRACTICAL BOOKS FOR HOME STUDY for the Various Trades and Business WE CAN ORDER ANY BOOK PUBLISHED
Hutchinsons Book Store
BOOK STORE BUILDING NEW BEDFORD, MASS.
306 THE COLLECTING NET -: [ Vor. VI. No. 60
JOHN P. SYLVIA, JR. Cr SES oN COUNSELLOR-AT-LAW WATCH and CLOCK Falmouth, Mass. REPAIRING LLB. Boston University 1903 E. Main St. Nye Road Falmouth Tel. Falmouth 46-R or 293 Tel. 113-M REGISTERED REGISTERED OPTOMETRISTS OPTOMETRIST Nae Be W. E. CARVELL Wm. D. Hoyt J. F. Arsenault Tuesdays and Saturdays JAS. T. ALMY CO. OVER ROBINSON’S PHARMACY 230 UNION ST. NEW BEDFORD ?hone 1130 Falmouth Tel. Clifford 2612
ROOMS IN BAY SHORE BATH HOUSE MAY BE RENTED BY
HUBBARD & MORRISON
APPLYING TO THE OFFICE OF REAL ESTATE — INSURANCE WALTER O. LUSCOMBE Clifford L. Hubbard, Prop. RAILROAD AVE. WOODS HOLE Telephone 383-R Falmouth, Massachuseetts
GEORGE A. GRIFFIN
Civil Engineer and Surveyor
Walter O. Luscombe
Assoc. Member Am. Soc, C. E. REAL ESTATE AND S. B., Mass. Inst. of Tech., 1907 INSURANCE Tel. Conn. HIGH ST., WOODS HOLE WispdeEale Phone 622-4
M. H. WALSH’S SONS ROSE SPECIALISTS WOODS HOLE, MASS. PLANTS — CUT FLOWERS — PLANTING
IN BUSINESS BY THE VILLAGE GREEN
SINCE AUGUST 6th, 1821
THE THEATRE UNIT
Presents
“GOODBYE AGAIN” AUGUST 29 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 3 The Old Silver Beach, West Falmouth
Telephone 1400 FALMOUTH
NATIONAL BANK Church of the Messiah Falmouth
( Episcopal ) Massachusetts
The Rey. James Bancroft, Rector
Holy (Communion... 8:00 a.m. Capital, $100,000 Mornings bray eneen. sce 11:00 a.m. sin Surplus Fund, $100,000
Evening we rayet tan. c.cr-=- 7:30 p.m.
Aucust 27, 1932 }
THE COLLECTING
NET 307
EVOLUTION
A Journal of Nature
ACCURATE, AUTHENTIC, YET EASY TO READ
For More Science in Education For Freedom of Science Teaching
Scientific Advisory Editorial Board: Anton J. Carlson, Wm. King Gregory, Henry E. Crampton, Paul B. Mann, Martin Dewey, Oscar Riddle,
Elihu Thomson.
Illustrated Monthly, $2 per year.
EVOLUTION
Route 4, Hempstead, N. Y.
NEW ELECTRIC INTER- VAL TIMER AND CLOCK
Advantages
a. Interval dial at the top clearly visible.
b. Timer conveniently set from front.
c. Clear-toned buzzer signal.
d. Long, red second hand on large separate seconds circle.
e. Attractive in appearance.
Supplied in Richelain molded case. The reg- ular style has black casing, but ivory or onyx effect will be supplied if desired. $9.50.
The following special attachments can be sup- plied at extra cost:—Extra loud horn; signal light; dial light; volt meter; electric switch.
Write for further information, advising requirements.
EIMER & AMEND
Est. 1851 — Ine. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents THIRD AVENUE, 18th to 19th STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
KMeiiwiice’ Builds CASES
for all Laboratory Uses
Every laboratory needs dis- play and storage cases. To meet this need, Kewaunee offers a complete and well designed line of cases for every laboratory purpose.
If you have need for new laboratory cases, be sure to write for the Kewaunee catalog and price list. We are offering very attractive values in every style case. Write today.
Museum or Exhibiiion Case No. G-1503
LABORATORY FURNITURE EXPERTS
C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer. 231 LINCOLN ST., KEWAUNEE, WIS. Chicago Office New York Office 14 E. JACKSON BLVD. 70 FIFTH AVENUE Offices in Principal Cities
gical Supply Co., Inc. Living and Preserved Bio- logical Specimens of all Types for the Laboratory Museum or Research, es- pecially Southern or Louis- iana Forms.
Specialists in Amoeba Cultures, Alligators, Etc. 517 Decatur Street New Orleans, La.
BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES IN COMPLETE SETS Volumes and Back Copies For Sale EST. 1887 B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.
29 EAST 2ist STREET NEW YORK
Best Results Assured with
Best Results Assured with
Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC
SLIDES AND COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog
Non-Corrosive
At your dealer—or ‘write (giving dealer’s*name) to
Ciay-ApAms ComPpANy
NEW yori¢
LITHO East 24th syrcer
BOSe age THE COLLECTING NET
[ Vor. VIL. No. 60
THE WISTAR INSTITUTE
BIBLIOGRAPHIC SERVICE
ISSUES
AUTHORS’ ABSTRACTS
of all papers appearing in the journals listed below prior to publication of the articles in full.
3) this advance information biologists may familiarize themselves with con- temporary research in a minimum of time.
Advance Abstract Sheets are issued twice a month, each sheet containing ten or more authors’ abstracts. Sub- scription rate is $3.00 per year.
Bibliographic Service Cards, follow- ing the Advance Abstract Sheets, also are issued twice a month. In addition to the authors’ abstracts, the cards pro- vide subject headings and complete bibliographic reference. The cards are convenient for filing and library rec- ords. Price, $5.00 per year.
At regular intervals the authors’ ab- stracts are assembled and published in book form with complete authors’ and analytical subject indices. Price, $5.00 per volume. Liberal discount to sub- scribers to the Bibliographic Service Cards.
Journal of Morphology
The Journal of Comparative Neurology
The American Journal of Anatomy
The Anatomical Record
The Journal of Experimental Zoology
American Anatomical Memoirs
American Journal of Physical Anthro- pology
Journal of Cellular and Comparative Physiology
Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan)
Physiological Zoology (Chicago, II- linois)
Stain Technology (Geneva, New York)
Ecological Monographs (Durham, North Carolina)
The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology
| Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A.
1a
FINE RESULTS USE B& L
Apochromatic Objectives
N B&L Apochromatic Objectives, the chromatic correction is accomplished for three colors and the spherical correction for two colors. Asa result practically all of the images produced by the different colors of the spectrum lie in the same plane and are equally sharp.
APOCHROMATIC Objectives are excel-
lent for photographic use with either white or monochromatic light for the violet light is brought to the same focus as the visual rays.
VERY step in the production of these outstanding objectives is B&L con- trolled. The glass is made in our own plant for only B & L glass meets B & L standards. Consequently we give our fullest guarantee to B& L Apochromatic Objectives.
_
ANGE of magnifications from 10x to 90x. Priced from $26.00 to $108.00.
Write for full details.
BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY
671 ST. PAUL STREET ROCHESTER, N. Y.
Aucust 27, 1932 ]
wy
A GROWING FIELD---
for Refrigerated Centrifuges
Many widely different fields of usefulness have been opened to scientific laboratories by combining refrigeration with the centrifuge.
In any process in which filtration is slow and in which it is necessary to avoid bacteri- al contamination and the- innumerable changes, fermentative or otherwise, accom- panying a rise in temperature, the problem of clarification and separation is completely solved by a Refrigerated Centrifuge.
INTERNATIONAL REFRIGERATED CENTRIFUGES
are now available
as complete units to facilitate the further de- velopment of this important field. Jnter- national engineering and workmanship are behind this new equipment.
We will be pleased to send you an interest- ing bulletin describing some of the uses of Refrigerated Centrifuges.
There is an International for any job.
INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass.
Makers of Fine Centrifuges
Photo-Micrographic Ocular “Phoku”
Attachable to any standard micro- scope. The specimen is continually under observation, even during ex- posure. Optically and mechanically correct, negatives of exact defini- tion are obtained, which may sub- sequently be enlarged four or five diameters, without apparent loss of sharpness.
By means of the Phoku Photo- graphic records are made of speci- mens examined, with a minimum expenditure of time and money. It may be used with equal facility for photographing opaque (including metallurgical) and transparent ob- jects.
Suitable Zeiss Microscopes for use with the PHOKU may be had from $132 and upward.
CARL ZEISS, INc.
485 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
310 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VI. No. 60
CAMBRIDGE
GLASS ELECTRODE POTENTIOMETER
The Glass Electrode method of hy- drogen-ion determination of liquids is particularly adaptable to blood and
other physiological media.
The complete outfit illustrated, in- corporates a Lindemann Electrometer which is used as a null point indicator.
Send for Literature
Advantages CAM BRIDGE (2) Medium” not contaminated,
(c) Less than 1 c.c. sample used. ~<a (d) Complete test in 5 minutes. Pioneer Manufacturers of Precision Instruments (e) Clear or colored solutions tested 3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York
The Wistar Institute Slide Tray
The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides. It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two 11-inch, or twenty-four 2- inch slides, and every slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so that each one forms a dust-proof cover for the one beneath it, while the center ridges assure ant protection to high mounts. Made en- SS tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and easily kept clean. They form compact storage units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may be filed in a space fourteen inches square by eight inches high.
PRICE, $1.00 EACH ORDERS MAY BE SENT TO
THE WISTAR INSTITUTE
THIRTY-SIXTH STREET and WOODLAND AVENUE, PHILADELPHIA, PA.
Avucust 27, 1932 Il. eee aE COREE CLING INE? \ 311
FASY TO USE INEXDENSIVE
Ke te ULTROBRAR MICROSCOPE EQUIPMENT
The LEITZ ULTROPAK can be attached to your microscope at your laboratory in a few moments. To
attach it is as easy as removing the nosepiece of your microscope. It will fit to every type of standard microscope and can with equal con- venience be removed when not re- quired.
The purchasing price of the LEITZ _ ULTROPAK is within reach of \ practically all labora- tories. The total cost of the ULTROPAK, rheostat, one objective and condenser need not exceed $70.00. Additional equipment can be added as the occasion requires.
Using the ULTROPAK will undoultedly confirm to you the statements of lead- ing authorities, namely: that specimens used with the LEITZ ULTROPAK reveal scientific data un- obtainable through other means.
THE LEQWZ ULTROPAK | MAY HELD TO SOLVE | 60 East 10th St., New York City.
Please send me a copy of your free booklet
YOUR RROBLEM | describing the Leitz Ultropak. It will save you hours of tedious | NEENS copconccsssancdosonnsanoocodbudeac and tiresome work. ING Naas aoa Bos d coon OaoanoD Hos res ce
E. LEITZ, Inc., Dept. 145,
FREE BOCKLET — MAIL COUPON
312 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. VII. No. 60
PROME ad DROMAR
MICROSCOPIC PROJECTION and DRAWING APPARATUS
f } "It Saved Us the Cost of Five Microscopes" Quoting remark of a Department Head
The Promi projects microscopic slides and living organisms and insects on table or wall for drawing and demonstration. Also used aS a microscope and a micro-photographie ap- paratus.
The Promi, recently perfected by a prominent German microscope works, is an ingenious yet simple, inexpensive apparatus which fills a long felt want in scientific instrue- tion and research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology, Path- ology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Chemistry, ete.
It has been endorsed by many leading scientists and in- structors.
PRICE: F.O.B. New York, $100.00 complete apparatus in polished wood e¢ ying case. Includes extra bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cord, plugs and switch for both DC and AC current, 11x objective, tube with 5x ocular, re- flecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Ixtra equipment prices on request.
Prospectus Gladly Sent
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 111, Brick
Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole. Cu, LAY? =) ‘\DAMIS ; Com Oa IDANNY
PROMAR—A more powerful apparatus Headquarters for Biological Teaching Material with additional features. Information on
request. 117-119 East 24th Street New York, N. Y.
i. he,
Miia Wchaacicas)
Skeleton of Fish in Case
Models, Specimens, Charts
for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, ete. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request. Please mention name of school and subjects taught, to enable
Spalteholz us to send the appropriate catalog. Transparent LS Preparations Visit our display rooms and : ‘ Human museum. By res aan and 3 * ANY te | CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY
Model of Human Heart 117-119 EAST 24th STREET NEW YORK
a
es oes a.
poe hey
oi 8